Amends To SDs 2011

Index
NP247(2) ANNUAL SUMMARY OF ADMIRALTY NOTICES TO MARINERS AMENDMENTS TO SAILING DIRECTIONS

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2010 (Week 52/10)
CONTENTS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS AND THEIR LATEST SUPPLEMENTS
PART 2
AMENDMENTS IN FORCE
Index
ii
Index
INTRODUCTION NP247(2), Admiralty of Notices to Mariners - Amendments to Sailing Directions, contains the text of all amendments to current editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions which have been published in Section IV of Admiralty of Notices to Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2010 (Week 52/10).
HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION
Current editions of Sailing Directions Amendments to Admiralty Sailing Directions are always applied to the most recent edition of the volume in use. Details of the most recent edition of any particular volume can be established by consulting: NP131 Admiralty Chart Catalogue, published annually in December. Part 1 of this publication, published annually in January. NP234 Cumulative List of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, published 6-monthly in January and July. New editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions are published on a cycle of approximately 3 years, and are announced in Part 1 of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A complete listing of current editions is updated and published quarterly in Part 1B of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. It is also available on the UKHO website at www.ukho.gov.uk
Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision Most volumes of Admiralty Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a Continuous Revision cycle. This means that once a new edition is published it will be continuously revised by its Editor for a period of approximately 3 years using information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the life of the book, it is amended as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. These amendments will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations. It is recommended that amendments issued in this way are cut out and pasted into the parent book. Mariners may, however, prefer to keep amendments in a separate file, and annotate the text of the book in the margin to indicate the existence of an amendment. This latter method may be more appropriate in some volumes where significant numbers of amendments, sometimes overlapping, may make the cut-and-paste method unwieldy and confusing.
iii
Index
Sailing Directions amended by Supplements (Currently NPs 4, 10, 21, 57B and 58B) Some older editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions have, in the past, been amended by Supplement. Supplements used to be published approximately every 2 years and were cumulative in nature such that each Supplement replaced its predecessor in entirety, and cancelled any Section IV Notices extant either since publication of the original book, or since the previous Supplement. This method of amendment is being phased out, and it is expected that all volumes with Supplements will have been replaced by Continuous Revision volumes within 5 years. It is not expected that there will be any further Supplements published. During the life of a volume, it is amended in the same way as Continuous Revision books by notices published weekly at Section IV of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. These amendments will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations. It is recommended that amendments issued for books amended by Supplement are kept in a separate file, and the text of the book, and Supplement, annotated in the margin to indicate the existence of the amendment. Promulgation of Section IV Notices to Mariners Section IV Notices to Mariners are published weekly in Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A check-list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at Section IB of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV Notices. Action on receipt of a volume of Admiralty Sailing Directions. (1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume, and its Supplement where relevant, are held. (2) Check that the amendments at Part II of this volume have been applied. (3) Check that all amendments published at Section IV of Admiralty of Notices to Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, using the most recent quarterly check-list at Section IB of the Weekly Edition, and the most recent edition of NP234. Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent editions of all Admiralty publications can be obtained from Admiralty Distributors, and back copies of Admiralty Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the UKHO website.
iv
Index
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS PART 1

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS AND THEIR LATEST SUPPLEMENTS
NP No Title Edition Supplement Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 26/09 11/08 20/10 15/06 25/08 17/09 41/09 18/10 29/10 31/09 31/05 39/10 41/07 39/08 21/10 31/09 02/10 27/08 24/10 44/10 34/10 33/09 30/10 47/10 29/05 12/10 13/09 43/10 22/10 04/10 22/08 47/09 29/08 18/09 44/08 25/10 21/08 50/06 44/09 35/09 34/09
1 2: 3 4: 5: 6: 7 7A 8 9} 10: 11} 12} 13: 14 15 18 19: 20 21 22 23} 24 25 26} 27 28: 30 31 32: 33: 34 35: 36 37: 38 39: 40: 41 42A: 42B
Africa Pilot Vol 1 Africa Pilot Vol 2 Africa Pilot Vol 3 South-East Alaska Pilot South America Pilot Vol 1 South America Pilot Vol 2 South America Pilot Vol 3 South America Pilot Vol 4 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot Antarctic Pilot Arctic Pilot Vol 1 Arctic Pilot Vol 2 Arctic Pilot Vol 3 Australia Pilot Vol 1 Australia Pilot Vol 2 Australia Pilot Vol 3 Baltic Pilot Vol 1 Baltic Pilot Vol 2 Baltic Pilot Vol 3 Bay of Bengal Pilot Bay of Biscay Pilot Bering Sea asnd Strait Pilot Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 Channel Pilot Dover Strait Pilot China Sea Pilot Vol 1 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 China Sea Pilot Vol 3 Philippine Islands Pilot Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 Indonesia Pilot Vol 3 Indonesia Pilot Vol 1 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot West Coast of India Pilot South Indian Ocean Pilot Irish Coast Pilot Japan Pilot Vol 1 Japan Pilot Vol 2 Japan Pilot Vol 3
15th (2009) 15th (2007) 15th (2010) 6th (1993) 4/2006 16th (2008) 17th (2008) 10th (2009) 5th (2010) 12th (2010) 7th (2009) 7th (1985) 8/2005 10th (2010) 8th (2007) 2nd (2008) 11th (2010) 11th (2009) 15th (2009) 14th (2008) 11th (2010) 11th (2010) 11th (2010) 7th (2009) 3rd (2010) 14th (2010) 9th (2005) 8th (2009) 8th (2008) 8th (2010) 9th (2010) 7th (2009) 3rd (2008) 5th (2009) 4th (2008) 6th (2009) 17th (2008) 16th (2010) 12th (2008) 17th (2006) 9th (2009) 2nd (2009) 8th (2009)
1-1
Index
NP No
Title
Edition
Supplement Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 18/09 30/08 05/09 50/08 36/07 01/09 41/09 17/09 37/06 51/10 22/09 01/10 45/10 12/09 26/08 14/04 16/10 48/04 11/09 06/08 10/07 32/10 02/09 36/09 46/09 11/09 03/09 10/10 42/08 23/09 46/08 06/09 31/10 50/09 24/04 1982 15/08 39/09 52/06
42C: 43: 44 45 46: 47 48 49 50}: 51 52 54 55 56 57A: 57B 58A 58B 59} 60} 61} 62 63: 64 65 66 67 68 69: 69A 70 71} 72 100} 136 350(1)} 350(2)} 350(3)} 735}
:
Japan Pilot Vol 4 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 2 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 3 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 4 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 5 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot New Zealand Pilot North Coast of Scotland Pilot North Sea (West) Pilot North Sea (East) Pilot Norway Pilot Vol 1 Norway Pilot Vol 2A Norway Pilot Vol 2B Norway Pilot Vol 3A Norway Pilot Vol 3B Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 2 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 3 Persian Gulf Pilot Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot St Lawrence Pilot West Coast of Scotland Pilot West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 1 East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 2 East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot West Indies Pilot Vol 1 West Indies Pilot Vol 2 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot The Mariners Handbook Ocean Passages for the World Admiralty Distance Tables Atlantic Ocean Admiralty Distance Tables Indian Ocean Admiralty Distance Tables Pacific Ocean Maritime Buoyage System
2nd (2008) 8th (2008) 9th (2008) 13th (2008) 12th (2007) 13th (2008) 14th (2009) 10th (2008) 12th (2006) 18th (2010) 7th (2009) 8th (2009) 7th (2010) 14th (2008) 9th (2008) 8th (1979) 11/2004 7th (2010) 6th (1984) 9/2004 14th (2008) 11th (2007) 11th (2006) 12th (2010) 14th (2008) 16th (2009) 16th (2009) 16th (2008) 10th (2008) 13th (2009) 11th (2008) 5th (2009) 4th (2008) 16th (2008) 2nd (2010) 9th (2009) 5th (2004) 1st (1976) 1/1982 3rd (2008) 2nd (2009) 6th (2006)
New Edition scheduled for publication in 2011. Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.
1-2
Index
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS PART 2

INDEX OF AMENDMENTS IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2010 (Week 52/10)
NP
Pilot
Page
1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 7A . . 8 ... 9 ... 10 . . . 11 . . . 12 . . . 13 . . . 14 . . . 15 . . . 18 . . . 19 . . . 20 . . . 21 . . . 22 . . . 23 . . . 24 . . . 25 . . . 26 . . . 27 . . . 28 . . . 30 . . . 31 . . . 32 . . . 33 . . . 34 . . . 35 . . . 36 . . . 37 . . . 38 . . . 39 . . . 40 . . . 41 . . . 42A . 42B . 42C . 43 . . . 44 . . . 45 . . . 46 . . . 47 . . . 48 . . . 49 . . . 50 . . . 51 . . .
Africa Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3 Africa Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5 Africa Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9 South-East Alaska Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10 South America Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12 South America Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 16 South America Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 18 South America Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 19 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 24 Antarctic Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 28 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 28 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 28 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 28 Australia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 30 Australia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 32 Australia Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 34 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 34 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 38 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 45 Bay of Bengal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 48 Bay of Biscay Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 48 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 48 Black Sea Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 49 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 49 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 49 Channel Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 52 Dover Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 53 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 63 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 63 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 64 Philippine Islands Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 90 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 91 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 92 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 92 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 93 West Coast of India Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 99 South Indian Ocean Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 102 Irish Coast Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 103 Japan Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 109 Japan Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 111 Japan Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 111 Japan Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 111 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot . . . 2 - 112 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 114 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 122 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 125 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 130 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 133 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 134 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 136 New Zealand Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 139
2-1
Index
NP
Pilot
Page
52 . . . 54 . . . 55 . . . 56 . . . 57A . 57B . 58A . 58B . 59 . . . 60 . . . 61 . . . 62 . . . 63 . . . 64 . . . 65 . . . 66 . . . 67 . . . 68 . . . 69 . . . 69A . 70 . . . 71 . . . 72 . . . 100 . . . 136 . . .
North Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Sea (West) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Sea (East) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norway Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norway Pilot Volume 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norway Pilot Volume 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norway Pilot Volume 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norway Pilot Volume 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Persian Gulf Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . St Lawrence Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Mariners Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ocean Passages for the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 - 140 2 - 142 2 - 144 2 - 144 2 - 145 2 - 153 2 - 156 2 - 158 2 - 167 2 - 168 2 - 170 2 - 173 2 - 174 2 - 178 2 - 180 2 - 181 2 - 182 2 - 187 2 - 190 2 - 194 2 - 195 2 - 198 2 - 199 2 - 199 2 - 200
2-2
Index
NP1
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria Directions; depth; buoy 93 Paragraph 3.57
1 1
Ivory Coast - San-Pdro approaches Directions; depth 301 After Paragraph 9.63
3
line 2 Add:
lines 1-4 Replace by:
Clear of (according to draught) a shoal depth of 17 m (5 miles E) lying 1 miles SE of Pointe Pata, thence: French Notice 12/39/10 (SDD 2010000 053907) [17/10]
From a postion NE of La Isleta Light (3.56), the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Punta Melenara Light (27 59 46N 15 22 04W)): E of Las Bajas (11 miles NNW) (3.59), and a depth of 13 9 m lying 6 cables N, thence: 95 After Paragraph 3.59
8
West African Gas Pipeline Buoyage Paragraph 10.4

1
313 line 8 Replace by:
line 13 Add:
A depth of 13 9 m lies 6 cables N of Las Bajas. Paragraph 3.59

9 9
...of the pipeline, which is marked at various points by light buoys (special). The buoys are fitted with AIS. See 1.42. After Paragraph 10.85 324 line 2 Add:
Thence the track leads E to a position NE of La Isleta Light (28 10 44N 15 25 14W). Spanish Notice 13/100/2010 (SDD 2010000 049685) [17/10]
Clear of light buoys (special) (17 and 19 miles SW), marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence: After Paragraph 10.89 325 line 7 Add:
Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches Directions; buoyage; depth; dangerous wrecks 145 Paragraph 5.83
1 1
Clear of light buoys (special) (18 miles E), marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence: After Paragraph 11.23 334 line 2 Add:
From the outer pilot embarkation point (33 46 2N 7 23 0W), the track leads SE then generally SW, towards the oil terminal or the harbour basin, noting the entry prohibited area (5.78). Paragraph 5.83 3 line 1 Replace by: NE of buoy (special) (2 miles NW), thence: SW of a shoal with a depth of 12 m (2 miles NW), thence: Paragraph 5.83 3 lines 4-5 Replace by: Clear of three dangerous wrecks (1 miles NW), thence: French Notice 10-33-29 (SDD 2010000 134747) Morocco - Safi Directions; Light 156 Paragraph 5.197
1
Clear of light buoys (special) (24 miles ENE), marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence: Paragraph 11.61 337 line 4 Replace by:
...encloses Sm Oil Terminal (11.105), and S of light buoys (special), marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), which lie 2 miles S of the entry prohibited area. After Paragraph 11.97 340 line 3 Add:
[37/10]
E of light buoys (special) (9 miles SSW), marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence: WAGPO (SDD 2009000 139248) [48/09]
lines 6 to 10 Replace by: Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field Restricted area 315 After Paragraph 10.18 Insert:
Harbour directional light. The harbour is entered in the white sector (150 ) of the light on Mle Oblique (white pylon, 9 m in height) (32 18 37N 9 14 90W). Paragraph 5.197 Read The track
2
line 1 For The alignment (150 )

1
Restricted area
10.18a An area to which entry is restricted is centred on 4 32 1N 2 54 6W, and vessels should maintain a distance of 5 miles from this point.
French Notice 50/37/09 (SDD 2009000 186455)
[07/10]
2-3
Index
NP1
This marks a development area within the Jubilee Oil Field. Paragraph 10.21
4
A foul area on the W side of the channel is marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), 3 cables WSW of Wilmot Point. Mark Dent, Port Captain (SDD 2010000 000067) Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel Depths After Paragraph 11.141 344 1 line 7 Add: [10/10]
Clear of an area of offshore oil and gas activity (10.17) and the restricted area within the Jubilee Oil Field (10.18a), thence: Ghana Maritime Authority (SDD 2009000 158552) Ghana - Tema - Approaches Dangerous wreck 325 Paragraph 10.89 3 including Section IV Notice Week 48/09 Replace by:
3
[02/10]
Less water than charted has been reported (2009) in an area close E of the entrance channel, within the prohibited anchorage area (11.127). Marine Accident Investigation Branch (SDD 2009000 060140) [34/09]
SE of Nungua Point (9 miles ENE), the SW of two points of land, 7 cables apart, and fringed with rocky ledges, thence: SE of Greenwich Rock (12 miles ENE), lying 1 cables offshore, 2 m high and easily identifiable against the white background of the beach, thence: SE of a dangerous wreck, (13 miles ENE) (position approximate), thence: Clear of light buoys (special) (18 miles E), marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence: SSE of Tema Main Breakwater Head Light (15 miles ENE) (10.123). Tema Port Control (SDD 2010000 116724) Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches Dangerous wreck 344 Paragraph 11.140 1 lines 6-10 including Section IV Notice Week 10/10 Replace by: ESE of a dangerous wreck (2 miles S) (position approximate), thence: ESE of dangerous wreck, part of which is visible, (2 miles SSE) (position approximate). Thence, the track continues NE to the pilot boarding position in the vicinity of Lagos Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (2 miles SE). Captain Isele Ogorye (SDD 2010000 098891)
Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River Offshore terminals Pennington Oil Terminal Paragraph 12.55 SBM B. Paragraph 12.55 367 lines 5-6 Delete The terminal to lines 3-4 Replace by:
Terminal Authority. Chevron Nigeria Ltd. E-mail: L9ESC15@chevron.com Paragraph 12.56 Replace by:
1
[35/10]
Controlling depth. The minimum depth at both SPM A and SPM B is approximately 26 8 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: 250 000 dwt on SPM A and 160 000 dwt on SPM B. Tidal levels. The mean range in the vicinity of the SPM berths is about 1 5 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Local weather. Wind and swell are predominantly from the SW. The weather is generally good between November and May, the dry season, but deteriorates during the wet season, May to November. During the periods of change of season, severe squalls and thunderstorms occur and winds of up to 70 knots have been recorded. Paragraph 12.57
1
Pilotage is compulsory. Berthing and unberthing is carried out 24 hours a day, weather permitting. The pilot boards 2 miles W of SPM A. Paragraph 12.57
2 2
[32/10]
Nigeria - Lagos Directions; buoyage 344 Paragraph 11.140

1
Thence the track continues NE to the pilot boarding position in the vicinity of Lagos Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (2 miles SE). After Paragraph 11.141
4
line 6 Add:
Tugs. Two tugs are available and used to assist in berthing. A tug will remain secured to the vessels stern throughout time at the berth to help maintain vessel at a constant distance from the SPM. Anchorage. The charted anchorage position lies 2 miles SW of SPM A. Due to the existence of numerous submarine pipelines in the area, vessels may only anchor in the designated anchorage position or as otherwise directed by the Mooring Master.
2-4
Index
NP1
After paragraph 12.57 Insert: Equatorial Guinea - Cogo Light 138-139 Paragraph 4.255
1
Harbour
1
12.57a Current. The current sets NNW for approximately 75% of the year and SSE for the remainder. Rates vary between to 2 knots, and can change direction very quickly, which may cause a vessel to yaw. Paragraph 12.58 Replace by: Incoming tankers should make their approach from the W to a position not less than 2 miles W of SPM B. The chart is then sufficient guide. An unlit mooring buoy is positioned about 1 miles S of SPM A. Paragraph 12.59 including heading Replace by:
lines 5 to 8 Replace by:
The track continues ENE for 6 miles to an anchorage... French Notice 10.21.47 (SDD 2010000 087637) [25/10]
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches Directions 141 Paragraph 5.6 1 line 3 Delete W of a light buoy moored 142 Paragraph 5.8 4 lines 7-8 Delete W of a light buoy (port hand) (13 miles SSW) moored Paragraph 5.10 1 lines 1-2 Delete W of a light buoy (port hand) (0 25 8N 9 13 6E), moored Paragraph 5.10 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...18 miles to 0 18 N 9 27 E, the pilot boarding position as shown on the chart. 143 Paragraph 5.17 Replace by: 5.17 From a position about 7 miles SW of Cap Santa Clara (0 30 4N 9 19 3E), the track leads initially E through Passe de la Pnlope, passing (with positions relative to Cap Santa Clara): S of Banc de la Thmis (5 miles SW) (5.8), thence: N of an unmarked wreck (6 miles SSW) with a depth of 2 5 m over it, lying on the NW extremity of Banc de la Mouche. The sea breaks occasionally over this bank and it may be distinguished, even in fine weather, by the ripples over it. And: S of Banc du Postillon (3 miles SSW), usually indicated by eddies. Thence the recommended track, as indicated on the chart, leads ESE for about 4 miles, passing: NNE of Banc du Pongara (7 miles S). The sea breaks over this bank and it may be distinguished, even in fine weather, by the ripples over it. Thence: NNE of a shoal patch (7 miles S) with a depth of 9 8 m over it, thence: SSW of a buoy (port hand) (6 miles S), moored on the S extremity of Banc du Carabe. Paragraph 5.18 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: SW of the S extremity of Banc du Sud-Est (9 miles SSE), thence: SW of two shoal patches of 9 8 m and 9 9 m (10 miles SSE), thence: Paragraph 5.18 3 lines 5-6 Replace by: Thence the track continues SE to the...
1
Berths
1
12.59 The terminal consists of 2 berths, SPM A and SPM B, with a connected pipeline system. Chevron Nigeria Ltd (SDDs 2009000 164069; 183945) Nigeria - Offshore terminals Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 382 After Paragraph 12.222 1 line 6 Add: A third SBM (4 06 60N 7 07 60E) lies 8 miles SW of the Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal platform. After Paragraph 12.224 1 line 6 Add: The designated anchorage position for SBM 3 is 3 miles SW of the SBM. After Paragraph 12.224 1 line 8 Add: The pilot boarding position for SBM 3 is 3 miles SW of the SBM. After Paragraph 12.224 2 line 6 Add: A restricted area, radius 3 miles, is centred on SBM 3. Shell International Trading & Shipping Co Ltd (SDD 201000 008775) [10/10]
1
[02/10]

South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge Wst Seamount Shoals 67 Paragraph 2.5
1 3
line 10 After 3 30 W). Add:

2
Shoals are reported (2007) to exist in the vicinity of of Wst Seamount as follows: 66 miles NE, bounded by positions: 32 49 S 2 53 W; 32 49 S 2 26 W; 33 09 S 2 26 W; 33 09 S 2 53 W, and 80 miles SW, in position 34 29 S 5 00 W. USNGA Notice 19/22/2008 (SDD 2008000 041381) [38/08]
Paragraph 5.20 1 lines 1-2 Replace by From the pilot boarding...
2-5
Index
NP2
Paragraph 5.24
1
144 line 4 For light buoy Read buoy

1
Paragraph 5.10 including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by: From a position W of a buoy (port hand) (0 25 7N 9 13 6E) moored about 7 miles SW of Cap Santa Clara (0 30 4N 9 19 3E) the route leads initially E then SE for 18 miles to 0 18 N 9 27 E, the pilot boarding position for Owendo. Thence the route continues for about 9 miles to a position NE of le Cailloux (0 10 5N 9 33 2E), at the entrance to the upper reaches of Estuaire du Gabon where there are numerous tributaries. 143 Paragraph 5.17 including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by:
1
145 Paragraph 5.29 2 line 4 Replace by: passing SE of Banc du Sud-Est (5.18). Paragraph 5.29
2
lines 5-6 Delete
Paragraph 5.30 1 line 6 Add: A mooring buoy (black and white) lies 1 cables W of the SSE end of the breakwater. 146 Paragraph 5.50 1 line 3 Replace by: ...de la Thmis (0 26 8N 9 15 0E) (5.8). See... 147 Paragraph 5.52 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt and available 24 hours. Pilot boards in the vicinity of 0 18 N 9 27 E, as indicated on the chart. Paragraph 5.56 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: From the charted pilot boarding position (0 18 N 9 27 E), the track leads ESE for about 4 miles... Paragraph 5.58 1 line 7 Add: There is a shoal patch of 4 9 m 2 miles WSW of Pointe Owendo. 148 lines 1-2 Delete W of a light buoy
Paragraph 5.64 moored
Paragraph 5.64 2 lines 1-2 For W of the light buoy mentioned above Read about 7 miles SW of Cap Santa Clara Paragraph 5.70 1 line 1 Delete W of the light buoy (port hand) moored Paragraph 5.72 1 line 1 Delete W of the light buoy (port hand) moored French Notice 08/02/30; French Chart 6369 (SDDs 2008000 007509; 008299) [17/08] Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches Directions 141 Paragraph 5.6 1 line 3 including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by: ...W of a buoy moored about 7 miles SW of Cap... 142 Paragraph 5.8 4 lines 7-11 including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by: Thence the track leads to a position W of a buoy (port hand) (12 miles SSW) moored about 7 miles SW of Cap Santa Clara (0 30 4N 9 19 3E) on the SW extremity of Banc de la Thmis. Shoals with depths of 9 9 m and 16 7 m lie 6 miles and 7 miles respectively WSW from Cap Santa Clara, and a stranded wreck lies on the S extremity of Banc de la Thmis. A light buoy (S cardinal) lies 6 cables S of the wreck.
5.17 From a position about 8 miles SW of Cap Santa Clara (0 30 4N 9 19 3E), the track leads initially E through Passe de la Pnlope, passing (with positions relative to Cap Santa Clara): S of buoy (port hand) (5.8), thence: S of Banc de la Thmis (5 miles SW) (5.8). Thence from a position N of a light buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles SSW), the recommended track, as indicated on the chart, leads ESE for about 4 miles, passing: SSW of Banc du Postillon (3 miles SSW), usually indicated by eddies, thence: NNE of an unmarked wreck (6 miles SSW) with a depth of 2 5 m over it, lying on the NW extremity of Banc de la Mouche. The sea breaks occasionally over this bank and it may be distinguished, even in fine weather, by the ripples over it, thence NNE of Banc du Pongara (7 miles S). The sea breaks over this bank and it may be distinguished, even in fine weather, by the ripples over it, thence: NNE of shoal patch (7 miles S) with a depth of 9 8 m over it. A buoy (starboard hand) marks the N edge of this shoal, thence: SSW of two buoys (port hand) (6 miles S) the eastern one of which is a light buoy, moored on the S extremity of Banc du Carabe. Existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Paragraph 5.18 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
SW of a light buoy (port hand) (9 miles SSE) moored on the S extremity of Banc du Sud-Est. 144 Paragraph 5.24 1 line 4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 For a buoy Read two buoys (port hand), the E of which is a light buoy 145 Paragraph 5.29 2 including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by:
From a position on the recommended track and E of Pointe Pongara (5.18), course is altered NE towards the anchorage off Libreville, a distance of about 3 miles, passing SE of Banc du Sud-Est (5.18), the S extremity of which is marked by a light buoy (port hand).
2-6
Index
NP2
147 Paragraph 5.58 1 line 7 including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by: The river current sets strongly in these locations. There is a shoal patch of 3 9 m 2 miles WSW of Pointe Owendo. French Notice 09/12/37 (SDD 2009000 026001) Gabon Tchatamba Terminal 156 Paragraph 5.177 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Either side of Tchatamba Terminal which consists of a platform (MOPU) (14 miles SW) surrounded by a restricted area radius 3 miles. Platforms T West and T South are situated 4 miles NW and 8 miles S, respectively. Lights are exhibited from the three platforms. Thence: 157 Paragraphs 5.178-5.182 Including headings Replace by: [27/09]
1
Terminal Authority: Murphy West Africa Ltd. E-mail: oim.azurite@prosafeproduction.com
Limiting conditions
6.14b Maximum size of vessel handled. The FDPSO is designed to accept export tankers up to 330 000 dwt. Local weather and sea state. Normal wind conditions are dominated by tradewinds blowing from the SE to SW sectors. Winds are generally moderate and constant, but extreme wind conditions can occur in squalls during the wet season (December to April).
Arrival information
1
Spare
5.178 - 5.182 Marathon Oil UK Ltd (SDD 2007000 091566) [13/08]
6.14c Notice of ETA. Initial ETA should be sent 7 days before arrival; thence 72, 48, 24, 12 and 4 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Waiting area. The waiting area is 10 miles W of the FDPSO. Pilotage is compulsory within 2 miles of the FDPSO. Pilots will board 2 miles N of the FDPSO. Tugs are available. Restricted area. A zone, radius 2 miles, where navigation and fishing is prohibited is centred on the FDPSO.
Harbour
1
Congo - Pointe Indienne Directions; wreck 163 After Paragraph 5.237 4 line 12 Add: SW of a stranded wreck (4 41 5S 11 45 2E). Thence: Navarea II Warning 098/08 (SDD 2008000 029105) [17/08]
6.14d Current. Attains rates of up to 3 knots, mainly influenced by the outflow from the Congo River. Changes in current strength and direction can occur at any time.
Directions
1
6.14e The chart is sufficient guide.
Berths
1
Republic of Congo - Offshore terminals Azurite Terminal 171 Paragraph 6.8

1
6.14f Export tankers moor in tandem with the FDPSO.
Services
line 5 Add:
1
6.14g Medical. Paramedic on board FDPSO. Supplies. Fuel oils and provisions. Murphy West Africa (SDD 2010000 003262) [08/10]
Clear of Azurite Oil Terminal (71 miles W) (6.14a), thence; 172 After Paragraph 6.14
1
Insert:
Angola - Cabinda - Kuito Terminal Anchorage Paragraph 6.11 172 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Azurite Terminal General information

1 2
6.14a Position and function. Azurite Oil Terminal, (5 38 10S 10 59 40E) consists of a Floating, Drilling, Production, Storage and Off-loading facility (FDPSO) connected to subsea drill centre. The position of the FDPSO may vary slightly as a result of ongoing drilling activities.
Waiting anchorage. Vessels bound for Kuito Terminal, if not able to berth on arrival, are to wait at the designated anchorage for Malongo Terminals (6.45). CABOC - Malongo (SDD 2010000 059964) [18/10]
2-7
Index
NP2
Congo Moanda Terminal Paragraph 6.91 Replace by: 179 lines 1- 7 including headings
1
Limiting conditions
7.24b Maximum size of vessel handled. The FPSOs are designed to accept export tankers up to 350 000 dwt under certain weather conditions. Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.
Muanda Terminal
Arrival information
Chart 658
General information
1
6.91 Position and function. Muanda Oil Terminal (5 58 4S 12 06 6E) is located 12 miles off the coast with an SPM and FSO Kalamu, 274 m LOA and 141 000 dwt.. Terminal Authority. Muanda International Oil Company, Kinshasa. E-mail: zmoore@cd.perenco.com Paragraph 6.92 1 lines 4-5 For 16 76 m, 160 000 dwt. Read 17 m, 175 000 dwt. Paragraph 6.93 2-3 Replace by: Outer anchorage may be obtained in a designated anchorage 2 miles N of the SPM (5 58 4S 12 06 6E). Submarine pipelines are laid to the terminal from associated platforms: GCO Oilfield 3 miles ENE. Pilotage is compulsory and is conducted by the Mooring Master. Tugs are not available. Restricted area. The FSO and SPM are enclosed within a restricted area, see 6.83. Regulations. The flag of the Democratic Republic of Congo must be flown at all times. Paragraph 6.94 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: The chart is sufficient guide. Paragraph 6.95 1 Replace by: The SPM and FSO (5 58 4S 12 06 6E) are moored in a depth of 27 m and are lit. Vessels moor in tandem with the FSO. Muanda Terminal Mooring Master (SDD 2008000 024680) [14/08]
7.24c Notice of ETA. Notice is required at start of passage; thence 72, 48, 24 and 4 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Waiting area. Mondo waiting area is 11 miles NE of FPSO, and Saxi-Batuque waiting area is 10 miles NE of FPSO. Pilotage is compulsory. For Mondo the pilot boarding area is 3 miles N of the FSPO, and for Saxi-Batuque the pilot boarding area is 4 miles NW of the FSPO. Tugs are available. Restricted area. A restricted area, radius 2 miles, is centred on FPSO Mondo, and a restricted area, radius 4 miles, is centred on FPSO Saxi-Batuque.
Terminal
1
7.24d Both FPSOs exhibit lights, and fog signals are sounded in poor visibility. Racons are fitted.
Directions
1
7.24e The chart is sufficient guide.
Berths
1
7.24f Export tankers moor in tandem with the FPSOs with export tankers bow to the stern of the FPSO. Loading is by means of floating hose arrangements between FPSO and export tanker. Esso Exploration Angola (SDDs 2008000 050406; 051469; 065201)
[36/08]
Angola - Offshore terminals Kizomba C Terminal 195 Paragraph 7.24 Replace by: Angola - Offshore terminals Girassol Terminal
195 Paragraph 7.27 Paragraph 7.27

1 1
General information
1
7.24a Position and function. Kizomba C Terminal, situated 60 miles offshore, consists of two FPSOs: Mondo (6 09 6S 11 16 2E); Saxi-Batuque (6 19 3S 11 16 8E). Terminal Authority. Esso Exploration Angola. E-mail: Mondo: oim.fpsomondo@singlebuoy.com; Saxi-Batuque: oim.fpsosaxi@singlebuoy.com
lines 7 and 8 Delete lines 9 to 11 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 4 miles N of the FPSO and uses a berthing aid, for which the export tanker must supply power. TOTAL E&P Angola (SDD 2009000 013821) [12/09]
2-8
Index
NP2
Angola - Offshore terminals Girassol Terminal Waiting area 195 After Paragraph 7.27 1 line 6 including existing Section IV Notice Week 12/09 Insert: Waiting area. Vessels bound for Girassol Terminal, if not able to berth on arrival, are to wait at the designated waiting area for Girassol and Dalia Terminals (7.34). TOTAL E&P Angola (SDD 2010000 051291) Paragraph 7.143
1
206 lines 4-5 Delete [14/08]
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (SDD 2008000 023682)
Namibia - Fria Cove Racon After Paragraph 8.10

1
223 Add:
Other aid to navigation

[18/10]
1
8.10a Racon: Fria Cove (18 17 7S 11 57 5E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. South African Notice 2/36/2008 (SDD 2008000 024260) [14/08]
Angola - Offshore terminals Gimboa and Greater Plutonio Terminals 196 Insert:
After Paragraph 7.38
South Africa - Simons Town Directions for entering harbour
Gimboa Terminal
Chart 604
General information
1
7.38a Position and function. Gimboa Terminal, situated about 44 miles offshore, consists of a FPSO in position 7 32 5S 12 10 3E and associated subsea wells.
Arrival information
1
7.38b Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius 2 miles centred on 7 28 2S 12 14 8E. Restricted area. A restricted area with a radius of 3000 m is centred on the FPSO. Paragraph 7.40 1 lines 7 to 8 Replace by: Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius 5 miles centred on 7 43 S 12 14 E. BP Angola (Block 18) BV (SDD 2008000 061017)
[38/08]
294 Paragraph 10.93 1 lines 2-5 Replace by: ...Roman Rocks (34 10 8S 18 27 6E), the track leads about 1 mile WSW to the alignment (210 ) of the following lights, passing NNW of an obstruction marked by a buoy (N cardinal) and lying 4 cables NW of Roman Rocks: Front light (on corner of white building) (34 11 4S 18 25 6E). Rear light (against top of red brick building) (139 m from front). The track leads 8 cables SSW on this alignment, thence 3 cables SE to the entrance to Outer Basin, on the alignment (142 ) of the following leading lights: Front light (triangle on red pole on top of building, 3 m in height) (34 11 5S 18 26 5E). Rear light (on side of building) (186 m from front). A mooring buoy... Paragraph 10.93 2 line 4 Add: Naval Clock Tower (34 11 5S 18 25 7E) South African NM 73/08 (SDD 2008000 057246) [30/08]
Angola - Porto de Luanda Anchorage; wreck 203 After Paragraph 7.114 2 line 3 Add: A wreck with a depth over it of 8 m (26 ft) is reported to lie in the large ships anchorage in position 8 46 5S 13 16 1E. Captain P Prashad, MV Du Moulin Tide (SDD 2008000 042103)

South Africa - South coast - Storm Point Depth 94 After Paragraph 2.116
2 1
[23/08]
Insert:
Angola - Porto de Luanda Directions 204 lines 5-6 Delete
S of shoal patch (3 miles ESE) with a least depth of 4 m (reported 2010), 5 cables offshore, over which the sea breaks in heavy weather. Thence: South African Notice 77/2010 (SDD 2010000 144921) [41/10]
Paragraph 7.124
2-9
Index
NP3
Tanzania - Msasani Bay Submarine cable; anchorage 290 Paragraph 8.92
1 1
NP4 South-East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) Supplement 4-2006

Gulf of Alaska Oceanographic buoyage 2 R 3-5 Including existing Supplement amendment Delete 5 L 32 Insert:
Replace by:
General information. Msasani Bay lies between Ras Kankadya (6 44 N 39 17 E) and Kunduchi (8.93), 5 miles NW. The bay is sheltered from the swell by Byongoyo, 1 miles N of Ras Kankadya, and offers good anchorage during either monsoon. Caution. A submarine cable has been laid from Msasani, in the S part of the bay, leading N and then E through the entrance channel between Bongoyo and Ras Kankadya.
Oceanographic buoyage Ocean Data Acquisition System (ODAS)

1.29a ODAS buoys have been laid in the Gulf of Alaska as follows: Buoy number 46001 46076 Position 56 18 0N 148 01 3W 55 30 0N 148 00 0W 58 00 1N 150 00 5W 59 41 1N 142 25 3W 58 14 6N 138 00 3W 56 35 4N 136 09 6W 55 51 3N 142 33 5W 53 54 9N 138 51 0W
291 Paragraph 8.92 5 lines 3-8 Replace by: ...about 15 m.
390 Index Left column Delete: Masasani Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.92
46080 46082 46083 46084 46085 46184
391 Index Centre column After Msangazi, Mto Add: Msasani Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.92 Tanzania Port Authority (SDD 2010000 087338) [25/10]
Deep-ocean and Reporting of Tsunamis System (DART)

1.29b DART buoys have been laid in the Gulf of Alaska as follows: Buoy number Position 55 18 7N 148 29 3W 57 30 1N 144 00 9W 46409 46410
Tanzania - Msasani Bay Submarine cable; anchorage 290 Existing Section IV Week 25/10 Paragraph 8.92 line 2 For N Read S UKHO
US Notice 16013/20/08; BA Charts 1499, 4050 (HH. 612/003/05) [23/08]
[51/10] Homeland Security Advisory System
Kenya - Mombasa Pilotage; buoyage After L 27 Insert: 331 Paragraph 10.30

1 1
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 1.65a The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is used throughout the United States to disseminate information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security (MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the ISPS Code. The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS. Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry, the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels will align closely, though they will not directly correlate.

1
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels unless exempted by the port authorities, and is available 24 hours. The pilot boards 4 miles SE of Ras Serani (10.26), as shown on the chart.
334 Paragraph 10.37

2
lines 6 to 7 Delete [41/10]
Marine Safety Information Kenya (SDD 2010000 082530)
2 - 10
Index
NP4
3
The following table illustrates the relationship between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels: MARSEC HSAS Level HSAS Colour Level Code 1 Low Green 1 Guarded Blue 1 Elevated Yellow 2 High Orange 3 Severe Red For further information, refer to The Mariners Handbook. US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4 (HH. 078/557/10) Felice Strait - Sealed Passage Directions; wreck 63 After L64 Insert: NW of a wreck (1 miles SW), thence: US Notice 27/17434/08 (SDD 2008000 056765) [32/08] [44/07]
Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay Wreck 98 R14 Replace by: ...log rafts. A wreck, with a least depth of 4 6 m (15 ft) over it, lies cable WNW of the S dolphin. US Notice 27/17375/08 (SDD 2008000 056763)
[32/08]
Eastern Passage - Channel Island Depth 107 L 46 Replace by: ...can be safely passed on either side, remaining clear of a 14 6 m (8 fathom) shoal, as shown on the chart, about mile E of the S tip of the Island. The N... US Chart 17360 (HH. 611/400/05)
[30/06]
Wrangell Island - Madan Bay Anchorage Behm Canal - Neets Bay Shoal depth 78 L 16 Replace by: ...Clam Island 1 miles farther E. A shoal depth of 10 9 m (36 ft) has been reported (2007) approximately 3 cables SSE of Clam Island. US Notice 6/17422/07 (HH. 611/400/05) [09/07] Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor Directions; depth 179 L5-6 Replace by: ...to follow the W shoreline with caution, keeping 2 to 5 cables off, avoiding a shallow patch with a least depth of 7 ft (2 3 m) over it which lies 1 mile NE of Point Gardner Light, and the kelp which lies in dense patches throughout the harbour. [40/06] US Notice 26/17336/08 (SDD 2008000 055003) 108 L 4-5 Replace by: Anchorage. Small craft... US Coast Pilot 8 Amendment 13/07 (HH. 078/556/07)
[20/07]
Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm Shoal depths 84 L25 For 5 m (16 ft) Read 3 4 m (11 ft) 85 L45 For 1 8 m (6 ft) Read 1 1 m (3 ft) US Coast Pilot 8, Corr 37/06 (HH. 078/556/07) Wrangell Narrows Depths 95 After R 46 Insert: Caution. The channel through the Wrangell Narrows contains depths less than the charted controlling depths. In 2007 NOAA Survey Vessel Rainier reported a mid-channel depth of 5 7 m (19 ft) near Bush Top Island (56 38 1N 132 57 0W) and in 2006 boulders near Green Point (56 42 0N 132 57 3W) restricted the depth to less than 6 m (20 ft). USCP 8 28th Edition 2006 Changes No 16 & 17 (HH. 078/556/07) [36/07]
[29/08]
Chatham Strait - Baranof Island Warm Spring Bay Rock 212 L2 After ...mid-channel. Insert: A rock with a least depth of 2 7 m (9 ft) over it lies on the S side of the bay, 1 cable SW of the berthing pontoon. US Notice 17337/22/08 (HH. 611/410/05)
[26/08]
2 - 11
Index
NP4
Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island Directions; depth 232 L32 - L38 Replace by: ...isolated 3 2 m (11 ft) rocky patch lying 1 mile SW of John Rock is the outer of several such shoal patches lying SW of a line joining the two rocks. The sea breaks over the shallowest of these, 2 7 m (9 ft), lying 7 cables S of John Rock. Thence: US Notice 18/17326/09 (SDD 2009000 032452) 234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay Depth L 44-46 Replace by: ...the entrance. A 14 6 m (48 ft) patch lies 1 cable NW of the N Guilbert island. In very heavy weather, the sea is reported to break over an 18 m (60 ft) patch which lies in mid-channel, 5 cables N of the island. Secluded... US Notice 18/17328/08 (HH. 611/410/05) 261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm Rock L12 Replace by: ...rock awash, lying 2 cables... US Notice 19/17320/08 (HH. 611/410/05) [24/08] [24/08] US Code of Federal Regulations Naval Vessel Protection Zones 389 Existing Supplement amendment Page 33 Paragraph 165.9 (d) Replace by: (d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are issued under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633 and may be established in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States as defined in 2.38 of this chapter, including the territorial sea to a seaward limit of 12 nautical miles from the baseline. US Coast Pilot 8; CFR 165.9 (HH. 078/556/07) [44/06] US Notice 16/16645/08 (HH. 611/425/05) [22/08] [21/09] Prince William Sound - Orca Bay Port Gravina Depth 314 L31 For 5 5 m (18 ft) Read 4 2 m (14 ft) US Notice 15/16709/08 (HH. 611/415/07) Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula Port Chatham Mooring buoy 360 L 67 After ...soft ground. Insert: A mooring buoy, CG, lies in the anchorage, 2 cables SE of the spit. [18/08]
Cook Inlet - Point Possession Light 377 R 8-11 Replace by: NNW of Point Possession, the SW point at the... US Notice 9/16665/07 (HH. 611/425/04) [15/07]
Prince William Sound Hinchinbrook Entrance Submerged buoy 305 L 28 Add: Clear of a submerged buoy (2 miles W of Cape Hinchinbrook Light) lying within the precautionary area. US Notice 7/16709/07 (HH. 611/415/07) Valdez Arm Directions 305 L 65-R 11 Existing Supplement amendment paragraph 11.25a lines 3-4 Delete for oil tankers R 26-27 Replace by: ...reef. Reef Island, ... R 39-40 Replace by: ...Busby Island. BA Chart 4981 (HH. 078/557/10) [37/07]
1
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)

Radio facilities Automatic Identification System 4 Paragraph 1.35
1
[16/07]
Replace by:
On some of the fixed and floating navigational marks within the areas covered by this volume, AIS has been fitted. It will provide information to the mariner on position, status, tidal and current data and weather conditions. For details see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. UKHO (HH. 005/200/02) [12/10]
2 - 12
Index
NP5
Regulations - Brazil Ballast water management 5 Insert: Brazil - North coast Ponta da Praia Grande Directions; light Paragraph 4.31
1
123 line 7 For 1 07 S Read 1 10 S [35/08]
Ballast water management

1
Brazilian Notice 13/93/08 (SDD 2008000 062457) Brazil Pecm Terminal Outer anchorage; submarine cable Paragraph 4.162
1
1.42a Brazil introduced legislation on 30 December 2006, concerning ballast water management. All ships intending to discharge ballast water into waters of Brazilian jurisdiction, should carry a ballast water management plan approved by their flag administration or recognised classification society. For further information see The Mariners Handbook. UK MCA Marine Information Notices 253(M+F); 282 (M) (HH. 005/200/02) [25/08] Brazil Canal do Norte Pilot boarding place 87 Paragraph 3.50 2 line 8 For 2 miles E Read 3 miles NE Brazilian Notice 24/182/09 (SDD 2010000 009887)
...(3 28 9S 38 48 5W), of 6 cables radius. A submarine power cable, see below, is laid across the W part of the anchorage. Submarine cable has been laid from a production platform (3 05 4S 38 47 7W) to the shore, W of the terminal, as shown on the charts. Brazilian Notice 12/92(P)/08 (SDD 2008000 058310) [32/08]
Brazil Ponta da Itapag to Ponta de Mucuripe - Pecm Terminal Directions; buoy 137 Paragraph 4.164
2
line 4 Delete [34/09]
[05/10]
ENC BR500705 (SDD 2009000 067139) Brazil Porto de Mucuripe Outer anchorages; wreck 138
Brazil Canal do Norte Directions; shoal 88 Paragraph 3.56

7
Paragraph 4.169
NW of a light buoy (port hand) marking the NW extremity of a range of banks, large areas of which dry, extending 7 miles N of Ilha do Car (23 miles SSW), thence: Clear of an uncharted 11 m shoal (0 05 30N 50 58 00W), reported 2010. UKHO (SDD 2010000 151114)
No 1. For vessels with a draught more than 7 m, (1 miles W). A dangerous wreck lies 6 cables WSW. Brazilian Notice 17/98/10 (SDD 2010000 151063) Brazil, N coast Mucuripe Directions; wreck Paragraph 4.174
1
[42/10]
[40/10]
139 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Brazil Ilha Cotejuba Directions; wreck 100 Replace by:
Between numbers 2 and 3 Light Buoys (lateral) (3 cables WSW). A dangerous wreck lies cable SE of number 3 Light Buoy. Thence: Brazilian Notice 21/205/08 (SDD 2008000 094262) [01/09]
Paragraph 3.180
2
Clear of a narrow shoal (17 miles NE), with a depth of 2 2 m (7 ft), and: NW of a dangerous wreck (18 miles NE), position approximate. A light (white diamond on white metal tube, concrete base, 8 m in height) is exhibited from the SW side of Ilha Cotejuba. Thence: Brazilian Notice 8/61(T)/09 (SDD 2009000 037812)
Brazil North coast - Ponta do Mel to Cabo Calcanhar Directions; light; racon Paragraph 4.233 Paragraph 4.234
1
144 lines 5-7 Delete 145 line 1 For Racons Read Racon line 2 Delete
1 1
[26/09]
Paragraph 4.234
2 - 13
Index
NP5
Paragraph 4.235 Paragraph 4.235
3 1 3
line 3 Delete (4.233) lines 1-2 Replace by:
Brazil Terminal da Ponta do Ubu Anchorages Paragraph 6.168

2
NNE of a line of shoals extending 25 miles E of Agulha Light (platform). The shoals include, from W to E,... Brazilian Notice 12/109/09 (SDD 2009000 070523)
Anchorage A (20 46 4S 40 32 5W), depths 20 to 26 m,... Paragraph 6.168

3
line 1 Replace by:
[31/09]
Anchorage B (20 46 S 40 32 W), depths 23 to 26 m,... Paragraph 6.168

3
Brazil Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras Directions; wreck 164 line 4 Replace by:
line 4 Replace by:
Anchorage C (20 47 2S 40 32 7W), depths 25 to 27 m,... Paragraph 6.168

3
Paragraph 5.110
line 6 Replace by:
ESE of Recife Light (8 03 S 34 52 W) (5.91) and clear of a dangerous wreck 11 miles ESE, thence: Brazilian Notice 11/106/09 (SDD 2009000 051484) Brazil, E coast Ponta Itaquena Directions; wreck 196 Paragraph 6.69 4 Replace by: ENE of a rock (18 miles NNE) with a depth of 4 2 m, thence: ENE of a dangerous wreck (16 miles NE), position approximate. Ponta Itaquena and a 9 8 m shoal lie 9 and 6 miles W, respectively. Thence: Brazilian Notice 24/239/08 (SDD 2009000 004734)
Anchorage D (20 48 S 40 29 W), depths 17 to 25 m,... Brazilian Notice 10/63/08 (SDD 2008000 051604) [28/08]
[30/09]
Brazil - E coast Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards Directions; platform 212 After Paragraph 6.186 2 line 10 Add: Offshore mark: Platform PCP-3 (lit) (21 14 S 40 26 W). Brazilian Notice 19/189/08 (SDD 2008000 087565) [49/08]
Brazil - E coast Cabo de So Tom eastwards Directions; platform 212 After Paragraph 6.186 2 line 10 Section IV Notice Week 49/08 After Paragraph 6.197
4
Delete Existing
[08/09]
Brazil - E coast Rio Doce south-eastwards Directions; offshore marks 201 line 9 Add:
214 line 10 Add:
Offshore mark: Platform PCP-3 (lit) (22 14 S 40 26 W). Brazilian Notice 24/238/08 (SDD 2009000 004733) [06/09]
FPSO Capichaba (lit) 20 00 S 39 33 W). Platform Cidade de Vitria (lit) 20 03 S 39 32 W). Brazilian Notice 5/28/09 (SDD 2009000 023093)
Brazil Baa de Guanabara Pilotage 222
[16/09]
Paragraph 7.28
line 5 Replace by:
...(22 58 S 43 09 W) and, for vessels with a draught less than 12 5 m, in position 22 56 50S 43 08 40E. Brazilian Notice 17/93/10 (SDD 2010000 151063) [42/10]
Brazil Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubaro Directions; current meter 202
Brazil Ilha de Santo Amaro Wreck Paragraph 6.114

4
line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 8.20

3
...40 14 W), passing clear of a current meter, 7 miles ESE; Porto do Tubaro (6.150) lies on the W side of... Brazilian Coastal Radio 12/1052/09 (SDD 2009000 070537) Navigational Warning [34/09]
253 line 8 Add:
A dangerous wreck lies 6 cables NNE of Ilha das Cabras. Brazilian Notice 48/08 (SDD 2008000 042964) [25/08]
2 - 14
Index
NP5
Brazil Porto de So Francisco do Sul Arrival information; pilotage 264 line 3 For 6 cables SW Read Uruguay Montevideo Arrival information; pilotage Paragraph 9.116
1 1
299 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.134 1 mile E
Brazilian Notice 12/86/08 (SDD 2008000 058337)
Compulsory, except for Uruguayan vessels. Pilots board from a cutter, painted red, or from a tug, as follows: Boarding place JP1 Position In the channel, vicinity of Km 9 35 Light Buoy (safe water) In the channel, vicinity of Km 13 5 Light Buoys (lateral) In the channel, vicinity of Km 20 0 Light Buoys (lateral) In the vicinity of Km 42 4 Light Buoy (safe water) Draught less than 7 92 m
[33/08]
Brazil - South coast Itaja Directions; buoyage 268 line 2 Replace by: JP2
Paragraph 8.163
...track leads WSW and W, passing (with positions from Ponta das... Paragraph 8.163
3
equal to or greater than 7 92 m but less than 10 0 m equal to or greater than 10 m but less than 14 m greater than 14 m
JP3
lines 4-8 Replace by: JP4
Between No 1 and No 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (1 miles NE), thence: Between No 3 and No 4 Light Buoys (lateral) (1 mile NE), thence: Paragraph 8.163
4 4
lines 1-2 Replace by: Sociedad de Prcticos del Puerto de Montevideo (SDD 2008000 063934) [33/08] Uruguay Punta Pavn Directions; wreck Paragraph 9.232
8 8
N of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (7 cables NNW). Pedra da Santa Tereza lies 5 cables S, marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) on its NE side. Thence: S of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables NNW), thence: Brazilian Notice 7/58/09 (SDD 2009000 030604)
[22/09]
Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata Directions 290 line 10 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (60 miles ENE), thence: After Paragraph 9.32
1
SW of Banco Arazati Light Buoy (starboard hand) (34 33 S 57 04 W), distant 1 mile, which marks the edge of a bank extending 1 miles SW of Punta Pavn, and: NE of a dangerous wreck (34 35 4S 57 07 3W), marked close NW by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: SW of a detached jetty, with a disused silo on its outer end, lying 600 m from the coast at Punta Pavn (34 31 S 57 04 W). Uruguayan Notice 4/52/09 (SDD 2009000 036884) [25/09]
line 8 Add:
NW of a dangerous wreck (39 miles ESE), thence: Uruguayan Chart 3 (HH. 652/410/05) Uruguay Montevideo Limiting conditions; local weather 298 Paragraph 9.111 1 line 4 For reduced to 1000 m. Read less than 500 m. Sociedad de Prcticos del Puerto de Montevideo (SDD 2008000 063934) [33/08]
Argentina Villa Gesell Directions; wreck Paragraph 11.20

4
[25/08]
ESE of Villa Gesell (26 miles SSW); a hill, indicated on the chart as radar conspicuous, rises close inland from the town; a dangerous wreck lies 5 miles SE of the town. Thence: Argentine Notice 4/35/09 (SDD 2009000 034241) Argentina Golfo San Matas Directions; light Paragraph 11.125
1
[25/09]
362 line 1 For lights Read light
2 - 15
Index
NP5
Paragraph 11.125
1
lines 3-4 Delete

1
line 3 Add:
An irregular shaped area in which navigation and anchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a. Argentine Notice 9/101/10 (SDD 2010000 146767) [41/10]
Useful mark: Punta Colorada Light (41 42 S 65 02 W) (11.144). 364 lines 3-5 Delete line 4 For mark Read marks
2
1 2
NP6 South America (2008 Edition)
Pilot
Volume 2
line 5 Add:
Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes Directions; AIS; Useful marks Paragraph 7.34

2
Punta Colorada Light (building) (41 42 S 65 02 W). Argentine Naval Hydrographic Service Bulletin No 82 (SDD 2009000 025839) [19/09] Argentina Golfo San Jorge Restricted area 377 After Paragraph 12.52 Insert:
3
Restricted area
1
12.52a An irregular shaped restricted area, in which navigation and anchoring are prohibited, has been established off Cabo San Jorge (45 47 27S 67 21 96W). It is defined by lines joining the following positions: a) 45 44 20S 67 22 60W b) 45 44 80S 67 21 30W c) 45 43 40S 67 13 40W d) 45 51 00S 67 19 50W e) 45 51 00S 67 25 20W f) 45 49 20S 67 26 00W g) 45 48 93S 67 26 09W. 380 Paragraph 12.71
1
AIS: Carina Platform as above. Aries Platform as above. Platform AM-6 as above. Platform AM-2 as above. Platform AM-1 as above. Hidra Centro (52 50 S 68 11 W). Hidra Norte (52 49 S 68 13 W). Platform AM-5 (52 34 S 68 15 W). Platform AM-3 (52 31 S 68 17 W). For further information see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 224 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.39
Hidra Centro (52 50 S 68 11 W). Hidra Norte (52 49 S 68 13 W). Argentine Notice 7/83/09 and Admiralty List of Lights Volume G (2008/09) 1260.6, 1260.65, 1260.7 and 1260.75 (SDD 2009000 096256) [33/09] Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes Directions; Light Paragraph 7.65 226 line 12 For 52 35 S Read 52 33 S 227 lines 5-6 Delete A light To And: 228 line 2 For 52 35 S Read 52 33 S [19/09]

1
Restricted areas: A circular area of 2 miles radius around an SBM (12.78) off Punta Pando (12.69), as shown on the chart, is restricted for tanker operations only. An irregular shaped area in which navigation and anchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a. Paragraph 12.76
1
Paragraph 7.68
Paragraph 7.79
Restricted area in which navigation and anchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a. 383 Paragraph 12.95 Paragraph 12.95
1 2
Navarea XV Notice 21/09 (SDD 2009000 027528)
Chile - Puerto Sara Directions; lights Paragraph 7.87

1
line 5 Delete 1 miles NE, lines 1-3 Replace by:
Restricted areas: Anchorage is prohibited in an area, shown on the chart, extending 1 miles ESE from the head of Muelle General Mosconi (45 51 1S 67 27 3W) (12.100).
Line of bearing. Puerto Sara offshore oil terminal is approched from S on the line of bearing 334 of Muelle Puerto Sara Light (post, 2 m in height) (52 37 7S 70 11 7W), passing: Chilean Lights List 2008 (SDD 2009000 013499) [22/09]
2 - 16
Index
NP6
Chile - Puerto Sara Directions; light 229 Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/09 Paragraph 7.87 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1
AIS: Islote Cohorn Light (as above). For further information see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 263 Insert:
Line of bearing. Puerto Sara offshore oil terminal is approached from S on the line of bearing 331 of Muelle Puerto Sara (52 37 7S 70 11 7W), passing: Chilean Notice 6/63/09 (SDD 2009000 080049) [32/09]
Other aids to navigation

1
Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal Directions; lights 236 line 7 For 330 Read 327 line 1 Delete three line 6 Delete
Paragraph 7.145 Paragraph 7.146 Paragraph 7.146
1 1 1
7.365a Racon: Islote Cohorn Light (53 33 S 72 20 W). AIS: Islote Cohorn Light (as above). Cerro El Morrin Light (53 34 S 72 31 W). For further information see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Chilean Notice 5/53/09 and Admiralty List of Lights Vol.G, 2008/09, 1456 and 1466 (SDD 2009000 043923) [29/09]
Paragraph 7.146
237 line 2 For 300 Read 100 [22/09]
Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes Directions; shoals Paragraph 7.349 261 line 2 For 3 3 m Read 1 3 m 263 line 2 For 17 8 m Read 16 7 m [22/09]
Chilean Lights List 2008 (SDD 2009000 013499)
Chile - Canal Gabriel Directions; light 251 Paragraph 7.279 3 line 7 Replace by: NE of Rocas Grez (54 11 7S 70 41 7W), from which a light (green rectangle on green and white GRP tower, 3 m in height) is exhibited, thence: Chilean Notice 12-121/2008 (SDD 2009000 002808) [17/09] Paragraph 7.382 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes Directions; Shoal 255 lines 6-7 Delete [19/09]
3
Paragraph 7.367
Chilean Notice 3/23/2009 (SDD 2009000 028206)
Chile - Paso Largo Directions 267 line 3 For 5 cables Read 1 mile
Paragraph 7.383 1 line 4 For 73 12 W Read 73 13 W Chilean Chart 11200 (SDD 2009000 013017) [17/09]
Paragraph 7.298
Chilean Notice 3/32/09 (SDD 2009000 028217)
Chile - Patagonian Channels Angostura Inglesa Depth 376 Paragraph 8.562 1 lines 12-14 Replace by:
Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes Directions; Racon; AIS 261 After Paragraph 7.347 Insert:

1
7.347a Racon: Islote Cohorn Light (53 33 S 72 20 W).
... Islote Patagonia, may be passed on either side. The E route fairway lies to the W side of the channel, has a least depth of 10 1 m (33 ft) and is constrained by a 3 4 m (11 ft) patch in mid-channel (8.572). The W channel, though less direct, is ... Chilean Chart 9510 (HH. 006/200/01) [03/10]
2 - 17
Index
NP6
Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad Route; depths 404 Paragraph 9.67 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2
Chile Baha de Quelln Pilot boarding place 141 Paragraph 4.60 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: ...vessels under 12 m in draught, 2 miles W of the light. These pilot boarding places are... Chilean Notice 12/121/2009 (SDD 2010000 006410) [05/10]
S of Cabo Primo (12 miles NW), a long low shelving point at the S extremity of Peninsula Corso. A light (white GRP tower, red band, 4 m in height) is exhibited from the SW extremity of Cabo Primo. And: Clear of a depth of 10 5 m in position 49 57 21S 75 29 78W and a depth of 24 m in position 49 56 48S 75 32 00W (reported 2009). Thence: Chilean Notice 11/109-2009 (SDD 2009000 188730) [02/10]
Chile Baha Ancud Pilot boarding place 186 Paragraph 6.58 1 line 2 For 1 miles Read 2 miles Chilean Notice 12/120/2009 (SDD 2010000 006409) [05/10]
Chile Punta Pea Blanca to Punta Concn Directions; buoy 223 Paragraph 6.480 3 line 1 Replace by: Clear of an ODAS light buoy (special) (32 59 80S 71 49 20W), thence: WNW of Punta Angeles (33 01 S 71 38 W), high and... Chilean Notice 12/122/2009 (SDD 2010000 006411) Chile Puerto Huasco Pilotage; anchorages 250 Paragraph 7.223 Including heading Replace by: [05/10]
NP7 South America (2009 Edition)
Pilot
Volume
3
3
Aids to navigation Automatic Identification System 4 Paragraph 1.24

1
line 5 Replace by:
...conditions. For details see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. The... UKHO (HH. 007/200/02) [12/10]
Spare
7.223 Paragraph 7.225 1 Replace by: Compulsory. The pilot boards about 5 cables NE of Pennsula Guacolda Light. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7). Paragraph 7.236 2 Replace by: Anchorage may be obtained in an irregular shaped area centred 4 cables NW of Islote Cayo (28 27 39S 71 13 63W), in depths from 21 to 77 m. Chilean Notice 5/48/10 (SDD 2010000 097025) [27/10]
Pacific Ocean Outlying dangers Breakers 71 After Paragraph 2.5

6
line 8 Add: Panam to Papeete

2
Breakers (6 06 49N 82 06 88W)
72 After Paragraph 2.6

8
line 6 Insert:
Breakers (6 06 49N 82 06 88W) reported (2010). SY Black Arrow (SDD 2010000 037291) [13/10]
Chile Puerto Antofagasta Wreck 270 Paragraph 8.67 2 line 6 Add: A dangerous wreck lies cable S of the root of Molo Este. ENC CL5AN015 (SDD 2009000 067167) [41/09]
South Pacific Ocean Isla San Ambrosio Off-lying shoal 77 After Paragraph 2.49 Add:
Chile Mejillones del Sur Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 275
1
Off-lying shoal
1
2.49a A shoal reported (2009) lies in position 26 28 S 79 50 W. US Notice 48/608/09 (SDD 2009000 174333) [51/09]
Paragraph 8.111 1 Replace by: E from Punta Angamos Light (23 01 58S 70 31 03W) to shore (23 01 58S 70 20 80W) on opposite side of Baha Mejillones del Sur. Paragraph 8.120 Volume 6(7)
1
line 2 For Volume 6(5) Read
2 - 18
Index
NP7
276 Paragraph 8.121
1
Peru Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco Directions; platform 346 Paragraph 10.265 1 line 4 For an obstruction Read a platform (disused) ENC PE300113 (SDD 2009000 048914) Colombia Buenaventura Anchorages; light 385 Paragraph 12.70 No 3A No 5
1
line 3 Replace by:
...Terminals, 2 miles ENE for Interacid Terminal and 4 miles NNE for the LNG Terminal.... Paragraph 8.121 Volume 6(7) Paragraph 8.128
1
line 5 For Volume 6(5) Read lines 12-13 Replace by:
[41/09]
E. 297 distant 1 5 miles, 1 miles WSW of Puerto Angamos pierhead. GNL1. 014 distant 2 9 miles, 9 cables N of Muelle GNL. GNL2. 019 distant 3 6 miles, 1 miles NNE of Muelle GNL. After Paragraph 8.129
5
line 8 Replace by: Least charted depth 63m Least charted depth 89m
Insert: 6 miles NE 1 miles ENE
Muelle GNL (LNG Terminal) (5 miles ENE) consists of jetty extending 740 m NW from the shore, from which a light is exhibited. Chilean Notice 2/10/2010 (SDD 2010000 042035) [14/10]
Peru Isla Asia to Isla San Lorenzo Directions; wreck 315 Paragraph 9.229
3
387 line 5 Insert:
Aguacate Light Beacon (green tower, red band) (3 53 7N 77 03 8W). Paragraph 12.86
1
WSW of a dangerous wreck (48 miles NW), thence: WSW of Isla Callao (Isla Frontn) (52 miles NNW) (9.291), thence: Peru 7/33/09 (SDD 2009000 100991) [41/09]
Colombian Chart 760 (SDD 2009000 017369)
Colombia Baha de Mlaga Directions; light buoy 388 Paragraph 12.100 2 line 5 For starboard hand Read W cardinal Paragraph 12.104 3 line 2 For starboard hand Read W cardinal Colombian Chart 150 (SDD 2009000 017480) [41/09]
Peru Cerro Azul Light Paragraph 9.246 316 line 4 Replace by:
...promontory from which a light (black GRP tower, white band, 11 m in height) is exhibited, lies... Light List Volume G (2008/09) No 2044 (SDD 2008000 085271) [41/09]
Peru Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra Directions; wreck 339 Paragraph 10.180
3
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4 (2010 Edition)

Navigation and Regulations - Charts Foreign charts 3 Paragraph 1.14 Paragraph 1.14
2 2
SW of Production platform SM-1 (48 miles NW). A dangerous wreck lies 7 miles NE. Thence: ENC PE300124 (SDD 2009000 052992) [41/09]
line 3 Delete line 5 For 6058 Read 7376 [18/10]
Instructions nautiques H5 (SDD 2010000 029291)
2 - 19
Index
NP7A
Navigation and Regulations Radio facilities DGPS 4 After Paragraph 1.26
1 1
line 5 Insert:
Within the area covered by this volume DGPS data is broadcast from: Cayenne (Montabo) (4 56 00N 52 18 00W). UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02) Guyane Franaise - les du Salut to Fleuve Maroni Directions 73 Paragraph 2.67 3 line 6 For 5 43 62N 53 57 42W Read 5 44 57N 53 57 09W French Chart 7376 (SDD 2010000 021155) Guyane Franaise - Fleuve Mana Charts; description; directions 73 Paragraph 2.69 Chart heading Replace by: Chart 517 (datum undetermined) Paragraph 2.69 1 line 2 For 5 43 62N 53 57 42W Read 5 44 57N 53 57 09W Paragraph 2.69 1 line 3 For 5 45 00N 53 52 62W Read 5 44 76N 53 54 26W Paragraph 2.69 2 line 4 For 5 48 50N 53 56 30W Read 5 48 38N 53 55 98W French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5 (SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10] Guyane Franaise - Fleuve Maroni Charts; general information; depth; directions; landmarks; useful marks; anchorage 73 Paragraph 2.70 Chart heading For French Charts 5883, 6058 Read French Chart 7376 74 Paragraph 2.70
1
[18/10]
[18/10]
Paragraph 2.71 Replace by: Landmark: Radio tower (5 44 74N 53 59 38W), situated on Hoek Galibi (2.70). Paragraph 2.72 1 line 4 For 5 43 62N 53 57 42W Read 5 44 57N 53 57 09W Paragraph 2.72 2 lines 3-4 For 5 48 50N 53 56 30W Read 5 48 38N 53 55 98W Paragraph 2.72 3 Replace by: ESE of a stranded wreck (5 48 38N 53 55 98W); a dangerous wreck lies 8 cables WNW and Tijger Bank, which dries, lies 9 cables farther WNW. Another stranded wreck (5 46 59N 53 57 92W) lies off the SE side of the bank. Thence: WNW of a drying bank (5 45 66N 53 56 87W) extending NNE from Pointe Franaise, thence: WNW of Pointe Franaise (5 44 57N 53 57 09W). Paragraph 2.72 4 lines 2-3 For 5 42 83N 53 58 23W Read 5 43 02N 53 57 92W Paragraph 2.72 5 Replace by: Useful marks: House (5 44 75N 53 56 74W) standing in Les Hattes. Pylne (5 44 82N 53 59 09W) standing on Hoek Galibi (2.70). Radio mast (5 30 33N 54 01 69W). Light (5 30 41N 54 02 13W) exhibited from the wreck of the Edith Cavell, lying close NW of Saint-Laurent du Maroni. Paragraph 2.73 1 Replace by: Good anchorage may be obtained in Fleuve Maroni 4 cables N of Pointe Panato (5 43 02N 53 57 92W) in 7 m. French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5 (SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10] Guyane Franaise - Fleuve Maroni General information; directions 74 Paragraph 2.70 4 line 6 Replace by: ...SL Light Buoy (5 51 80N 53 51 76W) where the pilot... Paragraph 2.72 1 line 7 Replace by: ...Buoy (safe water) (5 51 80N 53 51 76W). Existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Paragraph 2.72 3 Replace by: ESE of a stranded wreck (5 48 07N 53 57 00W), position doubtful; a dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies 8 cables WNW. Tijger Bank (Banc Hollandaise), which dries, lies 1 miles WNW of the stranded wreck. Another stranded wreck (5 46 59N 53 57 92W), lies off the SE side of the bank. Thence: WNW of a drying bank (5 45 66N 53 56 87W), extending NNE from Pointe Franaise, thence: WNW of Pointe Franaise (5 44 57N 53 57 09W).

3
...entered between Pointe Franaise (5 44 57N 53 57 09W) and Hoek Galibi (Pointe Hollandaise on French Chart 7376),... Paragraph 2.70
2
line 2 For 1 5 m Read 1 2 m
Paragraph 2.70 3 line 2 For 5 43 62N 53 57 42W Read 5 44 57N 53 57 09W Paragraph 2.70 NNE
5
line 9 For 2 m NE Read 3 miles
Paragraph 2.70 6 line 6 For 5 48 50N 53 56 30W Read 5 48 38N 53 55 98W
2 - 20
Index
NP7A
Paragraph 2.72
4
line 3 For Arouba Read Arouaba [20/10]
Paragraph 2.144
French Chart 7376 (SDD 2010000 063631)
Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier General information; directions 75 Paragraph 2.78 1 line 2 For 5 43 62N 53 57 42W Read 5 44 57N 53 57 09W Paragraph 2.79 1 line 1 For 5 44 82N 54 00 72W Read 5 45 06N 53 59 12W Paragraph 2.80 1 line 2 For 5 43 62N 53 57 42W Read 5 44 57N 53 57 09W Paragraph 2.80
1
Clear of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6 02 06N 57 00 52W), thence: SE of CM 1 Light Buoy (6 00 88N 57 02 20W), thence: SE of CM 3 Light Buoy (5 59 00N 57 03 84W), thence: Netherlands Notice 36/440/10 (SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10]
Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown Directions; wreck 86 Paragraph 2.177

2 2
Replace by:
line 4 Replace by:
...depth of 2 7 m. Kaaimanshoofd (Cape des Camans) (5 49 98N 54 01 65W), should be... French Chart 7376 (SDD 2010000 021155) Surinam - Nickerie Rivier Pilotage; directions; buoyage [18/10]
NE of a dangerous wreck (6 52 95N 57 49 95W), position approximate. Another dangerous wreck, postion approximate, lies 5 miles W. Maritime Administration Department, Guyana (SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10] Trinidad - East coast Directions; light 119 Paragraph 4.36
1
80 Paragraph 2.133
3
Galera Point Light (red lattice mast, white bands, on white round tower) (10 49 93N 60 54 66W). Photograph (4.36) caption Replace by: Klein Curaao Light (7.35)
(Original dated 2009)
...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6 02 06N 57 00 52W). For further details see Admiralty List of... 81 Paragraph 2.134
1
MV UBC Sacramento (HH. 07A/200/02)
[23/10]
...position is reached close to V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe water) (6 02 06N 57 00 52W). Paragraph 2.134
2
Venezuela - Isla Coche Major light 160 After Paragraph 5.29

3
line 3 Replace by:
...by a light buoy and light beacons (port hand). To the E of the... Paragraph 2.134 2 line 8 For close SE Read 4 cables ENE Paragraph 2.134
3
line 8 Insert:
Isla Coche Light (10 47 30N 63 59 20W) (5.70). 162 Paragraph 5.53
1
line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon [40/10]
Netherlands Notice 36/440/10 (SDD 2010000 146226) Guyana - Corentyn River General information; directions 83 Paragraph 2.143
3
Replace by:
Major lights: Punta Ballena Light (orange stone tower, 30 m in height) (10 59 84N 63 46 66W). Isla Coche Light (10 47 30N 63 59 20W) (5.70). 165 Paragraph 5.70
1
...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6 02 06N 57 00 52W). Paragraph 2.144

2
line 7 Replace by:
...V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe water) (6 02 06N 57 00 52W).
Major lights: Punta Ballena Light (10 59 84N 63 46 66W) (5.53). Isla Coche Light (orange truncated conical GRP tower, white band, 12 m in height) (10 47 30N 63 59 20W).
2 - 21
Index
NP7A
1
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz Pilot boarding position 173 Paragraph 5.146

1
line 5 Insert:
Major light: Isla Coche Light (10 47 30N 63 59 20W) (5.70). Venezuelan Notice 008/10 (SDD 2010000 084237)
...pilot boards in Baha de Pozuelos in position 10 14 90N 64 38 97W, 9 cables W of Isla Burro (5.155). For... UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02) Venezuela - Puerto Jose Pilot boarding position 176 [18/10]
[23/10]
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz Port authorities; anchorage; harbours; hazards; directions; berths 173 Paragraph 5.139 Paragraph 5.144
1 1
Paragraph 5.174
lines 9-10 Delete lines 6-8 Replace by:
...speeds of less than force 7. Pilot boards in position 10 08 80N 64 51 48W, 3 miles E of Isla Pritu Adentro Light (5.176). 178 Paragraph 5.174 UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02)
6
A designated anchorage area for vessels bound for Baha Guanta and Baha de Pertigalete has been established 1 mile NE of Isla Redonda (10 15 41N 64 35 55W), as shown on the chart. 174 Paragraph 5.149
3 3
lines 1-6 Delete [18/10]
Replace by:
Venezuela - Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar Anchorages; pilotage 187 Paragraph 6.23
1 1
Baha de Pertigalete. Situated 1 miles E of Baha Bergantn, this bay contains a cement terminal on its E side. After Paragraph 5.149
3
Insert:
Hazards
1
5.149a Ferry (see 5.159) passes N of the entrances to Baha Bergantn, Baha de Guanta and Baha de Pertigalete. Small craft may be encountered in the approaches to the harbours, as yacht harbours are situated in Baha de Guanta, Baha de Pozuelos and Baha de Barcelona. Paragraph 5.154
1
General anchorage. The main anchorage area off Puerto La Guaira is centred about 1 miles NE of the head of the North Mole (6.30), as shown on the chart. The... Paragraph 6.23
2

1
Dangerous cargoes. Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes are required to anchor in an area, E and N of the main anchorage, centred about 1 miles NNW of Punta Mulatos (6.29). Quarantine anchorage lies E of the main anchorage, centred about 2 miles NNW of Punta Mulatos (6.29). Paragraph 6.24
1
...Borracha (10 17 82N 64 44 42W) the track leads generally SSE for 11 miles to the pilot station in Baha de Pozuelos, passing: Paragraph 5.154
3
Replace by:
Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and available from 0600 to 2400 local time. The pilot boards about 1 mile NW of the head (6.30) of North Mole, W of the main anchorage. 190 Paragraph 6.45
1
WSW of an unnamed islet (10 16 98N 64 40 14W). The track then leads SE to the pilot boarding place (5.146), 6 cables SW of Punta Baregn (10 15 34N 64 38 47W) (5.133). 175 Paragraph 5.161 BA Chart 1498 (HH. 07A/200/02)
2
lines 1-6 Delete
Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth should anchor N of the outer mooring buoys in depths from 13 to 18 m. Prohibited anchorages. Two areas have been established (2010), centred 2 miles ENE and 5 cables NW from Punta Arrecife (6.43). Venezuelan Notice 36/10 (SDD 2010000 122652) [37/10]
[23/10]
2 - 22
Index
NP7A
Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves Directions; light 205 Paragraph 7.7 Paragraph 7.8
1 1
Aruba - Sint Nicolaas Pilot boarding position 229 Paragraph 7.180 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Reef berths. About 1 miles WSW of the berths (7.189). Paragraph 7.180 2 line 2 For WSW Read W Paragraph 7.180 2 line 3 For 1 miles SW Read 5 cables WSW Paragraph 7.186 1 line 6 For WSW Read W 230 Paragraph 7.187 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...track leads NNW to the pilot boarding position (7.180), on the following leading line:
lines 12-13 Delete line 3 Replace by: Light (12 03 49N
Aves de Sotavento 67 40 64W). 209 Paragraph 7.20 Paragraph 7.20

1 1
lines 1-4 Delete line 6 Replace by: Light (12 03 49N
Aves de Sotavento 67 40 64W). After Paragraph 7.20

2
Valero Aruba Refinery & UKHO (SDD 2010000 017758) Colombia - Punta de la Garita Directions Light 280
[18/10]
line 6 Insert:
Aves de Sotavento Light (orange and white GRP tower, 12 m in height) (12 03 49N 67 40 64W). Venezuelan Notice 30/10 (SDD 2010000 111033)
Paragraph 9.144 1 lines 4-5 Delete Paragraph 9.147 1 line 7 For 9.144 Read red and white tower Colombian Notice 50/10 (SDD 2010000 049964) [20/10]
[33/10]
Nederlandse Antillen Klein Curaao Light 211 Paragraph 7.35 1 line 4 Replace by: Klein Curaao Light (square brick building with white concrete tower, 23 m in height) (11 59 39N 68 38 58W). 212 Photograph (7.35) caption Replace by: Galera Point Light (4.36)
(Original dated 2009) 3
Colombia - Baha de Cartagena - Directions Bocachica Leading lights; useful mark 283 Paragraph 9.178 2 Delete Paragraph 9.178 3 lines 1-3 Replace by: From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy (10 18 98N 75 35 92W), the track leads E through a channel, marked by light buoys... 284 After Paragraph 9.178 4 line 7 Add: Useful mark: No 2 Light Beacon (red and white framework tower) (10 19 27N 75 30 53W). Colombian Notice 95/10 (SDD 2010000 123448) [35/10]
MV UBC Sacramento (HH. 07A/200/02)
[23/10]
Colombia - Baha de Cartagena - Bocachica Directions; deep-water channel Paragraph 9.178

5
284 Delete [18/10]
Aruba - South coast Directions 228 Paragraph 7.166

2 2
Colombian Notice 007/2010 (SDD 2010000 021053) Colombia - Golfo de Urab Directions; buoy
S of the entrance (12 25 23N 69 54 08W) to the SE part of Sint Nicolaasbaai, marked by a light buoy and light beacons (7.188), thence: S of a light buoy (special, position approximate) (12 24 06N 69 54 90W), thence: UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02)
292 Paragraph 9.238 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: From a position about 10 miles NE of Cabo Tiburn (9.232), from which a light (9.235) is exhibited, the track leads SE, passing: SW of a wave recorder buoy (special) (8 49 98N 77 11 04W), thence: Colombian Notice 53/10 (SDD 2010000 062694) [18/10]
[18/10]
2 - 23
Index
NP7A
Colombia - Golfo de Urab General information; depths; directions; landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths 292 Paragraph 9.245 Including heading Replace by: Paragraph 9.258 Replace by:
1
Spare
9.245
2
293 Paragraph 9.248

1 1
line 1 Replace by:

3
Landmark: Tank (8 05 72N 76 43 70W). Major lights: Paragraph 9.249

2
ENE of Isla Los Muertos Light (8 07 97N 76 49 04W) (red tower, white bands), thence: WSW of Punta Yarumal (Yarumul) (8 06 08N 76 44 61W), from which a light (9.248) is exhibited 5 cables NNW, thence: ENE of the shoal water extending 2 miles SE of Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (8 05 43N 76 49 76W). Paragraph 9.249
3 3
Ro Len Anchorage. This anchorage off the mouth of Ro Len (7 56 30N 76 45 08W), in the SE corner of Baha Colombia, is used between May and December for loading bananas and lumber from barges. The reported anchorage is, in a depth of 18 m, about 2 miles WNW of the river mouth. Pichindi Anchorage, on the S side of the delta of Ro Atrato, lies between Boca del Leoncito (9.251) and Boc1a Pichindicito, 1 mile W. It is used between December and May, when the anchorage affords some shelter from the prevailing N and NE winds; vessels load bananas and lumber as off Ro Len. Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile SSE of a buoy (special) (8 01 14N 76 51 22W), in a depth of 22 m. By day, the light buoy is reported to be difficult to distinguish against the land, but the mooring buoys about 2 and 4 cables E of the light buoy are more easily seen. The coastline in the vicinity of the anchorage does not show up well on radar; shoaling has also been reported off Boca Pichindi. Alongside berths. There are two berths at Punta Las Vacas which are used by tankers, of 800 gt or less, to discharge refined petroleum products loaded at Baha Cartagena (9.151); maximum allowed draught 3 0 m. There are also several small wharfs situated in Baha Turbo used by local vessels. BA Chart 2262 (HH. 07A/200/02) [20/10]
The track then leads to a position 1 miles W of Punta Las Vacas (8 03 82N 76 44 58W), the W entrance point... Paragraph 9.249 1 cables NNE Paragraph 9.251
3
line 4 For 1 cables NW Read lines 3-6 Replace by:
...deepest mouth, Bocas Roto (9.249), Boca Matuntugo, Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (9.249), Boca Urab, Boca del Leoncito (8 01 38N 76 50 18W) and Boca Pichindicito (8 01 23N 76 51 82W). These mouths, except the latter, are navigable by canoes and... Paragraph 9.252 2 lines 1 and 3 For Cocogrande Read Coco Grande
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot (2010 Edition)
Pacific Ocean - Guardian Bank north-westwards Depths 83 After Paragraph 2.49

3
line 4 Insert:
294 Paragraph 9.254 Paragraph 9.255 Paragraph 9.255 2 miles SW

2 1 1
lines 1-5 Delete line 5 For 1 Read 1 lines 7-8 For 3 miles SSE Read
In 2010, a vessel on passage between these depths and Guardian Bank reported soundings between 20 5 m and 32 m between positions 10 20 6N 088 19 0W and 10 18 3N 088 14 3W. MV Apostolos 2 (SDD 2010000 061387) [29/10]
Paragraph 9.255 2 line 1 For 1 miles Read 1 miles Paragraph 9.257 1 line 1 For 1 miles Read 1 miles Paragraph 9.257
1
Mexico - Baha de la Paz - Baha Pichilingue and approaches Depth; leading lights 199 Paragraph 6.96 5 line 5 For 9 4 m (31 feet) Read 4 9 m (16 ft)
line 7 Replace by:
...(7 56 32N 76 44 98W) exhibited from the...
2 - 24
Index
NP8
200 Paragraph 6.101 2 Replace by:
2
The alignment (339 ) of Baha Pichilinque leading lights, standing on the E shore of Isla San Juan Nepomuceno, leads to the charted anchorage position about 1 cable E of Muelle SCT (6.102): Front Light (white concrete tubular tower, 7 m in height) (24 16 1N 110 19 9W). Rear Light (similar structure, 3 m in height) (about 40 m from front light). Mexican Cuaderno de Faros 2009; Mexican ENC MX503232 (SDDs 2009000 124251; 2010000 101785) [37/10] United States of America - California Entrance to San Diego Bay Directions; rock 261 Paragraph 8.40 5 lines 1 to 5 Replace by:
W of a DG platform, 2 cables E of Ballast Point. A submerged jetty, marked by lights (white diamonds, orange border on piles), extends to the shore from close S of the platform. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 8 (HA. 369/001/003/01) [29/10] United States of America - California San Clemente Island Safety Zone 263 Paragraph 8.55 1 line 5 Replace by: ...including gunfire, rocket fire and bombing. A Safety Zone extends out to 3 miles around the island and Security Zones... 453 After 165.1131 and detail Insert:
165.1141 Safety Zone; San Clemente 3 NM Safety Zone, San Clemente Island, CA.
Location. The following area is a safety zone: All waters of the Pacific Ocean surrounding San Clemente Island, from surface to bottom, extending from the high tide line on the island seaward 3 NM. The zone consists of the following sections (see Figure 1): (1) Section A Beginning at 33 02 03 0 N 118 35 51 0 W; thence to 33 04 55 8 N 118 37 04 2 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 33 02 49 2 N 118 30 39 0 W; thence 33 01 17 4 N 118 33 52 8 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 33 02 03 0 N 118 35 51 0 W. (a)
(2) Section B Beginning at 32 57 18 0 N 118 30 52 8 W; thence to 32 59 36 0 N 118 28 19 8 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 32 55 49 8 N 118 24 13 2 W; thence to 32 53 31 8 N 118 26 31 2 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 32 57 18 0 N 118 30 52 8 W. (3) Section C Beginning at 32 53 31 8 N 118 26 31 2 W; thence to 32 55 49 8 N 118 24 13 2 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 32 47 16 2 N 118 18 13 8 W; thence to 32 49 06 0 N 118 21 03 0 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 32 53 31 8 N 118 26 31 2 W. (4) Section D Beginning at 32 49 06 0 N 118 21 03 0 W; thence to 32 47 16 2 N 118 18 13 8 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 32 48 22 8 N 118 31 41 4 W; thence to 32 50 42 0 N 118 29 22 2 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 32 49 06 0 N 118 21 03 0 W. (5) Section E Beginning at 32 50 42 0 N 118 29 22 2 W; thence to 32 48 03 0 N 118 31 40 8 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 32 53 37 2 N 118 35 55 8 W; thence to 32 56 07 8 N 118 32 57 0 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 32 50 42 0 N 118 29 22 2 W. (6) Section F Beginning at 32 56 07 8 N 118 32 57 0 W; thence to 32 53 37 2 N 118 35 55 8 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 32 59 57 0 N 118 39 46 2 W; thence to 33 01 04 8 N 118 36 19 8 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 32 56 07 8 N 118 32 57 0 W. (7) Section G Beginning at 33 01 04 8 N 118 36 19 8 W; thence to 32 59 57 0 N 118 39 46 2 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 33 04 55 8 N 118 37 04 2 W; thence to 33 02 03 0 N 118 35 51 0 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 33 01 04 8 N 118 36 19 8 W.
2 - 25
Index
NP8
(8) Wilson Cove Beginning at 33 01 16 8 N 118 33 52 8 W; thence to 33 02 49 2 N 118 30 39 0 W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 32 59 36 0 N 118 28 19 8 W; thence to 32 57 18 0 N 118 30 52 8 W; thence along the shoreline returning to 33 01 16 8 N 118 33 52 8 W. (2) This regulation will be enforced in Sections A through F of the safety zone described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section except when the Coast Guard notifies the public that enforcement of the zone in specified sections is temporarily suspended. At all other times, mariners must obtain permission in accordance with the procedure described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section before entering either of those sections. (3) The COTP will provide notice of suspended enforcement by means appropriate to affect the widest publicity, including broadcast notice to mariners, publication in local notice to mariners, and posting the schedule of restricted access periods by date, location and duration at: www.scisland.org (d) Regulations. (1) The general regulations governing safety zones found in 33CFR165.23 apply to the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section. (2) Mariners requesting permission to transit through any section of the zone may request authorization to do so from Fleet Area Control and Surveillance Facility (FACSFAC) San Diego by either calling 619-545-4742 or establishing a VHF bridge to bridge radio connection on Channel 16. Immediately upon completing transit, the vessel operator must promptly notify FACSFAC of safe passage through the safety zone. Failure to expeditiously notify FACSFAC of passage through the safety zone will result in a determination by the Navy that the vessel is still in the safety zone, thereby restricting the use of the area for naval operations. If the Navy determines that facilitating safe transit through the zone negatively impacts range operations, the Navy will cease this practice and enforce the safety zones in these two areas without exception. (3) All persons and vessels must comply with the instructions of the U.S. Navy, Coast Guard Captain of the Port or the designated representative. (4) Upon being hailed by U.S. Navy or U.S. Coast Guard patrol personnel by siren, radio, flashing light, or other means, the operator of the vessel must proceed as directed. (5) The U.S. Coast Guard may be assisted in the patrol and enforcement of the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section by the U.S. Navy and local law enforcement agencies.
(b) Definitions. The following definition applies to this section: designated representative, means any commissioned, warrant and petty officers of the Coast Guard on board Coast Guard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, and local, state, and Federal law enforcement vessels who have been authorized to act on behalf of the Captain of the Port (COTP). (c) Enforcement. (1) This regulation will be enforced at all times in Section G and the Wilson Cove section of the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section. Mariners must obtain permission in accordance with the procedure described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section before entering either of those sections (paragraphs (a)(7) and (8)).
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edn Change 17 (HA. 369/001/003-01) [39/10]
2 - 26
Index
NP8
United States of America San Pedro Bay and approaches Regulations concerning entry - tankers 275 Paragraph 8.123 1 Replace by: State of California regulations have established escort regulations for tankers, carrying 5000 tonnes or more of oil, underway in the Los Angeles/Long Beach harbours and approaches. Escort tugs should be in position in the S boundary of the pilot boarding area prior to an inbound vessel arriving within 2 miles of the breakwaters. Masters are to ensure anchors are ready for letting go prior to entering pilot boarding areas. A pre-escort conference will: 1. Confirm the number and position of escort tugs. 2. Establish radio frequencies to be used. 3. Confirm destination. 4. Discuss any other pertinent information. Adverse weather, unusual port/traffic congestion or other conditions/circumstances may require additional tugs. Outbound laden tankers are not required to use tugs once they have cleared the breakwaters but all tankers shifting within the harbours must comply with the escort requirements. Full details of the regulations can be found at: www.dfg.ca.gov/Ospr/ US Coast Pilot 7 42nd Edition 2010 (HH.008/200/003) United States of America - California San Francisco Bay - Port of Richmond Project depth 348 Paragraph 10.160 11 6 m (38 ft)
1
line 3 For 10 7 m (35 ft) Read
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24 (HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]
United States of America - West coast Columbia River Safety and Security Zone Regulations 410 After Paragraph 13.13
1
line 5 Insert:
Security and Safety Zone regulations for large passenger vessels may be in force in Columbia River. See Appendix V for further details. 455 After 165.1310 and detail Insert: 165.1318 Security and Safety Zone Regulations, Large Passenger Vessel Protection, Captain of the Port Columbia River Zone. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24 (HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]
[49/10]
United States of America - California San Francisco Bay - Alcatraz Island Directions; fog signal 335
United States of America - Oregon Grays Harbor Directions; breakers 431
Paragraph 10.53 2 lines 8 and 9 Replace by: After Paragraph 14.43 ...vicinity of the island. USOCS 27/18650/10 (SDD 2010000 103735)
1
line 6 Insert:
[29/10]
In rough weather, hazardous breakers are found on North and South Jetties. Both should be given a wide berth. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 11 (HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
United States of America Port of San Francisco San Francisco - Oakland Bay Bridge Directions; passage 338 lines 6-8 Delete
United States of America - Oregon Columbia River - Port of Portland Regulated Navigation Area 458 After 165.1325 (c) (5) line 2 Insert:
Paragraph 10.70
339 Paragraph 10.79 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: Under the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (10.70), thence: Captain W. Lemke - San Francisco Bar Pilots (HH.008/200/03) [50/10]
165.1326 Regulated Navigation Area: Port of Portland Terminal 4, Willamette River, Portland, Oregon.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 9 (HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
2 - 27
Index
NP8
United States of America - California San Diego Bay Naval Danger Zone 461 After 334.865 Insert: After Paragraph 9.23
2 1
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast Hornsundbanken Underwater rock 201 line 6 Add:
334.866 Pacific Ocean at Naval Base Coronado, in the City of Coronado, San Diego County, California; Naval Danger Zone.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 11 (HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
An underwater rock with a depth of 6 4m lies off Dunyane in position 77 02 69N 14 32 79E. Norwegian Notice 15/28714/10 (SDD 2010000 131056) Svalbard - Wedel Jarlsberg Land Underwater rock
[39/10]
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition)

Nil 201 After Paragraph 9.23 1 Line 6 Including existing Section IV Week 39/10 Insert: An underwater rock with a depth of 3m has been reported off Middagsskjra in position 77 24 6N 13 47 7E. Norwegian notice 14/28198/10 (SDD 2010000 123628)
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (1985 Edition) Supplement 8-2005

Navigation Warnings 6 Existing Supplement amendment R4-47 Paragraph 1.63 including heading Replace by:
[48/10]
Svalbard Freemansundet Rock awash 251 Paragraph 11.39 2 line 5 After Freemanbreen. Add: A rock awash lies off the S coast of Barentsya in position 78 15 38N 21 41 59E. Norwegian Notice 17/29576/10 (SDD 2010000 146843)
Navigation warnings
1
1.63 The area covered by this volume lies in NAVAREA XX and XXI of the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. NAVAREA warnings and METAREAs XX and XXI are available via the international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (1) and Volume 5, and the Mariners Handbook for details. Feedback concerning the reception on broadcasts above 76 N is encouraged and may be sent to: Mr Sergey Brestkin Telephone. +7 812 352 1901 Facsimile. +7 812 352 2688 e-mail: gmdss@aari.ru United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
[42/10]
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)

Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems NORDREG 3 Paragraph 1.14 4 Lines 9-10 For Arctic Canada Traffic System (NORDREG Canada) Read: Northern Canada VTS (NORDREG) Zone Paragraph 1.17 1-3 Replace by:
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)

Radio Navigational Warnings 4 Paragraph 1.18 1 line 3 After Service. Add: The service in NAVAREA XIX is currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
The Northern Canada VTS (NORDREG) Zone, is a mandatory reporting system operated by the Canadian Coast Guard. It applies to ships of 300 grt and over, ships carrying or towing a vessel carrying pollutants or dangerous cargo, and ships and tows with a combined grt of 500 or more. Its object is to assist the mariner in the safe and expeditious conduct of his vessel by promulgating information on ice conditions, giving advice on routes, and providing ice-breaker support where available and considered necessary.
2 - 28
Index
NP12
3
The system applies in the shipping safety control zones prescribed by the Shipping Safety Control Zones Order, and the waters of Ungava Bay, Hudson Bay, Kugmallit Bay that are not in a shipping safety control zone. The waters of James Bay; the waters of Koksoak River from Ungava Bay to Kuujjuaq; the waters of Feulles Bay from Ungava Bay to Tasiujaq; the waters of Chesterfield Inlet that are not within a shipping safety control zone and the waters of Baker Lake; and the waters of Moose River from James Bay to Moosonee. The Shipping Safety Control Zones cover Canadas coastal northern waters within the area enclosed by the 60th parallel of north latitude, the 141st meridian of west longitude and the outer limit of the exclusive economic zone; however, where the international boundary between Canada and Greenland is less than 200 nautical miles from the baselines of the territorial sea of Canada, the international boundary shall be substituted for that outer limit. Canadian Notices to Mariners July 2010 (SDD 2010000 121732)
Greenland - W coast Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq Power cable 155 After Paragraph 3.101 4 Add:
5
A power cable has been established across Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq at about 66 59 50N 53 36 00W. The vertical clearance is 11 m S of the island of Qeqertarssuaq, 24 m on the sounding line N of the island of Qeqertarssuaq, 24 m in the channel N of the un-named island that lies NE of Qeqertarssuaq, and 6 8 m in the channel that leads to Tarajornitsoq Fjord. Danish Notice 43/09 (SDD 2009000 159115) [48/09]
Greenland - W coast - Grnne Ejland Marine reserve 170 After Paragraph 4.63 1 line 8 Add: The islands are contained within a designated marine reserve area, landing is prohibited.
[33/10]
Danish Notices 153/14/09; 153/15/09 (SDD 2009000 030907) Greenland - West coast Jakobshavns Isfjord Description; protected area 173 Paragraph 4.96 1 Replace by:
1
[44/09]
Radio Navigational Warnings 6 Paragraph 1.33 including heading Replace by:
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service (WWNWS)

1
1.33 Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological warnings asnd forecasts for the area covered by this volume are available via the international NAVTEX service from Kook Islands and Iqaluit Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREA and METAREA warnings for NAVAREAs and METAREAs IV, XVII AND XVIII are also available via the international SafetyNET service. The service for NAVAREAs and METAREAs XVII and XVIII is currently on trial and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 (1) and 5 and The Mariners Handbook for details. Paragraph 1.34 Replace by:
Jakobshavns Isfjord (69 09 N 51 00 W) is entered between Avqutdluk (Eqe) and Na, another point 3 miles NNW. The entire fjord and its approaches are a protected area, the limits of which are shown on the charts. The protected area is divided into two parts; in Area 1, the outer approaches, navigation is prohibited for vessels of 1000 GT and greater; in Area 2, the inner part of the fjord, navigation is prohibited for all vessels. Anchoring is prohibited in both parts of the protected area. The abandoned settlements of Igdlumiut and Nordre Huse are situated on the coast close S of Avqutdluk, and the small settlements of Igdlumiut and Pitorqeq lie on the coast close N of Na. Danish Notices 133-134/13/09 (SDD 2009000 027906) Greenland - West coast Wolstenholme Fjord Island; rock 208 Paragraph 5.174 2 lines 4-9 Replace by: Manson er (76 39 N 69 10 W), three small islands, lie close off Kap Abernathy (76 41 N 69 15 W), in an extensive area of water not yet surveyed, which must be navigated with extreme caution. A rock, about 5 m high, exists about 1 mile S of the W island, and a drying rock lies [18/09]
Spare
1.34 Paragraph 1.35 Replace by:
Spare
1.35 United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
2 - 29
Index
NP12
about 5 cables SW of the S extremity of the W island of Manson er. Danish Notice 36/293/10 (SDD 2010000 150491) [42/10] 281 Paragraph 7.262 2 lines 8-9 For fairway light buoy (red and white pillar, marked C) Read pilot boarding position Canadian Western Notice 11/5400/09 (SDD 2009000 174388) Appendix III 536 Left column lines 1-19 Replace by: The following are extracts from the Canadian Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations: The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007, requires that, 34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to suspect that (a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the conveyance could cause the spreading of a communicable disease listed in the schedule; (b) a person on board the conveyance has died; or (c) any prescribed circumstances exist. (4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be informed before the conveyances arrival at its destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so on the conveyances arrival at that destination. The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the Quarantine Act, require that, Canada Eastern Notice 08/*806/07 (HH. 602/006/03) [41/07] [51/09] boarding position, and has depths of 20 to 26 m (60 ft to 14 fm), sand and mud bottom. Paragraph 7.257 1 line 3 For the fairway light buoy Read 58 49 67N 94 06 28W
Canada - Hudson Strait Grenfell Sound 219 Paragraph 6.24 Replace by: Canadian Chart 5064 (see 1.19)
Grenfell Sound
1
6.24 Grenfell Sound, entered close N of Swaine Point (60 15 N 64 23 W) at the SE end of Cape Labrador, forms the E entrance to McLelan Strait (6.25), which separates Killinek Island (6.32) from the N end of the Labrador mainland. From its entrance, Grenfell Sound extends 3 miles NW between irregular shores, to a narrows connecting it to McLelan Strait, which leads through two more narrows into Forbes Sound (6.127) in Ungava Bay. The steep sides of this strait are composed of dark, bare rock. Close off the N side of the entrance there is a group of islands of which the closest and largest is Parmenter Island, 122 m high, with a dome-shaped summit. Austin Island, low and flat, situated 6 cables SE, is the outermost of the group. A drying reef lies on the S side of the entrance, 1 mile WNW of Swaine Point and shoals with depths less than 7 0 m lie respectively 1 miles N and 2 miles NW of Swaine Point. Another shoal, least depth 2 3 m, lies at the junction of Grenfell Sound and McLelan Strait in position 60 17 95N 64 30 03W. Recent corridor surveys (2005-2007) in this region have enabled more accurate and complete charting in some areas. These corridors are marked on the charts and are shown on the relevant source diagrams. Caution is advised when navigating outside these corridors. 220 Paragraph 6.30 1 Replace by:
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)

Queensland - Weipa Pilotage [05/10]
2
The chart is the best guide. Canadian Chart 5064 (SDD 2009000 191046) Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill Pilot boarding position 280 Paragraph 7.256 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
Anchorage is available to seaward of the pilot boarding position, 4 miles NE of Cape Merry, at the outer end of the fairway to the harbour entrance. The recommended area extends from 1 to 3 miles between NE and NW from the pilot
92 Paragraph 2.42 2 Replace by: Boarding places: Vessels greater than 100 m LOA in position 12 43 90S 141 36 00E. Vessels of 100 m or less LOA in position 12 40 45S 141 43 33E. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4). Tugs. Most ship movements require the use of two tugs and four tugs are available. Maritime Safety Queensland (AA504208:AA460546) [50/10]
2 - 30
Index
NP13
North coast Approaches to Port Darwin Directions; buoyage 154 Paragraph 4.105 1 Replace by:
1 3
Clear of a 3 6 m patch (7 miles WSW) lying between Tongue Shoals (6 miles SW) and Santo Rock (9 miles WSW). A 4 7 m patch lies 1 miles NE of Santo Rock and a 3 5 m depth lies 1 miles SW of Tongue Shoals. 6.283 From a position about 1 mile SE of Santo Rock the route then leads WSW, passing (with positions from Observation Island (21 44 S 114 32 E)): Between Locker Island (12 miles E) (6.288) and Table Island (12 miles NE) which has a flat top. A 4 3 m depth lies 2 miles SSE of Table Island and a 5 2 m depth lies 1 miles farther E. Thence: NNW of Locker Reef (10 miles ENE); the depths around the reef are irregular and depths of less than 5 m extend up to 2 miles NNW, and 2 miles WNW, of it. Thence: SSE of the S end of Serrurier Island (10 miles NE) (6.273), thence: NNW of Hayman Rock (8 miles ENE); a depth of 4 7 m lies 1 mile NW of it. Thence: Australian Notice 02/154/09 (DHDB 1046869) Western Australia - Shark Bay Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon High speeed craft 269 After Paragraph 7.66
2
Controlling depth. The DW route passes between LNG1 and LNG2 Light Buoys and has a declared depth of 10 8 m (2009). 155 Paragraph 4.113 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: Vessels that do not have to use the DW route between LNG1 and LNG2 Light Buoys should, provided UKC permits (4.105), pass outside the buoys. 156 Paragraph 4.122 3-5 Replace by:
Between LNG1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) and LNG2 Light Buoy (port hand) (8 miles NW). Caution. The tidal stream sets directly across Middle Pass at up to 4 kn at springs. Darwin Port Corporation (AAs 436150; 436701) Northern Territory - Darwin Directions; wreck 158 After Paragraph 4.132 2 line 3 Add: Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position 12 28 14S 130 50 09E, on an extension of the above leading line. Australian Notice 1234/23/10 (SDD 2010000 195485)
[14/09]
[49/09]
line 2 Add:
High speed craft. Recreational vessels frequently transit Gascoyne Road in substantial numbers, particularly at dawn and dusk. These craft often travel at high speed to fishing grounds W of Carnarvon. Government of Western Australia, Department of Transport (AA 475637) [27/10] Southern Australia Adelaide approaches Directions; approach routes 404 After Paragraph 12.137
5
[51/10]
Western Australia - North-east approaches to Exmouth Gulf Directions; depths 255-256 Paragraph 6.282, including heading, Paragraph 6.283 1-2 and Paragraph 6.283 3 line 1 Replace by: Charts Aus 64, Aus 744
1
Insert:
Alternative approach/departure routes

12.137a The following recommended routes, oriented 090 -270 , for shallower draught vessels joining or leaving the Outer Harbour entrance channel, exist on the S side of the channel as shown on the chart: For vessels with a maximum draught of 12 2 m, a route joins the channel between Nos 3 and 5 Light Beacons. For vessels with a maximum draught of 10 0 m, a route joins the channel between Nos 9 and 11 Light Beacons. Charted depths of less than 10 0 m lie close S of this route. Australian Notice 10/550/10 (AA 469337) [23/10]
Inner route
1
6.282 From a position about 3 miles N of Ashburton Island (21 36 S 114 56 E) a route for vessels of suitable draught leads initially SW, passing (with positions from Ashburton Island): NW of Australind Shoal (1 miles NNW), thence: Between Glennie Patches, the N-most patch (1 miles SW), and Tortoise Island (4 miles W) (6.287), noting the 6 5 m patch 5 cables S of the island, thence: NW of Outer North West Patch (3 miles WSW), thence:
2 - 31
Index
NP14
Nil
2

New South Wales - Port Macquarie Directions; leading lights 119 Paragraph 3.175.1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 3
Directions. From a position ENE of the entrance, the approximate bearing 250 of Bar Crossing Light (red triangle point up on beacon) (31 25 6S 152 54 9E) leads across the bar to the harbour entrance; this approach may need adjusting depending on the prevailing swell and tide. The track passes, (with positions from Bird Rock (31 26 S 152 56 E): Paragraph 3.175.1 line 8 Replace by: ... cable N of the rock. Thence: 119-120 Paragraph 3.175.2 line 1 to paragraph 3.175.3 line 2 Delete Australian Notice 16/825/10 (AA483333; AA493971)
The track then leads generally S requiring strict attention to the tidal stream likely to set across the channel (see Caution at 4.14), passing (with positions from Comboyuro Point (27 04 S 153 22 E)): E of NE1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (4 miles NNW) marking the N end of Hixson Banks, thence: W of NE4 Light Buoy (port hand) (1 miles NNW) marking the SW extremity of Venus Banks, thence: W of Comboyuro Point, low and sandy but steep-to on its W side, thence: E of NE3 Light Buoy (E cardinal) (1 mile SSW) marking the E extremity of Yule Banks. Australian Notice 104/2010 (AA449986; AA450254) Queensland - Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit Directions; wreck 168 Paragraph 5.40 7 line 8 Replace by: ...cases of necessity. A dangerous wreck lies 7 miles NNW. And: ANTM 1160/2010 (AA501416, AA499392) Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches Directions; depths; anchorage 218 Paragraph 6.43 Paragraph 6.43
2 3
[07/10]
[47/10]
[39/10]
Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay Directions 142 After Paragraph 4.23 4 Insert:
line 6 For 215 Read 213 lines 3-6 Replace by:
North West Bypass Channel

1
4.23a North West Bypass Channel is the direct route between NW4 Light Beacon (26 51 5S 153 09 3E) and NW12 Light Beacon (27 02 3S 153 15 5E). The channel has a least charted depth of 9 2 m and is used by shallow-draught vessels as an alternative to North West Channel. Australian Notice 934/2009 (AA 419711 - AA 419713)
SE of Bailey Islet distant 3 miles. For vessels bound for Hay Point Port the recommended track shown on the chart continues SW to a position 11 miles SSW of Bailey Islet Light. For vessels bound for Mackay the track leads WSW to join the alignment (288 ) of Outer Harbour Leading Light Beacons (6.200) in the vicinity of 21 08 S 149 22 E. 219 Paragraph 6.48
2
line 3 Replace by:
[37/09]
Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East Channel Directions; buoyage 143 Paragraph 4.37 Replace by:
1 3 3
...Isles before leading between the offshore anchorage of Hay Point Port (6.163) and Cumberland Islands (7.4), thence to a position 3 miles NE of Bailey... Paragraph 6.48
3
line 5 to Paragraph 4.37
line 3
Thence the track leads WSW and S to pass close NNW and W of NE2 Light Buoy (port hand) (26 57 5S 153 20 5E) marking the entrance to the channel.
A third track from a position 4 miles SW of Cheviot Island (22 05 S 150 40 E) also leads generally NW but passes inshore of Percy Isles, and between the offshore anchorage of Hay Point Port and Cumberland Islands, before leading to a position 3 miles NE of Bailey Islet (21 02 S 149 33 E). The least depth adjacent to this track is 16 4 m (21 25 S 149 57 E).
2 - 32
Index
NP15
221 Paragraph 6.56
7 7
235 Paragraph 6.173

1
NE of the offshore anchorage (6.163), extending 33 miles ENE of Hay Point Port, thence: SW of Snare Peak and Penrith Islands (27 and 32 miles NNW, respectively) (6.55). Thence the track leads WNW, passing: SSW of Derwent Island (37 miles NNW) (6.55), thence: SSW of Three Rocks (41 miles NW) (6.43), thence: Paragraph 6.57 Paragraph 6.57 Paragraph 6.58
2 4 1
line 11 For 17 4 m Read 16 6 m line 6 For 11 6 m Read 10 8 m lines 1-2 Replace by:
Entry. From a position 13 miles ENE of Hay Point Light the recommended track leads 253 towards Hay Point Port. Course may then be adjusted as required to the assigned anchorage or pilot boarding place. Departure. From a position close off the berths, the track initially leads SSE for 1 mile, thence ENE for about 6 miles through the dredged departure channel, which is marked by light beacons (lateral). Thence the recommended track leads 063 to a position 13 miles ENE of Hay Point Light. 238 Paragraph 6.200 2 line 1 For 10 miles E Read 7 miles ENE 239 Paragraph 6.201
1 1
Thence the track leads NNW, passing 222 After Paragraph 6.58
1
lines 9 Insert:
WSW of Sphinx Islet (6.56), thence: Paragraph 6.58 Paragraph 6.58

2 3
line 1 For NE Read ENE lines 3-6 Replace by:
From a position W of Bailey Islet (21 02 S 149 33 E) the track leads SW as required, passing (with positions from Flat Top Island Lighthouse (21 09 7S 149 14 8E)): Australian Charts 249, 823 (AA470558; AA447784) [22/10]
ENE of the offshore anchorage (6.163), extending 33 miles ENE of Hay Point Port, thence: WSW of Snare Peak and Penrith Islands (27 and 32 miles NNW, respectively) (6.55). Thence the track leads WNW, passing: SSW of Derwent Island (37 miles NNW) (6.55), thence: SSW of Three Rocks (41 miles NW) (6.43), thence: Paragraph 6.59 1 line 7 Replace by: ...1 miles. 231 Paragraph 6.134 1 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...entrance to Broad Sound. 234 Paragraph 6.163 Replace by:
Australia - Queensland - Abbot Point Directions; leading lights ; berths 267 Paragraph 7.172 3 Replace by: Front Light (19 51 45S 148 05 10E) Rear Light (19 51 45S 148 05 06E) The alignment (273 ) of the above lights (also displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 1. Front Light (19 51 54S 148 05 34E) Rear Light (19 51 53S 148 05 29E) The alignment (273 ) of the above lights (also displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 2. Paragraph 7.173 3 lines 2-7 Replace by: Front Light (19 51 54S 148 05 34E) Rear Light (19 51 56S 148 05 39E) The alignment (123 ) of the above lights (also displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 2. Front Light (19 51 45S 148 05 10E) Rear Light (19 51 47S 148 05 13E) The alignment (124 ) of the above lights (also displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 1. Paragraph 7.174 Replace by: The berth is T shaped, the wharves lying at the end of a conveyor extending 1 miles NNE from Abbot Point. Wharf No 1 is 268 m in length with mooring dolphins at the W end; Wharf No 2 is 268 m in length with mooring dolphins at the E end. Depth in the mooring pocket is 19 1 m. Australian Notice 23/1227/10 (SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10]
Designated anchor berths are situated N and S of the approach track from ENE; the positions of berths and depths available can be seen on the chart. Berths are allocated by VTS. Designated anchor berths, as shown on the chart, are also situated within an offshore anchorage area centred on position 21 10 S 149 45 E and extending up to 33 miles ENE of the port. Vessels of more than 50 m LOA transiting the area are to remain outside the offshore anchorage, except as directed by the Regional Harbour Master, Mackay. Smaller vessels may transit the anchorages, see 6.166 for further details.
2 - 33
Index
NP15
Queensland - Port Douglas Pilot boarding position Paragraph 2.12 310 Paragraph 9.90 2 line 9 For 16 28 3S 145 27 9E, 3 cables NE Read 16 28 2S 145 29 0E, 1 miles ENE Australian Notice 7/356/10 (AA 462497) [17/10]
2
From E of Anholt, Route D leads SSE to a position about 13 miles W of Kullen (56 18 N 12 27 E) for onward passage to The Sound. Directions are given at 4.23. Paragraph 2.13
2
Queensland - Cooktown Pilot boarding position 318 Paragraph 9.127 4 lines 9-10 Replace by: ...15 27 0S 145 18 0E, 2 miles ENE of Grassy Hill Light (15 28 S 145 15 E). Australian Notice 7/357/10 (AA 462496) [17/10]
From the close vicinity of 56 51 N 10 48 E, Route B continues SE and then S to join Route A at Light Buoy No 4 (56 23 8N 11 06 0E). Route A continues S to join Route T at the N end of Sams Blt. Directions are given at 5.58 and 5.73. 74 Paragraph 2.30
1
line 2 For Route B Read Route D 127
Paragraph 4.2 Paragraph 4.2 Queensland - Torres Strait - Thursday Island Pilotage 432 Paragraph 13.108.1 lines 1-12 Replace by:
1
1 1
lines 4-5 Delete line 10 Delete

1
Paragraph 4.10
...through the E side of Kattegat leads SSE to No 6 Light Buoy (56 45 N 11 53 E), and thence SSW to a position 12 miles S of Anholt. It is marked on the centreline by light buoys (safe water). Paragraph 4.10
2
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 50 m LOA or more throughout the pilotage area, except vessels exempted by law, and additionally for foreign vessels of 35 m LOA or more crossing Hovell Bar (13.127). Pilotage is available 24 hours for vessels less than 85 m LOA, and during daylight hours only for vessels of 85 m LOA or more. For vessels entering from W, of 90 m LOA or more, the Goods Island pilot boarding position (10 33 9S 142 04 4E) is to be used; for vessels less than 90 m LOA the Normanby Sound pilot boarding position (10 34 7S 142 08 7E) is to be used. The pilot launch has a white hull and orange superstructure. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
1
lines 1-3 Delete 128
Paragraph 4.10
Route A. From No 6 Light Buoy (56 45 N 11 53 E) at the junction with Routes T and D, the route leads SW to a position 5 miles S of Anholt. Paragraph 4.10
3
lines 1-4 Delete 128-129
Paragraphs 4.20 to 4.26 Replace by: 4.20 Thence, the track continues SSE for a further 6 miles to No 6 Light Buoy (safe water), passing ENE of Fyrbanken (7 miles ENE of Anholt Light (56 44 N 11 39 E)), a small bank lying close NE of Anholt sterrev, a narrow spit of sand and large boulders, extending 4 miles from the E end of the island, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal). The middle part of the spit is called Kobbergrund; the outer end is called Knoben. The N side and the E end are steep-to. 4.21 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 45 N 11 53 E), the track leads SSW for 18 miles in clear water, between Routes A (4.22) and D (4.23) to a position 12 miles S of Anholt. (Directions continue at 5.12)
Queensland Notices 746/09; 631/10 AA 438069; SDD 2010000 124116)
[41/10]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)

Denmark - Kattegat - Directions Routes 8
1
2 2 2
line 13 Delete line 14 For (d) Read (c) line 16 For (e) Read (d)
2 - 34
Index
NP18
Route A
1
(continued from 4.20) 4.22 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 45 N 11 53 E), the track leads SW, passing SE of Anholt sterrev (5 miles W) (4.20) to a position 5 miles S of Anholt.
Route D
1
(continued from 4.20) 4.23 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 45 N 11 53 E), the track leads SSE for 28 miles, passing: WSW of Rdebanke (56 42 N 12 06 E), a small bank, reddish brown and yellow sand and coral, thence: WSW of Store Middelgrund (56 33 N 12 05 E), a bank consisting of rock, shingle, shell, and brown sand with several rocky patches in the S part; in greater depths surrounding the bank, the bottom is mud. A mast (56 33 7N 12 06 3E), 120 m in height, stands on the bank. The mast is equipped with a racon and navigational light. An air obstruction light is located at the top of the mast. A dangerous wreck of unknown depth (position approximate), lies 3 miles SSW and closer to the track. In this vicinity, the centreline of Route D is marked by No 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 32 N 11 59 E), whence the track continues SSE as far as No 10 Light Buoy (safe water) (14 miles farther SSE) at the junction with the routes from Halmstad (4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184). A wreck, with a depth of 23 3 m, lies 8 cables W of No 2 Light Buoy. (Directions continue at 6.23 and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184)
4.26 South of Anholt to The Sound (continued from 5.63). From a position 12 miles S of Anholt, the track leads SE for 19 miles, passing NE of Lysegrund (56 17 N 11 46 E), a sandy and rocky shoal marked at its NW and SW extremities by N and S cardinal buoys, respectively. Lysegrund Light (black hut, red band, on concrete base, 9 m in height) stands on the N part of the shoal. The discolouration of the water over the shoal can usually be seen at a short distance. The N and E sides of Lysegrund should not be approached within a depth of 20 m, nor its S and W sides within a depth of 13 m. The track continues as far as No 10 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 18 N 12 04 E) at the junction with Route D (4.23) and the routes leading from Halmstad (4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184). (Directions continue at 6.23 and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184) 140 Paragraph 4.123
2
The route SW from Halmstad to No 10 Light Buoy (56 18 N 12 04 E) in the approach to The Sound. 146 Paragraph 4.180
1
The route (4.26) from W side of Kattegat leading to The Sound. 165 Paragraph 5.2 Replace by:
1
Other routes
1
4.24 North-west of Anholt to south-west of Lille Middelgrund (continued from 5.46a). From a position 13 miles NW of Anholt, the track leads E for about 20 miles, passing (positioned from Anholt Light (56 44 N 11 39 E) (4.17)): N of a dangerous wreck of unknown depth (12 miles WNW), thence: N of Nordvestrev (5 miles WNW), a narrow reef stretching 4 miles NW from the NW end of the island, marked by a buoy (W cardinal) moored 1 miles NW of its NW extremity, thence: N of Anholt sterrev (4 miles E) (4.20), whence it joins Route T SW of Lille Middelgrund. 4.25 Useful marks: Nordbjerg (56 43 N 11 31 E), highest sandhill at NW extremity of Anholt. Anholt Havn Light (56 43 N 11 30 E) (5.23).
Offshore routes, as shown on the chart: Route T from 12 miles S of Anholt to Sams Blt. Route A from 5 miles S of Anholt to Forns. Coastal routes, as shown on the chart: Route B from Ls Rende to Forns. Route A from Forns to Sams Blt. Other routes: Route from lborg Bugt to 12 miles S of Anholt. Route from lborg Bugt to Forns. Route from lborg Bugt to 13 miles NW of Anholt. Paragraph 5.8 Paragraph 5.8
1 2
line 5 For 9 miles Read 11 miles lines 1-5 Replace by:
Route A. From a position about 5 miles S of Anholt (56 42 N 11 34 E), the route leads SW for 20 miles to join Route B. 166 Paragraph 5.16
1
Replace by:
From (56 42 N 20 miles, (56 24 N (5.58).
a position about 5 miles S of Anholt 11 34 E), the track leads SW for about as far as No 4 Light Buoy (safe water) 11 06 E), at the junction with Route B
2 - 35
Index
NP18
Paragraph 5.23
1 1

1
Paragraph 5.52 Replace by: The principal route follows Route B (5.58). The coastal route leads SW to the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords (5.59) and then SE to Forns. Alternative routes from Svitringen Rende lead E (5.46a) and SE (5.63) across Kattegat. 170 Paragraphs 5.58 to 5.63 including headings Replace by:
From a position approximately 13 miles NW of Anholt, the track over the coastal bank, least depth 4 3 m, leads SE for about 13 miles in the white sector (112 -130 ) of Anholt Havn Light (red round metal tower) (56 42 9N 11 30 5E), which...
167 Paragraph 5.24

1 1
Replace by:
An alternative channel, depth 3 2 m, leads NE to the harbour entrance from a position approximately 8 miles SW of Anholt, passing NW of Stensre (56 41 N 11 31 E), a rock which lies on the coastal bank with irregular depths extending from the SW side of the island, marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) at its SW extremity. Paragraph 5.32 Replace by:
Route B
1
Route B. The W channel through Kattegat follows Route B from Ls Rende (3.381) to lborg Bugt, No 7 Light Buoy (56 51 N 10 48 E) and thence, to Forns, No 4 Light Buoy (56 23 8N 11 06 0E). Coastal route. A coastal route leads SSW from lborg Bugt to the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords (5.59) and thence SE and SSE to Forns No 4 Light Buoy. From Forns, the route leads S for 20 miles to join Route T at the entrance to Sams Blt.
(continued from 5.43) 5.58 From No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 50 9N 10 48 0E), the route leads 10 miles SE to a position approximately 16 miles W of Anholt, and then 20 miles SSE to Forns and No 4 Light Buoy (56 24 N 11 06 E), at the junction with Route A. Useful marks: Gjerrild Light (56 31 7N 10 49 8E) (5.60). Hammelev Church (56 26 7N 10 53 7E). Bavnehj Windmill (56 25 3N 10 51 9E), standing on high ground. Grenaa Church (56 24 7N 10 52 5E). (Directions continue at 5.73)
Svitringen Rende to Mariager and Randers Fjord approaches

1
168 Paragraph 5.42 Title For Coastal route Read Route B Paragraph 5.42
6 6 2
Replace by:
5.59 From a position about 6 miles E of Svitringen Rende S Lighthouse (56 51 0N 10 36 3E) at No 7 Light Buoy (safe water), the track leads SSW in clear water for 11 miles, to a position approximately 4 miles E of the approaches to Mariager Fjord (5.165) and Randers Fjord (5.203). Useful marks: Als Odde Leading Lights (56 42 7N 10 20 8E) (5.181). (Directions continue at 5.180 and 5.214)
From No 6 Light Buoy, the track leads SSW for 7 miles as far as No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) at the junction with the seaward end of the approach channel to Limfjorden (5.94). Paragraph 5.43 1 line 4 Replace by: (Directions continue at 5.58 and for Limfjorden at 5.107)
Mariager and Randers Fjord approaches to Forns

1
169 After Paragraph 5.46 Insert:
Other routes
1
5.46a Svitringen Rende to NW of Anholt. From No 7 Light Buoy (56 50 9N 10 48 0E), the track leads E, in clear water, for 13 miles to a position 13 miles NW of Anholt. Useful marks: Anholt Light (56 44 N 11 39 E) (4.17). Anholt Havn Light (56 42 8N 11 30 5E) (5.23) (Directions continue at 4.24)
5.60 From a position 4 miles E of the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track leads SE for 13 miles, passing (positioned from Gjerrild Light (white tower, 11 m in height) (56 31 7N 10 49 8E), on Knudshoved): NE of a 4 3 m rocky patch (8 miles NW), lying about 1 miles NE of the W part of Tangen, a large shoal area subject to considerable and sudden changes, as shoals of mixed sand and weed may form and become almost awash. In 1985, Tangen was reported to be extending N. Thence: Between a 4 m patch (5 miles N), the N-most of the numerous small shoals forming the E part of Tangen, the majority of which lie SW of the track, and a wreck (3 miles N) with a depth of 5 1 m. Thence:
2 - 36
Index
NP18
NE of a 5 m shoal (2 miles NNE) and an isolated patch of 5 3 m 1 mile ESE lying closer to the track. Clear of a 4 m shoal (3 miles NE), and: NE of Gjerrild Flak (1 miles E), extending about 1 mile NE from the coast at Gjerrild Klint (5.53), with irregular depths up to 2 miles ESE of this shoal. 5.61 From a position about 4 miles E of Gjerrild Light, the track leads SSE for 10 miles to seaward of Gjerrild Bugt, a bay with numerous wrecks, passing ENE of Forns (6 miles SE), the E extremity of Jylland, a wide projecting point, on which stands Forns Lighthouse (5.57), as far as No 4 Light Buoy (safe water) at the junction with Route B (5.58) and Route A (5.16). 5.62 Useful marks: Mejlgrd Manor House (spire) (56 30 2N 10 39 5E), white, red roof. Tre Windmill (56 31 8N 10 42 1E), without sails. Glesborg Church (56 28 6N 10 43 7E), white. Rims Church (56 28 7N 10 47 7E), white. Sostrup Manor House (tower) (56 29 9N 10 49 4E), red building. Stensmark Manor House (56 26 7N 10 56 7E), red building with tower, not charted. Hammelev Church (56 26 7N 10 53 7E), white. Bavnehj Windmill (56 25 3N 10 51 9E), standing on high ground. Grenaa Church (56 24 7N 10 52 5E). (Directions continue at 5.73) Paragraph 5.215
4 4
East approach. From a position approximately 3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track leads SW for 5 miles, passing NW of Tangen. The track then leads W in the green sector (254 -276 ) of Udbyhj Light (5.214) for about 2 miles, passing S of Boels Plade, and then WNW for Randers Fjord Light Buoy (safe water). 198 Paragraph 6.16 Paragraph 6.19
1 1
line 3 For Route B Read Route D line 1 For Route B Read Route D 199
Paragraph 6.25
line 3 For Route B Read Route D [40/10]
Danish Notices 29/742/10; 35/866/10 (SDD 2010000 122790; 146026)
Denmark - Storeblt Directions; lights 254 Paragraph 7.12

2 2
Rsns Lighthouse (disused) (white square tower, 15 m in height) (55 44 62N 10 52 15E). Paragraph 7.12
2
line 5 Delete 255
Paragraph 7.22
Other routes
1
Paragraph 7.32
line 3 Replace by:
5.63 Svitringen Rende to South of Anholt. From No 7 Light Buoy (56 50 9N 10 48 0E), the track leads SE in clear water for 35 miles, to a position, on Route T, 12 miles S of Anholt. Useful marks: Anholt Light (56 44 N 11 39 E) (4.17). Anholt Havn Light (56 42 8N 11 30 5E) (5.23). Snderbjerg (56 41 5N 11 32 4E) (4.32). (Directions continue at 4.26) 186 Paragraph 5.180
1
...2 miles E of Rsns Lighthouse (disused) (7.12), consists of an... Paragraph 7.39
1
line 1 Delete 259
Paragraph 7.53
line 3 Delete 260
Paragraph 7.60
Paragraph 8.12
line 4 Replace by: Light (55 44 99N
From a position approximately 4 miles E of the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track leads W for about 4 miles to Mariager Fjord Light Buoy (starboard hand), which marks the seaward end of the approach to the dredged channel. 192 Paragraph 5.215
2 1
...SSW of Rsns Puller 10 50 60E) (7.17) and... 288 Paragraph 8.26 Paragraph 8.28
3 1
line 2 Delete lines 1-3 Replace by:
North-east approaches. From a position approximately 3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track leads W for 4 miles to the Mariager Fjord Light Buoy.
From a position about 3 miles SW of Rsns Puller Light (55 44 99N 10 50 60E) (7.17), the track leads S for about 2 miles, passing (positioned from Rsns Puller Light): Danish Notice 35/864/10 (SDDs 2010000 146026; 166075) [43/10]
2 - 37
Index
NP18
Denmark - rhus Bugt - Hov Havn Lights 271 Paragraph 7.151
1
Paragraph 13.68
...protected by moles to the S and NE. 272 Paragraph 7.152

1
...Wismarbucht (13.27), the track leads SW for 15 miles following the Lbeck-Gedser Route to Travemnde Light Buoy (safe water), passing SE of... Paragraph 13.69 Replace by:
Spare
13.69
SSW for 4 miles, Danish Notice 30/762/10 (SDD 2010000 125848) 445 [34/10] Paragraph 13.85 10 56 8E
1
line 5 For 10 56 3E Read
Denmark - Storeblt Link - West section Vertical and horizontal clearances 287 Paragraph 8.19 Paragraph 8.19
1 1
Paragraph 13.96
1
line 4 For 18 m Read 16 9 m line 8 For 104 m Read 70 m [06/10]
Danish ENC DK4STOBS (SDD 2009000 160145)
From a position in the vicinity of Travemnde Light Buoy (safe water), moored 3 miles NE of the breakwater, the track leads SW for 1 miles to the dredged channel. The track passes SE of a rock, least... After Paragraph 13.96
1
Add:
Denmark - Storeblt Link; Vertical clearance 287 Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/10 Paragraph 8.19 1 line 4 For 16 9 m Read 18 m Danish Chart 141 (SDD 2010000 052332) [22/10]
Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches Directions; anchorage 424 After Paragraph 12.228
3
13.96a Priwall Leading Lights: Front light (white triangle, red border, point up on white mast, 13 m in height) (53 57 5N 10 53 0E). Rear light (white triangle, red border, point down, on white framework tower, 21 m in height) (380 m farther SW). The alignment (216 ) of these synchronised lights leads SW for 1 mile through the dredged channel (100 m in width), marked by two pairs of light buoys (lateral). German Notice 47/(16)37/09 (SDD 2009000 172798) [02/10]
line 4 Add:
NNW of the Geltinger Bucht container ship lay-up anchorage (1 miles SW) (12.252), and: 427 After Paragraph 12.252
2

Sweden - lands Hav Traffic separation scheme 3 Paragraph 1.10
2
line 3 Add:
Geltinger Bucht anchorage has been designated (2009) as a container ship lay-up anchorage until further notice and is marked by buoys (special). German Notice 47(16)26(T)/09 (SDDs 2009000 172794; 177707) [02/10]
...Gotland (57 30 N 18 30 E) and thence N and NW through the S land Sea TSS into lands Hav, E of Svenska Bjrn (59 33 N 20 01 E).
Germany - Travemnde Directions; route; leading lights After Paragraph 1.87 442 Paragraph 13.67
2 3 2
14 line 6 Add:
line 4 For (13.69) Read (13.96a)
Approaches to lands Hav: S land Sea (59 44 5N 19 48 5E).
2 - 38
Index
NP19
85 Paragraph 2.6
1 1
Paragraph 7.253
1
Traffic separation schemes, shown on the chart, have been established in the approaches to, and in, Bornholmsgat (55 20 N 14 25 E). Schemes are also established S of land (56 04 N 16 41 E), SE of Hoburg (56 47 N 18 22 E), off Kpu Peninsula (59 08 N 21 43 E) and in S land Sea (59 44 5N 19 48 5E). The schemes are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
2
From a position E of Almagrundet Light (59 09 N 19 08 E) the track leads NE for about 33 miles through open water to a position SE of Svenska Bjrn (59 33 N 20 01 E) and the start of the N-bound lane of the S land Sea TSS, passing (with positions from Svenska Hgarna Light (59 26 7N 19 30 3E)): 296 Paragraph 7.255
2
88 Paragraph 2.27
1 1
From a position in the NE-bound lane of the TSS, SE of lands Sdra Grund (56 04 2N 16 40 9E) (2.15), the track leads initially NNE for about 175 miles to a position ESE of Landsort (58 44 N 17 52 E), thence about 72 miles NE to a position SE of Svenska Bjrn (59 32 9N 20 01 4E) and the start of the S land Sea TSS with its embedded Deep Water Route (swept to 17 9 m). The route, directions for which are given at 7.255 leads about 20 miles N and NW to lands Hav (Baltic Pilot Volume III). The route is divided as follows: Paragraph 2.31
1
From a position SE of Svenska Bjrn the track leads N and then NW for about 25 miles, via the N-bound lane of the S land Sea TSS, to Fltjan (59 49 N 19 47 E), thence 18 miles WNW, through the Precautionary Area, to a position NNW of Simpnsklubb in the approaches to Arholma Entrance, passing (with positions from Sderarm Tower (59 45 2N 19 24 4E) (7.250), unless stated): IMO COLREG.2/Circ.60 (SDD 2009000 003669) Denmark Pilotage 10 Paragraph 1.53 1-3 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels entering Danish internal and external waters and destined for a Danish port, reloading to or from another vessel in Danish territorial waters (STS), or requiring to anchor in Danish territorial waters: (a) Vessels carrying oil or having uncleaned cargo tanks that have not been inerted. (b) Vessels carrying chemicals. (c) Vessels carrying gases. (d) Vessels with more than 5000 tonnes of bunker oil on board. (e) Vessels carrying highly radioactive material. (f) Vessels being towed exceeding 150 gt or 28 m LOA in dredged channels or marked navigational channels when entering or leaving harbour. (g) Where the towed vessel is not manned or cannot be propelled by its engines the tugs shall use pilots. Vessels being towed within the same harbour area are exempt pilotage. Within the limits of this volume compulsory pilotage does not apply to the waters surrounding Bornholm and Ertholmene (Christians), where the vessels distance from the baseline is greater than 3 miles. The requirements for compulsory pilotage may vary at individual ports as stated in the text. The Danish Pilotage Authority specifies more detailed rules on the exemption of certain ships from the obligation to use a pilot and on the exemption from the obligation to use a pilot in certain waters.
[52/09]

1
From a position ESE of Landsort the track leads NE for about 85 miles, passing NW of Kopparstenarna (7.28) and SE of Almagrundet (7.24), to a position SE of Svenska Bjrn at the commencement of the N-bound lane and Deep Water Route of the S land Sea TSS, which leads to lands Hav and Gulf of Bothnia. Paragraph 2.32
1
line 1 Replace by:
Directions for the S land Sea TSS... 295 line 5 Add:

2
Traffic separation scheme

1
7.245a A TSS has been established in the S approaches to lands Hav in the vicinity of Svenska Bjrn (59 33 N 20 01 E). The scheme principally consists of a N/S TSS leading (from the N Baltic) and an E/W TSS (from the Gulf of Finland) that merge into a small Precautionary Area before leading NW, via a short TSS SW of Fltjan, into a larger Precautionary Area within lands Hav. The main N/S TSS has a Deep Water Route embedded within it. An additional W-bound lane, from the Gulf of Finland, merges into the NW-bound sector of the main N/S TSS. The scheme is IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
2 - 39
Index
NP19
91 Paragraph 2.50 2 lines 3-4 Delete ...Pilotage is compulsory for tankers over 1500 dwt. Danish Pilotage Act No 567 of June 2006 and Executive Order No 378 of May 2008 (SDD 2008000 088874) [49/08] Germany Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 13 line 6 Add: Failure to comply with the foregoing will lead to prosecution by Waterways and Shipping Directorates North and Northwest. For full details reference should be made to the above Ordinance. German Notice 01/Notifications/08 (SDD 2008000 001304) [50/08]
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st January 2011 Central Baltic - Gotland Traffic separation schemes 14 Paragraph 1.87 1 line 9 Replace by: Midsjbankarna (55 56 0N 17 37 0E) South Hoburgs Bank (56 20 0N 18 47 0E) North Hoburgs Bank (56 48 0N 18 24 0E) West Klintehamn (57 27 0N 17 44 0E) 85 Paragraph 2.6 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week 52/09 Replace by: Traffic separation schemes, shown on the chart, have been established in the approaches to, and in, Bornholmsgat (55 20 N 14 25 E). Schemes are also established S of land (56 04 N 16 41 E); SE of Norra Midsjbanken (55 56 N 17 37 E); SE of Hoburgs Bank (56 20 N 18 47 E); NW of Hoburgs Bank (56 48 N 18 24 E); W of Gotland (57 27 N 17 44 E); off Kpu Peninsula (59 08 N 21 43 E); and in S land Sea (59 44 N 19 48 E). The schemes are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. Paragraph 2.6 2 Replace by: Inshore traffic zones, shown on the chart, have been established between the Swedish coastline and NW boundary of Bornholmsgat TSS; between the Bornholm coastline and SE boundary of Bornholmsgat TSS; between the land coastline and the Off land TSS; between the Gotland coastline and the North Hoburgs Bank TSS; and between the Gotland coastline and the West Klintehamn TSS. The zones are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. 86 Paragraph 2.11 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: ...ENE for about 105 miles to a position about 35 miles ESE of lands Sdra Grund (56 04 2N 16 40 9E). Paragraph 2.17 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...105 miles to a position about 30 miles ESE of lands Sdra Grund Lighthouse (56 04 2N 16 40 9E) (2.13) at the W end of the Midsjbankarna TSS,... 87 Paragraph 2.18 1 line 4 Replace by: ...NW of Hoburgs Bank (2.8), and NW of Ristna... Paragraph 2.18 2 line 1 For 45 Read 35 Paragraph 2.19 1 line 1 For Off Gotland TSS Read North Hoburgs Bank TSS
After Paragraph 1.74 See also 1.101a.
Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance

1
1.101a The following is an extract from the Ordinance (Anlaufbedingungsverordnung (AnlBV)) concerning the reduction of sulphur emissions: The Ordinance does not apply to the following: a) vessels employed for government purposes and serving non-commercial purposes, including service and scientific research vessels, as well as vessels engaged in pilot transfer services. b) warships of other States and other State ships operated for non-commercial purposes. c) vessels with a hull length not exceeding 45 metres. In connection with the reduction of sulphur emissions, ships using different marine fuels are only allowed to call at a German port if the following entries regarding fuel change-over operations have been made correctly in the ships logbook: (i) quantity of low-sulphur marine fuel (<1 5% by mass) in each tank; (ii)date, time and position of each fuel change-over operation. The Master shall carry out the change-over operation early enough to ensure that upon entering the SOx control area North Sea or Baltic Sea, the fuel oil system has been fully flushed of any residues of marine fuel which do not have a low sulphur content. The Master shall inform the port authority of the port of call concerned of the logbook entry not later than 24 hours prior to arrival, or, if the voyage is less than 24 hours, not later than than the time of departure from the previous port. In circumstances where the port of destination is not known until less than 24 hours prior to arrival, the report is to be made as soon as the information becomes available. If the change-over of fuel is made at a later time than required above, the Master shall make the logbook entry immediately afterwards and report the entry subsequently without any delay.
2 - 40
Index
NP19
Paragraph 2.22 1 line 3 Replace by: ...the TSS, the track leads NE for 70 miles to the NE-bound lane of the TSS close SE of... Paragraph 2.26 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: From a position about 13 miles SSE of Norra Midsjbanken (56 11 N 17 20 E) (2.8) (an area to be avoided (2.6)), at the E end of Midsjbankarna TSS, the DW route leads ENE for 39 miles to the NE-bound lane of the South Hoburgs Bank TSS, passing (with positions from Hoburg Light (56 55 31N 18 09 06E) (2.13)):
4
W of Stora Karls, from where a light is displayed. The island has precipitous light-coloured sides. It is a nature reserve and permission must be obtained to land or to navigate close inshore. Thence: NNW to the short NE-bound lane of West Klintehamn TSS (2.135a). Once clear of the TSS, the track then leads 9 miles NE, passing: NW of Gnisvrdsgrund (12 miles NNE), a shoal with a least depth of 5 4 m. Thence, to a position NW of Nyrevsudden (57 32 N 18 07 E), a light-coloured headland. 105 Paragraph 2.151 1 Replace by: From a position NW of Nyrevsudden (57 32 N 18 07 E) (2.140), the route leads NE and then ENE through the Salvorev recommended two-way route to the approaches to Frsund. Paragraph 2.157 Replace by: From a position NW of Nyrevsudden the route leads NE for about 25 miles, then ENE for about 20 miles to a position N of Svingrund Lighthouse, passing (with positions from Stenkyrkehuk Lighthouse (57 49 2N 18 27 8E)): NW of the entrance to Visby (12 miles SW), thence: NW of Stenkyrkehuk Light (white round metal tower, 15 m in height), exhibited from a point of land, to the Salvorev recommended two-way route. The scheme has been adopted by the IMO. The track then leads ENE within the two-way route, passing: N of Hallshuk Light (white building) (11 miles NE). N of the approaches to Kappelshamnsviken (12 miles NE), thence: 116 Paragraph 2.240 2 line 1 Replace by: W of Salvorev (22 miles SSE) (2.239) and across the Salvorev recommended two-way route, thence: IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; IMO SN.1/Circ 286 Swedish Notice 309/6449/10 (SDD 2010000 101217) [51/10] The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2010 Southern Baltic - awica Supska & Adlergrund Directions; traffic separation schemes 15 Paragraph 1.87 3 lines 3-4 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 52/09 Replace by:
88 Paragraph 2.26 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: From a position about 44 miles SSE of Hoburg Light the DW route leads 10 miles through the NE-bound lane of South Hoburgs Bank TSS and then NNE for about 215 miles, passing (with positions from Fr (57 57 N 19 10 E) (2.230)): Paragraph 2.27 1 lines 1-11 including existing Section IV Notice Week 52/09 Replace by: From a position in the NE-bound lane of the TSS, SE of lands Sdra Grund (56 04 18N 16 40 84E) (2.15), the track leads NNE for about 175 miles, through the West Klintehamn TSS, to a position ESE of Landsort (58 44 N 17 52 E), thence about 72 miles NE to a position SE of Svenska Bjrn (59 32 9N 20 01 4E) and the start of the S land Sea TSS with its embedded Deep Water Route (swept to 17 9 m). The route, directions for which are given at 7.255 leads about 20 miles N and NW to lands Hav (Baltic Pilot Volume 3). The route is divided as follows: Paragraph 2.30 1 line 5 Replace by: Through the NE-bound lane of the West Klintehamn TSS (see 2.135a). The track then leads:
103 After Paragraph 2.135 Add:
Traffic regulations
1
2.135a A TSS is established 15 miles ENE of Klintehamn (2.149). The area between the landward boundary of the NE-bound lane and the coast of Gotland is designated as an Inshore Traffic Zone. The scheme is IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. Paragraph 2.140 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: From the vicinity of 56 50 N 18 00 E, the track leads generally N for about 48 miles to Nyrevsudden, passing (with positions from Stora Karls (57 17 N 17 58 E)): Paragraph 2.140 3-6 Replace by: W of Lillbriten, Sderpall and Norderpall (9, 8 and 7 miles SSE) respectively, all shoal patches, with depths of 8 m to 9 m, lying within the red sector of Nsrevet Light. Thence: W of Nygrund (3 miles SSE), a 12 m shoal patch, thence:
S Baltic: Adlergrund (54 37 0N 14 22 0E). Slupska Bank ( awica Supska) (54 51 0N 17 01 0E). Approaches to the Polish ports in the Gulf of Gdamsk (54 32 0N 18 48 0E).
2 - 41
Index
NP19
313 After Paragraph 8.11 Add: Sweden - Karlskrona Directions; Authorised draught Paragraph 3.250 149 line 4 For 9 4 m Read 8 9 m 150 line 1 For 9 4 m Read 8 9 m [46/10]
Traffic separation schemes

1
8.11a Traffic separation schemes have been established between Adlergrund (8.13) and Oder Bank (8.176) and S of awica Supska (8.296). The schemes are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. 314 Paragraph 8.13
2
Paragraph 3.260
Swedish Notice 328/6732/10 (SDD 2010000 181110)
Sweden - Kalmarsund Anchorage lines 1-6 Replace by: 167 Paragraph 4.100 1 lines 3-5 Delete Paragraph 4.100 2 line 1 For (b) Read (a) Paragraph 4.100 2 line 5 For (c) Read (b) Swedish ENC SE4EI35T (SDD 2009000 111942) [37/09]
Through the TSS S of Adlergrund (54 47 N 14 24 E), an extensive rocky shoal lying on the SW end of Rnnebanke, an extensive shoal bank extending 30 miles SW from Bornholm, thence: Paragraph 8.13
3
lines 4-6 Replace by: Sweden - Stora Vika Arrival information 234 After Paragraph 6.33 Insert: 6.33a Arrival information. The following recommendations apply to vessels proceeding to the port: At night. Vessels not to exceed: length 125 m, beam 18 m and draught 5 5 m. By day. Vessels not exceeding 115 m may increase their draught to 6 4 m. Swedish Notice 255/5586/09 (SDD 2009000 035791) [23/09]
S of awica Supska (54 55 N 16 39 E) (8.296) via the TSS, and thence: IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Polish Notice 30/591/10; German Notice 33/10 (SDDs 2010000 122653; 134619) [43/10] Sweden - Gotland Faludden Light 87 Paragraph 2.20 1 line 5 Replace by: Faludden Tower (56 59 8N 18 23 7E) (2.179). Paragraph 2.20
2
line 6 Delete
Paragraph 2.25 1 line 5 Replace by: Faludden Tower (56 59 8N 18 23 7E) (2.179). Paragraph 2.25
2
Sweden - Nynshamn - Danziger Gatt Directions; buoyage 263 Paragraph 7.26

1
line 3 Delete
108 Paragraph 2.179 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: Faludden Tower (formerly a lighthouse) (white metal tower, 17 m in height) (56 59 8N 18 23 7E), stands on a point of that name.
1
Paragraph 7.59
Paragraph 2.179
109 line 3 Delete
North entrance. From a position 9 miles E of Landsort Light (58 44 N 17 52 E), the main... 268 Paragraph 7.71
1
Swedish Notice 252/5521/09 (SDD 2009000 030193) Sweden - Gotland - Frsund Directions; Depth
[19/09]
From a position 9 miles E of Landsort Light (58 44 N 17 52 E), in the vicinity of the VLCC pilot boarding area, the... Paragraph 7.72
3
Paragraph 2.222
114 line 8 For 5 3 m Read 4 5 m
Clear of a 9 8 m shoal patch (1 miles E), marked by a light buoy (W cardinal), thence: Swedish Notice 313/6534/10 (SDD 2010000 117079) [31/10]
[31/09]
2 - 42
Index
NP19
Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnsklubb Directions; Armbgen Light Paragraph 7.251 295 line 5 Delete 296 line 5 Replace by: Lithuania - Bting Oil Terminal Anchorage; wreck 385 lines 6-8 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.83
Paragraph 7.255
...W of Svenska Bjrn and SW of the remnants of Armbgen Lighthouse... Paragraph 7.255
4 4
...SPM. Anchorage. An anchorage, shown on the chart, is established 8 miles SW of the SPM. A wreck lies in the N of the anchorage area in position 55 58 9N 20 46 0E and a foul patch lies close to the W of the anchorage area. HMS Roebuck H102-ROE-02/08 (SDD 2008000 041653) [27/08]
NE of the remnants of Armbgen Lighthouse (59 37 8N 19 57 6E), standing on a shoal on the SW side of the fairway. The remnants of the lighthouse extend approximately 1 5 m above sea level. Thence: Finnish Notice 7-8/118/09 (SDD 2009000 021868) [15/09]
1
Latvia - Irbe Strait Directions; buoyage 394 Paragraph 11.9 including existing Section IV Notices Weeks 08/09 and 13/09 Replace by: Irbe Strait (Irbenskiy Strait) (57 43 N 22 00 E), the main entrance to Gulf of Rga, is partially obstructed by numerous shoal patches, through which three fairways lead, as shown on the charts. Mariners should follow the recommended tracks when navigating in the strait. Main fairway. From a position approximately 6 miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), the recommended route leads generally SE, passing through a two-way route, for 15 miles to a position N of Mifeq Lighthouse (11.15). The route then leads ENE for about 24 miles to a position N of Kolka Lighthouse (57 48 1N 22 38 0E). Approach from west. From the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy (57 39 8N 21 32 9E), the recommended route leads E for 13 miles to a position N of Mifeq Lighthouse, whence it merges with the main fairway to enter Gulf of Rga. Vessels with a draught of 10 m or more, approaching from S, are advised to keep W of Bezimjannaja sklis (57 42 N 21 00 E) (11.11), thence adjust course ENE to a position 6 miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15). Caution. In clear weather navigation through Irbe Strait via the marked fairways presents few difficulties, however, in low visibility, continual sounding is recommended in view of the current which is variable according to conditions, see 11.8.
Finland - Svenska Bjrn Directions; light beacon 296 Paragraph 7.255 4 lines 4-7 Replace by: SW of Trskeln stra Light Beacon (orange and white metal post, white radar reflector on top) (59 39 7N 19 55 4E), standing on a shoal on the NE side of the fairway, thence: Finnish Notice 15/253/2008 (SDD 2008000 047403) [29/08]
3
Poland - Kuznica Directions; wreck Paragraph 9.42 357 line 7 Replace by:
4
...(safe water) (54 43 0N 18 35 5E), keeping clear of the dangerous wreck 1 mile SSE of the buoy. Polish ENC PL4P3030 (SDD 2009000 118252) [39/09]
Lithuania - Klaipda Arrival information; anchorages 379 Paragraph 10.29 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: There are two designated anchorages: No 1 anchorage area is centred 8 miles WNW of the harbour entrance, N of the recommended approach. Depths are from 34 to 38 m. No 2 anchorage area is centred 7 miles W of the harbour entrance, S of the recommended approach. Depths are from 40 to 42 m. Lithuanian Navigational Warning 040/08 (SDD 2008000 089188) [48/08]
395 Paragraph 11.17 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week 08/09 Replace by:
1
From a position W of Ovu rags (57 34 N 21 43 E) (11.10) the track leads NNE for about 18 miles to a position approximately 6 miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), passing (with positions from Ovu Lighthouse (57 34 1N 21 43 0E)):
2 - 43
Index
NP19
Existing Section IV Notice Week 08/09 Paragraph 11.18 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
1 1
From a position approximately 6 miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15) the recommended track leads 3 miles SSE to a two-way route, marked by light buoys (lateral). The S-bound section of the two-way route, leads initially SSE then SE for 5 miles. The track then continues SE for 2 miles and then ESE for 3 miles to a position N of Mifeq Lighthouse (11.15), passing (with positions from Irbe Lighthouse (57 45 1N 21 43 4E)): 413 Paragraph 12.7 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week 08/09 Replace by:
Paragraph 11.18 1 lines 1-6 Replace by: From the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (57 51 0N 21 39 2E) (11.17) the recommended track leads 3 miles SSE to a two-way route marked by light buoys (lateral). The S-bound section of the two-way route leads initially SSE then SE for 5 miles. The track then continues SE for 2 miles and then ESE for 3 miles to a position N of Mi e Lighthouse (11.15), passing (with positions from Irbe Lighthouse (57 45 1N 21 43 4E)): Paragraph 11.18 3 lines 5-6 Replace by: Thence, from a position 4 miles N of Mi e Lighthouse (11.15) the recommended track leads ENE for about 24 miles to No 8 Light Buoy (safe water), moored 2 miles... Paragraph 11.18 4 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 11.18 6 line 1 Replace by: Clear of, depending on draught, two wrecks with depths of 16 m and 13 8 m, Paragraph 11.18 6 line 4 Replace by: Clear of, depending on draught, a wreck with a depth of 16 9 m over it. Paragraph 11.19 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...leads E for about 13 miles to a position 4 miles N of Mi e Lighthouse (11.15) passing (with positions from Irbe Lighthouse (57 45 1N 21 43 4E)): 413 Paragraph 12.7 1 line 2 For 21 37 2E Read 21 39 2E 414 Paragraph 12.14 21 39 2E
1
From a position approximately 6 miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), at the NW end of the Irbe Strait TSS, the track leads NNW for about 30 miles until clear of the shoals off Vilsandi, thence NNE for about 45 miles to a position NW of Phja Ristnanina (58 56 5N 22 03 0E), at the extremity of Kpu poolsaar. 414 Paragraph 12.14 1 lines 1-6 including existing Section IV Notice Week 08/09 Replace by:
From a position approximately 6 miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), at the NW end of the Irbe Strait TSS, the track leads NNW for about 30 miles until clear of the shoals off Elda poolsaar (58 18 N 21 50 E), thence NNE for about 45 miles to a position NW of Kpu poolsaar (58 55 N 22 15 E), passing (with positions from Vilsandi Light (58 23 0N 21 48 8E)): Latvian Notice 7/64/10 (SDD 2010000 116384) Latvia - Irbe Strait Routes 394 Paragraph 11.9 2 lines 2-4 Replace by: ...(57 51 0N 21 39 2E) the recommended track leads generally SE, passing through a two-way route, for 15 miles to a position N of Mi e Lighthouse (11.15). The track then leads ENE for about 24 miles to a position N of Kolka...
3
Latvian Notice 7/34(P)-37(P)/08 and Latvian Chart 1014 (INT 1275) 3rd Edition 2009 (SDD 2008000 060757; 060758; 060759; 060760) [08/09] Latvia - Irbe Strait Routes
[35/10]
394 Paragraph 11.9 3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 08/09 Replace by: Approach from west. From the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy (57 39 8N 21 32 9E), the recommended track leads E for 13 miles to a position N of Mi e Lighthouse, whence it merges with the main fairway to enter Gulf of Rga. 395 After Paragraph 11.18 Add: (Directions continue for the approaches to Rga at 11.29, for the W approach to Prnu laht at 11.97 and for the SW approaches to Vinameri at 11.130) Paragraph 11.20 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 11.9 3 lines 1-4 Replace by: Approach from west. From the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy (57 39 8N 21 32 9E) the recommended track leads E for 13 miles to a position N of Mi e Lighthouse, whence it merges with the main fairway to enter Gulf of Rga. Paragraph 11.9 4 line 4 For 21 37 2E Read 21 39 2E 395 line 3 For 21 37 2E Read
Spare
11.20 Latvian Chart 1013 (INT 1274) 3rd Edition 2009 (SDD 2009000 016248) [13/09]
Paragraph 11.17 21 39 2E
2 - 44
Index
NP19
Latvia - Irbe Strait Directions; racon Paragraph 11.16
1
394 line 2 Delete [23/09]

1
Finland - Hamina to Vyborg Directions; leading lights 210 Paragraph 5.175

1
Latvian Notice 18/44/09 (SDD 2009000 036372)

The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2010
2
From a position close SE of Mustamaa (60 26 0N 27 32 7E), the track, marked by buoys (cardinal), leads 2 miles NE in the white sector (031 5 -035 5 ) of Siikasaari Light (white rectangle) (60 28 1N 27 37 0E) and passes NW of Lnsikivi Beacon (60 27 0N 27 36 3E). Paragraph 5.175
2
The track leads to the following alignment: Finnish Notices 9-10/118/2010 (SDD 2010000 058600) [24/10]
Gulf of Finland - Porkkala to Kalbdagrund Directions; traffic separation schemes 90 Paragraph 2.39 1 line 1 After route Insert (via the Precautionary Area) Paragraph 2.41 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: NNW of Keri saar Lighthouse (59 42 0N 25 01 3E) (3.92) and through the E section of the Off Porkkala Lighthouse TSS, thence: Paragraph 2.41 2 line 4 For the E end Read the W end Paragraph 2.42 1 line 2 For the E end Read the W end IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Finnish Notice 17/263/2010 (SDD 2010000 101433) [43/10] Finland - Koppns Directions; Lights 142 Paragraph 4.30 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...by buoys (cardinal), and leads ESE in the white sector (099 3 -101 2 ) of Koppns Light (59 51 0N 22 58 0E) ahead, to the harbour. Finnish Notice 31/507/2010 (SDD 2010000 190245) Finland - Helsinki Directions; authorised draught 167 Paragraph 4.209 Paragraph 4.209
1 4
Finland - Frby Directions; Lights 233 Paragraph 6.57 8 lines 3-6 Replace by: This alignment leads 1 mile NE, and thence 1 miles NNE in the white sector (216 5 -218 5 ) of Vstergrundet Light (60 04 6N 22 49 0E) astern, through a fairway marked by buoys, to Karaholm at Frby (6.62). Finnish Notice 31/506/2010 (SDD 2010000 190245) Finland - Naantali Directions; lights; depths 235 Paragraph 6.71
17
[49/10]
line 5 For 13 m Read 15 3 m 238
Paragraph 6.89 Paragraph 6.89 Paragraph 6.89 Paragraph 6.99
1 3 3
line 3 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 2 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 7 For 13 m Read 15 3 m 239 line 6 For 13 m Read 15 3 m 240
[49/10]
Paragraph 6.103
line 1 For 13 m Read 15 3 m

2
After Paragraph 6.104 line 2 For 7 9 m Read 7 3 m lines 6-8 Delete [43/10] Paragraph 6.123 Paragraph 6.123 Paragraph 6.123
1 2 3
line 4 Heading Replace by:
Directions for the 15 3 m route

244 line 2 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 3 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 4 For 13 m Read 15 3 m
3
Finnish Notice 28/453/2010 (SDD 2010000 165405) Finland - Helsinki Directions; authorised draught 169 Paragraph 4.219
6
line 4 Heading Replace by:
Directions for the 15 3 m route

245 Paragraph 6.128 Paragraph 6.128 Paragraph 6.131 [40/10] Paragraph 6.131
3 5 1 4
line 4 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 3 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 1 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 5 For 13 m Read 15 3 m
Finnish Notice 25/394/2010 (SDD 2010000 144550)
2 - 45
Index
NP20
246 Paragraph 6.134 Paragraph 6.141 Paragraph 6.142
1 1 1
Paragraph 6.271
1
line 5 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 1 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 1 For 13 m Read 15 3 m 248
Anchorage may be obtained off Tupavuori Oil Harbour in an area centred about 6 cables WSW of Viheriinen Front Light (60 27 0N 22 04 9E) (6.257). Finnish Notices 6-7/76/2010; 6-7/77/2010; 9-10/120/2010 (SDDs 2010000 040998; 040999; 058600) [24/10] Finland - Rauma and approaches Directions: leading beacons 290 Paragraph 7.91
1
3 3
line 1 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 3 For 13 m Read 15 3 m 253
Paragraph 6.183

1
1 1
line 4 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 6 For 13 m Read 15 3 m 255
From a position 6 cables W of Saukko (61 08 4N 21 26 0E), a short branch channel, authorised... 291 Paragraph 7.92 Replace by:
1 2 2
line 1 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 2 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 2 For 13 m Read 15 3 m 256
1
Paragraph 6.200
Paragraph 6.229
1 1

4
Paragraph 6.257
Paragraph 6.264
From a position 6 cables W of Saukko Front Beacon (61 08 4N 21 25 9E), a short branch channel, authorised for a draught of 5 5 m, leads WSW from the Valkeakari 7 5 m channel (7.87) for about 1 mile, marked in turn by the following leading marks: Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons (white triangles, yellow stripe) (61 08 3N 21 22 2E) in line bearing 265 . Rounakari Leading Beacons (red rectangles, white stripe), in line bearing 241 ; the front beacon is on the N extremity of Rounakari islet whilst the rear is on a rock 3 cables SW. These leading marks lead to a position close SSE of an L-shaped jetty on the S point of Kuuskajaskari. A landing jetty on the E side of Kuuskajaskari is approached from the SE via a 1 8 m channel marked by leading lights (white triangles, red stripe), in line bearing 307 , with the front beacon common to Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons. Finnish Notices 9-10/122/2010; 12/171/2010 Finnish ENC FI59S41A (SDDs 2010000 058600; 070288) [24/10] Finland - Raahe Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin; directions 336 Paragraph 8.70 Paragraph 8.73
1 1
Paragraph 6.269 Replace by:

1
With positions from Tupavuori Front Light (60 26 5N 22 04 4E): From the N extremity of the Viheriinen leading line (2 cables ESE) the 15 3 m fairway leads 7 cables NNW to a position 1 cables S of the Oil Harbour. From this position, the fairway, now authorised for a draught of 9 0 m, leads to a position S of the grain berth, thence 8 0 m to the head of the harbour. A second fairway, authorised for a draught of 7 7 m and marked by light buoys and buoys, leads 7 cables W to a shipyard. Paragraph 6.270 Paragraph 6.270
1 4
line 4 For 8 0 m Read 10 0 m line 3 For 8 0 m Read 10 0 m
Paragraph 8.75 1 lines 4-5 Delete ...Between the two areas is a turning basin, 300 m in diameter. Paragraph 8.75
2
line 1 For 13 m Read 15 3 m line 3 For 13 m Read 15 3 m
The berths are protected by a large area of reclaimed land close W of the quays.
2 - 46
Index
NP20
Paragraph 8.77
3
Heikinkari Rear Leading Light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (64 39 2N 24 24 0E) standing on Iso Elkko, an area of reclaimed land. 337 Paragraph 8.79 Replace by:
Sweden - Skutskr-Harns Directions; depths 378 Paragraph 9.180 1 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 9.183 3 line 2 Replace by: ...with a least depth of 7 7 m, continues on the alignment of... Paragraph 9.183 4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 26/10 Replace by: To reach the berths at Harnshamnen, the track leads SW through an area with a least depth of 5 8 m, marked by buoys and light buoys, passing NW of Sjukantsgrundet. Paragraph 9.184 2 Replace by: Massakajen (Pulp Quay), is a concrete pier on the S side of Harnshamnen with a least depth of 5 7 m. The W side is 245 m long and the E side is 90 m long. The maximum authorised draught for Massakajen is 5 2 m. 379 Paragraph 9.184 3 line 4 Replace by: ...of 7 6 m. The maximum authorised draught for these berths is 7 1 m. Swedish Notice 329/6797/2010 (SDD 2010000 185898) [48/10]
Main channel
1
8.79 From a position about 3 miles N of Nahkiainen Lighthouse (64 36 7N 23 53 8E) (8.52) the approach leads ESE to a position 1 miles WSW of Raahe Lighthouse (64 39 1N 24 13 4E) (8.77), passing NNE of the detached shoal patches (8.54), marked by buoys (cardinal), to the NW and NE of Nahkiainen Lighthouse. Thence the recommended track leads through a channel marked by light buoys, beacons, and in turn by the following leading lights: Heikinkari Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle with yellow stripe on white tower) (64 39 2N 24 20 9E). Rear light (1 miles E of front light) (8.77). The alignment (085 ) of these lights leads 2 miles E through a buoyed channel, to the Virpiper leading line. Virpiper Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on metal framework tower) (64 40 0N 24 24 6E), standing on the foreshore close N of Helmi Pier (8.80). Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (4 cables ENE of front light). Thence the alignment (062 ) of these lights leads 1 mile ENE through a buoyed channel, to a position 5 cables W of the entrance to the commercial harbour. The track then leads 7 cables E, in the narrow white sector (085 -086 ) of Odotuslaituri Light (grey tower, 25 m high) (64 39 6N 24 24 3E) through a buoyed channel to the turning area. The track then leads SSE to the main berthing area.
Sweden - Efesgrundet to Vktaren Directions; light 442 Paragraph 10.322

8
Sweden - Hrnefors Authorised draught 442 Paragraph 10.324

1
line 2 For 6 3 m Read 3 0 m [26/10]
8 m channel
1
Swedish Notice 307/6413/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) Sweden - Skelleftehamn Authorised draught 463 Paragraph 11.59
3 3
8.79a From a position on the 10 m track 5 cables W of the commercial harbour entrance, an alternative track, authorised for a maximum draught of 8 0 m, leads a further 5 cables ENE on the alignment (062 ) of Virpiper Leading Lights to a position 5 cables SW of the front leading light. The track, marked by buoys (cardinal), then trends E and SE to the Rojuniemi Leading Line. Rojuniemi Leading Lights: Front light (yellow mast) (64 39 4N 24 25 0E). Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (1 cables SE of front light). Thence the alignment (126 ) of these lights leads SE to the berths at the Oil and Export Quays. Finnish Notice 14/209/2010 (SDD 2010000 083797)
The approach from SE, for vessels drawing not more than 5 0 m, passes between the... Swedish Notice 307/6415/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden - Kgehamn Authorised draught 468 Paragraph 11.93

1
line 1 For 6 7 m Read 3 0 m [26/10]
[26/10]
2 - 47
Index
NP20
Sweden - Trehamn Authorised draught 489 Paragraph 11.233
2 2
Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 beacons Paragraph 11.241
8 8 9
line 3 For Light Read Beacon line 4 For Light Read Beacon line 3 For lights in line Read Delete [43/10]
Replace by:
The channel, which is well marked and buoyed, is authorised for a draught of 8 0 m to the anchorage (11.246) in Storfjrden; 5 6 m from Storfjrden to Lgenn (11.240); and 3 0 m from Lgenn to Trehamn. Swedish Notice 307/6412/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
10
NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)

Nil
Sweden - Trehamn Directions; lights 489 Paragraph 11.240 Paragraph 11.240

8 9
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition)

Nil
line 2 For Light Read Beacon lines 4-6 Delete
490 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 beacon Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241
1 1 1 2 2
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)

Maritime safety information 7-8 Paragraph 1.38 Replace by:
line 1 For Light Read Beacon line 3 For Light Read Beacon line 7 For Light Read Beacon line 1 For Light Read Beacon line 3 For light-structure Read
1
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service

1.38 West side of Bering Strait and W part of Bering Sea are within NAVAREAS XIII and XXI of the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological warnings and forecasts are available via the international NAVTEX service from Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy Coast Radio Station. East side of Bering Strait and E part of Bering Sea are within NAVAREAs XII and XVII of the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Local navigational warnings for the coasts and harbours of Alaska are broadcast by NAVTEX and the appropriate US Coast Guard radio station. NAVAREA and METAREA warnings for NAVAREAs and METAREAs XII, XIII, XVII and XXI are also available via the international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on trial in NAVAREAs XVII and XXI, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (parts 1 and 2) and Volume 5, and The Mariners Handbook for details. Paragraphs 1.39-1.43 Replace by:
2 3 3
line 7 For Light Read Beacon line 1 For Light Read Beacon line 6 For lights Read beacons
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241
4 4 4 4
line 2 For light Read beacon line 4 For light Read beacon line 5 For light Read beacon line 7 For lights Read beacons
Paragraph 11.241 5 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241 Paragraph 11.241
5 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8
line 2 For light Read beacon line 4 For light Read beacon line 5 For light Read beacon line 5 For lights Read beacons line 2 For Light Read Beacon line 4 For Light Read Beacon line 1 For Light Read Beacon line 2 For Light Read Beacon line 4 For Light Read Beacon line 1 For Light Read Beacon line 2 For Light Read Beacon
Spare
1.39 - 1.43 United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
2 - 48
Index
NP23
United States of America - Unalaska Island Dutch Harbor Anchorage 207 After Paragraph 6.135
1
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010 Edition)

Turkey - Kizkalesi to aml Burnu - Pazar Marine farm 144 After Paragraph 3.277 3 line 2 Insert: Caution. A marine farm is located in the centre of the anchorage area. Turkish Notice 27.163.10 (SDD 2010000 111084) [30/10]
line 6 Insert:
In severe weather, restrictions apply to anchoring in Iliuliuk Bay and vessels are recommended to contact the Port Authority and consult the United States Coast Guard Severe Weather Guidelines which may be found at: www.homeport.uscg.mil/anchorage US Coast Pilot No 9 2009 Edition Change 5 (HH. 078/557/12) [18/10] United States of America - Attu Island Loran tower 266 lines 3-7 Delete
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)

Nil
Paragraph 7.218
NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 (2005 Edition)

[49/10] Inner Passage Route Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 66-67 Chart reference above Paragraph 2.115 Replace by: Canadian Chart 3939 (see 1.34) Paragraph 2.115 2 Replace by: High precipitous mountains rise from both sides of the inlet. Depths in the fairway gradually decrease from 134 m in the entrance to about 30 m 2 cables from Ocean Falls. A shoal, with a least depth of 7 7 m over it, lies on the W side of the fairway 4 cables SSW of Wearing Point (2.118). Paragraphs 2.119-2.128 Including headings Replace by:
US Notice 45/16431/10 (SDD 2010000 183675) United States of America - Alaska Port Clarence Loran tower 312
Paragraph 9.78 1 line 9 to 2 line 10 Replace by:

2
Useful mark: Point Spencer Light (framework tower, red and white chequered diamond daymark) (65 16 6N 166 50 9W), seasonal. On the spit S of the light is a US Coast Guard airstrip. Some green fuel tanks on the spit are only visible from E. United States Coast Guard (HH. 023/200/01) United States of America - Alaska Red Dog Directions; racon 321 Paragraph 9.125 1 lines 1 to 4 Replace by:
[20/10]
1
Useful mark
2.119 Cousins Inlet Light (square framework tower) (52 20 N 127 45 W).
Ocean Falls
1
Approach. The loading anchorage should be approached... US Notice 27/16005/09 (SDD 2009000 055196) Russia - Pacific coast Port Beringovskiy Anchorage 390 Paragraph 12.43 1 line 8 For 10 Read 7 Russian Notice 52/7187/09 (SDD 2009000 194589)
[33/09]
2
[35/10]
2.120 General information. Ocean Falls (52 21 N 127 41 W), which is situated at the head of Cousins Inlet on the N side of the Link River, lies at the foot of high, steep mountains. A large dam and multi-storey buildings, which are empty and in disrepair, dominate the head of the inlet. Berth. Ferry berth (52 21 2N 127 41 7W). The docks S of the Link River are in disrepair. Submarine pipeline. An outfall, marked by buoys, extends 4 cables WNW from the shore 1 cables S of the Link River. Facilities: doctor (once a month). Supplies: fresh water; provisions nearby. Communications: weekly ferry service in the summer months; year round flights to Port Hardy.
2 - 49
Index
NP26
Spare
2.121 - 2.128 Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 205; Canadian Chart 3939 (HH. 078/048/01) [29/05]
3
Duncan Bay Light; buoyage 120 Paragraph 4.44 3 Replace by: Ryan Point Reef Light (white round tower) (54 21 5N 130 30 2W), stands on a drying rock about 5 cables WSW of Ryan Point. Canadian Western Notice 6/3957/06 (HH. 600/465/04) [31/06]
Verney Passage Beacon 99 Paragraph 3.125 3 line 2 Replace by: ...(starboard hand) stands on Moody Point,... Canadian PAC 205 Corr 08/06 (HH. 078/047/01)
Hecate Strait - Inshore route Directions Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30
5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7
[44/06]
Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay Buoy removed 100 Paragraph 3.134 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...2 cables S from the point. Canadian Western Notice 6/3745/06 (HH. 600/460/03)
line line line line line line line line
168 1 For 5 For 1 For 3 For 6 For 7 For 1 For 3 For
WNW Read ENE ESE Read WSW ESE Read WSW WNW Read ENE ESE Read WSW WNW Read ENE ESE Read WSW ESE Read WSW [50/08]
Canadian Chart 3726 (HH. 026/200/01) Borrowman Bay Caution; depths
[29/06]
169 After Paragraph 6.38 2 line 8 Insert: Caution. Recent surveys have determined that shoaler depths than charted exist in Borrowman Bay and approaches. Canada West Notice 4/3723/08 (HH. 600/455/04) Gillen Harbour Caution; depths 172 Paragraph 6.57 2 lines 4-7 Replace by: Caution. Pemberton Bay is sparsely sounded and recent surveys have determined that shoaler depths than charted exist in Gillen Harbour and approaches. They should be navigated with caution. Canada West Notice 4/3723/08 (HH. 600/460/03) Surf Inlet Beacon 174 [21/08] [21/08]
Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound Directions 109 Paragraph 3.220 6 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...marked by kelp. A light stands on the shoal. Thence:
8
Paragraph 3.220 8 lines 1-3 Replace by: SW of Lawyer Islands S Light (white round tower, red band) (4 miles NW), exhibited from a small islet at the S end of the Lawyer Islands, thence: Paragraph 3.221 1 line 3 Add: Lawyer Islands N Light (white round tower, red band) (54 07 0N 130 20 8W). Canadian Western Notice 6/3927/06 (HH. 600/465/04)
[31/06]
Paragraph 6.73 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: ...Chapple Inlet (6.78). A beacon (port hand) stands on the S extremity of the islands. Canadian PAC 206 Corr 08/06 (HH. 078/048/01) [44/06]
Skeena River and approaches Directions 111 Paragraph 3.237 6 lines 2-3 Replace by: Longnose Point; a beacon (starboard hand) stands on the point. Canadian Western Notice 6/3927/06 (HH. 600/465/04)
Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage Depth 184 Paragraph 6.147 1 line 4 For 7 6 m (25 ft) Read 6 4 m (21 ft) Canadian Western Notice 4/3747/07 (HH. 600/460/03) [21/07]
[31/06]
2 - 50
Index
NP26
Skidegate Inlet Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 213 Paragraph 7.129 Including heading Replace by: Henslung and Beal Coves Anchorage 243 After Paragraph 8.180 2 line 3 Insert: Caution. It has been reported that vessels should not anchor on the E side of Henslung Cove due to the existence of submerged mooring buoys, chains and anchors. Canadian PAC 206 Corr 08/06 (HH. 078/047/01) [44/06]
Spare
7.129 Paragraph 7.130 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: Lawn Point Direction Light (53 25 5N 131 54 9W).
214
1 2
Paragraph 7.132 1-2 Replace by: Lawn Point Direction Light (53 25 5N 131 54 9W): From a position about 5 miles NE of this light the white sector (235-241 ) leads 3 miles across the bar, in a least charted depth of 8 2 m, to the entrance of the deep water channel close SE of C14 Light-buoy (starboard hand). Paragraph 7.133 1 line 2 For 5 Read 6 Paragraph 7.133 1 line 7 For 9 cables Read 1 mile Canadian Western Notice 4/3890/06 (HH. 600/470/03) [22/06]
Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows Depths 245

7
After Paragraph 8.193 6 Insert: Caution Charted depths over The Bar (8.191), Haswell Reef (8.192) and Richard III Bank are subject to change as a result of silting and scouring. Canada Western Notice 2/3895/06 (HH. 600/470/03)
[11/06]
Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel Buoy 215

2
Appendix III Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 264 Left column lines 1-19 Replace by: The following are extracts from the Canadian Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations: The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007, requires that, 34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to suspect that (a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the conveyance could cause the spreading of a communicable disease listed in the schedule; (b) a person aboard the conveyance has died; or (c) any prescribed circumstances exist. (4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be informed before the conveyances arrival at its destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so on the conveyances arrival at that destination. The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the Quarantine Act, require that,
Paragraph 7.137 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: A drying rock, marked by C22 Buoy (starboard hand), lies at the NW end of the passage NE of Leonide... Canadian PAC 206 Corr 08/06 (HH. 078/047/01) [44/06]
Graham Island - E side Directions 218 After Paragraph 7.154 2 line 6 Add: E of a platform (53 59 N 131 33 W), from which a light is exhibited, thence: Canadian Notice 11/3002/07 (HH. 600/470/04) [01/08]
Skidegate Channel - East Narrows Leading beacons 233 Paragraph 8.106 3 lines 1-3 Delete Paragraph 8.106 4 Delete Canada Western Notice 9/3891/05 (HH. 600/470/03) [42/05]
Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07 (HH. 602/006/03)
[39/07]
2 - 51
Index
NP27
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - South coast - Port of Southampton Traffic regulations 259 Paragraph 7.242
3 3
England - South coast - Isles of Scilly Pilotage 80 Paragraph 3.50

1
line 8 Replace by:
Vessels under 32 m in length. Paragraph 3.50

3 2
Boarding places. Pilots board at the following positions: Saint Marys Sound: 49 53 0N 6 17 0W. Crow Sound: 49 55 5N 6 14 0W. North West Passage: 49 56 0N 6 26 0W. Harbour Master, Saint Marys, Isles of Scilly (SDD 2010000 120553) [33/10]
Tanker Safety - Escort towage requirements. Tankers of 60 000 dwt or more, arriving or departing from Southampton Water oil terminals in a loaded or part-loaded condition, and tankers of 50 000 dwt in a loaded condition, bound for the Hamble Oil Terminal, are to be accompanied by an escort tug between a position S of Nab Tower and the berth. Under normal conditions a tow wire will be attached to the stern of the tanker. ABP Southampton (SDD 2010000 009276) [13/10]
France - Approaches to Brest Buoyage 283 Paragraph 8.66 4 line 5 For 4 42 2W Read 4 41 9W) England - South coast - Penzance Harbour Limiting conditions Paragraph 8.89 92 Paragraph 3.124
1 1 2
Controlling depth. The entrance to the outer harbour dries. The Harbour Master should be consulted for the latest information. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 4 8 m; mean neap range about 2 4 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables. Maximum size of vessel handled. The harbour can accommodate vessels of up to 92 m in length with a maximum draught of 4 5 m at MHWS, and of 3 5 m at MHWN. Penzance Harbour Master (SDD 2010000 104179)
Close SSE of Charles Martel Light Buoy (port hand) (3 miles NW) which marks the S side of Roche du Charles Martel and Basse Beuzec. 289 Paragraph 8.104
3
... respectively, of Pointe de Crach Meur. A 13 1 m wreck lies in the centre of the entrance about 2 miles E of the same point. French Notice 5/26/10 (SDD 2010000 023708) [13/10]
[31/10]
France - LIroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez Pilotage 284
England - South coast - Chichester Harbour Limiting conditions; directions 226 Paragraph 7.108 1 lines 5-6 Delete Shoaling to Light Beacon. 228
Paragraph 8.68
Vessels with LOA of 50 m or more when E of a line connecting the Charles Martel Light Buoy (48 18 9N 4 41 9W) and Point du Toulinguet (48 17 N 4 38 W). Vessels with LOA of 40 m or more in LElorn and LAulne rivers up to Landerneau and Chteaulin. 298
Paragraph 7.117
4
line 6 Add:
E of Eastoke Light Buoy (port hand) (1 cable ENE); thence: W of W Winner Light Beacon (starboard hand) (3 cables NE); thence: Chichester Harbour Master (SDD 20100000 036564)
Pilotage is provided by the Brest station and is compulsory for vessels with LOA of 50 m or more. The pilot boards 1 mile N of le Tristan or at the anchorage. French Weekly Notice 20/2010 (SDD 2010000 084184) [26/10]
[15/10]
2 - 52
Index
NP27
France - Cherbourg and approaches Arrival information 432 Paragraph 12.29 including heading Replace by: Spare 12.29 Paragraph 12.33
1
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)

England - South coast - Littlehampton Limiting conditions; arrival information 70 Paragraph 3.18 2 lines 10-11 For draught 4 6 m (HW Springs), 3 8 m (HW Neaps); Read minimum UKC 0 5 m;
line 3 Delete
Paragraph 12.35 including heading Replace by: Waiting areas 12.35 Waiting areas, the limits of which are shown on the charts, have been established as follows: North Waiting Area, centred 3 miles N of Fort de lOuest, is reserved for vessels with a draught of 10 m or more, or vessels with a gross tonnage of 3000 or more and for vessels that are not bound to or from the port of Cherbourg. South Waiting Area, centred 1 miles NNE of Fort de lOuest, is reserved for vessels with a draught of less than 10 m or a gross tonnage of less than 3000 (600 for oil tankers), bound to or from the port of Cherbourg. Paragraph 12.36 including heading Replace by: Spare 12.36 Paragraph 12.37 including heading Replace by: Spare 12.37 93 433 Paragraph 12.42
2 2 3
7071 Paragraph 3.19

2
Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels. Pilots board about one mile S of the harbour entrance as shown on the chart. Vessels should not approach closer than one mile from the entrance until the pilot is onboard. Littlehampton Harbour Board (SDD 2010000 062433) [20/10]
England - South coast - Folkestone Pilotage; directions; leading lights 92-93 Paragraph 4.17
3
Pilotage. There are no pilotage services at Folkestone.

1
Channels. Passe de lOuest (12.49) between the head of Digue de Querqueville and Fort de lOuest is the deepest and most frequently used entrance. Its swept depth within the limits of the leading lines is the controlling depth for the port (12.28). Passe de lEst (12.50), between Fort de lEst and Fort de lle Pele, is not recommended at night. Paragraph 12.42
3
lines 1-8 Delete
434 Paragraph 12.47 Heading Replace by: Waiting area approach Paragraph 12.47
1
Approach to harbour mole: From a position 7 cables ESE from Folkestone Breakwater Light the track leads WNW, passing (with positions from the breakwater light): SSW of Copt Rocks (5 cables NE), a drying ledge composed of sandstone rocks extending 3 cables E from Copt Point. An unmarked wreck with a depth of 6 6 m lies 4 cables ESE of Copt Point. Thence: SSW of a light buoy (port hand) (2 cables NE) marking the end of a submarine outfall. Mole Head Rocks, which fringe much of the bight between Copt Point and the harbour mole, lie about 1 cable inshore of the buoy. SSW of a light buoy (port hand) (2 cables NE) marking the end of a submarine outfall. Mole Head Rocks, which fringe much of the bight between Copt Point and the harbour mole, lie about 1 cable inshore of the buoy. Folkestone Harbour Notices 4/2010 and 5/2010 (SDDs 2010000 139305, 139307) [39/10]
French Notices 1/28/10; 2/8/10 (SDDs 2010000 005360; 010248; 014173)
2 - 53
Index
NP28
France - North-west coast Boulogne-sur-Mer Pilotage 126 Paragraph 5.171 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde Zeebrugge and Brugge Traffic regulations for LNG tankers Paragraph 7.14 158 lines 4-6 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for all inbound and outbound vessels of 60 m in length or over. The .... Pilotage Boulogne-Calais (SDD 2010 000058526)
[38/10]
Pilots for large LNG tankers (vessel length exceeding 200 m) bound for Zeebrugge board 1 mile E of AZ Light Buoy (starboard hand) (51 21 2N 2 36 9E). Pilots for small LNG tankers (vessel length less than 200 m) board at the Wandelaar Pilot Station. During the boarding operation, VTS will request...
France - North-west coast - Calais Pilotage 135 Paragraph 6.30 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1
160-161 Paragraph 7.32 Replace by:

1
Pilotage is compulsory for all inbound and outbound vessels of 60 m in length or over within the pilotage area which extends 3 miles from the harbour entrance. Pilotage Boulogne-Calais (SDD 2010 000058526)
[38/10]
3
Belgium - Nieuwpoort Traffic signals 152 lines 6-10 Delete lines 1-4 Delete
1 2
Belgian Notice 22/271/10 (SDD 2010000 181109)
[48/10]
Belgium - Outer banks in the Approaches to Westerschelde Wind farm 158 After Paragraph 7.12 1 Insert: A wind farm comprising 55 turbines is under construction (2009) on Bligh Bank. The limits of the wind farm are defined by the following co-ordinates: 51 42 7N 2 48 0E. 51 40 3N 2 52 0E. 51 37 2N 2 48 1E. 51 38 2N 2 47 5E. 51 39 0N 2 45 8E. Belgian Notice 19/183/2009 (SDD 2009000 131793)
[42/09]
LNG tankers bound for Zeebrugge. For the purpose of the following regulations a large LNG tanker is considered to be a vessel with a length exceeding 200 m and a small LNG tanker is considered to be a vessel with a length less than 200 m. The pilot assigned to a large LNG tanker will prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at the AZ Light Buoy (51 21 2N 2 36 9E). At the same time, VTS-SM will broadcast details of the plan to all vessels. This broadcast will be updated once the LNG tanker has arrived at AZ Light Buoy. The pilot boarding position is 1 mile E of the AZ Light Buoy. The pilot assigned to a small LNG tanker will prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at the KB Light Buoy (51 21 0N 2 42 8E). At the same time, VTS-SM will broadcast details of the plan to all vessels. This broadcast will be updated once the LNG tanker has arrived at KB Light Buoy. The pilot boarding position is at the Wandelaar pilot station. During the pilot boarding operation other vessels in the vicinity will be requested by Wandelaar traffic centre to keep a minimum distance of 5 cables clear of the LNG vessel. During her passage to Zeebrugge, VTS-SM will continue to report her position to other vessels in the vicinity. The LNG tanker can request radar guidance from VTS-SM between AZ Light Buoy and S5 Light Buoy (51 23 7N 3 05 9E). Thereafter continuous positional information is provided to the LNG tanker. Waiting anchorage, if required, will be assigned by VTS-SM. and the following anchorages are recommended: To N of AN Light Buoy. To S of AZ Light Buoy. To N of Akkaert NE Light Buoy (E cardinal) (51 27 3N 2 59 3E). LNG tankers will follow Route Vaargeul 1 (7.42) thence N of Ribzand leading to Pas van het Zand (7.85). If the Vaargeul 1 Route cannot be followed for navigational reasons, then a deviation from this route is permitted. For details of this alternative route see 7.43.
2 - 54
Index
NP28
7
10
For the passage of a LNG tanker to commence, the wind strength must be less than 14 m/s, the visibility greater than 5 cables and the tidal stream less than 1 kn at the harbour entrance. An underkeel clearance of at least 20% of the draught is required in the approaches to the harbour and 15% of the draught in the harbour itself. Maritime police will undertake regular patrols in order to monitor the inward and outward passage of a LNG tanker. For a large LNG tanker four tugs will secure to the vessel prior to SZ (Scheur-Zand) Light Buoy (E cardinal) (51 23 7N 3 07 6E) and a fifth tug will assist once the vessel is inside the harbour entrance. For a small LNG tanker a minimum of one tug will assist the vessel before passing the Z (Zand) Light Buoy (starboard hand) (51 22 5N 3 10 0E). The Master of the LNG vessel may order further tugs at any time. For both large and small LNG tankers the following apply during their port stay: LNG tankers berth port side to on the LNG jetty. LNG tankers may have an underkeel clearance of less than 15% of their draught. For reporting and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). Belgian Notice 13/127/09 (SDD 2009000 061966)
[32/09]
Belgium - Westerschelde and approaches Shore-based pilotage 158-159 Paragraph 7.16 Replace by:
1 7
If, on account of bad weather or other cause, pilotage is suspended at Wandelaar and Steenbank Pilot Stations, the Master of a vessel subject to compulsory pilotage will be notified of the options available before entering the area in order to choose from the following possible courses of action: Pilot transfer by helicopter. Pilotage with an alternative pilot vessel, a SWATH vessel. Shore-based pilotage. Waiting or anchoring offshore. Shore-based pilotage is a radar-controlled pilotage service and is conducted in English or Dutch on VHF radio for vessels bound for Dutch or Belgian ports. When pilotage is suspended at Wandelaar Pilot Station, shore-based pilotage is available from a position between AN and AZ Light Buoys (51 22 N 2 37 E) or from the Akkaert NE Light Buoy (51 27 3N 2 59 3E), using the Scheur and Wielingen fairways to Rede van Vlissingen (7.45). The service is limited to vessels with a LOA not exceeding 175 m and a draught not exceeding 8 0 m but excluding vessels which are carrying dangerous or polluting cargoes or which are empty and not gas-free. However, certain
tankers with a LOA not exceeding 125 m and a draught not exceeding 6 0 m carrying non-dangerous cargoes may be eligible. There is no shore-based pilotage for Zeebrugge. When pilotage is suspended at Steenbank Pilot Station, shore-based pilotage is available from the Schouwenbank Light Buoy (7.107) to the entrance of Oostgat off Westkapelle (51 31 8N 3 26 8E). The pilot vessel will be in the immediate vicinity of the vessel to be piloted before the vessel to be piloted passes the OG9 Light Buoy (51 31 1N 3 25 5E). The service is limited to vessels with a LOA not exceeding 115 m in length and a draught not exceeding 6 4 m but excluding vessels carrying dangerous or polluting cargoes or which are empty and not gas-free. However, certain tankers with a LOA not exceeding 85 m in length and a draught not exceeding 4 5 m carrying non-dangerous cargoes may be eligible. Vessels which exceed the parameters for Steenbank Pilot Station but comply with the criteria for Wandelaar shore-based pilotage can obtain shore-based pilotage from the Akkaert NE Light Buoy using the Scheur and Wielingen fairways to Rede van Vlissingen. Shore-based pilotage is available for outbound vessels using the Scheur and Wielingen fairways in the event of a suspended roads service or if the pilot cannot be changed and the pilot is not qualified for the sea passage to Wandelaar. In this case shore-based pilotage will commence from a position between W6 and W7 Light Buoys (51 24 9N 3 27 2E). No shore-based pilotage is available outbound via Oostgat. The Master must acknowledge the receipt of each message and repeat the courses and speeds given and, on request, repeat any other messages sent. If the Master deviates from any advice given by the pilot, he must immediately inform the pilot this is the case and of the action he is taking. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). Belgian Notice 20/245/10 (SDD 2010000 164705) [45/10]
The Netherlands - Westerschelde Regulations 159 Paragraph 7.20 including heading Replace by: Regulation for vessels with a marginal draught or whose length exceeds 300 m, proceeding to or from Antwerp and Kallosluis 7.20 The Dutch and Belgian authorities have established procedures for vessels with a marginal draught or vessels exceeding 300 m LOA proceeding to and from Antwerp and Kallosluis. Three categories of vessel have been defined:
2 - 55
Index
NP28
2
3 4
Category I. Vessels with marginal draught. I.1. Vessels proceeding upstream and heading towards the locks on the right bank, the Schelde terminals and the Deurganckdok with a draught of 12 0 m up to a draught consistent with a minimum tidal window of 60 minutes. I.2. Vessels proceeding downstream with a draught of 12 0 m up to a draught consistent with a minimum tidal window of 60 minutes. Category II. Vessels proceeding to or from Kallosluis. Category III. Vessels with marginal dimensions in terms of length and/or width. III.1. Vessels with a length of 300 to 340 m proceeding upstream or downstream. III.2. Container vessels with a length of 340 m to 355 m. III.3. Container vessels with a length of 355 m or greater and/or a beam of 51 m or greater. Paragraph 7.21 Replace by: 7.21 The following general observations apply: Access to the Schelde area by the aforementioned vessels shall be subject to the Admission for upstream or downstream travel issued by the Gemeenschappelijke Nautische Autoriteit (GNA). As far as the Kallosluis is concerned, this obligation shall apply to vessels with a draught of 9 0 m or greater. All draughts refer to the deepest/maximum draught and shall apply in fresh water. All vessels lengths shall relate to length overall expressed in metres. The predicted maximum draughts for vessels proceeding upstream on one or two tides are calculated in relation to the predicted HW at Prosperpolder. For vessels proceeding downstream the tidal windows are calculated in relation to the water levels at Vlissingen and Zeebrugge, amongst other factors. With the exception of vessels proceeding to and departing from the Kallosluis, the use of a helmsman who is familiar with local conditions on that section of the river is recommended. The following general regulations apply to the three categories above: Prior to arrival at the pilot station or departure from the berth, written premission must be requested from GNA. Requests must be submitted at least 6 hours prior to the arrival of the vessel at Wandelaar or Steenbank pilot station or 6 hours prior to departure from the berth. When issuing permission for a passage upstream or downstream, a manoeuvring speed of 12 kn is assumed. If this condition cannot be met then additional conditions may be imposed.
A downstream passage to be completed in two tides is not permitted. The minimum tidal window is 60 minutes. If visibility is less than 2000 m, the GNA, after consultation with the pilot, will decide whether a vessel may commence her passage. Every vessel must be equipped with two properly functioning radars and at least two independent VHF transceivers that are easily accessible to the pilot. Paragraph 7.22 Replace by:
7.22 Category I Vessels: I.1 The maximum draught for the locks on the right bank is limited to 15 56 m. A vessel proceeding upstream should commence her passage at the start of the tidal window. This means that the the vessel must have left the pilot station at least one hour before the end of the tidal window. 2 A vessel which, according to her schedule, proceeds upstream in two tides, will anchor in the Wielingen-Zuid anchorage area (7.48). Vessels with a draught exceeding 13 0 m or a gross tonnage in excess of 60 000 must have a pilot on board for the entire period the vessel is at anchor and must be secured to at least one tug. 3 I.2 Before the tidal window begins a vessel must be underway, with course set, on the river. The maximum draught is 14 0 m. In the case of container vessels up to 340 m in length, deeper draughts are permitted on condition that: The vessel has a tidal window of at least 60 minutes. The draught of 14 8 m is not exceeded. 4 A vessel permitted to make the passage must submit a declaration of its actual guaranteed manoeuvring speed for the river and seaward stretches. After submitting their application, vessels with a draught of between 12 0 m and 13 5 m will receive an indicative sailing window from the GNA as soon as possible. 5 The GNA will not take a decision in relation to the tidal window for a vessel proceeding downstream with a draught of 13 5 m or more until 12 hours prior to departure of the vessel from the berth and no later than 6 hours before the departure of the vessel from the berth. The GNA will however, approve an indicative tidal window if requested by the vessel. 6 A vessel with a draught of 13 5 m or more must commence her outward passage at the start of her tidal window. This means that the vessel must have departed her berth and be underway, with course set, on the river at least one hour before her tidal window closes.
2 - 56
Index
NP28
Paragraph 7.23 Replace by: 7.23 Category II Vessels. The maximum dimensions for vessels using Kallosluis are LOA 275 m and beam 37 65 m. Paragraph 7.24 Replace by: 7.24 Category III Vessels: III.1. The conditions that apply to vessels with marginal draught (Category vessels I1) apply in full. A second river pilot is obligatory for vessels proceeding to or departing from the locks. A reduction of 2 5 cm per metre of excess length shall be applied to the recommended permitted draught in the case of bulk carriers, tankers and vessels of similar manoeuvrability with a vessel LOA of 300 m or more. III.2. The conditions that apply under III.1 above apply in full. The GNA will only provide permission to proceed upstream or downstream if it has been ascertained in good time that there are no hinderances in the fairway, that pilots and tugs are available, and that the berth will be clear and available. Permission will not be granted for passage upstream or downstream, if visibility in part of the passage still to be undertaken is less than 2000 m and/or if the wind strength at the Noordzeeterminal, the Europaterminal, the locks in Antwerp or the Deurganckdok is Force 7 on the Beaufort scale or greater. Vessels proceeding upstream or downstream are required to have two pilots on board on the river section, one of whom at least must be of the highest category. Instructions which apply for meeting vessels: On the seaward section; no restrictions apply in relation to approaching or crossing when proceeding upstream or downstream. On the river section; due to the dimensions of the vessel in relation to the dimensions of the shipping channel, vessels proceeding upstream or downstream must avoid any encounter with the following type of vessel in the Pas van Borssele and the stretch of shipping channel between the NvB/MA buoy and buoy 81: Large gas vessels. Vessels carrying special cargoes. Large vessels. Paragraph 7.25 Replace by: 7.25 III.3. Article 1. The conditions that apply to vessels with marginal draught (Category I vessels) and the conditions that apply to vessels referred to in III.1 and III.2 shall apply in full.
2
In the event that that permission to proceed upstream or downstream is not granted, the vessel must anchor at sea or remain at her berth until such time permission is granted. Three hours before the ship actually departs from her berth, notification is provided to the GNA. Article 2. The container vessels referred to in these regulations, for which test runs have been carried out, have the following dimensions: A vessel with LOA 366 07 m and a beam of 51 20 m. A vessel with LOA 363 57 m and a beam of 45 60 m. Article 2.1. The following additional limiting conditions shall apply in relation to these types of vessels when proceeding upstream or downstream: Minimum visibility at least 2000 metres. Maximum wind strength: Force 5 on the Beaufort scale at Berendrechtsluis, for vessels proceeding either upstream or downstream. Maximum draught: Vessels proceeding upstream or downstream 14 0 m. A minimum distance of 3 miles should be maintained between vessels longer than 300 m and any vessel of the types referred to in these rules (when sailing in the same direction). Article 2.2. The services of tugs are required for the following: For vessels proceeding upstream: Four tugs must be available initially and in the final stage, in accordance with the binding recommendation of the pilot. For vessels proceeding downstream: A minimum of two tugs, depending upon the weather, wind and current. Article 2.3a. Pilotage services: For vessels proceeding upstream or downstream, vessels of the class referred to above are required to have two pilots of the highest category on board for the river section of the passage. Caution. These extracts are for reference purposes only and are not to be regarded as a statement of the applicable regulations. The full text of the regulations (Belgium Notice to Mariners 02/43/2010) is the sole authoritative statement and it is recommended that it is consulted. Full details of the regulations above, may be found at the following website: www.vlaamsehydrografie.be Belgian Notice 02/43/10 (SDD 2010000 017284; 026134)
[10/10]
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde Buoyage 160 Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 2-3 For (51 23 7N 3 07 6E) Read (51 23 3N 3 08 6E)
2 - 57
Index
NP28
161 Existing Section IV Notice Week 32/09 Paragraph 7.32 4 line 10 For (51 23 7N 3 05 9E) Read (51 23 7N 3 06 3E) Existing Section IV Notice Week 32/09 Paragraph 7.32 8 line 3 For (51 23 7N 3 07 6E) Read (51 23 3N 3 08 6E) Belgian Notices 05/95/10; 05/96/10 (SDDs 2010000 041897; 041898) The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte Directions; lights Paragraph 7.187
2 2-4
177 - 178 Replace by:
[13/10]
The Netherlands - Westerschelde Directions; buoyage
177 Paragraph 7.183

2
lines 1-2 Delete
178 Paragraph 7.191 including heading Replace by:

4
Vaarwater langs Hoofdplaat, Vaarwater langs de Paulinapolder and Thomaesgeul

1
7.191 Vaarwater langs Hoofdplaat (51 23 N 3 38 E), Vaarwater langs de Paulinapolder (51 22 N 3 42 E) and Thomaesgeul (51 22 N 3 43 E) lead from Breskens (51 24 N 3 34 E) (7.56) in a generally ESE direction for 7 miles to Pas van Terneuzen (7.188). The route runs between the coast of the estuary to the S and Plaat van Breskens and Hooge Platen, drying banks, to the N. The channel is marked by buoys (lateral) and is used by inland waterway craft and recreational craft. Least depth is about 5 m.
The initial course is NE with Schone Waardin Light (51 26 5N 3 37 9E) ahead until NW of H-SS Light Buoy (N cardinal) whence inbound and outbound traffic converge in a single fairway at the seaward end of Honte. Thence the route leads E and SE passing (with positions from the chimney (51 26 0N 3 43 0E)): SSE of Schone Waardin Light (3 miles W) (red mast, white bands; 5 m in height), thence: N of Spijkerplaat (2 miles W), a shoal. Stella Buoy (W cardinal) marks the location of a wreck at its W end. Thence: SSW of the entrance to Vlissingen Oost (2 miles WNW) (7.150) and across the E boundary of the precautionary area (7.31). Kaloot, the area SE of the entrance to Vlissingen Oost, is relatively higher ground with a number of wind turbines, which are situated along the line of the coast. Thence: NE of Spijkerplaat (1 miles SW), the shoal which lies in the centre of the river and which dries, thence: SW of Noordnol Buoy (W cardinal) marking a groyne which extends 2 cables offshore, thence: To a position WSW of Hoek van Borssele (1 miles SSE). A tanker jetty (7.176) lies close SE of Hoek van Borssele. Paragraph 7.188
2
...(1 miles NE). The passage is marked by PvT-E Light Buoy... Paragraph 7.193
1
The channel commences off Hoek van Borssele (51 24 9N 3 43 6E) and PvT-E Light-buoy (W cardinal) (7.188), 8 cables SW,... Netherlands Notice 09/153/09 (SDD 2009000 022107) Belgium - Terneuzen to Antwerp Directions 187 Paragraph 7.276 1 lines 8-10 Replace by: ...inbound and outbound shallowdraught vessels. The track passes (with positions from Oude hoofd Walsoorden Light (51 23 6N 4 01 9E)): 187-188 Paragraph 7.276 2-6 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 27/10 Replace by: 2 SW of Ferry harbour Kruiningen (7.295) (2 miles N). An embankment between the E mole of Hansweert and the W mole of Kruiningen is marked by buoys (special). And: NE of the E section of Platen van Ossenisse (2 miles NW), a drying bank on which there are two islets. [15/09]
189 Paragraph 7.282 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 13/09 Replace by:
1
From its junction with Everingen (7.192) about 2 cables SE of Hoek van Baarland (51 23 7N 3 54 0E) Middelgat leads initially NNE then E and SE for a distance of 6 miles to a position off Hansweert. The channel is marked by light buoys and buoys (lateral: numbers prefixed by MG) and has a least depth of about 4 m. It passes (with positions from Baarland Church (51 24 5N 3 53 1E)): WNW of Rug van Baarland, a drying bank, (2 miles ESE), and: ESE of a radar tower (8 cables SE) which stands on the embankment, thence: BASS Vlissingen Notices 026/09 and 027/09 (SDDs 2009000 028490; 028492) [19/09]
2 - 58
Index
NP28
3
Having entered the white sector (173 -270 ) of Oude Hoofd Walsoorden Light, course is adjusted S, passing: W of the entrance to Schaar van Waarde (7.284) (2 miles N) marked by No 42A Light Buoy (W cardinal), thence: E of the entrance to Schaar van Ossenisse (7.283) (7 cables NNW), thence: E of Haven Perkpolder (7.295) (6 cables NW), thence: E of Oude Hoofd Walsoorden, a mole projecting into the river and off which there are eddies. Oude Hoofd Walsoorden Light (green and white beacon on tetrapod; 12 m in height) stands at the head of the mole. Thence: W of an obstruction, position approximate, depth less than 5 m (3 cables SE) close N of 48A Light Buoy (port hand), thence: E of Walsoorden (7.296) (7 cables S), where speed should be reduced to avoid suction and wash, and: W of Plaat van Walsoorden (1 miles ESE), a drying bank in the middle of the river. Thence in Bocht van Walsoorden the course is adjusted gradually ESE. The channel here becomes narrower and is reported to be difficult for long deep-draught vessels. Belgian Notice 21/267/10 (SDD 2010000 172149)
The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area Buoyage Paragraph 9.4 217 line 3-4 Replace by:
...helicopter. The pilot cutter, which is stationed 2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E), ... Paragraph 9.6
1
by tender from the pilot cutter stationed 2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy, or by large.... 219 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.13
...52 01 7N 3 53 1E is a circular ATBA with a radius of 6 cables. MG Light Buoy... 221 Paragraph 9.30 3 line 7 Including existing Section IV Week 15/09 Replace by: Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E). SB Light Buoy (51 59 8N 3 54 6E). Paragraph 9.32 2 line 5 For Maas Centre Light Buoy Read MG Light Buoy. Paragraph 9.33 3 lines 1-2 For Maas Centre Light Buoy Read MG Light Buoy. 223 lines 5-6 Replace by:
[45/10]
The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp Schaar van Waarde Directions; buoyage 187 Paragraph 7.276
3
Paragraph 9.36
...2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E). The track passes: Paragraph 9.38
1
line 5 For ZG-SvW Read No 42A 189
...for 7 miles to the pilot boarding position 2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E). Paragraph 9.40
1
Paragraph 7.284
line 2 Replace by:
...N end of Zuidergat (7.276). Shallows Sper I and Shallows Sper II Buoys (special) lie across the S end of the channel. The channel is only used by... 190 Paragraph 7.287
1
....boarding position 2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E). The track passes: Paragraph 9.40
2
WNW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (safe water). Netherlands Notice 13/162(P)/09 (SDD 2009000 024415) [24/09]
line 8 For ZG-SvW Read No 42A
Netherland Notice 23/308/10 (SDD 2010000 095737) The Netherlands - Westerschelde Middelgat controlling depth 189 line 3 Replace by:
[27/10]
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland Directions; buoyage After Paragraph 9.30 221 line 7 Add:
SB Light Buoy (51 59 8N 3 54 6E). After Paragraph 9.33

3
Paragraph 7.282
line 6 Add:
...than 5 m on the bars at its N and S ends and it is reported (2009) that the least depth in mid-channel at the S end is 2 3 m. The channel is... Belgian Notice 04/66/2009 (SDD 2009000 014411)
SB Light Buoy (special) (51 59 8N 3 54 6E) has been laid in order to assist in separating inbound vessels from dredgers engaged in the Maasvlakte 2 project. Netherlands Notice 09/144/09 (SDDs 2009000 022104; 023188) [15/09]
[13/09]
2 - 59
Index
NP28
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland Directions; buoyage 221 Paragraph 9.30 3 lines 68 Including existing Section IV Notices Weeks 15/09 and 24/09 Replace by: MNW3MW6 Light Buoy (52 04 8N 3 41 0E). Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E). SB-M Light Buoy (52 00 1N 3 53 2E). Goeree Lightsee above. Existing Section IV Notice Week 15/09 Paragraph 9.33 3 line 6 For SB Light Buoy (special) (51 59 8N 3 54 6E) Read SB-M Light Buoy (special) (52 00 1N 3 53 2E) Netherlands Notice 08/123/10 (SDD 2010000 033901) [11/10] Vessels may request, or be directed by the pilot, to use either area, the decision depending on a vessels draught, the height of tide and weather conditions. Vessels embarking a pilot at the North East Spit Pilot Station may take passage through the Princes Channel (11.94) or Fishermans Gat (11.98). Additionally, the station may also be used by deep-draught vessels wishing to access Black Deep (11.61) via the Long Sand Head Two-way Route (11.28) or via Sunk Outer and Inner Precautionary Areas (11.25 and 11.26). Paragraph 11.11
2 2
It should be noted that any vessel with a draught of less than 7 5 m which embarks a pilot at the Sunk Pilot Station rather than the North East Spit Pilot Station may be liable to a surcharge. 247 Paragraph 11.18 Replace by:
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland Outer anchorages

1

4
223 Insert:
6 (52 11 N 4 04 E). Anchorage lies on the E side of Maas North TSS, the W boundary of the anchorage being adjacent to the N traffic lane of the TSS. The anchorage has a least depth of 18 6 m. A foul lies in the E part of the anchorage. The recommended dimensions for vessels using No 6 anchorage, together with the recommended under-keel clearance to be used during NW gales when the worst swell conditions are experienced, are as follows: Bulk carriers: length 190 m, beam 23 m, draught 10 m; UKC 4 7 m. Container vessels: length 180 m, beam 25 m, draught 10 m; UKC 5 9 m. Container vessels: length 350 m, beam 43 m, draught 14 5 m; UKC 4 4 m. Tankers: length 250 m, beam 43 m, draught 14 5 m; UKC 3 6 m. Netherlands Notice 35/420/09 (SDD 2009000 117495) [39/09]
Major incident procedure. With the exception of SAR (11.19), the Port of London Authority is responsible for all incidents and port emergencies on the river and its estuary. The phrase PLA MAJOR INCIDENT PROCEDURE will be broadcast by London VTS to alert all shipping to such an event. Upon receiving this message, all vessels should maintain communications, minimise all radio traffic and be prepared for traffic regulation instructions. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1) for further details. 250 Replace by:
Paragraph 11.34
3
England - Thames Estuary Pilot boarding positions; anchorages; buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
4
246 Paragraph 11.11 1 Replace by: Vessels subject to compulsory pilotage in the outer area (11.9) may embark the pilot at either the Sunk Pilot Station (11.30) or the North East Spit Pilot Station. There are two pilot boarding areas at the North East Spit Pilot Station, as follows: Inner Boarding Area - 51 25 0N 1 30 0E; DW Boarding Area - 51 28 0N 1 32 4E.
Thanet Offshore Wind Farm, a project comprising 100 turbines, is under construction in an area centred on 51 26 N 1 38 E. The boundary of the construction area is as follows: Thanet N Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51 28 3N 1 38 1E, Thanet NE Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51 26 9N 1 40 4E, Thanet E Light Buoy (E cardinal) 51 24 8N 1 41 9E, Thanet S Light Buoy (S cardinal) 51 23 8N 1 40 8E, Thanet W Light Buoy (W cardinal) 51 24 3N 1 37 1E. NW corner (unmarked) 51 26 6N 1 34 2E. A submarine power cable will run from the wind farm to the shore in Pegwell Bay (51 19 N 1 22 E). 256 Paragraph 11.82 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: Knob DW Anchorage, comprising berths K1 (51 31 N 1 03 E), K2 (51 31 N 1 05 E) and K3 (51 30 N 1 04 E), the last being reserved for LNG tankers only.
2 - 60
Index
NP28
After Paragraph 11.91 Racon: NE 1 29 9E).
1
257 line 8 Add: Light Buoy (51 27 9N
Spit
After Paragraph 11.96 Racon: NE 1 29 9E). Paragraph 11.97

2
Spit
lines 3-5 Delete
259 Paragraph 11.106 Replace by:

1
Tongue Anchorages. Tongue DW and Tongue Hazardous Anchorages are located in a rectangular area which is 3 miles N/S and 2 miles E/W centred on position 51 31 5N 1 30 0E, the hazardous anchorage being located in the N half of the box. Depths within the two anchorages are mostly in excess of 15 m. Margate Road. Anchorage for small vessels may be found in Margate Road (51 25 N 1 25 E). Vessels should anchor about 1 mile offshore and as far W as draught will permit. Port of London Authority, Trinity House, Thanet Offshore Wind Ltd. (SDDs 2009000 000274; 003234; 004033; 007864; 009192; 011506; 016351) [13/09] England - Thames Estuary Pilotage 246 Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/09 Paragraph 11.11 1 line 8 Replace by: DW Boarding Area - 51 29 0N 1 34 0E. UKHO (SDD 2010000 020725) England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary Sunk VTS 249 Paragraph 11.29 Replace by: [09/10]
Vessels of 300 gt and over shall report on entering and leaving the VTS area. The initial entry report shall comprise vessels name and call sign, reporting point, draught, destination, intended route and ETA at the pilot station if applicable. Vessels of 300 gt and over shall report when anchoring in a designated anchorage or elsewhere within the VTS area. A report shall also be made when departing from an anchorage. The VTS working channel is to be monitored continuously when at anchor. Any incident that effects the safety of navigation of a vessel is to be reported to the VTS. Vessels which are not proceeding to or departing from ports within the Thames Estuary or Harwich Haven shall avoid Sunk Inner Precautionary Area. Vessels navigating within Sunk Inner Precautionary Area shall avoid impeding the passage of a vessel constrained by draught and following a DW route. Fishing vessels engaged in fishing shall report their intentions on entering or leaving Sunk Inner Precautionary Area. Dredging vessels working within the VTS area shall submit passage plans for approval by the VTS authority. Vessels proceeding towards the Dover Strait TSS will be requested to provide CALDOVREP information (2.26) when reporting to Sunk VTS. This information will be passed to the Channel Navigation Information Service (2.27). For details of reporting points and further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). UK Maritime and Coastguard Agency (SDDs 2009000 041500; 041934) [25/09]
England - South-east approaches to Thames Estuary Pilotage; prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm 250 Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/09 Paragraph 11.34 3 line 15 Replace by: Thanet NW Light Buoy (W cardinal) 51 26 8N 1 33 8E. After Paragraph 11.84 257 Add:
Sunk Vessel Traffic Service

1
11.29 Sunk VTS is appointed by the United Kingdom Maritime and Coastguard Agency (MCA) and is based at Dover MRCC. The VTS covers the two Sunk Precautionary Areas and the TSSs and other routes which lead into them. Within the VTS area, all vessels of 300 gt and over are required to comply with the VTS rules. All vessels within the area are to comply with The International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972). Within the VTS the following rules apply: All vessels equipped with VHF radio, when within the area, shall monitor the designated VHF channel.
It should be noted that deep-draught vessels wishing to use Black Deep (11.61) via the Long Sand Head Two-way Route (11.28) or via Sunk Outer and Inner Precautionary Areas (11.25 and 11.26) may embark a pilot at the NE Spit DW Boarding Area (51 28 0N 1 32 4E) See 11.11. Paragraph 11.86
1 1
Prohibited anchorage area. In order to enhance maritime safety, the North East Spit pilot boarding stations (11.11) are enclosed within an area in which anchoring is prohibited. Limits of the area are shown on the chart.
2 - 61
Index
NP28
Deep-draught channels and shallow-draught channels. To reduce the risk to deep-draught vessels resulting from traffic congestion, passage through the Black Deep and Knock John Channel is normally restricted to vessels with a draught of over 6 m. Vessels wishing to enter Black Deep via Fishermans Gat should seek clearance to do so from London VTS. Port of London Authority; Thanet Offshore Wind Ltd; Trinity House (SDDs 2009000 041687; 041729; 042523) [26/09] England - East coast - Approaches to the Thames Estuary Directions; buoyage 251 Paragraph 11.38
6
295 Paragraph 14.23

1
Dong Energy (SDDs 2010000 085011; 112607; 126755) England - Thames Estuary Knob Channel Buoyage
258 Paragraph 11.102 1 lines 4-5 For in the vicinity of Shingles Patch Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51 33 0N 1 15 4E) Read N of Shingles Patch Paragraph 11.103 1 line 4 Replace by: ...to the SW of Shingles Patch. The... 258-259 Paragraph 11.104 1-2 Replace by: From a position off the SW extremity (51 34 N 1 16 E) of Long Sand, Knob Channel, unmarked, leads 8 miles WSW to Oaze Deep (11.64), passing (with positions from Knock John Tower (51 33 8N 1 09 7E) (11.56)): NNW of Shingles Patch (4 miles ESE), thence: SSE of Tizard Bank (2 miles ESE), thence NNW of Shingles (3 miles SSE), a shoal, thence: SSE of Knob Shoal (1 miles S), thence: Trinity House Notice to Mariners 34/10 C17 (SDD 2010000 171738, 190653) [48/10] England - Harwich Haven Pilotage; VTS 278 Paragraph 13.61 2 lines 3-7 Replace by: The boarding position for vessels at the Sunk Pilot Station (11.30) is in position 51 51 4N 1 40 5E. Vessels of less than 180 m LOA or under 8 m draught may alternatively embark the pilot at the Haven Pilot Station, 2 miles ENE of HA Light Buoy (51 56 8N 1 30 7 E). Paragraph 13.63 1 line 4 Replace by: ...mandatory for all vessels over 50gt and any vessel licensed to carry 12 or more passengers. These vessels should... Harwich Haven Authority (SDD 2009000 006056) [13/09]
W of Sunk S 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (51 42 4N 1 46 7E) moored at the inner end of Sunk TSS South (11.27), noting a group of five light buoys (special) lying 2 miles farther E. Thence: Emu Ltd (SDDs 2010000 139333; 148257)
[40/10]
England - Thames Estuary Wind farm 253 Paragraph 11.52 Replace by:
1
Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm, located on Gunfleet Sand (11.69), comprises 48 wind turbines centred on position 51 44 N 1 13 E. A submarine cable leads N from the wind farm to the vicinity of Holland-on-Sea (51 48 N 1 11 E). On the perimeter, designated wind turbines exhibit red obstruction lights and flashing yellow lights. 255 Paragraph 11.70
1
Paragraph 11.75
2
Between GFS-WF5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles NNE), marking the SW corner of the Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm (11.52) and N Middle Buoy (N cardinal) (5 miles NNE), thence: SE of Whitaker Light-buoy (E cardinal) (4 miles NNE), thence: 294 Paragraph 14.11
5
England - River Thames Emergency procedures; traffic regulations; depths 305 Paragraph 15.10 Replace by: Major incident procedures. With the exception of SAR (15.11), the Port of London Authority is responsible for all incidents and port emergencies on the river and its estuary. The phrase PLA MAJOR INCIDENT PROCEDURE will be brodcast by London VTS to alert all shipping to such an event. Upon receiving this message, all vessels should maintain communications, minimise all radio traffic and be prepared for traffic regulation instructions. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1) for further details.
SE of Tripod (6 miles WNW) a shingle patch on the edge of the coastal bank, and: NW of Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm (5 miles WSW) (11.52), thence:
2 - 62
Index
NP28
Paragraph 15.18 hand).
1
306 line 7 For (special) Read (port

4
329 Paragraph 16.13

4
Replace by:
Paragraph 15.44
310 line 4 For 7 2 m Read 6 8 m.
Port of London Authority (SDDs 2008000 098767; 2009000 008268; 016351) [13/09]
(e) When an inbound LNG Vessel is manoeuvring in Saltpan Reach to the W of the Kent Buoys (51 26 1N 0 43 5E), no inbound vessel of more than 50 m LOA shall pass the Kent Buoys, and no outbound vessel of more than 50 m LOA shall pass No 12 Channel Light Buoy (51 25 7N 0 40 3E), until Medway VTS advises that it is safe to do so. 333
England - River Medway LNG regulations; berths 328 Paragraph 16.11 Replace by:
1
Paragraph 16.46
1
Replace by:
Grain LNG Terminals. Jetty No 10 has a maintained depth of 12 5 m and can accept vessels up to 318 m LOA and 216 000 m3. It is connected to Jetty No 9 for emergency access. Jetty No 8 is capable of accepting vessels up to 345 m LOA and 58 5 m beam. Peel Ports, Medway Notice 26/2010 (SDDs 2010000 166779; 169848) [44/10]
The following regulations, relating to the navigation of vessels resulting from the operation of the Grain LNG Terminals (16.46), are applicable when: A vessel carrying LNG in bulk (LNG Vessel) is underway inbound or outbound between the Medway Buoy and the Grain LNG Terminals situated at Jetties No 8 and 10 (the LNG Terminals). No LNG Vessel is berthed alongside the LNG Terminals. An LNG Vessel is berthed alongside the LNG Terminals. Paragraph 16.12 Replace by:
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)

Nil

South China Sea - Dangerous Ground Fiery Cross Reef Major Light 71 After Paragraph 2.110
2 1
Berth Exclusion Zone. When an LNG Vessel is not berthed at the LNG Terminals a vessel shall not navigate within an arc of radius 150 m in any direction from the cargo transfer arms of the LNG Terminals. The cargo transfer arms are located as follows: Jetty No 10 51 25 94N 0 42 54E. Jetty No 8 51 25 93N 0 42 18E. When an LNG Vessel is berthed at the LNG Terminals no vessel over 50 m LOA, other than service craft authorised by the Harbour Master or the operator of the LNG Terminals, shall enter any part of the River Medway within an arc of radius 250 m in any direction from the cargo transfer arms of the LNG Terminals. In all cases, vessels passing the Berth Exclusion Zone must not exceed a speed of 7 5 kn through the water. Vessels of less than 50 m LOA may, if considered necessary by the Master or Pilot for safe navigation, pass within the Berth Exclusion Zone provided that a distance of at least 100 m is maintained from any LNG Vessel berthed at the LNG Terminals. When within the Berth Exclusion Zone such vessels must not exceed a speed of 7 5 kn through the water.
line 9 Add:
Major light: Fiery Cross Reef Light (white octagonal concrete tower, 32 m in height) (9 33 30N 112 54 15E). Chinese Notice 23/1110/10 (SDD 2010000 096120) [34/10]
Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast Manila harbour Dredged area 196 Paragraph 8.141 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: International Port Basin approach channel has been dredged to 12 m (2010). For depths at berths see 8.170. Philippine Notice 5/100/10 (SDD 2010000 103052) [38/10]
2 - 63
Index
NP32
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou Port information; anchorages 18 After Paragraph 1.115 Taizhou (32 17 00N 119 52 00E) (7.138)
16
line 6 Insert: Commercial port
301 Paragraph 7.138 heading For Gaogang Read Taizhou (Gaogang) 302 Paragraph 7.138 5 lines 4-7 Replace by: The track then leads to a position in Kouanzhi Shuidao off Taizhou (32 17 N 119 52 E), formerly known as Gaogang, a port on the N bank of the river. Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile S of the port, depths up to 12 7 m, but shallow on the inshore side, the limits marked by light buoys (special) (shown as light beacons on chart), and reportedly in Luochengzhou Anchorage off No 2 Light Buoy (32 18 17N 119 49 21E), in 10 m of water. Holding in both anchorages is reportedly good in sand and mud. Paragraph 7.138 5 line 9 For Gaogang Read Taizhou Paragraph 7.139 heading For Gaogang Read Taizhou (Gaogang) Paragraph 7.139 1 line 1 For Gaogang Read Taizhou UKHO; Chinese ENC C1513131 (HH. 032/200/01) China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan Weifang Gang New port 19 After Paragraph 1.115 19 line 10 Insert: Weifang Gang (37 14 90N 119 11 60E) (10.59) Small commercial port [12/10]
construction, to NW and SE of the buoyed entrance channel. 2 Anchorages: Two anchorages lie N of the approach channel, with depths of about 7 m. No 3 Anchorage with the following limits: 37 23 96N 119 16 54E; 37 22 95N 119 18 37E; 37 21 49N 119 17 11E; 37 22 48N 119 15 30E. No 2 Anchorage, a small anchorage area, is centred at 37 24 30N 119 15 00E. 3 Approach and entry. The port is approached from the NE through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral). The channel is entered in the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (37 19 26N 119 16 65E) and leads 238 /058 for 1 miles, thence 227 /047 for 3 miles to the vicinity of No 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand), 6 cables N of the breakwater head (37 15 18N 119 11 40E), and marked by a light (red and white metal framework tower, 6 m in height). The channel then leads 194 /014 to pass W of the breakwater head from where the berths can be approached. The fairway width in the two outer sections is 150 m, and depth 4 0 m, and in the inner section the width and depth are 100 m and 5 m respectively. A shoal patch, depth 3 8 m, marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) lies 7 cables SE of mid-part of the channel. 5 Useful marks: W Breakwater No 1 Light (white metal post, red bands, 6 m in height) (37 18 00N 119 13 77E), W Breakwater No 2 Light (similar construction) (37 16 82N 119 12 18E), E Breakwater No 1 Light (similar construction) (37 17 09N 119 14 83E), E Breakwater No 1 Light (similar construction) (37 15 92N 119 13 24E). Chinese Notices 34/09/1270 & Part 1, 51/09/1880 (SDDs 2009000 121721; 121775; 194867) [05/10] Taiwan - West coast - Taipei Kang Vessel traffic service; racon; pilotage 98 Paragraph 2.202 1 Replace by:
1
Weifang Gang
Chart 1256, Chinese Chart 11840 (see 1.18) 10.59a General information. Weifang Gang (37 14 90N 119 11 60E) lies on SW side of Laizhou Wan, and was opened to foreign trade in 2009. The port consists of a jetty extending 5 miles N from the coast, which provides seven berths on its W side and handles general cargo, maximum size 3000 dwt, length 130 m, depth 7 m. Breakwaters, marked by lights, are under
Taipei VTS operates within 20 miles of Taipei and vessels should make contact when entering its area, see 2.212. Chi-lung VTS. Its use is mandatory for most vessels operating within 20 miles of Chi-lung, see 2.237. 99
Paragraph 2.208 1 line 1 Replace by: Racons: Taipei Kang LT7 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (25 08 83N 121 19 40E).
2 - 64
Index
NP32
100 Paragraph 2.212 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 3
Vessel traffic service. Taipei VTS provides information for safe navigation of vessels within 20 miles of the port and vessels should make contact when entering the area; for details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Notice of ETA is required 7, 5, 3 and 2 days, also 24... Paragraph 2.212 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:
The track leads E into the harbour through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), passing between N Outer Breakwater Head Light and a breakwater under construction (2008) extending NNW from the S shore. Taiwanese Notice 132/10 (SDD 2010000 112530) [39/10]
Taiwan - East coast - Ho-ping Kang Lights; directions 132 Paragraph 3.120 3 and 4 lines 1-6 Replace by:
3
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels over 500 gt, and Taiwanese vessels over 1000 gt. Pilots board 1 miles WNW of N Outer Breakwater Head Light. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Paragraph 2.215 1 line 1 Replace by: Racons: Taipei Kang LT7 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (25 08 83N 121 19 40E). Taipei Port VTS Procedures (SDD 2010000 056144)
[21/10]
Taiwan - North coast - Taipei Kang Directions; traffic separation scheme 100 After Paragraph 2.212 3 Insert:
4
Major lights: Ho-ping Kang Main Channel Directional Front Light (red and white beacon, 14 m in height) (24 18 4N 121 45 7E). Rear Light (red and white metal tower) (1420 m from front). Leading lights: The alignment (010 ) of the above lights leads in the middle (green) sector (009 /010 ) of the front directional light and into the main fairway through the harbour entrance. Caution. A 4 6 m shoal lies close off South Breakwater Head and very close W of the main fairway. Otherwise the approach is clear of dangers. Lights are exhibited from the heads of the outer breakwaters and from each side of the inner entrance. Taiwanese Notice 138/09 (SDD 2009000 129025) [04/10]
China - South-east coast - Approaches to Shantou Pilotage 141 Paragraph 4.43 1 line 1 Replace by
1
Traffic separation scheme is in operation for entry and departure from Taipei Kang. The entrance channel, 5 cables wide, leads 140 through position 25 15 00N 121 15 00E. The scheme is not IMO-adopted, but the Port Authorities advise that the principles for the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply. Paragraph 2.216 Replace by:
The pilot boarding positions are E of the entrance to the fairway at 23 15 27N 116 50 92E, in No 1... 142 Paragraph 4.51 2 lines 7-8 Replace by The track then leads NW to a position between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (1 miles NNE); the outer pilot boarding position (4.43) lies 1 miles farther E. Chinese Chart 15111 (SDD 2010000 024836) [25/10]
Taipei Kang. From a position NW of N Outer Breakwater Head Light (25 09 31N 121 21 51E), the track leads SE, through the TSS (2.212), passing (with positions from N Outer Breakwater Head Light): Across an explosives dumping ground (4 miles NW), thence: SW of prohibited anchorage area (2.204) enclosing an outfall pipe (3 miles N). The track continues SE to the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (1 miles WNW) (2.212); the edge of the outer anchorage (2.212) lies 3 cables E. The track then continues SE for about 8 cables to a position WSW of N Outer Breakwater Head Light (green round concrete tower, 16 m in height).
China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan Pilotage 148 Paragraph 4.81 3 lines 1-2 Replace by:
3
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots board inside the entrance of the bay at 23 43 83N 117 34 37E. Chinese Chart 14310 (SDD 2009000 119195) [10/10]
2 - 65
Index
NP32
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang Pilotage; depths; wreck 152 Paragraph 4.100 2 Replace by:
2 1
156-157 Paragraph 4.131 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24 24 22N 118 06 26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.113), the channel, marked by light... 157 Paragraph 4.133 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1
Zhangzhou Gang is a separate port to Xiamen and handles containers and general cargo. The approaches and anchorages details are as Xiamen; for pilotage see 4.113, and for berths 4.141. 153 Paragraph 4.106 4 lines 5-6 Replace by: In Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao (24 24 50N 118 05 00E) the least charted depth over a bank is 7 4 m, but a least depth of 8 9 m can be found on S side of fairway; depths greater than 10 m lie to N of the fairway. Paragraph 4.112
2
From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24 24 22N 118 06 26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.113), the channel, marked by light... 159 Paragraph 4.138 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
line 1 After area Add (4.113)
From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24 24 22N 118 06 26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.111), the channel, marked by light... Paragraph 4.138 2 line 6 Replace by: ...depth 7 4 m on N side of fairway and 8 9 m to S, leads over this bank. Depths greater than 10 m lie N of No 402 Light Buoy. Thence: 163 After Paragraph 4.152
3
Paragraph 4.113 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:

1
Xiamen. Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels, and for Chinese vessels of 230 m LOA and greater. The pilot boarding positions are in the vicinity of No 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24 23 10N 118 07 41E), No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand), 1 miles NW, and No 4 quarantine anchorage (4.112) to NE; hereafter these are referred to as the pilot boarding area. Zhangzhou. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board in the vicinity of No 103 Light Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (24 17 68N 118 10 28E). For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). 154
3
line 5 Add:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (10 miles SSW), existence doubtful, thence: Chinese Chart 14240 (SDD 2009000 043944) [04/10]
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang Wreck; directions 157-158 Paragraph 4.133 3 line 1 to 4 line 1 Replace by: SSW of a dangerous wreck (7 cables SSE) marked by a buoy (special); No 25 Light Buoy (starboard hand) lies 1 cables farther SSE, thence: NNE of Xiaoqing Jiao (1 miles SSW), a shoal, depth 2 m, and marked by a light (isolated danger, 18 m in height); Zhaoyin Matou No 1 Light (white metal pole, red bands, 5 m in height) is exhibited from the W end of a jetty, 3 cables farther SSW, thence: SSW of Qizi Wei Light (white metal column, green bands, 5 m in height), standing on a drying bank on S coast of Gulang Yu; a fort stands on point close NNW, and: SSW of Riguang Yan (2 cables NNE), the prominent... Chinese Notice 8/449/10 (SDD 2010000 036885) [13/10]
Paragraph 4.123 1 line 9 Replace by: ...ESE). A dangerous wreck, existence doubtful, lies 1 miles NNE. 155 Paragraph 4.124 8 lines 3-5 Replace by: ...No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 5 cables farther NNW and the pilot boarding area (4.113). 156 Paragraph 4.126 7 lines 1-2 Replace by:
7 4
Vessels requiring a pilot may head NE to No 19 Light Buoy (port hand) (24 24 22N 118 06 26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.113); for other... Paragraph 4.130 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24 24 22N 118 06 26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.113), there are numbers of routes to the different areas of the port.
China - East coast - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang Directions; leading lights 159 Paragraph 4.136 channel
5
lines 8-11 Delete Luyong to
2 - 66
Index
NP32
Paragraph 4.136 6 lines 1-4 Delete Chinese ENC 1514291 (SDD 2010000 120582) [35/10] After Paragraph 5.112
3
line 2 Insert:
China - East coast - Xinghua Wan Pilotage 176 Paragraph 4.237 6 lines 12-13 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board in Xinghua Shuidao Outer Anchorages (above), and at the Reserve Pilot Boarding Position at 25 18 79N 119 32 19E. Chinese Chart 14161 (SDD 2010000 026059) [25/10]
1
Caution. A number of training walls, breakwaters, submerged dykes and causeways have been constructed on both sides of the river and its estuary, and may be expected to have a significant effect on the strength of the tidal streams and river current. 213 Paragraph 5.115 1-4 Replace by: Caution. The navigable channel, both in the estuary of Ou Jiang above the waiting anchorage, and within the river itself, is subject to frequent, and at times very rapid, change. Light buoys (lateral) and light beacons (special) mark the navigable channel and may be moved without warning to mark these changes, see note on chart. Entry. From the vicinity of the the pilot and quarantine anchorage (5.105) N of Qingshan Dao (27 55 0N 121 06 7E) (5.75), the track initially leads W through the fairway, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: S of Damen Dao (27 58 0N 121 05 0E) (5.91), and: Between Damen Dao and the drying banks that extend W for 4 miles from Qingshan Dao, thence: 3 S of Qingling Yu (27 56 6N 121 04 8E), an islet off the S side of Damen Dao with a pointed summit, from where a light (white metal pole, 8 m in height) is exhibited. The track then leads W to a position S of Xiawuxian Zuitou, a point 4 cables SE of the SW extremity of Damen Dao, and from where a light (white concrete tower, 12 m in height) is exhibited. 4 The track then continues W for 2 miles, through a section, cable in width between the 5 m depth contours, and entered close S of No 11 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (27 56 5N 121 02 4E). An area of wrecks lies S of the fairway, see note on chart. From a position close N of No 14 Light Buoy (port hand) (27 56 4N 121 00 3E), the channel continues WNW, passing: NNE of Wenzhou Qiantan (27 56 0N 120 57 0E), an extensive drying bank, with a causeway on NE side, which extends SE from Lingkun Dao, and: SSW of Sanjiao Sha, 1 miles NNE, the drying bank lying between the NW part of Damen Dao and Wenzhou Jiao, 4 miles WNW. A breakwater, marked by four lights (yellow x on yellow beacons, 10 m in height), extends 2 miles WNW across the S side of the bank. Paragraph 5.116 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
1
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and Wenzhou Gang and approaches Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances; depths; tidal streams; berths 207 Paragraph 5.74 3 lines 11-12 Delete After Paragraph 5.74
5
line 4 Insert:
Clear of Z1 Light Buoy (safe water) (6 miles NNW), and: 208 Paragraph 5.75 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: Between Z3 Light Buoy (preferred channel to port) (6 cables WNW) and Z4 Light Buoy (port hand), thence: Paragraph 5.76 1 lines 8-11 Replace by: Vertical clearances. A cable, vertical clearance 39 m, and a bridge, vertical clearance not known and marked by light beacons (isolated danger), span Sanpan Men (27 52 N 121 09 E). Paragraph 5.77 1 lines 5-8 Replace by: Vertical clearances. A bridge, vertical clearance not known, and cables with a least vertical clearance of 31 m, span the channel. 211 Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1
The least charted depth in the buoyed channel through Oujiang Beikou is 4 1 m across a bar 7 cables NE of Longwan Tou (27 58 3N 120 48 2E). In the river above Longwan Tou there are a number of bars with charted depths between 3 and 4 m in the fairways. 212 line 8 Insert:
In Oujiang Beikou near Huanghua (27 59 5N 120 55 8E) the in-going stream has a maximum rate of about 3 kn and the out-going stream 5 kn; between Longwan Tou (27 58 3N 120 48 2E) and Wenzhou Gang the tidal stream rates are up to 3 kn as noted on the chart.
From the above position SW of Wenzhou Jiao Light, the track leads generally W, passing: S of Huanghua Wharf (57 59 3N 120 55 7E), with the town of Huanghua, close N; this shore along this section of the river is low, and marked by several light beacons on the N bank; see 5.118. Thence:
2 - 67
Index
NP32
S of Qili Container Terminal (5.120), 2 miles WNW, comprising a jetty connected to the shore by four piers, thence: BA Chart 1763 Edition No 3 26/11/2009 (SDD 2010000 013059) China - East coast - Yushan Liedao south-eastwards Wrecks 221 After Paragraph 5.169
1 2
Vessel traffic services

[18/10]
1
line 8 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (7 miles SE), position approximate (reported 2010); another dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies 9 miles farther SE, thence: Chinese Notice 13/704/10 (SDD 2010000 061979) [19/10]
6.88 Yangshan VTS controls traffic in its area, and its use is mandatory for all vessels. Cezi VTS Service Area, part of Zhoushan VTS (6.145), operates in the approaches to Zhoushan through Cezi Shuidao. Ningbo VTS area covers the N approach to Ningbo, see 6.58. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Cezi Shuidao Pilotage

1
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and southeastwards Wrecks 231 Paragraph 6.25 5 lines 2-3 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (25 miles SE) (Chart 2412), and another dangerous wreck 12 miles farther E, thence: After Paragraph 6.26
5
6.88a Pilotage through Cezi Shuidao is compulsory for all foreign vessels and is available 24 hours, and is part of Zhoushan pilotage service. Southbound vessels are boarded in vicinity of 30 12 84N 121 51 00E Notice of ETA should be sent 72, 48 and 24 hours before arrival. 245 Paragraph 6.93 3 line 5 Replace by: ...Light (6.98) stands 2 cables ENE. The track then continues to the vicinity of No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) (2 miles NNW). The track then leads S through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: 246 Paragraph 6.93 5 lines 1-12 Replace by:
line 1 Insert:
E of a dangerous wreck (30 40 2N 122 54 2E), thence: 264 After Paragraph 6.213
1 5
line 2 Add:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (30 40 2N 122 54 2E), thence: Chinese Notice 52/1923/09 (SDD 2010000 004251) [05/10]
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi Shuidao Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions; vertical clearances 232 Paragraph 6.32 Replace by:
1
Through the main channel beneath Jintang Great Bridge (3 miles WSW) (6.110), under construction (2008); the latest navigational information should be obtained before transiting this section. The W channel, leading SSE/NNW, and marked by light buoys (lateral), lies 5 miles WSW, and the E channel lies close inshore (not shown on the chart). The navigation spans are each marked by lights (two green arrows on a white square). The depths in the main channel are not less than 10 m, in W channel about 4 m across a bank, and in E Channel less than 2 m. After Paragraph 6.96
3
line 13 Insert:
Vessel traffic service: see 6.88. Pilotage: see 6.88a Vertical clearances: see 6.110. 247 After Paragraph 6.98
1
Maji Shan VTS Service Area is in operation, and other routes in this sub section cross the VTS area, see 6.41. 235 Paragraph 6.41 2 lines 3-6 Replace by: Vessel traffic service. Maji Shan VTS Service Area is part of Zhoushan VTS (6.145) and is in operation; for details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
line 9 Insert:
The Pilot Boarding Position for Cezu Shuidao (6.88a) (5 miles NNW), thence: 248 Paragraph 6.110 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: ...the second longest in the world, vertical clearance 47 m. For the vertical clearances under the bridges in Guci Hangmen see 6.96.
2 - 68
Index
NP32
Paragraph 6.110 5 Replace by:
5
Bridges under construction: Jintang Great Bridge is under construction (2008) across the N approaches to the port between the W coast of Jintang Dao at 30 03 55N 12 50 63E) and the mainland 10 miles WSW. Over the main channel the vertical clearance is 51 m, and over the W and E channels the vertical clearances are 17 and 24 m respectively. A bridge is under construction (2010) across Chuanshangang Xikou (6.193) between Daxie Dao in the vicinity of 29 54 70N 121 55 70E and the mainland to WSW. Another bridge and power cables span the channel farther E, least vertical clearance 21 m. 249 Paragraph 6.119 1 Replace by:
China, East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao Ningbo and Zhoushan Directions; traffic separation scheme 238 Paragraph 6.53 Replace by:
1
Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Vessels from SE are boarded at Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29 45 5N 122 21 7E) (6.56). Pilots also board in Mazi Inspection and Pilotage Anchorage (6.147) (29 51 58N 122 12 95E). For vessels from N and for berthing, pilots board in Qili Zhi anchorage area (6.117). The Non-Dangerous Goods Anchorage is the designated pilot boarding anchorage, and vessels too deep for this anchorage should contact the pilots for information. Jintang Great Bridge passage: foreign vessels, and all vessels over 1000 dwt, must use a pilot for their first transit, thereafter vessels less than 10 000 dwt need not use a pilot for the bridge transit.

1 4
Zhoushan VTS has two widely separated service areas, namely: Maji Shan VTS Service Area (6.41), Cezi VTS Service Area (6.88). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). 254 Paragraph 6.147 4 lines 7-9 Replace by: Inspection and Pilotage Anchorage 1 miles SW. Depths 25 to 61 m, mud and sand. Pilots for Zhoushan (6.149) and Ningbo (6.119).
2
Main route through Xiazhi Men. From a position about 3 miles SE of Xiazhi Men LANBY (red, super buoy) (29 40 98N 122 32 46E) the route leads generally WNW for about 13 miles to Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29 45 50N 122 21 50E) (6.56) and the pilot boarding position, the track passing either through or N of Xiazhimen Kou deep-water channel marked by light buoys (lateral). The route then follows the TSS (6.59) through Xiazhi Men and Zhitou Yang (29 52 00N 122 11 00E) to a position NNE of Yanyxiaomao Dao (29 53 91N 122 09 07E). The route continues W, within the TSS, to a position S of Damao Dao (29 57 00N 122 02 00E), thence NW to a roundabout (counter clockwise) (29 58 32N 121 58 40E). The roundabout forms a junction between a TSS leading NNW through Cezi Shuiado (6.96) and a WSW route through Jintang Shuidao (6.123). Alternative route through Tiaozhou Men. From a position ESE of Wai Jiao (29 41 32N 122 17 41E), the track leads WNW to a position in Xiazhi Men Southern Anchorage (29 42 30N 122 21 20E) (6.56) S of the pilot boarding position (6.57). The track then leads generally WNW through Tiaozhou Men to a position WNW of Daqianmen Dao (29 48 39N 122 09 13E). The track then leads ENE through Zhitou Yang to a position N of Shangliuwangchong Dao Light (29 50 07N 122 13 15E), where vessels may join the TSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area. Inshore route. From a position SW of Wenzhou Zhi (29 42 70N 122 00 34E) the route leads NNE for about 3 miles, thence generally NE through Qinglong Men, Fodu Shuidao and Zhitou Yang to a position N of Shangliuwangchong Dao Light (29 50 07N 122 13 15E), where vessels may join the TSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area. Paragraph 6.55 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: From SE through Xiazhi Men: The TSS has a least depth of 20 8 m. Paragraph 6.56 2 lines 3-7 Replace by:
Chinese Chart 13381; Chinese Notices 7/430T/10, 15/781/10; Zhoushan VTS Guide; BA Chart 1124 (SDDs 2010000 010991; 028252; 070379) [23/10]
Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29 45 50N 122 21 50E), 16 to 25 m, mud; the pilot boarding position is in the anchorage. An obstruction (29 45 50N 122 20 01E), position approximate, lies W of this anchorage.
2 - 69
Index
NP32
9 1
Paragraph 6.66 9 Replace by: The track then continues NNW to No 2 precautionary area NW of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61), from where a light is exhibited. The Mazhi anchorages and nearby anchorages (29 55 00N 122 14 00E) (6.147) may be approached from No 1 precautionary area heading generally N and passing close W of the Mazi Inspection and Pilotage Anchorage (29 51 58N 122 12 95E) and keeping E of two dangerous wrecks (6.69). Pilotage details are at 6.149. (Directions for route to Ningbo continues at 6.67, and for Aoshan Oil Pier are given at 6.156) 241 Paragraph 6.68 2 Replace by:
2
Ningbo and Zhoushan VTS centres control traffic in this area. The use of VTS is compulsory for vessels using the deep-water channel and TSS; for details, including the limits, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). After Paragraph 6.59
3
line 8 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has been established for the deep-water route to Ningbo and Zhoushan ports. The scheme is not IMO adopted, but the Chinese authorities advise that the principles for the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply. See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).

2
SW of Damao Dao (29 57 00N 122 02 00E) and through No 3 precautionary area. A light (white six sided concrete structure, 8 m in height) (29 55 96N 122 02 06E) is exhibited from Luotou Jiao, the S point of Damao Dao. Thence: Paragraph 6.68 4 Replace by: The TSS then leads to a position NE of Tunimen Dao (29 57 42N 121 57 90E), a drying bank extending 2 cables NNE from the N point of Daxie Dao, from the edge of which a light (white concrete cone, 8 m in height) is exhibited. The TSS then enters a roundabout (counter clockwise) (29 58 32N 121 58 40E) with a NNW route through Cezi Shuiado (6.96) (in reverse) and a WSW route through Jintang Shuidao (6.123). 242
line 2 Insert:
4
Diandeng Shan (29 52 55N 122 13 84E). After Paragraph 6.62

3 2
line 8 Insert:
Automatic Identification System: Xiazhi Men LANBY (29 40 98N 122 32 46E). Dongtiao Zui Light (29 44 75N 122 18 23E). For information see the Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
240
9
Paragraph 6.69
Replace by:
Paragraph 6.66 1-2 Replace by:

1
Xiazhi Men. The track follows the TSS through Xiazhi Men, a strait leading NW for 7 miles between Taohua Dao to NE, and a chain of islands from Xiazhi Dao to Shangliuwangchong Dao to SW. From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (29 45 50N 122 21 50E) in Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage the track enters the TSS from No 0 precautionary area and leads generally NW, passing (with positions from Xiaoshuang Shan Light (29 47 80N 122 14 45E)): Clear of an obstruction (5 miles ESE), position approximate, thence: Paragraph 6.66 7 lines 7-8 Replace by:
The track then leads ENE to a position N of Shangliuwangchong Dao Light (29 50 07N 122 13 15E), where vessels may join the TSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area. The track then follows the TSS NNW (6.66) passing E of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61). For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages (6.147) see 6.66. Paragraph 6.70 6-8 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 23/10 Replace by:
The track then follows the TSS NNW to No 1 precautionary area, passing (with positions from Yanyxiaomao Dao Light (29 53 91N 122 09 07E)):
The track then continues ENE through Fodu Shuidao, passing: SSE of two dangerous wrecks (29 47 99N 122 03 56E and 29 48 04N 122 04 13E), thence: NNW of the NE coast of Liuheng Dao (29 44 00N 122 07 00E) (6.50) and clear of a dangerous wreck (29 47 17N 122 05 05E), position approximate, thence: NNW of Daqianmen Dao (29 48 39N 122 09 13E), thence: SE of two dangerous wrecks (29 52 17N 122 07 46E and 29 52 07N 122 07 60E), positions approximate, thence:
2 - 70
Index
NP32
The track then continues ENE to a position N of Shangliuwangchong Dao Light (29 50 07N 122 13 15E), where vessels may join the TSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area. The track then follows the TSS NNW (6.66) passing E of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61). The passage inshore of the island is deep but has heavy overfalls and strong eddies and should not be attempted by vessels unable to maintain a speed of 10 kn when there is a strong tidal stream against them, see 6.52. For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages (6.147) see 6.66. Caution. Vessels may be encountered adjusting compasses in Fodu Shuidao SE of Qinglong Shan making use of nearby leading mark beacons. (Directions continue for Ningbo at 6.67) 245 After Paragraph 6.90
4 3
line 4 Insert:
Automatic Identification System: Xihou Men Bridge (30 03 85N 121 55 12E). Yandun No 1 Buoy (30 11 60N 121 52 92E). No 2 Buoy (30 09 96N 121 54 71E). Jintangdaqiaobeikou Buoy (30 07 10N 121 48 15E). For information see the Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 245-246 Paragraph 6.93 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 23/10 Replace by:
surrounded by a drying bank. An islet, lies 4 cables NNW with a bank, depth less than 5 m, extending 3 cables N. A spit, with depths of less than 2 m, extends 1 mile S of Dapeng Shan and on its extremity lies an islet marked at its S end by Daochu Light (red and white metal column, 7 m in height). Thence: Beneath Jintang Great Bridge (6.110), under construction (2008). The navigation spans are each marked by lights (two green arrows on a white square). The depths in the TSS are not less than 10 m. The TSS passes between Jintang and Qili Zhi Dangerous Goods Anchorages (6.117). Vessels proceeding to Yong Jiang should clear the TSS to W to the pilot boarding position (30 01 50N 121 46 40E) (6.119) in the Qili Zhi anchorage. The TSS continues S to a position N of Dahuangmang Dao (29 58 53N 121 48 54E), from where a light is exhibited (6.126). (Directions for Jintang Shuidao are given at 6.123 (in reverse) and for Yong Jiang at 6.128) 246 Paragraph 6.96 1 Replace by:
Cezi Shuidao (30 02 00N 121 56 5E) is the strait, least width 2 miles, between Zhoushan Dao on the E side and Jintang Dao (6.50) on the W. A TSS operates through Xihou Men and Cezi Shuidao passing W of Cezi Dao (30 06 70N 121 56 00E). A secondary channel, Guci Hangmen, passes E of Cezi Dao and is further divided by Fuchi Dao (38 05 80N 121 58 30E). 247 Paragraph 6.98 4 Replace by:
From the position W of Dawu Zhi (30 13 01N 121 53 30E) the track leads S, passing: W of Gualian Shan (30 11 70N 121 56 25E), from where lights are exhibited (6.168), thence: W of Yandun No 1 Buoy (30 11 60N 121 52 92E), thence: W of No 2 buoy (30 09 96N 121 54 71E), thence: W of the NW point of Zhoushan Dao (6.98), from where Guci Light (6.98) is exhibited, thence: W of a dangerous wreck (30 08 95N 121 49 25E), position approximate, and a second dangerous wreck (30 08 20N 121 49 63E), thence: Clear of Jintangdaqiaobeikou Buoy (safe water) (30 07 10N 121 48 15E), thence: W of Daccaihua Shan (Dacaihuashan) (30 07 01N 121 51 86E), the N of a group of small islands lying N of Jintang Dao, and from where a light (6.89) is exhibited, thence: W of Datiaoguo Shan (30 06 00N 121 50 00E). The track then follows the TSS, marked by light buoys (lateral) (AIS fitted), passing: W of Dapeng Shan Light (6.89), exhibited from NW point of a Dapeng Shan, a hilly island, lying close off the NW side of Jintang Dao. The island is mainly
WSW of Cezi Dao Light Beacon (green triangle on green beacon, 9 m in height) (30 05 42N 121 54 40E), thence: ENE of a light buoy (isolated danger) (30 04 81N 121 53 64E), moored close E of Wanzhan Jiao, a dangerous shoal, which should be given a wide berth owing to the strength of the tidal streams and eddies. Paragraph 6.99 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
The track then follows the TSS SE, passing (with positions from Diao Jiao Light (30 02 86EN 121 57 82E)): 250 Paragraph 6.125 1 Replace by:
From a position NE of Tunimen Dao (29 57 42N 121 57 90E) the track leaves the TSS roundabout (29 58 32N 121 58 40E) leading WSW then generally WNW through Jintang Shuidao, passing (with positions from Huangniu Jiao Light (29 57 91N 121 54 03E)): Chinese chart 13519 (SDD 2010000 142180) [43/10]
2 - 71
Index
NP32
China - East coast - Ao Shan Anchorage 240 line 6 Insert: NNW of an isolated rock, depth 2 4 m (4 cables ENE), lying 1 cables N of Waizhi Shan, thence: NNW of a wreck (2 cables NE) (see note on the chart), thence: Chinese Notices 15/783/10; 15/784/10; 15/785/10; 15/792/10; 15/793/10; UKHO (SDDs 2010000 070382; 070383; 070384; 070393; 070394) [23/10] China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao Wrecks 245 [04/10]
8
SW of Ao Shan East No 1 Anchorage (6.147), 2 miles NNE, thence: 254 Paragraph 6.147 5 line 1 Replace by:
5
Ao Shan East No 1 Anchorage (29 56 19N 122 10 10E), radius 600 m. Yeyashan Inspection Anchorage (30 00 5N... Chinese Chart 13386 (SDD 2009000 118581)
Paragraph 6.91 8 Replace by: The track then continues to a position WNW of Yuxingnao Dao; a dangerous wreck lies 3 miles W, and a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m, 2 miles farther NW. Paragraph 6.92 3 lines 3-4 Replace by: Clear of a wreck, swept depth 7 7 m, (4 miles SSW), thence: 246 Paragraph 6.95 3 line 13 to 6 line 8 Replace by:
4
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao Ningbo Gang approaches Wrecks; depths 242 Paragraph 6.70 7 line 4 Replace by: Clear of a number of wrecks, depths 23 to 32 m, the existence of some of which are doubtful, and an area in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited, all lying between 1 and 2 miles S and SSE of Yanyxiaomao Dao Light, and: ESE of Zhitou Jiao (6.81) (1 miles SW), thence: 247 Paragraph 6.99 4 lines 10-13 Replace by: ENE of a dangerous rock, 3 miles SSW, reported 2007, lying 2 cables ESE of Daxiao Huanggan Light (white concrete column, 12 m in height) standing on a drying reef close off the SE point of Jintang Dao, and a rock, depth 2 1 m, 1 cables farther SSW. 250 After Paragraph 6.125
2 5
line 2 Insert:
SSE of a rock, depth 2 1 m (2 miles NE), lying 3 cables SSE of Daxiao Huanggan Light (6.99), close off the SE point of Jintang Dao (6.50); other dangerous rocks lie between, thence: 251 Paragraph 6.127 3 lines 4-7 Replace by: The track then leads WNW towards Yongjiang Kou, passing N of two jetties lying 3 cables WSW and 7 cables W of Zhongmenzhu Dao; wrecks, depths 18 9 m and 19.9 m lie 2 cables to N of the W jetty, see 6.128. Paragraph 6.128 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
5
NNW of a wreck, depth 19 9 m (9 cables ENE), thence: NNW of a wreck, depth 18 9 m, 2 cables WNW, thence:
The track continues SSW, passing: WNW of a wreck, depth 7 5 m (3 miles NW), thence: WNW of a wreck, swept depth 6 6 m (3 miles WNW); another wreck, swept depth 6 4 m, lies 6 cables farther SSE, thence: WNW of Tangnao Shan (6.265), from where a light (6.262) is exhibited, thence: Across Caojing Donghangdao (4 miles W) (6.265), a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), thence: ESE of a dangerous wreck (8 miles WSW), position approximate, thence: ESE of Duikou Shan (13 miles WSW) (6.265), from where a light (6.94) is exhibited, thence: WNW of a light buoy (isolated danger), marking a wreck, swept depth 6 4 m, (6 miles SSW), and: Across Jinshan Hangdao (6.266), thence: Clear of a wreck, swept depth 7 6 m (10 miles SW); a dangerous wreck (mast), lies 3 miles farther ESE, position approximate, thence: Clear of a fish trap area (12 miles SW) and a dangerous wreck, position approximate, close SW, thence: Clear of an obstruction, depth 11 m, (14 miles SSW), thence: Clear of a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m, (17 miles SW), thence: WNW of Huang Jiao (14 miles S) (6.186); a dangerous wreck, position approximate (reported 2008), lies 5 cables W. The track then continues to a position WNW of Yuxingnao Dao (16 miles SSW) (6.91); a dangerous wreck lies 3 miles W, and a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m, 2 miles farther NW.
2 - 72
Index
NP32
261 Paragraph 6.186 12 line 3 Replace by: ...(6.89) is exhibited; a dangerous wreck lies 3 miles W, and a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m, 2 miles farther NW. 270 Paragraph 6.256 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1
268 Paragraph 6.242

2
line 2 For 12 m Read 10 m

1
line 4 Add:
Jinshan Hangdao (6.266) has a least charted depth of 7 4 m in the channel, excepting a wreck, depth 6 4 m, on S side of channel. Caojing Donghangdao (6.256) has a least charted depth of 7 3 m in the channel. 271 Paragraph 6.265 3 lines 3-6 Delete Paragraph 6.265 4 lines 4-5 Replace by: Between Nos K5 and K6 Light Buoys (lateral) (3 miles W); a wreck, swept depth 6 4 m, lies 4 cables NNW of No K5 Light Buoy, with further wrecks within 1 miles to N (see 6.95), thence: Paragraph 6.266 2 lines 3-7 Replace by: NNW of a light buoy (isolated danger) (11 miles ESE), marking a wreck, swept depth 6 4 m, which lies in the E-going traffic lane, thence: SSE of a dangerous wreck (6 miles E), position approximate, and: NNW of a wreck, swept depth 7 6 m (9 miles SE), thence: Paragraph 6.270 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (30 33 00N 122 22 00E), ENE of Nos Y1 and Y2 Light Buoys (lateral). Chinese Chart 13431 (SDD 2009000 119426)
[04/10]
China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan Donghai Bridge Regulations
267 Paragraph 6.232 2 lines 5-7 Replace by: Regulations: vessels carrying dangerous cargoes may not pass under the bridge at night; all towing vessels are required to use the main channel and those with tows greater than 120 m in length or 22 m in breadth are prohibited from using any channel. No vessels, except bridge maintenance vessels, may enter the prohibited area. UKHO; Chinese Notice 46/Sect1/06 (SDD 2006000 399274)
Clear of a wreck (4 miles SSW), swept depth 7 7 m, thence: Paragraph 6.270 3 lines 8-9 Replace by: SW of a dangerous wreck (3 miles W), thence: SW of a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m (5 miles WNW), thence: 272 After 6.270
5
[13/10]
China - East coast - Hangkou Wan Jinshan - Cao Jing Directions; wharf

1
line 7 Add:
NE of a dangerous wreck (8 miles SE), thence: Chinese Chart 13339; Chinese Notices 38/1471;1472; 1473; 1476; 1477/09 (SDDs 2009000 119234; 136351; 136353; 136355; 136358) [04/10] China - East coast Yangshan east-southeastwards Pilotage; anchorage 263 Paragraph 6.205
1
line 4 For W Read ESE

3
line 4 Insert:
S of No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (1 miles NE) for Yangshan (6.243), thence:
From a position about 5 cables SSW of K23 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (30 43 04N 121 35 42E), and at the intersection of routes, the berths at Cao Jing are approached through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), leading WNW for about 5 miles to a position N of K28 Light Buoy (30 44 09N 121 29 26E). For SCA Hua Sheng and Vokpor Chemical Terminals the routes then continues NW for 2 miles towards the jetties. Shanghai Caojing Power Plant Wharf is approached through a channel, width 500 m, leading W for 2 miles and entered passing N of a light buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (30 44 47N 121 26 78E). A light buoy (special) lies 2 cables S of the head of the wharf.
2 - 73
Index
NP32
1
line 7 Insert:
286 Paragraphs 7.42 2 lines 5-9 Replace by: Between No 3 Pilot Boarding (11 miles WNW) (7.27). Positions
Shanghai Caojing Power Plant Wharf, 2 miles WSW of SCA Hua Sheng and Vokpor Chemical Terminals, is an F-shaped jetty extending 1 mile SSE from the shore, and at its head the Coal Wharf, length 270 m, depth 12 m, maximum size 35 000 dwt, although designed for 50 000 dwt; the Multi-purpose Wharf lies further inshore, maximum size 2000 dwt, depth 7 4 m. Chinese Notices 41/Sect1/09; 14/739/10 (SDDs 2009000 148528; 2010000 064810) [20/10]
Paragraphs 7.42 4 and 5 including existing Section IV Notice Week 12/10 Replace by:
4
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou Nancao Shuidao and approaches Directions; depths; wrecks; precautionary area 281 Paragraph 7.18 2 lines 4-6 Replace by: ...leads generally NW for about 12 miles to join the channel through Nancao Hangdao for a further 20 miles. 282 Paragraphs 7.21 2 and 3 including existing Section IV Notice Week 12/10 Replace by:
2
Nancao Shuidao through Nancao Hangdao (7.42), Auxiliary Channel has a least charted depth in the buoyed channel of 5 0 m, although lesser depths, some swept, exist near the channel edges. Above Jiuduansha Precautionary Area (7.42) a number of wrecks and obstructions, least swept depth 7 6 m, lie in mid-channel, with lesser depths, some swept, near the channel edges. Nancao Shuidao through Nanzhi Hangdao (7.44). There is a least depth of 3 9 m in the in-going buoyed channel, and 3 6 m in the out-going channel, however the channel is obstructed by a number of wrecks, least swept depth 4 3 m, dangerous wrecks and an obstruction. It is reported (2007) that the channel is no longer maintained and only available for vessels less than 200 dwt. Paragraph 7.26 3 lines 9-10 Replace by: A wreck, depth 8 3 m, lies close S of No 2 Anchorage. 285 Paragraph 7 37 5 line 3 Replace by: ...areas. Paragraph 7 38 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: ...Light Vessel on Tongsha Shazui (7.44), and a wreck, depth 8 3 m, 10 miles ESE.
The track then continues generally WNW through Downstream Section of Nancao Channel passing (with positions from Hengsha Dao Light (31 18 0N 121 50 8E)): NNE of Jiuduan Light Float (14 miles SSE) (7.34), and close SSW of A25A Light Buoy (starboard hand), 7 cables NNE. The track then continues to a position in Jiuduansha Precautionary Area (11 miles SSE), the limits of which are marked by light buoys (lateral), and where the channel is joined by Nanzhi Hangdao (7.44). A wreck, swept depth 4 3 m, lies in W part of the precautionary area. Caution. A25A Light Buoy (starboard hand) lies in middle of the in-going lane of the TSS, and the separation area lies close SSW of the light buoy. If the light buoy is passed to NNE, this section of the in-going lane crosses the tail of a bank, depth 4 8 m (13 miles SSE); this bank dries to NW. Mariners, both in-bound and out-bound, should exercise particular caution in this area. Paragraph 7 43 1 line 3 For 16 miles Read 20 miles. Paragraph 7 43 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
From a position in Jiuduansha Precautionary Area (31 05 90N 121 59 00E) (7.42), the track leads generally NW through... Paragraph 7 43 4 lines 3-6 Delete After Paragraph 7 43
5
line 4 Insert:
Caution. A number of charted anchorage areas (see 7.47) lie adjacent to both the in-going and out-going lanes of the TSS. Paragraphs 7.44 4 line 4 to 5 line 4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 12/10 Replace by: Close SSW of a wreck, swept depth 4 3 m (3 miles ESE) lying on N side of the channel. The track then continues to a position in Jiuduansha Precautionary Area (4 miles ESE) (7.42) where the channel is joined by Nancao Hangdao (7.42).
287 Paragraph 7.47 4 lines 9-11 Replace by: ...Buoys (starboard hand), depths 7 to 12 m. Chinese Chart 13170; Chinese Notices 7/353/10; 12/619/10 (SDDs 2009000 043952; 2010000 028234; 058048) [19/10]
2 - 74
Index
NP32
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou Nancao Shuidao Depths; light float; buoyage; directions 282
1
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu Vessel traffic service 283 Paragraph 7.28 1 Replace by: Mandatory VTSs are in operation, covering Changjiang Kou, Chang Jiang to Shanghai Harbour upper limits, Huangpu Jiang, and in Chang Jiang up to Wuhu (7.166), and at Yangshan (6.235); except above Shanghai Harbour upper limits at Baoshan, reporting positions are shown on the chart, For full details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). 295 Paragraph 7.93 1 Replace by:
1

3
Nancao Shuidao through Nancao Hangdao (7.42), Auxiliary Channel has a least charted depth in the buoyed channel of 4 8 m in the in-going lane, and 5 0 m in the out-going lane, although lesser depths, some swept, exist near the channel edges. Above Jiuduansha Precautionary Area (7.42) a number of wrecks and obstructions, least swept depth 7 6 m, lie in mid-channel, with lesser depths, some swept, near the channel edges. 284 Paragraph 7.34 2 line 8 Replace by: ... name 121 59 68E). on both sides) (31 05 47N
Mandatory VTSs are in operation in Chang Jiang up to Wuhu (7.166). For details, including reporting positions, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). After Paragraph 7.166 305 line 7 Add:
Vessel traffic service. Wuhu VTS is in operation and its use is mandatory for all foreign vessels and many Chinese vessels; for details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Wuhu VTS Guide for User (SDD 2009000 135292) [04/10]
Paragraph 7.35 2 line 3 Replace by: Jiuduan Light Float (31 05 47N 121 59 68E). 286 Paragraph 7.42 1 line 5 Replace by: ...Section is marked by centreline light buoys (safe water) to S16 Light Buoy (31 05 00N 122 02 17E), and then by light buoys (lateral). Paragraph 7.42 4 lines 4-10 Replace by: NNE of Jiuduan Light Float (7.34) (14 miles SSE), and close SSW of A25A Light Buoy (starboard hand), 7 cables NNE, thence: Across the tail of a bank, depth 4 8 m (13 miles SSE), lying in the inbound lane; the bank dries to NW. A31A Light Buoy (starboard hand) lies 8 cables WNW with a 3 9 m depth on the bank close NE; the separation area of the TSS lies close SSW of the light buoy and mariners, both in-bound and out-bound, should exercise particular caution in this area. Paragraph 7.44 4 lines 4-5 Replace by: Close SSW of Jiuduan Light Float (4 miles ESE) (7.34) thence: Close SSW of a wreck, swept depth 4 3 m (3 miles ESE) lying on N side of the channel. Chinese Notices 2/67/10; 2/68/10; 2/69/10; 2/70/10 (SDDs 2010000 009684; 009685; 009686; 009687) [12/10]
1
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang Approaches; anchorages; pilotage; regulations; directions 322 Paragraph 8.36 Replace by: There are seven outer anchorages which are exposed and dragging may occur in winds over force 7. None of them are suitable in a typhoon and more sheltered anchorage should be sought in Qingdao Gang 90 miles NNE. Anchorage may be obtained as follows in designated anchorages, the limits of which are shown on the chart and centred on the following positions: Name Tankers Position 34 59 00N 119 51 50E Remarks Depths 19 to 20 m; Dashan Dao (8.47) is at N corner, and Cheniushan Dao (8.20) at NW corner with area of rocks extending SW into the anchorage. Depth 22 m. Depths about 19 m. Depths about 17 m. Depths about 15 m; a dangerous wreck, reported 2006, lies on NW corner.
No 5 No 4 No 3 No 2
34 53 70N 119 57 80E 34 54 70N 119 50 00E 34 53 40N 119 46 80E 34 51 50N 119 42 50E
2 - 75
Index
NP32
Name No 1 Position 34 49 50N 119 38 00E Remarks Depths 9 to13 m, a dangerous wreck, reported 2006, lies on N corner and obstructions, positions approximate, lie to S and SW. Depth about 16 m, mud and sand.
3
Dangerous Goods
2
34 49 20N 119 47 00E
The NW and SE boundaries of the anchorage areas complex, with the exception of the two anchorages to the E, are marked by light buoys (special). Paragraph 8.38 Replace by:
SSE of the Tankers Anchorage (2 miles ESE), thence: SSE of Cheniushan Dao (8.20), from where a light (8.17) is exhibited, thence: Close SE of No 4 Anchorage (5 miles S). The track then continues WSW to the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (superbuoy) (8 miles S); anchorages (8.36) may be approached directly, or from the buoyed entrance channel (below). The track then continues onto the alignment (243 ) of leading lights (8.48) and enters Zhuhangdao Jiaduan, the entrance channel marked by light buoys (lateral), 3 miles WSW. After Paragraph 8.48
4
line 4 Insert:
SSE of an obstruction (9 miles ENE), position approximate, lying 1 cable NNW of the channel. Chinese Notices 51/09/1884; 5/Sect 1 Notice/10; 6/10/252 (SDDs 2009000 194871; 2010000 024505; 028132) [11/10] China - Yellow Sea Lianyun Gang approaches Anchorage; obstruction 322 Existing Section IV Notice Week 11/10 Paragraph 8.36 1 lines 19-20 Replace by: No 4 34 54 70N 119 50 00 E Depths about 19 m; an obstruction, position approximate, lies within S corner.
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels. Pilots board in the following positions: 34 48 45N 119 37 55E in No 1 Anchorage area (8.36), 34 46 45N 119 38 80E. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Tugs are available. Paragraph 8.39 1 line 1 Replace by:
Vessel size. The main fairway channel is designated for vessels up to 150 000 dwt, up to the turning area off the coal wharf (24 45 05N 119 25 15E). Two-way traffic is permitted in the main fairway for oil, gas and chemical tankers and RoRo vessels up to 150 m LOA, and for other vessels up to 200 m LOA, however for vessels passing in the channel there is a restriction of combined beams of 47 m or 57 m respectively. For larger vessels one-way traffic operation is in force. Vessels should avoid meeeting in the fairway in conditions of less than 2 miles visibility or wind force 6 or higher. Full details of traffic regulations should be obtained from the local authorities. Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited... 323 Paragraph 8.47 Replace by:
Chinese Notice 13/703/10 (SDD 2010000 061978)
[19/10]
China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang Wai Gang Anchorages 330 Paragraph 8.98 1-3 Replace by: The designated outer anchorage areas are as follows; the limits as shown on the chart: No 1, centred on 36 02 80N 120 19 80E, depths 7 to 13 m. An ammunition dumping ground lies on the W boundary. No 2, centred on 36 02 70N 120 18 60E, depths 15 to 18 m. 2 No 1 Qianhai, centred on 36 00 40N 120 21 35E, quarantine anchorage, depths 31 to 36 m, mud; a hazardous substance area (8.113) lies 1 cables ESE. No 2 Qianhai, centred on 35 58 40N 120 22 40E, depths 13 to 20 m, mud and sand; an area in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited borders SE side, and Nan Sha (8.113), a bank, lies 3 cables N. Prohibited anchorages. See 8.100. Chinese Chart 12351 (SDD 2010000 080538) [31/10]
From a position 10 miles ESE of Cheniushan Dao (34 59 8N 119 49 2E), the Tankers Anchorage and Nos 4 and 5 Anchorages (8.36) can be approached directly, otherwise the track leads WSW, passing (with positions from Cheniushan Dao): NNW of No 5 Anchorage (9 miles SE), thence: SSE of Dashan Dao (Danianshan) (3 miles ENE), an islet higher towards its extremities, and from where a light (8.17) is exhibited. A small rocky islet lies close SE. Thence:
2 - 76
Index
NP32
China - Yellow Sea Bohai Haixia approaches Wreck 348 line 4 Add: Paragraph 10.18 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1
Traffic separation schemes are in operation in Changshan Shuidao (9.144), Laotieshan Shuidao (9.158) and Caofeidian approaches (10.123b). 388
SSW of a dangerous wreck (25 miles NNW), thence: Chinese Notice 38/1468/09 (SDD 2009000 136348) [04/10] Paragraph 10.27 1 line 3 Replace by: ...about 20 miles, passing: China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia Penglai Donggang Directions 362 Paragraph 9.137 1-2 Replace by:
1 3
including continuity legend
Penglai Donggang. From a position 2 miles N of Penglai Donggang Breakwater Head Light (black and white metal tube, 6 m in height) (37 49 4N 120 50 2E), the track leads SSW for about 1 miles through Penglai Donggang Waihangdao, an unmarked channel, 5 cables wide, to a position between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral), 1 miles NW of the light, and keeping clear of the adjacent anchorage (9.134) to the W. The track then continues SSE for about 1 miles through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), thence E to enter the harbour passing S of the breakwater. Chinese Notice 2/10/66 (SDD 2010000 009683)
The track then continues NNW to a position in the precautionary area 5 miles S of Caofeidian Light (square on black metal framework structure, 23 m in height) (38 55 1N 118 30 4E). The precautionary area is part of the TSS (10.123b) which runs E/W and lies S of Caofeidian anchorage areas (10.139a). A wreck, depth 23 2 m, position approximate, lies in the centre of the area, and two further wrecks, depths 23 6 m and 24 5 m, lie close S of the precautionary area. (Directions for entering Caofeidian continue at 10.139, for passage W towards Tianjin Gang at 10.125 (in reverse), and for passage E towards Jingtang at 10.128) 400 Paragraph 10.123 including heading and legend Replace by: Charts 1250, 1249, 1256, 2657
[06/10]
China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan Directions; light 374 Paragraph 9.238 1 line 4 Replace by: ...detached breakwater through the N entrance. Paragraph 9.239 1 lines 11-13 Replace by: Between Dayao Wan N Entrance S Light (white concrete column, 20 m in height) (4 miles NW), and N Entrance N Light (white concrete column, black bands, 20 m in height), 2 cables farther NNE. Chinese Notice 46/1723/09 (SDD 2009000 174668) [04/10]
Route
1
10.123 From a position ESE of Dagu Light (38 56 3N 117 58 8E), the route leads generally ESE for about 20 miles through the Caofeidian TSS passing S of Caofeidian (38 55 N 118 30 E), thence generally ENE for about 40 miles to a position E of Jingtang Light (39 12 8N 119 00 8E), and thence generally NE for about 48 miles to a position 20 miles SE of Nanshan Tou Main Light (39 54 7N 119 37 0E).
Vessel Traffic Service

1
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian Vessel traffic services; traffic separation schemes; directions; depths; anchorages; pilotage; port information 386 Paragraph 10.17 Replace by:
1
10.123a VTSs are in operation for Caofeidian (10.139) and Jingtang (10.130) and participation is compulsory for most vessels. For Caofeidian the limits are shown on the chart, noting that virtually the entire area of chart 2657 is included. For Jingtang the area extends 18 miles from Jingtang Light (39 12 8N 119 00 8E) and vessels should report 2 miles before entering the area. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Traffic regulations
1
VTSs are in operation in Changshan Shuidao (9.143), Laotieshan Shuidao (9.157), Huanghua Gang (10.83), Tianjin Gang (10.104), Jingtang (10.123a) and Caofeidian (10.123a).
10.123b Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has been established S of Caofeidian with a branch from a midway precautionary area leading towards the port.
2 - 77
Index
NP32
The scheme is not IMO adopted, but the Chinese authorities advise that the principles for the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply. See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). 401 After Paragraph 10.124 heading and continuity legend Replace by:
3
The track then continues E to the end of the TSS to a position 2 miles ENE of Bohai Wan SPM platform (lit) (12 miles SE), the NE of four platforms (lit) in Bohai Wan Oilfield and three further platforms (lit) lying 7 to 10 miles ESE and all within a safety zone; the platforms are connected by restricted area corridors in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited. 402 Paragraph 10.132 1 Replace by:
Directions
(continued from 10.26, and from 10.27 (in reverse)) Paragraph 10.127 Replace by:
1
Vessel traffic service. Participation in Jingtang VTS is compulsory within its area, see 10.123a. 403-404 Paragraph 10.139 Replace by:
Caution. The W-going lane of the TSS is only 6 cables SSW of the anchorage areas off Caofeidian. From a position about 15 miles ESE of Dagu Light (38 56 3N 117 58 8E), and NE of a light buoy (isolated danger) (38 46 6N 118 12 7E) the track leads generally ESE through Caofeidian VTS area (10.23a), the use of which is compulsory for most vessels navigating within its area, passing (with positions from Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E)): Through the E-going lane of a TSS (10.123b) (9 miles SW), and: SSW of Caofeidan Synthetics Products and Large Oil Tankers anchorage areas (5 miles WSW) (10.139a). An obstruction and three oil platforms (lit) lie 2 to 4 miles N. The track then continues ESE to a position in the Precautionary Area 5 miles S of Caofeidian Light (10.27). A wreck, depth 23 2 m, position approximate, lies in the centre of the area. Caofeidian port (10.139) lies N of the light. Paragraph 10.128 1-3 Replace by:
(continued from 10.27) Caution. The W-going lane of the TSS is only 6 cables SSW of the anchorage area, and the E-going lane 1 cables NNE of the safety zone surrounding Bohai Wan Oilfield and SPM. The track passes through both Caofeidian VTS area (10.139) and Jingtang VTS area (10.132), the use of both of which are compulsory for most vessels navigating within their areas. From a position in the Precautionary Area 5 miles S of Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E) (10.127), the track leads E, passing (with positions from Caofeidian Light): Through the E-going lane of the TSS (10.123b) (6 miles SSE), thence: S of Caofeidian Large Oil Tankers and General Cargo anchorage area (6 miles ESE) (10.139a), and: S of Caofeidian Tan (7 miles NNE), the extensive area of drying banks with several small islets lies NE of the port area and should be approached with caution as it is fringed with irregular steep-to shoal patches and numerous fishing nets.
General information. Caofeidian (38 55 N 118 30 E), part of port of Jingtang (10.130), lies on a reclaimed island and is under continuing development (2009). It is projected to provide over 20 deep-water berths for ore and coal carriers, oil and LNG tankers between 10 000 and 300 000 dwt. In 2009 three berths are in operation. The port is connected to the mainland N by a bridge about 9 miles long. A mineral wharf lies in deep water to S of the port, with an oil wharf 8 cables E. An inner port area and basin is under development (2009) on the W side of the port, with further land being reclaimed (2007) to W of the basin; the entrance is protected by an L-shaped breakwater extending 8 cables SW and WNW from the shore, and a breakwater extending 6 cables ESE from the reclaimed land to the W. A general cargo quay lies on the E side inside the basin entrance, Approach and entry. The port is approached from E or W through a TSS, or from SSE, to a precautionary area S of the port, and then entered via a NNW-going branch of the TSS through Caofeidian Gangqu. The deeper approach is from E passing N of the oil field and through the W-going lane of the TSS. The mineral and oil wharves may be approached directly from the precautionary area, passing E of the TSS branch. The anchorage areas (10.139a) may be approached directly from the precautionary area. Traffic. In 2008, 39 vessels totalling 6 108 952 dwt used the port. Port Authority. SDIC Caofeidian Port Co. Ltd, 26 Ken Fang Road, Tang Hai District, Tangshan City, Hebei Province, 063200, China. E-mail: sdic@scfdport.com Website: www.scfdport.com Depths. In the outer approaches from the E the least depth is 24 m but less than 20 m from S, and 27 m through the TSS branch. In the S approaches to the mineral and oil wharves from the precautionary area the least depth is 24 m, but a track with a least depth of 29 m is achievable.
2 - 78
Index
NP32
In the entrance to the basin the least depth is 11 5 m. 7 Vessel traffic service is in operation, and its use is compulsory for most vessels in its area, see 10.123a. Fishing nets exist off approaches to the harbour entrance, see note on chart. 10.139a 1 Other aids to navigation Racons: Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E). Bohai Wan Platform SPM (38 46 3N 118 42 2E). 2 Directions (continued from 10.27, 10.127 and 10.128 (in reverse)). From a position in the TSS Precautionary Area 5 miles S of Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E) (10.127) the track leads NNW for about 7 miles towards the inner port entrance passing through the NNW-going lane of the TSS (10.123a), passing (with positions from Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E)): 3 WSW of a light buoy (special) (4 miles SSE), marking SW corner of Large Oil Tankers and General Cargo Anchorage (below) thence: WSW of Mineral Wharf (4 miles SW), marked at ends by lights (below). The track continues NNW to the entrance of the inner port. 4 The inner port is entered between the E Breakwater Head Light (green round GRP tower, 12 m in height) (38 55 90N 118 28 26E) and the W Breakwater Head Light (red round GRP tower, 12 m in height), 3 cables NW, and which marks the end of a bank extending SE from an area under reclamation. Anchorages. Pilot and quarantine anchorages, the limits of which are shown on the chart, are (with positions from Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E)): Name Large oil tankers and general cargo Synthetic Products Position 6 miles ESE Designation Vessels with draught of 15 m and over. Vessels with draught less than 15 m. Remarks Depths 22 to 31 m Depths 12 to 24 m Depths 24 to 28 m
1 6 2
Oil Wharf, T-shaped, about 520 m in length, marked at E end by a light (white GRP tower, blue bands, 18 m in height), and at W end by a light (red GRP tower, green bands, 18 m in height), for crude oil tankers. General cargo quay, about 530 m in length, depths about 13 m, to be further extended to about 1000 m. Developments. Works are in progress (2009) to provide a major coal terminal with 16 berths handling up to 200 million tonnes annually, four mineral berths, crude oil berths to 300 000 dwt, and an LNG terminal of 100 000 dwt and to extend the general cargo quay area. UKHO; Chinese Notice 50/1845/05 (SDDs 2009000 194283; 2010000 032492)
[14/10]
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards Bo Hai Oilfield Obstruction; platforms 387 Paragraph 10.23 3 Replace by:
3
Clear of an obstruction (38 03 30N 120 03 00E), position approximate (reported 2010), thence: SSW of WHP-C Platform (lit) (38 22 10N 120 06 95E) in Bo Hai Oilfield; CPC Platform and other platforms (lit), and connected by submarine pipelines, stand within 2 miles between W and N, and 3 miles SSE. Safety zones enclose the platforms; an obstruction, depth 21 2 m, position approximate, lies 2 miles ENE. Other structures and storage vessels may be present in this area, thence: Chinese Notices 09/516/10; 09/517/10; 09/518/10 (SDDs 2010000 037958; 037959; 037960) [13/10]
5 miles WSW
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan Longkou Depths; berths; anchorage; pilotage; fairways; directions; buoyage; lights 389 Paragraph 10.41 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: Controlling depths. On the alignment of leading lights, the least depths in the fairways are: From the W - 12 2 m, From the NW - 12 8 m, although 12 2 m close to the alignment, Outer and Inner Fairways from where the above channels converge - 14 2 m, Shengli Matou Fairway - 6 4 m. Deepest berth. Berth No 1, and No 21 for tankers (10.53). Longest berth. Berth No 11, and No 21 for tankers.
Large oil tankers
4 miles SW
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and available during daylight hours. Pilot boards in the anchorages above as shown on the chart. Tugs are available. 10.139b Berths: Mineral Wharf, L-shaped, marked at E end by a light (yellow GRP column, black bands, 10 m in height), and at W by a light (yellow GRP column, green bands, 10 m in height), providing two berths for iron ore, maximum size LOA 370 m, depth 25 0 m, 250 000 dwt.
2 - 79
Index
NP32
390 Paragraph 10.43 1 lines 4-9 Replace by: No 1 Anchorage (37 39 50N 120 12 00E), depths 7 to 13 m; reportedly used by vessels up to 50 000 dwt, and for lightening. A channel marked by light buoys (lateral) (10.50) leads NW/SE across the E of the anchorage area; Paragraph 10.44 Replace by:
2 1

1
Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours; pilots board in the following locations: No 1 pilot boarding position (37 38 22N 120 10 45E) in the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand), inside the entrance channel from W. No 2 pilot boarding position (37 40 53N 120 11 59E) in the N approaches, For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Tugs are available. Paragraph 10.49 2 lines 6-9 Replace by: The alignment (086 ) of these lights leads through Outer Fairway for about 6 miles and enters the inner harbour between piers. A shoal, least depth 2 8 m, lies close S of the channel, 1 cable E of No 111 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (37 38 37N 120 15 55E). Paragraph 10.50 2 lines 1-9 Replace by:
Haixing Basin (37 39 20E 120 19 00E). From a position in the inner harbour entrance between piers to W and S of the harbour, Inner Fairway, marked by light buoys (lateral and W cardinal) curves to NE to join the alignment (037 ) of leading lights towards the berths. Leading lights. Front light (black diamond, on black metal framework tower) (37 39 36N 120 19 13E), Rear light (similar structure) (1 cables from front). Coal Basin. From a position within Inner Fairway approaching Haixing Basin the alignment (327 ) of leading lights leads through Coal Fairway passing No 125 Light Buoy (preferred channel to port) and a retaining wall cable NE, and into the basin. Leading lights. Front light (black diamond on black structure) (37 39 88N 120 18 22E). Rear light (similar structure) (9 cables from front). UKHO (SDD 2010000 009170) [24/10]
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages Wrecks 397 Paragraph 10.106 1 lines 15-21 Replace by: Dagukou 4 miles Vessels South ESE with Anchorage dangerous cargo, draught over 8 m; other vessels over 10 m draught. Chinese Notice 5/10/185 (SDD 2010000 024457) China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang Dagusha Hangdao Directions 399-400 Paragraph 10.116 Replace by: Depths 11 to 16 m. Dangerous wrecks, each marked to N by a light buoy (isolated danger), lie in middle and on SW edge of the area. [10/10]
The channel is entered close SW of No 100 Light Buoy (port hand), 6 cables WSW of Qimu Jiao, and passes through E part of No 1 Anchorage (10.43) continuing to a position between Nos 107 and 108 Light Buoys (lateral), 1 miles NNW of front light. A shoal patch, depth 4 9 m, lies 1 cable SSE of No 108 Light Buoy on the edge of the channel. The track then curves to the SE to a position close S of No 112 Light Buoy (port hand), 1 miles NNW of the front light, and then joins Outer Fairway (10.49) leading towards the inner harbour. Paragraph 10.51 1 lines 7-13 Replace by: From a position 1 cables SSW of No 110 Light Buoy (port hand) (37 38 55N 120 14 97E), in the area where the channels from the W and NW converge (10.50), the alignment (030 ) of these lights leads towards Shengli Matou (not named on the chart), passing (with positions from the front light): Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (1 miles SSW), and:
From a position about 1 mile N of a light buoy (isolated danger) (38 46 42N 118 12 84E), marking a dangerous wreck (position approximate), the track leads W for 5 miles, passing: S of the anchorage and pilot boarding position for vessels of over 100 000 dwt (10.106). The track continues W to a position S of a platform (lit) (38 48 85N 118 05 53E), with a similar platform 8 cables NE; a restricted area surrounds the platforms.
2 - 80
Index
NP32
2
The track then leads NW, passing: NE of No 6 Anchorage (10 106), thence: Close to Dagusha Hangdao Light Buoy (safe water) (38 49 80N 48 02 16E). Dagusha Hangdao, marked by light buoys (lateral), continues initially NW for 7 miles, passing clear of the following dangers: 9 9 m shoal (38 51 48N 117 59 35E). 9 4 m shoal (38 51 69N 117 59 51E), thence: NW to a position between Nos 229 and 230 Light Buoys (lateral), and in the vicinity of the pilot embarkation and disembarkation position (10.107). A shoal patch, depth 4 6 m (38 54 98N 117 53 02E), lies close SW of the channel. Dangerous wrecks, marked by light buoys (isolated danger), lie to NNE and SSW of the channel. The channel continues WNW passing extensive reclamation work (2009) on the SSW side of the channel. Numerous charted shoal patches lie on either side of the channel limits. The channel continues WNW to the berths at Tianjin Lingang Industrial Zone, noting the two SALM buoys within the channel. The following dangers lie off the berths: 5 0 m shoal (38 57 17N 117 44 85E). 4 6 m shoal (38 57 20N 117 44 77E). Obstruction (38 57 70N 117 43 71E). Chinese Charts 11773; 11775 (SDDs 2010000 054892; 058240) [32/10]
General Bulk Cargo Anchorage (39 09 00N 119 09 00E), a large anchorage, depths 15 to 19 m, mud and sand; Quarantine Anchorage (39 10 00N 119 07 00E); Paragraph 10.132 2 lines 14-18 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and for Chinese vessels as required. Pilots board in the following positions: No 1 39 07 85N 119 05 90E. No 2 39 10 14N 119 03 87E. No 3 39 09 35N 119 02 90E. In the General Bulk Cargo Anchorage 39 8 64N 119 08 92E. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Tugs are available. 402-403 Paragraph 10.136 1-3 Replace by:
1
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan Qinhuangdao southwards Directions 401 Paragraph 10.129 heading Replace by:
2
Jingtang to Qinhuangdao
402 Paragraph 10.129 5 lines 4-8 Delete Chinese Notices 45/1681/09; 47/1768/09 (SDDs 2009000 173101; 179809)
[04/10]
China - Bo Hai - Jingtang Depths; anchorages; lights; directions 402 Paragraph 10.131 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1
Controlling depth. A least charted depth of 15 1 m on the entrance channel centreline to No 4 Basin, and thence to the approaches to Nos 2 and 3 Basins, with lesser depths in some of the basins. Paragraph 10.132 2 lines 3-6 Replace by: Outer anchorages. Three anchorages, the limits of which are shown on the chart, centred as follows:
The entrance channel is marked by five sets of lights in line (315 ), namely: Jingtang Gang Centreline Leading Lights: Front Light (diamond on red and white metal lattice beacon, 36 m in height) (29 12 85N 118 59 45E), Rear Light (similar construction, 54 m in height) (6 cables from front). The following pairs of lights in line mark the edges of the dredged channel: Jingtang Gang E Limits Lights: Front light (triangle on white metal framework tower, 33 m in height) ( cable NNE of Middle Front Light), Rear light (similar construction, 50 m in height) (6 cables from front). Jingtang Gang W Limit Lights: Front light (inverted triangle on white metal framework tower, 33 m in height) ( cable WSW of Middle Front Light), Rear light (similar construction, 50 m in height) (6 cables from front). Middle Lights. Between the Centreline Lights and the E Limit Lights there is a further set of lights in line, and similarly between the Centreline Lights and the W Limit Lights: Front lights, each (black triangle, red stripe on white metal framework tower, 29 m in height), Rear lights, each (similar construction, 47 m in height, 6 cables from front). Note: The middle lights are not shown on the chart. From a position SE of the port in the vicinity of No 1 boarding position (39 07 85N 119 05 90E) (10.133), the alignment (315 ) of the centreline lights leads into a channel marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral), entering between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (39 08 53N 119 04 95E), and into the harbour, passing (with positions from Jingtang Light (39 12 78N 119 00 80E)): UKHO (SDD 2010000 034023) [24/10]
2 - 81
Index
NP32
China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao Dangerous wreck 408 Paragraph 10.173 2 lines 8-10 Replace by: Caution. A dangerous wreck (39 54 42N 119 40 70E) (2010), position approximate, lies in the centre of the buoyed channel NW of No 420 buoy (starboard hand). Chinese Notice 27/1243/10 (SDD 2010000 112122) China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou Bayuquan and Xianren Port; depths; pilotage; aids to navigation; lights; directions; channels 420 Paragraph 10.267 Replace by:
General information
1
[32/10]
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan Jinzhou approaches Taiping Jiao north westwards Obstruction; platform 416 Paragraph 10.233 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
W of an obstruction (40 09 2N 121 35 0E), light buoys (starboard hand and isolated danger) and various dangers lying farther E (see 10.263), thence: Clear of a well, depth 19 6 m (40 11 N 121 22 E), marked on its N side by a buoy (port hand), thence: Paragraph 10.233 3 line 2 Replace by: E of a platform (lit) (40 22 6N 121 23 8E); a well, depth 13 9 m, lies about 1 miles N, thence: Chinese Notices 33/1222/09; 9/513/10 (SDDs 2009000 114911; 2010000 037955)
1
10.267 Bayuquan (40 18 N 122 06 E), part of the port of Yingkou (10.236), and also referred to as Yingkou Gang, now handles the majority of foreign trade for the combined port. The port has five numbered basins and Basin A to the N. Angang Bayuquan (10.278) is a new port development for steel works to the ENE, and to the S is Xianren Dao (10.280), another new development for large tankers. Port limits are shown on the chart. Approach and entry. Bayuquan is approached from W and entered through a fairway marked by light buoys (lateral) and leading lights. There are branches from the fairway to Basin A and No 1 Basin. Angang Bayuquan is approached from NW through a channel marked by leading lights and light buoys (lateral). Xianren Dao is approached from WSW through a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) leading NE thence E. Traffic: see 10.241. Port Authority: see 10.242. Paragraph 10.268 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: Controlling depths. The least depth in the fairway, and on the alignment of leading lights where appropriate, is 16 6 m to a position close NNE of No 23 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (40 17 28N 122 03 95E) and thereafter 13 5 m to a position between the heads of North and West Breakwaters at the entrance of the S part of the harbour. On the alignment of leading lights approaching Basin A there is an avoidable depth of 15 9 m at the beginning of the alignment, and thereafter a least depth of 16 2 m, but less depths on approaching some berths. On the alignment of leading lights entering No 1 Basin the least depth is 16 0 m. In Angang Hangdo (10.277) the least depth in the channel on the alignment of leading lights is 8 1 m, but depths of 5 m lie close to this alignment. Paragraph 10.269 2 lines 1-6 Replace by:
[15/10]
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan Taiping Jiao north westwards Directions; obstructions 419 After Paragraph 10.263
2 2
line 5 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (25 miles WSW); another obstruction lies 6 miles ENE, thence:
2

1
line 6 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (25 miles WSW), thence: Chinese Notice 9/513/10 (SDD 2010000 037955)
[13/10]
Large Vessels Anchorage, marked at its centre by a light buoy (special) (40 21 7N 121 52 9E), with depths from 12 to 15 m, mud and sand. An obstruction, depth 14 1 m, lies in the NW part. Dangerous wrecks lie close N, and 4 cables W of NW corner, position approximate. Two obstructions, least depths 11 6 and 11 7 m, lie close S and 6 cables S of the anchorage respectively.
2 - 82
Index
NP32
3 2
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding positions are: 40 15 30N 121 48 55E in outer approaches. 40 18 42N 121 54 05E. 40 17 82N 121 58 05E, both positions adjacent to Bayuquan Gangqu Fairway. 40 21 12N 122 00 09E, within the small vessels and quarantine anchorage. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Vessels bound for Angang Bayuquan (10.278) or Xianren Dao (10.280) should contact Yingkou VTS (10.251) for pilot boarding location. Tugs are available. After Paragraph 10.272 Insert:
From a position on the above 097 alignment 3 cables WSW of No 20 Light Buoy (W cardinal) (2 miles W) and N of a rock, depth 8 1 m, the channel, marked by light buoys (W cardinal and lateral), leads on the alignment (067 ) for 2 miles into Basin A, in which works are in progress (2008) in N part.
Other aids to navigation 10.272a

1
Racons: Xianren Dao S Breakwater Head Light (40 12 8N 121 56 9E). Bayuquan No 4 Light Buoy (40 23 40N 122 01 90E). Bayuquan N Breakwater W Head Light (40 20 30N 122 07 64E). Yingkou Light Float (40 31 1N 121 59 0E). Paragraph 10.273 1 line 5 to 2 line 10, including existing Section IV Notice Week 13/10 Replace by: SE of a well, depth 19 6 m, (34 miles WSW); a buoy (port hand) lies close N, thence; Clear of an obstruction (25 miles WSW), thence: NW of a light buoy (isolated danger) (23 miles WSW), moored close W of a dangerous wreck, thence: NW of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (22 miles WSW), marking the entrance channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Xianren Dao, see 10.280, keeping to NW of the channel, thence: NW of two light buoys (W cardinal) (20 miles and 16 miles WSW) marking the 10 m depth contour of the coastal bank which extends to 10 miles offshore, thence: NW of an obstruction (19 miles WSW), thence: Clear of 9 4 m shoal (16 miles W), sounding doubtful. After Paragraph 10.273
3
Paragraph 10.276 1 and 2 Replace by: Leading lights: No 1 Basin Front Light (red square, white stripes on black metal framework tower, 28 m in height) (40 17 75N 122 05 48E); Rear Light (red and white vertical rectangle on black metal framework tower, 34 m in height) (1 cable from front). 2 From the above position N of No 23 Light Buoy (starboard hand) the alignment (072 ) of leading lights leads into the basin, passing NNW of No 25 Light Buoy (W cardinal). The N side of the channel is marked by light buoys (preferred channel to starboard). Paragraph 10.277 Replace by:
1
line 8 Insert:
For entry to Angang Bayuquan see 10.277. 421 Paragraph 10.275 Replace by: Leading lights: Basin A Front Light (red and white square on metal structure, 29 m in height) (40 18 51N 122 04 83E), Rear Light (similar structure, 35 m in height) (250 m from front).
5
From a position W of the entrance to the main fairway (40 17 N 121 50 E) to Bayuquan and clear of a dangerous wreck (40 16 7N 121 48 6E) marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), the track leads N for a 7 miles then E for 9 miles passing to seaward of the anchorage areas (10.269) and clear of the following dangers: Dangerous wreck (40 19 83N 121 49 15E), position approximate; Spoil Ground, diameter 1 8 miles, centred on a light buoy (special) (40 20 00N 121 47 20E); Dangerous wreck (40 22 89N 121 50 15E), position approximate; Dangerous wreck (40 22 98N 121 53 90E); Spoil Ground A (40 22 64N 121 59 30E) (10.269). From a position close NE of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (40 23 6N 122 00 9E) the main channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads for about 7 miles towards Angang Bayuquan (10.278) (40 20 00N 122 08 00E) on the alignment (126 ) of leading lights and passing SW of No 4 Light Buoy (racon) (40 23 40N 122 01 90E), (neither buoy is shown on the chart). Leading Lights: Middle Front Light (white diamond with red stripe, on black metal framework tower, 34 m in height) (40 19 85N 122 08 24E), Middle Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m in height) (8 cables from front). Two further pairs of lights mark the sides of the channel: East Front Light (white inverted triangle with red stripe, on red and white metal framework tower, 34 m in height) (40 19 85N 122 08 29E), East Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m in height) (8 cables from front); West Front Light (white triangle with red stripe, on green and white metal framework tower, 34 m in height) (40 19 83N 122 08 21E),
2 - 83
Index
NP32
6
West Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m in height) (8 cables from front). The basin is entered between N Breakwater W Head Light (red and white concrete column, 8 m in height) (40 20 30N 122 07 64E), and W Breakwater E Head Light (green and white concrete column, 8 m in height), 2 cables WSW. W Breakwater is a detached breakwater, marked at SW end by W Head Light (white concrete column, 8 m in height).
425 Paragraph 11.15 3 lines 2-5 Replace by: Clear of Ilhyang Cho (33 56 N 124 35 E) (Chart 3480), a pinnacle rock with a depth of 7 m, on which stands Gageocho Ocean Research Station (11.3), marked by a light. There are depths over 20 m at a distance of 70 m all round the rock. Thence: Korean Notice 48/722/09 (SDD 2009000 178629) [04/10]
Paragraph 10.280 Replace by: Xianren Dao (40 12 60N 121 57 10E), not named on the chart, lies 3 miles NW of Xianrendao Jiao and 8 miles SW of Bayuquan, and is similarly part of Yingkou Gang. South Breakwater, extends 4 miles WNW and NW from the shore, its head marked by a light (white concrete column, green bands, 14 m in height). The crude oil pier lies on E side of head of the breakwater and is marked at N and S ends by lights (white concrete columns, blue stripes, 14 m in height), and reportedly (2009) can accommodate tankers up to 300 000 dwt and draught of 25 m. 2 Directions. The approach channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) is entered passing close NW of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (40 09 32N 121 38 98E) and leading 051 /231 for 8 miles to a position between No 14 Light Buoy (port hand) (40 12 44N 121 43 57E) and No 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand), 2 miles ENE. 3 The channel then leads 089 /269 for 14 miles to the turning basin E of the South Breakwater head. The least charted depth in the channel is 15 2 m, and in the turning basin is 11 8 m; it is reported that channel width is 300 m. No other details are available and further information, including details of pilotage, should be obtained from Yingkou VTS (10.251) or the local authorities.
Korea - West coast Lights; directions 424 After Paragraph 11.13

2
line 2 Add:
Samtae Do Light, Hataedo (white round concrete tower, 4 m in height) (34 23 7N 125 18 0E). 425 Paragraph 11.15 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2
W of Hataedo (34 23 N 125 18 E) (11.25), from where Samtae Do Light (11.13) is exhibited on the extremity... 426 Paragraph 11.22 4 Replace by:
Major Lights: Hojangdo Light (34 43 N 125 24 E) (11.13). Taehksando Light, Yngsando (34 39 2N 125 28 7E) (11.33). Paragraph 11.25 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: Major Light. Samtae Do Light (34 23 7N 125 18 0E) (11.13). 427 After Paragraph 11.33
2
line 2 Insert:
Chinese Charts11519; 11521; Chinese Notices 50/1585; 1838/09 (SDDs 2009000 144277; 148510; 194276; 2010000 021567) [23/10]
Samtae Do Light, Hataedo (34 23 7N 125 18 0E) (11.13). Taehksando Light, Yngsando (white round concrete tower, 11 m in height) (34 39 2N 125 28 7E). 428 After Paragraph 11.36
2
line 9 Add:
Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea Gageocho Ocean Research Station
E of Hataedo (34 23 N 125 18 E) (11.25), from where Samtae Do Light (11.13) is exhibited, thence: 437
423 Paragraph 11.3 1 lines 5-6 Replace by: Gageocho Ocean Research Station (33 56 52N 124 35 57E), standing on Ilhyang Cho (11.15) and from where a light (yellow round tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited. Racons: Ieodo Ocean Research Station (above). Gageocho Ocean Research Station (above).
line 1 Add: (34 23 7N
Samtae Do Light, Hataedo 125 18 0E) (11.13). 448 After Paragraph 11.141
1
line 4 Add:
Samtae Do Light, Hataedo (34 23 7N 125 18 0E) (11.13). Taehksando Light, Yngsando (34 39 2N 125 28 7E) (11.33).
2 - 84
Index
NP32
Paragraph 11.141 1 line 13 Delete 449 Paragraph 11.143 1 lines 7-9 Replace by: ...larger island. Taehksando Light (11.33) is exhibited from the island. Thence: Paragraph 11.146 1 line 4 Replace by: S of Shibidongpado, from where a light (white round concrete tower, 8 m in height) is... 450 After Paragraph 11.151
1
Paragraph 12.35 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: Ongdo Light (white round concrete tower, 25 m in height) (36 39 N 126 00 E). Korean Notices 35/542/09; 46/701/09; 53/818/09; 53/819/09, 53/821/09 (SDDs 2009000 127978; 166551. 2010000 001864, 001865; 001867) [06/10]
Korea - West coast - Taiwan Strait Approaches to Mokpo - Myngnyang Sudo Directions; wreck 435 Paragraph 11.75 6 line 13 Replace by: ...concrete tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited, thence: Clear of a wreck, 9 7 m (34 36 89N 126 14 06E), lying in the centre of the channel and on the E edge of the SW route through Chongdung Hae (11.97).
line 1 Insert:
Samtae Do Light, Hataedo (34 23 7N 125 18 0E) (11.13). Taehksando Light, Yngsando (34 39 2N 125 28 7E) (11.33). 451 After Paragraph 11.160
5
line 3 Insert: 440 After Paragraph 11.98 7 line 7 Add: A wreck, 9 7 m (34 36 89N 126 14 06E), lies on the E edge of the channel, in the centre of the TSS joining from Myongyang Sudo (11.75). Korean Notice 30/431/10 (SDD 2010000 122806) [35/10]
Ppsngpo Light (white concrete column, 5 m in height) (35 22 6N 126 24 7E). Paragraph 11.160 5 line 6 Delete
452 Paragraph 11.164 2 line 5 Replace by: ...Y. Thence: WNW of Ppsngpo Light (35 22 6N 126 24 7E) (11.160) in the entrance to Ppsngpo Hang (11.177). 454 After Paragraph 11.177 Major Light: Ppsngpo (11.160).
2
Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang Lights; wrecks; depths; anchorages; directions; berths 448 Paragraph 11.141 including existing Section IV Notice Week 6/10 Replace by:
1
line 8 Insert: (35 22 6N 126 24 7E)
Light
456 Paragraph 11.199 2 line 9 Delete
459 Paragraph 12.7 1 lines 3-4 Delete Paragraph 12.9 1 line 4 For (12.7) Read (11.146)
2
Landmarks: Wido (35 36 N 126 18 E) (11.160). Tusngsan (35 36 N 126 48 E), a rugged summit. Major lights: Samtae Do Light, Hataedo (34 23 7N 125 18 0E) (11.13). Maemulto Light (34 31 N 125 41 E) (11.33). Taehksando Light, Yngsando (34 39 2N 125 28 7E) (11.33). Chilbalto Light (34 47 N 125 47 E) (11.58). Amnado Light (white concrete column, 5 m in height) (35 20 N 125 59 E). Sangwangdngdo Light (white round concrete tower, 6 m in height) (35 40 N 126 07 E). Malto Light (white eight-sided concrete tower, 18 m in height) (35 51 N 126 19 E). Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) S Breakwater Head Light (red round concrete tower, 19 m in height) (35 58 48N 126 30 78E)
2 - 85
Index
NP32
449 Paragraph 11.146 3 Replace by:
3
The track then leads to the vicinity of Kunsan Hang No 1 pilotage boarding position (11 miles ESE) (11.193), W of Ping Do (35 57 N 126 32 E), a prominent brown-coloured islet. A light (white six-sided concrete tower, 13 m in height) is exhibited from the island, and S Breakwater Head Light (11.141) lies 1 miles NNW. Anchorage areas (11.192) extend N and S of the pilot boarding position. 451 Paragraph 11.160 5 including existing Section IV Notice Week 6/10 Replace by:
Major lights: Malto Light (35 51 N 126 19 E) (11.141). Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) S Breakwater Head Light (35 58 48N 126 30 78E) (11.141). Paragraph 11.201 1 line 1 to 4 line 6 Replace by:
1
Major lights: Taenorok To (35 06 N 125 59 E) (11.91). Amnado Light (35 20 N 125 59 E) (11.141). Ppsngpo Light (white concrete column, 5 m in height) (35 22 6N 126 24 7E). Sangwangdngdo Light (35 40 N 126 07 E) (11.141). Malto Light (35 51 N 126 19 E) (11.141). Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) S Breakwater Head Light (35 58 48N 126 30 78E) (11.141). 454 Paragraph 11.186 1 line 1 Replace by: In the outer harbour fairway to Kunsan Hang (Outer Port) the least mid-channel depth is 5 2 m, with lesser depths near the fairway edges. In the entrance to Kunsan Hang the least depth is 4 8 m. Ships with a draught of 5 5 to 8 2 m can enter the inner... 455 Paragraph 11.192 Replace by:
Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart, centred on: A1 (35 59 4N 126 26 8E), depths 10 to 11 m, a 6 3 m shoal lies close NNW of the area. Quarantine anchorage (35 57 4N 126 26 8E), depths 9 to 10 m. A2 (35 56 7N 126 26 8E), depths 8 to 10 m with an obstruction, depth 8 4 m, in S part; No 1 pilotage position lies on W edge; A3 (35 55 5N 126 26 8E), depths 8 to 10 m. A-4 (35 59 0N 126 33 0E)), depths 5 to 8 m, and a rock, depth 3 4 m close N of E part. The maximum draught for vessels anchoring is about 9 1 m. 456 Paragraph 11.199 2 lines 7-9 including existing Section IV Notice Week 6/10 Replace by:
From the vicinity of Kunsan Hang No 1 pilotage position (35 57 N 126 26 E), the track leads generally ENE passing: Through or N of quarantine anchorage (35 57 4N 126 26 8E) (11.192) thence: SE of the SW extremity of N Detached Breakwater (35 58 72N 126 29 48E), from where a light (white round concrete tower, 20 m in height), is exhibited and enter the fairway, marked by light buoys (lateral); an obstruction, depth 7 8 m, lies 5 cables SW of the light. A light (yellow round concrete tower, 20 m in height, is exhibited from NE end of the breakwater). The fairway then continues ENE to a position between S Breakwater Head Light (11.141) (35 58 48N 126 30 78E), marking the end of a breakwater, extending 4 cables W and WNW from the extensive reclaimed area (11.197) on S side of the fairway, and No 1 Light Buoy, 6 cables NNW. The track then leads E through the fairway, to the S of which lie marginal wharves, including areas of works in progess (2007 and 2009) marked by light buoys (special), and piers, and to the N generally shallow water and drying banks lying to the N of the line of light buoys (port hand), and passing: S of light beacon (isolated danger, 25 m in height), 7 cables N of S Breakwater Head Light, and marking an isolated patch, depth 0 7 m, thence: S of Myng-am Light (port hand, 18 m in height), 9 cables NNE of S Breakwater Head Light, marking a drying reef extending 2 cables WNW from the head of Kunsan Hang N breakwater, thence: S of Anchorage A-4 (11.192) lying N of No 5 Light Buoy (port hand) (35 59 0N 126 33 0E), thence: N of No 6 Wharf (35 58 50N 126 33 50E), marked at each end by a light (yellow column, 6 m in height), thence: Korean Notices 31/771/09; 6/103/10; Korean Charts 336, 505 (SDDs 2009000 053158; 191721; 2010000 027102) [11/10] Korea - West Coast - Songido to Wido Directions; ODAS light beacon 452 After Paragraph 11.164 2 line 5 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 06/10 Insert: Clear of an ODAS light beacon (35 27 92N 126 07 77E), thence: Korean Notice 693/45/10 (SDD 2010000 190275) [49/10]
2 - 86
Index
NP32
Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and Taean Hang Directions; depths; fairways; anchorages; buoyage 464 Paragraph 12.44 1 line 3 Replace by: ...Hang (37 01 N 126 20 E), the latter 10 miles through Sindo Fairway, a two-way channel marked by light buoys (lateral); the fairway is not shown on Chart 1270. Paragraph 12.45 Replace by:
1
466 - 467
Paragraph 12.71 Replace by: Anchorage may be obtained as follows, in designated anchorages, the limits of which, or the position, are shown on the chart, (positions from Kain S Light (37 00 17N 126 18 95E)): Name A12 Anchorage Position 3 miles WSW Remarks Depths about 30 m; vessels over 65 000 dwt; outside harbour limits Depths about 28 to 35 m; vessels over 65 000 dwt; outside harbour limits Depths about 31 m; vessels under 65 000 dwt Depths 24 to 35 m; vessels under 65 000 dwt Depth about 31 m; vessels under 20 000 dwt Depth about 33 m; vessels under 6000 dwt Depth about 35m; vessels under 6000 dwt
The least depth in Sindo Fairway (12.44) is 22 m. For depths in Taesan Hang Fairways I - III (12.80); see 12.67. In the fairway to Taean Hang (12.55) there is a least depth of 19 1 m, however depths greater than 20 m may be achieved in N part of the two-way channel. 465 Paragraph 12.51 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
A11 Anchorage
2 miles WSW
A10 Anchorage
1miles WNW
Quarantine and A9 Anchorage A8 Anchorage
1 miles WNW
Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (36 52 83N 126 09 15E) and entering Sindo Fairway (12.44), thence: Paragraph 12.51 5 Replace by:
1 miles NW
The fairway then continues NE to a position NW of No 8 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (36 59 51N 126 17 31E) marking the entrance to Fairway I; Suinyeo Light Beacon (starboard hand, 16 m in height), not named on the chart and marking a drying reef and dangers which extend 1 cables NW, lies 8 cables SE of the light buoy.
A7 Anchorage A6 Anchorage
1 miles NNW 1 miles N
Positions from Hg Do Light (37 01 60N 126 23 23E): Name A5 Anchorage Position 1 miles NW Remarks Depth about 29 m; vessels under 20 000 dwt Depth about 29 m; vessels under 6000 dwt Depth about 19 m; vessels under 12 000 dwt Depth about 14 m; vessels under 6000 dwt Depth about 7 m; vessels under 6000 dwt
466 Paragraph 12.64 Replace by: Taesan is approached from SW via Sindo Fairway (12.44), or from NW, depending upon which pilot station is used, see 12.73.
Paragraph 12.67 1 Replace by: Controlling depths: Fairway I to anchorages, and to No 14 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (37 01 95N 126 22 18E), has 21 5 m in mid channel, but a track with a minimum depth of 25 m may be achieved on N side of the fairway; Fairway I to E of No 14 Light Buoy there is a least depth of 12 8 m on S side of the fairway; Fairway II has a least depth of 12 2 m, however a least depth of 17 5 m can be achieved using a N approach and then the SSE branch. Fairway III is approached over a bank with depths of about 10 m.
1 miles NNW 1 miles NNE
1 miles NNE 1 miles NE
2 - 87
Index
NP32
3
A continuation of Chang-antoe (12.51), with extensive areas of shallow water, extends ENE close N of the anchorage areas, and marked on S and E edges by light buoys (S and E cardinal respectively). Caution: see 12.77 for tidal streams.
From the position N of No 14 Light Buoy (starboard hand), the track leads E through the S branch of Fairway I, passing N of No 16 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (5 cables NW), marking the NE of a bank, depths less than 10 m, extending NE from the shore, thence: UKHO; ENCs KR5F2011 and KR5F2010 (SDD 2010000 082627) [25/10]
467
Korea - West coast - Pyngtaek Hang and approaches Depths; vertical clearances; anchorages; restricted area For
Paragraph
12.80
Heading
approach Read South-west through Fairway I
South-west approach
472 line 5 For 13 1 m Read 13 3 m Paragraph 12.110 1 lines 7-9 Replace by:
1
Paragraph 12.110
Paragraph 12.80 2 lines 1-2 For No 8 Light Buoy Read No 14 Light Buoy Paragraph 12.81, including title, Replace by:
Vertical clearances. Sohae Bridge (36 57 10N 126 50 45E) with a vertical clearance of 62 m spans the SE end of the fairway, and with 45 m clearance farther W over the S end of Asan Man. Paragraph 12.113 2 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 4/10 Replace by:
2
North-west approach through Fairway II

1
12.81 From the vicinity of Chang-anTaesan pilot boarding position (37 03 52N 126 18 68E), the track leads SE for about 1 miles, then ESE or SSE through Fairway II, passing (with positions from Kain S Light (37 00 17N 126 18 95E)): NE of No 2 Light Buoy (E cardinal) (2 miles N), marking the E edge of a NE/SW aligned shallow bank with a least depth of 0 9 m. The track continues SE to a posiiton SW of E Light Buoy (W cardinal) marking the W of bank, least depth 2 m, extending 1 mile ENE. Fairway II then divides, leading either ESE for 1 miles, or SSE for 8 cables, and passing NNE or WSW, respectively, of the restricted area around the SBM (2 miles NE) (12.83). The ESE branch passes SW of No 3 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 miles NNE). The two fairway branches then enter Fairway I, from where the directions continue, see 12.80.
Temporary Anchorage (2 miles SE), depths from less than 5 m on W edge to 12 m, and with a rocky 9 2 m patch, on the N edge; Dorido Waiting Anchorage (5 miles ESE), formerly No 3 Anchorage, depths 13 to 17 m. Bangdo Anchorage (37 00 00N 126 45 00E), mud and sand, depths 11 to 14 m. Dorito and Bangdo Anchorages abut the fairway, and the corners are marked by light buoys, (port hand) on the fairway side, and (special) on the inshore side. After 12.115 Insert:
Restricted area
1
12.115a Entry is not permitted into the restricted area (36 59 90N 126 46 80E) except for vessels berthing at the oil and gas tanker terminals on the N side of the harbour entrance. UKHO (SDD 2010000 082629) [25/10]
North-west approach through Fairway III

1
Korea - West coast Pyngtaek Hang approaches Anchorage 472 Paragraph 12.113 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2
12.81a Fairway III, marked by light buoys (lateral), is entered between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (37 03 17N 126 22 91E) and leads SSE for 6 cables to a position N of No 6 Light Buoy (starboard hand), 8 cables S of No 1 Light Buoy to enter Fairway I, see 12.82. Paragraph 12.82 1 to 2 line 5 Replace by: Positions are given from Hg Do Light (37 01 60N 126 23 23E), exhibited from the N end of the island. From a position N of No 14 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (9 cables WNW), Fairway I divides into two branches passing N or S of a shoal area (6 cables N), least depth 6 4 m. Anchorages A1 to A5 (12.71) (1 miles N) may be approached directly via the N branch.
Temporary Anchorage (2 miles SE), depths from less than 5 m on W edge to 12 m, and with a rocky patch on the N edge; Korean Notice 48/726/09 (SDD 2009000 178633) [04/10]
Korea - West Coast - Palmi Pilot Station 472 Paragraph 12.123 1 lines 9-11 Replace by: ...vicinity of Palmido at Palmi pilot station (37 20 37N 126 28 30E), or Palmi (bad weather) station, 4 miles farther NE. Korean Notice 666/44/10 (SDD 2010000 186755) [48/10]
2 - 88
Index
NP32
Korea - West coast - Inchn Hang Southwest approaches Fairway; directions; vertical clearances; bridges; anchorages; regulations; developments; aids to navigation 474
1
Paragraph 12.134 Replace by: The port of Inchn is approached from SW and entered through a fairway marked by light buoys (lateral and special). A fairway from SW for coastal passenger ships joins the main fairway just below Inchn Grand Bridge (12.156).
Haerido Light (12.173) (37 22 N 126 26 E), and joins the main fairway just below the bridge. Anchorages W4 and W5 (12.160) lie partly within the NE end of the fairway. Three navigation channels for two-way traffic, each marked by light buoys (special or lateral), pass under the bridge which is marked by lights; for vertical clearances see 12.137a. The main channel has a width of 3 cables, and the side channels to NW and SE a width of about 1 cable each. The track then leads NNE through Fairway I, which is marked by light buoys (special), not shown on chart and liable to change; to the...
475 After Paragraph 12.137 line 11 Insert: 477 Paragraph 12.160 Replace by:
1
Vertical clearances
1
12.137a Inchn Grand Bridge: centre span (37 24 8N 126 34 0E) 66 m; E and W spans 59 m. Yngjongdo Bridge (37 32 7N 126 34 9E): 35 m. Several bridges span the river N of Yngjongdo Bridge, the vertical clearances of which are not known; see 12.164. An overhead power cable, safe vertical clearance 70 m, spans the N tidal basin at 37 29 75N 126 37 75E. Paragraph 12.145 1 lines 2-4 Delete Paragraph 12.148 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
For approaches see 12.125. Speed limits: From 1 mile S of Inchon Grand Bridge to Yngjongdo Bridge (12.137a), 8 miles NNE, the general speed limit is 12 kn, with following exceptions: In the approaches to Inchon Grand Bridge, less than 10 kn for vessels less than 50 000 gt, and less than 7 kn for vessels over 100 000 gt, Less than 8 kn off some berth areas and approaches to docks. Paragraph 12.151 1 lines 6-7 Delete
The outer harbour has 18 numbered anchorages, the limits of some of which are shown on the chart, lying to E and W of the main approach fairway and E of Fairway I as follows: Anchorages W3 to W5 to the W of the main fairway below Inchon Grand Bridge and W9 to W15 above the bridge, with depths from 7 to 18 m, capable of accommodating vessels up to 50 000 tonnes. A wreck, depth 13 3 m lies in W of Anchorage W14, and an explosives anchorage lies NNE of Anchorage W15. Anchorages E1 to E6 to the E of the main fairway below the bridge, with depths from 4 to 16 m, capable of accommodating vessels up to 50 000 tonnes. Anchorage E5 and E8 is only for transit vessels to provision or bunker. Anchorages A1 to A8 to E of anchorages E, with depths from 4 to 6 m, capable of accommodating vessels up to 5000 tonnes. Anchorages W19 and E6 are designated as Emergency Reserved Anchorages. Anchorage W5 has reportedly been removed.
476 Paragraph 12.155 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: Inchon Grand Bridge, S column between centre and E spans (37 24 68N 126 34 18E). Inchon Grand Bridge N column between centre and W spans (37 24 97N 126 33 78E). Yngjongdo Bridge Centre Light (37 32 67N 126 34 86E). Paragraph 12.156 1 line 7 to 3 line 2 Replace by: The track then enters a two-way fairway, passing between anchorage areas (12.145) and mud banks marked by light buoys (lateral), to Inchon Grand Bridge (37 24 8N 126 34 0E). Coastal Passenger Ship Fairway, 6 miles long, leads from SW, from a position 5 cables SE of
479 Paragraph 12.164 4 lines 6-10 Replace by: Vertical clearances.Yngjongdo Bridge (37 32 7N 126 34 9E), vertical clearance 35 m, spans Ym Ha; another bridge (37 37 96N 126 32 43E), spans Ym Ha from Kanghwa Do and several bridges span Han Gang at Seoul; see also 12.137a. Korean Notices 44/680/09; 44/681/09; 49/736/09; 49/738/09; 49/739/09; 49/740/09; 49/741/09; 51/774/09; 51/775/09; 51/776/09; 51/Part3/125/09; Korean ENC KR5F2K41 (SDDs 2009000 157604; 157605; 183896; 183897; 183898; 183900; 183901; 191728; 191729; 191730; 191742) [08/10]
2 - 89
Index
NP32
Korea - West coast - Inchn Hang Chagyakto Light 476 After Paragraph 12.154
1
Vessel traffic management system

1
line 11 Insert:
Chagyakto Light (white eight sided concrete tower, 20 m in height) (37 29 84N 126 35 40E). 477 Paragraph 12.156 4 lines 7-8 Replace by: ...the vicinity. A light (12.154) is exhibited from the island. Korean Notice 1/17/10 (SDD 2010000 008465)
8.101a A VTMS is in operation in the Verde Island Passage TSS and the ports of Batangas (8.71), Puerto Galera (8.104) and Calapan (8.108). The limits of the VTMS are 3 miles to W and E of the TSS and its use is compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Philippine Ports Authority (SDD 2008000 096475) [04/09]
Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay Traffic separation scheme After Paragraph 8.82 241 Insert:
[05/10]
1

8.82a The Batangas Bay TSS is not IMO adopted. The Philippine Authorities advise that the principles for the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collision at Sea (1972) apply. See also 8.56a. 242 Paragraph 8.87 1 line 5 For Batangas Bay Read Bantagas Bay TSS (8.82a) Paragraph 8.87
3
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko Heel Reef Light 151 Paragraph 5.163 4 lines 3-5 Delete Heel Reef To reef. Malaysian Notice 5/110/2009 (SDD 2009000 068349)
line 9-10 Replace by:
[35/09]
On exiting the Bantangas Bay TSS the track then leads NNE towards the pilot boarding positions, or the anchorages, off Batangas. Philippine Notice 5/69/09 (SDD 2009000 046273) [23/10]
Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage Vessel traffic management system 238 Insert:
Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards - Tres Reyes Islands Shoal depths Paragraph 9.42 300 lines 4-5 Replace by:

1
8.56a A VTMS is in operation in the Verde Island Passage TSS and the ports of Batangas (8.71), Puerto Galera (8.104) and Calapan (8.108). The limits of the VTMS are 3 miles to W and E of the TSS and its use is compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). 243 Insert:
...channel between Gaspar and Marinduque there are shoals of 7 3 m and 8 7 m lying 1 mile NW and 1 mile N of Gaspar Island respectively. US Notice 51/91340/2009 (SDD 2009000 190314) [03/10]
Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island Light 355 Paragraph 9.414 1 lines 7-9 Replace by: ...channel 1 cables wide. Pacijan Light and Tulang Light are exhibited from the SE part of the island, 1 mile N and 2 miles ENE of Pagtudian Point (10 35 43N 124 16 49E) respectively. Philippines Notice 12/238/09 (SDD 2010000 012822) [06/10]

1
8.95a A VTMS is in operation in the Verde Island Passage TSS and the ports of Batangas (8.71), Puerto Galera (8.104) and Calapan (8.108). The limits of the VTMS are 3 miles to W and E of the TSS and its use is compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
2 - 90
Index
NP34
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Paragraph 4 101 Indonesia - South coast of Jawa Tanjung Intan Limiting conditions 61 After Paragraph 3.42
2 1 4 4
Insert:
Less water than charted has been reported (2010) to E and N of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (7 45 2S 109 03 3E). Fleet Management Ltd, Hong Kong (SDD 2010000 102609) [34/10]
From No 8 Buoy (port hand) (7 12 S 112 48 E) the track leads W to Tanjungperak, through a buoyed channel, under the bridge (4.87a). A dangerous wreck (7 11 3S 112 46 0E), lies 1 cable S of a buoy (starboard hand). Caution. The direction of buoyage changes 5 cables W of the bridge. Indonesian ENCs ID400096; ID500084 (SDDs 2010000 013826; 030044) [16/10]
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa Selat Surabaya - Gresik Berths Indonesia - North coast of Jawa Pulau Bawean Directions; major light Paragraph 4.111 Paragraph 4.14
3 2 4
85 Replace by:
Major lights. Tanjung Mantegi Light (white beacon) (5 43 1S 112 41 1E). Sangkapura Light (white metal framework tower, 20 m in height) (5 51 3S 112 39 2E). Paragraph 4.16 2 line 5 For (white metal framework tower, 20 m in height) Read (4.14) Dishidros (SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]
Siam Maspion Terminal, (7 06 69S 112 39 15E), with platform and dolphins, lies 2 miles N of Petrochemical Wharf. A causeway and trestle extend 1 9 miles from the shore. Vessels of up to 100 000 dwt, maximum length of 240 m and maximum draught alongside of 10 5 m can be accommodated. Lights are exhibited from beacons (special) at the head of the terminal. PT Siam Maspion Terminal (SDD 2009000 146783) [47/09]
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa Selat Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng Oilfield Submarine gas pipeline 81 Insert:
2
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa Selat Surabaya - Port of Tanjungperak Wreck After Paragraph 4.136 87 Insert:

2
A submarine gas pipeline links Gresik (4.103) with Poleng Oilfield (4.156). The pipeline crosses to E side of the N entrance channel at Gresik and then follows close W to the recommended track between No 6 and No 7 Light Buoys (lateral) then passing S and E of N entrance outer anchorage (4.84). Rubicon Maverick (SDD 2009000 137629) [47/09]
A stranded wreck, marked by a light buoy (starboard hand), lies 1 cables ENE of the Container Terminal elbow. Indonesian Notices 34/297/09; 34/298/09 (SDD 2009000 122716) [47/09]
Indonesia - North coast of Madura Directions; major light Paragraph 4 151

4
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa Selat Surabaya and approaches Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage 81 After Paragraph 4.87
2
Insert:
Major lights: Pulau Karangjamuang Light (6 56 S 112 44 E) (4.92). Batuputih Light (white metal framework tower, 40 m in height) (6 52 2S 113 56 3E). 89 lines 4-5 Delete [17/10]
Vertical clearance
4
4.87a A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 34 m, spans the SE entrance between Sekarbungu, 1 mile E of Kesek (4.87), and Tambakwedi 2 miles S.
Paragraph 4 154
Dishidros (SDD 2010000 018377)
2 - 91
Index
NP34
Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok Teluk Ayang Southwards Rock 122 lines 5-6 Delete

Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie Directions; dangerous rock 168 After Paragraph 5.112 1 line 10 Add:
Paragraph 5.176
Indonesian Chart 291 (SDD 2009000 019005)
[47/09]
ENE of a dangerous 127 57 3E), thence: 169 Paragraph 5.112

3
rock
(0 47 7S
Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South-east coast Directions; major light 167 lines 1-2 Replace by:
line 4 For NW Read NE [33/08]
Paragraph 7 46
2
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (SDD 2008000 044791)
Major lights: Tanjung Ngaru Mangigit Light (white beacon) (10 14 9S 120 39 6E). Tanjung Undu Light (10 05 3S 120 50 7E) (7 13). Dishidros (SDD 2010000 018377)

Java Sea - Gosong Mampango Light; racon 85 Paragraph 4.45 2 lines 3-4 Delete from to displayed
[17/10]
Indonesia - Selat Flores Directions; lights 192 After Paragraph 8.29

3
86 Paragraph 4.54 1 line 8 Delete from to displayed 159 Paragraph 8.20

1
line 5 Add:
Pulau Serbete lighthouse (8 09 0S 123 01 1E) (White metal framework tower, 15 m in height). 193 Paragraph 8.34 1 line 5 For (8 19 1S 123 01 1E) (8.37) Read (8 19 2S 123 00 7E) (white metal framework structure, 30 m in height). Paragraph 8.37 2 lines 11-12 Replace by: ...light (8.29) is exhibited from the islet. The channel... 194 Paragraph 8.40 1 line 7 Replace by: Tanjung Serbete Light (8.34). United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (HH. 034/200/01)
line 2 Delete
Paragraph 8.21 1 lines 6-7 Delete from to exhibited, Hydro-Oceanographic Office, Indonesian Navy (SDD 2010000 029434) [12/10] Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan Dangerous wreck After Paragraph 6.39 126 line 8 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (2 17 8S 105 27 6E), whose masts are visible, thence: MT Budi Jasa (SDD 2009000 044908) [31/09]
Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur Directions [04/10] Paragraph 7.23 143 lines 3-4 Delete A light To reef. [27/09]
Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus Racon 423 Paragraph 16.180 including heading Replace by:
Indonesian Chart 66 (SDD 2009000 009601)
Tanjung Pandan Major lights; directions 164 Paragraph 8.58 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: Major lights: Tanjung Puting Light (white metal framework tower, 30 m in height) (3 30 6S 111 46 4E). Tanjung Pandan Light (white tower) (2 56 5S 111 40 7E).
Spare
16.180 Indonesian Chart 344 (SDD 2009000 140657)
[47/09]
2 - 92
Index
NP36
165 Paragraph 8.63 2 lines 6-12 Replace by: ...beacon. Thence: WNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (2 57 4S 111 41 0E) (1 mile S). E of Tanjung Pandan Light (8.58) Indonesian Notice 12/096/2009 (SDD 2009000 051677) [32/09] After Paragraph 2.35
3
60 Paragraph 2.27 2 lines 4 Replace by: NW of Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N 5 51 1W) (2.26), thence: Paragraph 2.31 1 line 1 For TSS, about 7 miles W Read ITZ, about 3 miles NW Paragraph 2.31
1
line 3 For 24 Read 21 61 Add:
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot (2008 Edition)

1

2.35a Racon: Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N 5 51 1W) (2.26) Paragraph 2.36 1 line 1 For TSS, about 7 miles W Read ITZ, about 3 miles NW Paragraph 2.36 1 line 5 Delete (2.17) Paragraph 2.36 1 line 10 Delete (2.17) Paragraph 2.36
2
England Southwest coast Offshore routes; directions 58 line 8 For 92 Read 80 line 3 For 75 Read 67
1 3
Paragraph 2.10 2 line 1 For 6 miles W Read 14 miles NNW After Paragraph 2.16
1
line 10 For thence Read and

2
line 4 Insert:
line 10 Insert:
Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N 5 51 1W) (2.26) Paragraph 2.17 2 line 2 For 6 miles W Read 14 miles NNW Paragraph 2.17
2
NW of Renewable Energy Development Area (12 miles N), thence: After Paragraph 2.36
3
line 9 Insert:
line 4 For 92 Read 80
Paragraph 2.17 2 lines 4-8 Delete passing To 16 6 m 59 Paragraph 2.17 3 Delete Paragraph 2.19 2 line 2 For 7 miles W Read 14 miles NNW Paragraph 2.19
2
Caution. The sea breaks in strong gales, particularly from NW, over Cape Cornwall Bank (50 13 N 5 49 W) and Bann Shoal (50 19 N 5 46 W), which should be avoided at such times by small vessels. International Maritime Organisation (SSDs 2008000 098453; 2009000 030583) [23/09]
line 3 For 75 Read 67

1
England South-west coast - Cape Cornwall to Saint Agnes Head Directions; buoyage After Paragraph 2.36 61 line 4 Add:
line 4 Insert:
Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N 5 51 1W) (2.26) Paragraph 2.26 1 line 1 For 7 miles W Read 14 miles NNW Paragraph 2.26
1
SE of a group of four wave recorder buoys (8 miles N), thence: University of Exeter (SDD 2009000 144241) [49/09]
line 2 For 75 Read 67 England South-west coast Saint Ives Bay Directions; buoyage 61 Paragraph 2.37
4 4
Paragraph 2.26 1 lines 4-7 Replace by: NW of Bann Shoal Light Buoy (starboard hand) (50 20 0N 5 51 1W) which marks the NE limit of the N-going traffic lane, thence: Paragraph 2.26 1 line 8 Replace by: NW of Renewable Energy Development Area (50 22 N 5 37 W), thence: After Paragraph 2.26
2
Outfall. An outfall, terminated by diffusers, extends... 62 Paragraph 2.46 3 lines 3-4 For a light buoy (port hand) Read light buoys (lateral) Saint Ives and Hayle Harbour Masters (SDDs 2010000 129833; 135394) [39/10]
line 13 Insert:
Caution. The sea breaks in strong gales, particularly from NW, over Bann Shoal (50 19 N 5 46 W), which should be avoided at such times by small vessels.
2 - 93
Index
NP37
Bristol Channel Directions; wind farm 74 After Paragraph 3.18
1
89 Paragraph 3.95 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.95 93 Paragraph 3.121 Including heading Replace by:
line 7 Add:
SE of six light buoys (special) marking the limits of the site of the proposed Atlantic Array wind farm (51 21 4N 4 33 0W). 85 Paragraph 3.66
1
Spare
3.121 95 Paragraph 3.151 Including heading Replace by: line 7 Replace by:
...detached, thence: N of six light buoys (special) marking the limits of the site of the proposed Atlantic Array wind farm (51 21 4N 4 33 0W). RWE Npower Renewables Limited (SDDs 2010000 041600; 068348)
Spare
[24/10]
Spare
3.175 England Bristol Channel Barnstaple Bay Buoy 75 Paragraph 3.18 1 line 9 For Baggy Leap Buoy Read Baggy Leap Light Buoy Trinity House (SDD 2009000 044213) 101 Paragraph 3.194 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.194 ABP South Wales (SDD 2009000 165135) [52/09]
[28/09] Bristol Channel Vessel traffic service
England Bristol Channel Bull Point to Hurlstone Point Light buoys 75 Paragraph 3.18 2 line 2 For Morte Stone Buoy Read Morte Stone Light Buoy 81 Paragraph 3.48 3 line 1 For Copperas Rock Buoy Read Copperas Rock Light Buoy Trinity House (SDDs 2009000 050153; 050096) Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point Directions; isolated danger 82 Paragraph 3.48
4
105 Paragraph 4.5 1 line 3 For Bristol Channel Read Port of Bristol Area 107 Paragraph 4.18 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.18 109 Paragraph 4.38 Paragraph 4.40
1 3
[31/09]
line 2-3 Delete line 8 Delete to Severn VTS 111
Paragraph 4.55 Including heading Replace by:
line 7-9 Delete An To Ledge.
Spare
Marine Current Turbines Ltd (SDD 2010000 096127; 105925)
[30/10]
Wales South coast Bristol Channel Vessel traffic service 84 Paragraph 3.61 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.125 121 Paragraph 4.139 2 lines 56 Delete Mariners wishing to pass the transporter Bridge should inform Severn VTS by radio.
Spare
3.61
2 - 94
Index
NP37
Paragraph 4.140
1
122 line 1 Delete VTS, [24/10]
England West coast - River Severn Landmarks; tower 140 Paragraph 4.257 1 line 6 Delete Bristol Port Company (SDD 20080000 100330) [06/09]
ABP South Wales (SDD 2010000 080397)
Bristol Channel - Nash Point to Barry Directions; racon; wreck; buoyage 107 After Paragraph 4.22
1
Bristol Channel - Routes south of the Smalls Directions; buoyage 152 Paragraph 5.26 thence:
1
line 2 Add:
N Cardinal light buoy (51 19 7N 3 29 9W). After Paragraph 4.23

1
line 8 For (5.45). Read (5.45),

1
line 3 Add:
Either side of a wreck (51 19 6N 3 29 9W) with a least depth of 10 4 m, marked by four light buoys (cardinal), thence: 123 After Paragraph 4.153
1
line 8 Add:
NNE of a light buoy (special) (51 20 4N 5 07 2W), thence: RWE npower renewables (SDD 2010000 106470) [30/10]
line 2 Add: Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven Controlling depth; depths at berths Paragraph 5.57 15 9 m (2008)
1
N Cardinal light buoy (51 19 7N 3 29 9W). Trinity House Notice 16/10 F6 (SDD 2010000 099666) Wales South coast Barry Directions; light 109 Paragraph 4.45
1
[28/10]
155 line 1 For 16 2 m (2006) Read
line 5-6 Delete [51/09]
166 Paragraph 5.100 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: No 1 Quay for vessels up to 165 m in length, is 180 m long with a controlling depth of 6 1 m. A light is exhibited from the W corner of the quay. Paragraph 5.103
1
ABP South Wales (SDD 2009000 159135)
line 9 For 5 4 m Read 4 2 m [51/08]
Milford Haven Port Authority (SDDs 2008000 077011; 072429; 092995)
Bristol Channel Nash Point to King Road Directions; light 117 Paragraph 4.104 2 line 8 Delete 120 Paragraph 4.129 2 line 5 Delete 129 Paragraph 4.188 3 lines 2-3 Delete 130 Paragraph 4.190 2 lines 5-6 Delete ...on which stands a light (4.188),... Trinity House Notice 28/10 (SDD 2010000 139300) Wales South coast Newport Vertical clearance 119 line 3 For 64 m Read 56 m
1
Wales Southwest coast Milford Haven Limiting conditions 155 Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 51/08 Replace by:
1
Depth within both the West Channel and the Main Channel is 15 9 m (2008). 158 Paragraph 5.78 15 9 m (2008)
1
line 1 For 16 2 m (2006) Read
Milford Haven Port Authority (SDDs 2009000 010625; 2008000 092995)
[09/09]
[39/10]
Wales South-west coast Milford Haven Controlling depth; depths at berths 155 Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notices Weeks 51/08 and 09/09 Replace by: Depth in the West Channel is 15 6 m (2009) and in the Main Channel it is 15 4 m (2009).
Paragraph 4.119
Newport Harbour Master (SDD 2009000 045091)
[31/09]
2 - 95
Index
NP37
157 Paragraph 5.73 2 line 5 For 9 8 m Read 9 5 m (2009) 166 Paragraph 5.99 1 line 6 For 6 85 m (2008) Read 6 0 m (2009) Paragraph 5.100 1 line 4 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 51/08 For 6 1 m Read 5 4 m Paragraph 5.100
2
158 Paragraph 5.78 1 line 1 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 09/09 For 15 9 m (2006) Read 15 6 m (2009)
Paragraph 5.103 1 line 9 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 51/08 For 8 3 m and 4 2 m Read 8 0 m and 4 6 m Milford Haven Port Authority Notice 23/2010 (SDDs 2010000 014191; 094678) [30/10]
162 Paragraph 5.85 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 07/09 For 12 8 m Read 12 7 m
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven Regulations concerning entry 157 Paragraph 5.70 6 lines 8-11 Replace by: Controlled and Exclusion Zones for specified vessels. Controlled and Exclusion Zones will be allocated to certain specified vessels whilst they are navigating within the port. Controlled Zones extend 1 mile ahead and astern of the specified vessel and within the confines of the main channel. No commercial vessel of 20 m or more may navigate within the controlled zone except astern of the specified vessel where such navigation is away from that specified vessel and provided that prior permission has been sought from and granted by Port Control. Exclusion Zones extend ahead to the limit of the line of sight from the bridge of the specified vessel within the confines of the channel. Such limit will be determined by a patrol vessel stationed ahead of the specified vessel. The zone astern will extend to the stern of an escort tug, where one is provided, or 100 m astern of the specified vessel should a tug not be provided. No vessel is permitted to navigate within the Exclusion Zone at any time. Milford Haven Port Authority (SDD 2008000 089937) [07/09]
164 Paragraph 5.95 1 lines 7-8 For 15 3 m (2006) and 11 4 m (2006) Read 15 7 m (2009) and 11 2 m (2009) Paragraph 5.95 2 line 2 For 7 5 m (2006) Read 6 8 m (2009) Paragraph 5.96
1
...depth of 18 4 m (2009) and can accommodate vessels up to 275 000 dwt. Nos 7 and 8 Berths have depths of 14 0 m and 14 8 m alongside. Fenders allow limited use of No 8 Berth.
165 Paragraph 5.96 3 lines 1-8 Replace by:

3
The deepest berth at this jetty, No 1 Berth, has a dredged depth of 18 1 m (2009), and can accommodate vessels up to 275 000 dwt. There are depths of 13 8 m alongside No 2 Berth and 11 0 m alongside No 3 Berth. Nos 4 and 5 Berths situated on the S side of the T-head, abreast No 3 Berth, have depths alongside of 5 6 m and 5 7 m, and can accommodate smaller vessels of up to 2 500 and 6 000 dwt respectively. Paragraph 5.96 4 line 2 For 6 0 m (2006) Read 5 5 m (2009) Paragraph 5.97
1
Wales South-west coast Milford Haven Buoyage 160 Paragraph 5.79

1
Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals consists of three T-headed jetties extending from the N shore, close W of Wear Point (51 42 N 4 59 W). The controlling depth in the approach to the berths is 12 7 m. The berths are: Dragon LNG (No 1). Semlogistics No 2; length of face 121 m; depth 16 3 m; maximum size of vessel 165 000 dwt, LOA 283 m. Semlogistics No 3; length of face 63 m; depth 9 4 m; maximum size of vessel 20 000 dwt, LOA 153 m.
Milford Haven Port Authority (SDD 2010000 029173)
Wales Southwest coast Milford Haven Approach to Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals Depth 162 Paragraph 5.85 2 line 1 For 21 8 m Read 12 8 m BA Chart 3275 (HH. 037/209/01) [07/09]
2 - 96
Index
NP37
Wales South-west coast Milford Haven River Cleddau above Pembroke Dock Vertical clearance 169 line 2 For 24 m Read 23 m [15/09]
1
England - West coast - Liverpool Bay Traffic separation scheme After Paragraph 8.11 234 Insert:
Paragraph 5.116

8.11a The In Liverpool Bay TSS (53 32 N 3 37 W), which includes an Area To Be Avoided around the Douglas Oil Field Platform, is IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of The International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Milford Haven Port Authority (SDD 2009000 017125)
Wales - Fishguard Directions; useful mark 179 Paragraph 5.187

2
line 3 Replace by:

1
Castell Farm (52 00 1N 4 56 7W). HMS Echo (SDD 2010000 109544) [30/10]
Wales North coast Conwy Directions; buoyage 222 Paragraph 7.148

2

2
N of Llys Elisap Clynnog (2 miles WSW), a rocky patch. Close NE of this patch is a light buoy (special) marking the outer end of an outfall which extends NW from the shore, thence: Between C1 and C2 Light Buoys (starboard and port hand) (2 miles W), which mark the outer end of the channel, thence: After Paragraph 7.148
3
line 1 Add:
3
S of C2A Light Buoy (port hand) (1 miles WSW), thence: Conwy Harbour and Maritime Officer (SDD 2010000 109753) [33/10]
Wales Northwest coast Bangor Light buoy 222 Paragraph 7.153 2 line 3 For Bangor Buoy Read Bangor Light Buoy Isle of Anglesey County Council (SDD 2009000 013847) [12/09]
From a position N of Great Ormes Head (53 21 N 3 52 W) to the vicinity of Bar Light Float (53 32 N 3 21 W), through In Liverpool Bay TSS (8.11a) the route leads about 19 miles E, passing: N of Constable Bank marked by W Constable Light Buoy (W cardinal) (53 23 N 3 49 W); the bank extends W from Rhyl Flats (8.37) and lies parallel with the coast 3 miles offshore with depths of less than 5 m. Thence: Through the Ebound lane of In Liverpool Bay TSS (8.11a), and: N of Rhyl Flats Offshore Wind Farm (53 23 N 3 39 W), marked by light buoys. A light buoy (special, wave recorder) is moored 3 miles N of the wind farm. Thence: S of the Area To Be Avoided, protecting Douglas Oil Field Platform, and: N of a light buoy (special, wave recorder) moored 3 miles S of the platform, thence: N of Gwynt Y Mor meteorological mast (53 28 8N 3 30 5W), thence: S of Hamilton Gas Field Platform (53 33 9N 3 27 2W), and: N of North Hole Wind Farm (8.39) to the pilot boarding position close E of Bar Light Float (53 32 N 3 21 W). Light buoys (special) are moored 5 cales W and 2 cables NW of Bar Light Float. (Directions continue for entry to the river Mersey at 8.92 and for the river Dee at 8.35) International Maritime Organisation (SDD 2008000 098451) [23/09]
England - West coast - Liverpool Bay Bar Light Buoy 233-235, 244-246, 260 Paragraphs 8.2, 8.10, heading below 8.11, 8.12, 8.17, 8.18, 8.21, 8.71, 8.80, 8.82, 8.83, 8.85, 8.87, 8.93 and 8.147 For Bar Light Buoy Read Bar Light Float Trinity House (SDD2008000 083557) [51/08]
England West coast Hilbre Swash Buoyage 240 Paragraph 8.41 2 line 1 For (E cardinal) (2 miles Read (starboard hand) (1 miles Paragraph 8.41 2 line 4 For (1 miles Read (1 miles Trinity House (SDD 2009000 129120) [44/09]
2 - 97
Index
NP37
England West coast River Dee estuary Hilbre Swash Buoyage Paragraph 9.26 Paragraph 8.41
3 3 2
240 line 1-3 Replace by:
W of Hilbre Island Light (white metal framework... Dee Conservancy Notice 10-2010 (SDD 2010000 096409) [31/10]
3
The N training wall is marked near its outer end by 13 mile Light Perch (red solid steel mast, 12 m in height, supported by a tripod). Gut Light Buoy (safe water) (53 41 7N 3 09 0W) is moored WSW of the Gut Channel. Paragraph 9.26
3
England West coast Liverpool Bay Buoyage 247 lines 8-9 Delete and To hand) 271 lines 8-9 Delete and To cardinal)
1
Paragraph 8.93
South Gut, an unmarked channel, was developed (1989) through a gap in the S training wall at 12 mile Perch, however, owing to siltation (2010) the channel is no longer navigable. The wreck of the Zealandia (53 39 9N 3 05 6W), which dries, lies at the seaward end of South Gut and is marked on its W side by a light buoy (W cardinal). Paragraph 9.29
1
Paragraph 9.22
Mersey Docks and Harbour Company (SDD 2009000 119693)
[42/09]
Local knowledge is needed to navigate Gut Channel and the river Ribble. Paragraph 9.29
1
England West coast Liverpool Bay Bar Light Buoy 270 line 1 For Buoy Read Float line 6 For Buoy Read Float
Preston City Council (SDDs 2010000 098209; 099683; 110485)
1 1
England West coast Barrow-in-Furness Piel Channel Directions; dangerous wreck After Paragraph 9.87 286 line 4 Add:
271 Paragraph 9.21 1 line 2 For Buoy Read Float Paragraph 9.22 heading For Bar Light Buoy Read Bar Light Float Paragraph 9.22 1 line 1 For Buoy Read Float 317 line 5 For Buoy Read Float
NNE of a dangerous wreck with a depth of 1 5 m (1 cables N), thence: UKHO (SDD 2009000 174475) [03/10]
Paragraph 10.146
318 Paragraph 10.153 1 line 2 For Buoy Read Float Paragraph 10.154 heading For Bar Light Buoy Read Bar Light Float Paragraph 10.154 1 line 4 For Buoy Read Float Paragraph 10.154 3 line 4 For Buoy Read Float Trinity House (SDD 2008000 083557) [18/09]
England West coast Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head Directions; depth 289-290 Paragraph 9.110 Paragraph 9.119 BA Chart 2010 (HH 037/200/01)
1 1
line 5 For 12 3 m Read 10 3 m line 6 For 12 3 m Read 10 3 m [51/09]
England West coast Morecambe Bay Racon 271 line 4 Delete

3
England West coast Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head Directions; wind farms 289 Paragraph 9.110
3
Paragraph 9.21
UKHO (SDD 2009000 120160)
[44/09]
England West coast River Ribble estuary Directions 271 Paragraph 9.24
1
lines 1-2 Delete
ENE of North Morecambe Gas Field (53 58 N 3 40 W) (9.4), and: Close WSW of Walney Wind Farm (54 02 N 3 30 W), under construction (2010), marked on each corner by light buoys (cardinal), thence: ENE of Millom Gas Field (54 02 N 3 52 W) (9.4), thence: WSW of Selker Point (54 17 N 3 25 W) (9.119).
2 - 98
Index
NP37
Paragraph 9.111 1 line 4 For 40 miles NNW. Read 13 miles N to the E corner of Ormonde Wind Farm, under construction (2010), marked by a light buoy (E cardinal) and thence NNW for a farther 29 miles. 290 Paragraph 9.119 1 line 1-9 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 51/09 Replace by:
1
Solway Firth Directions; buoyage 305 line 8-10 Replace by: ...to seaward of Two Feet Bank and Robin Rigg Offshore Wind Farm.
1
Paragraph 10.77
Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 2010000 118339)
[32/10]
From a position W of Morecambe Light Buoy (53 52 N 3 24 W) to a position W of Saint Bees Head (54 31 N 3 38 W), the route leads approximately 13 miles N to the E corner of Ormonde Wind Farm, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal) and thence NNW for a further 29 miles, passing: Clear of a well head (53 52 5N 3 28 1W), with a depth of 10 3 m and marked by a light buoy (special), thence: Between a waverider buoy and guard buoy (both special) (54 00 0 N 3 24 0W) and Barrow Wind Farm, thence: 290-291 Paragraph 9.119 2 line 1-9 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 51/09 Replace by: ESE of Walney Wind Farm (54 02 N 3 30 W) and Ormonde Wind Farm (54 05 N 3 26 W), both under construction (2010), and marked on each corner by light buoys (cardinal), and: WNW of an 8 6 m patch (54 03 6N 3 20 2W) on the coastal shelf. When E of the E cardinal buoy marking Ormonde Wind Farm the route leads NNW, passing: Between the E Ormonde Wind Farm light buoy (E cardinal) and a dangerous wreck, position approximate, lying 1 miles W of Cockspec (54 05 9N 3 18 1W), rocky ground with detached seaweed-covered drying patches close SW and 1 mile SE extending 1 miles from the coast abreast Vickerstown (54 06 N 3 15 W), the highest part of the Isle of Walney. Thence: Trinity House (SDDs 2010000 017802; 026010) [10/10]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)

Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour Limiting conditions; arrival information; directions; berths 161 Paragraph 4.78 1 Replace by:
1
South Asia Gateway Terminal (4.102). 162 Paragraph 4.86 3 lines 5-8 Delete. 163 Paragraph 4.98 3 lines 10-11 Delete. 164 Paragraph 4.102 1 Replace by:
South Asia Gateway Terminal (SAGT) occupies 940 m of the SW jetty in the Harbour Basin. It has three berths with depths of 15 m alongside and is used by container vessels. The S part of the jetty, about 200 m in length, is used by passenger and general cargo vessels. Harbour Master, Sri Lanka Ports Authority (SDD 2010000 079813) India - West coast - Quilon Port authority; pilotage 185 Paragraph 5.37 3 line 2 Replace by: Port Authority. Port Officer, Neendkara, Asramam, Kollam, Kerala-02. Email: portkollam@yahoo.co.in After Paragraph 5.38 1 Insert: [25/10]
Pilotage
1
England West coast Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head Directions; buoyage 290 After Paragraph 9.119
2
5.38a Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Port Officer, Neendkara. Pilot boards 5 cables SE of the main breakwater head. Indian Notice 7/10 (SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]
line 2 Add:
India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi Directions; obstruction 187 Paragraph 5.50 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: WSW of an obstruction in a depth of 14 5 m (14 miles S), lying in the approaches to Nndakara (5.52). Thence: Indian Notice 09/10 (SDD 2010000 075927) [25/10]
WSW of a waverider buoy and a guard buoy (both special), (54 00 0N 3 26 0W), thence: Paragraph 9 119 1 miles
2
line 4 For 1 cables Read
Scottish Power Renewables; BA Chart 1320 (SDD 2009000 118410) [51/09]
2 - 99
Index
NP38
India - West coast - Kochi Harbour Spoil ground 191 After Paragraph 5.87 1 Insert: India - West coast - Dahej Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths 281 After Paragraph 8.135 3 line 9 Add: Petronet LNG Jetty; Internet: www.petronetlng.com Paragraph 8.137 3 line 6 Replace by: ...pilot for GCPTCL jetty boards 1 mile W of the jetty. Pilotage for Petronet LNG Jetty is compulsory; vessels speed to be less than 5 kts when embarking pilot. Berthing during daylight slack water. See... After Paragraph 8.137 4 line 3 Add: Direction of the stream in the vicinity of Petronet LNG Jetty is 160 -340 . After Paragraph 8.139 2 line 3 Add: The jetty can accept vessels up to 220 000 m3 (Q-Flex) with a maximum draught of 12 7 m. Indian Notice 10/10 (SDD 2010000 081224)
Spoil ground
1
5.87a Two spoil grounds, circular in area, each with a radius of 1500 m, have been established in the approaches to Kochi as follows: North Spoil Ground centred on 10 00 0N 76 05 0E; South Spoil Ground centred on 9 55 0N 76 06 0E. Indian Notice 07/10 (SDD 2010000 056540) India - West coast - Krwr to Mormugao Head - Directions Dangerous wreck 223 After Paragraph 6.172 5 line 11 Add: A dangerous wreck lies about 11 miles W of Mormugao Head. Indian Notice 07/10 (SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10] [25/10]
[25/10]
India - West coast - Verval to Porbandar Directions; wreck 289 Paragraph 8.200 2 line 4 For 33 miles Read 32 miles Indian Notice 09/10 (SDD 2010000 075927) India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh Directions; safety fairways; wrecks 290
India - West coast - Mandvi River Pilotage 228 Paragraph 6.223 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory in the river; a local pilot may be engaged by contacting the Captain of the Port, Panaji. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for further details. Deputy Captain of the Port, Panaji (SDD 2010000 067680) [25/10]
[25/10]
India - Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port Anchorages 252 Paragraph 7.186 Heading Replace by: Anchorages After Paragraph 7.186 1 line 3 Insert: Bravo (West) anchorage, centred on 18 45 N 72 29 E, lies between the safety fairways and Neelam Heera and Ratna Oilfield. Large vessels may anchor in depths commensurate with draught keeping clear of the charted disused cables and foul ground. Bravo (East) anchorage, for use by smaller vessels, centred on 18 46 N 72 37 E, lies 12 miles WSW of Prongs Reef Light; its limits are shown on the chart. Indian Notice 15/202/10 (SDD 2010000 124269) [38/10]
1
After Paragraph 8.213 1 Insert:
Safety Fairways
8.213a Three safety fairways converge at a point 11 miles W of Kachchigarh Light (8.217), as shown on the chart. They are mandatory for Indian registered vessels and recommended for all other vessels. One fairway leads NNW for 42 miles from a position 34 miles W of Porbandar Light (8.197). The other two fairways lead ENE and ESE from seaward. To minimise risk of head-on encounters, mariners are advised to keep their vessels as near to the outer limit of the fairway which lies on their starboard side as is safe and practicable, while approaching or leaving the area, consistent with International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972).
2 - 100
Index
NP38
291 Paragraph 8.219 2 lines 5-6 Replace by: Clear of two dangerous wrecks (19 miles WNW and 21 miles NW), thence: Indian Notice 09/10 (SDDs 2010000 065010; 075927) [25/10] Paragraph 9.90 2 Replace by:
4
India - West coast - Karod Nadi to Navnl Point Directions; buoyage 304 Paragraph 9.77 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...on its S side, and SSW of Sonar Light Buoy (port hand) moored about 1 miles S of this danger. Thence: Indian Notice 10/10 (SDD 2010000 081224) [25/10]
Container Terminals 1 and 2 lie, along a single wharf 1264 m in length, close N of Navnl Point (22 44 2N 62 42 7E). Both terminals are allocated two berths, each 316 m in length. Multi - purpose Terminal 2, consists of a 575 m long jetty extension of the container terminals. The SW face of the jetty lies alongside a basin with a maintained depth of 14 5 m. The terminal has 4 berths, two on each side of the jetty, with facilities to accept vessels upto 300 m in length and draught ranging from 10 5 to 15 5 m. Mundra Port (SDDs 2010000 134005; 134665) [38/10]
India - West coast Vdnr Offshore Oil Terminal Function; maximum size 308 After Paragraph 9.105 1 line 6 Insert: Function. Consisting of SBMs I and II owned by Indian Oil Corporation and SBM III owned by ESSAR, the terminal imports crude oil for refining at their respective facilities ashore.
1
India - Mundra Port information 305 Paragraph 9.85 1 lines 2-5 Replace by: ...consists of two container terminals and a multi-purpose jetty on Navnl Island, the multi-purpose T-headed jetty extending 7 cables SSW from the coast and a SPM. Paragraph 9.85 1 line 9 For 6 miles W Read 10 miles W Paragraph 9.85 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: Port Authority. Mundra Port and Special Economic Zone Ltd, Post Bag No 1, Mundra, Kachchh, Gujarat 370 421. After Paragraph 9.87 2 line 5 Insert: Pilot for the SPM boards 1 miles S of the SPM. Paragraph 9.89 1 line 1 Replace By:
2 3
Paragraph 9.106 1 Replace by: The SBMs can accommodate crude oil tankers from 87 000 to 325 000 dwt. Indian Notice 02/10 (SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10]
India - West coast - Essar Vdnr Terminal Port authority; limiting conditions; berths 309 Paragraph 9.113 2 Replace by: Terminal authority: Head Marine Vadinar Oil Terminal Ltd Essar Refinery Site, Vadinar Jamnagar, Gujarat-361010 Website: www.essar.com
Major light: Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22 43 8N 69 42 4E) (9.75). Other aid to navigation - racons: Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22 43 8N 69 42 4E). Mundra SPM (22 40 7N 69 39 3E). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Approaches. The anchorage or pilot station (9.87) may... After Paragraph 9.89 2 line 4 Add: Entry to basin SW of Multi -purpose Terminal 2. Leading Lights: Front light (height 12 0 m) (22 44 4N 69 42 9E), Rear light (height 15 5 m) (50 m from front light). The alignment of the above lights leads to the SW berths of Multi-purpose Terminal 2.
Limiting conditions
1
9.113a Density of water: 1 025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA 245 m, draught 13 5 m (reported December 2009), 100 000 dwt. Paragraph 9.117 1 Replace by:
There are two berths each of length 309 5 m with a depth of 20 m alongside. Each berth has eight mooring dolphins with quick release hooks and capstan. Indian Notice 02/10 (SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10]
2 - 101
Index
NP38
India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and approaches Pilotage; spoil grounds; berths 314 Paragraph 9.162 1 line 2 Delete ...1 mile WSW of Outer Tuna Buoy and... 315 Paragraph 9.167 1 Replace by: Two spoil grounds, radius 1000 m, have been established centred on 22 54 0N 70 09 0E and 22 51 0N 70 10 0E. An alternative spoil ground, marked by a light buoy (special), is established in vicinity of 20 56 7N 70 15 0E. 316 Paragraph 9.176 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Cargo Jetty, 2533 m in length, is located about 2 miles within the creek on the W side, and has twelve berths. Two berths are reserved for container... Paragraph 9.176 2 Replace by: Passenger Jetties No 1 and No 2 are T-shaped and lie close N of Cargo Jetty. Flotilla Jetty, 130 m in length and aligned 356 /176 has been constructed N of Passenger Jetty No 1. Tanker berths. There are six oil jetties on the W bank, which can accommodate vessels between 40 000 to 56 000 dwt. Oil Jetty No 1, also known as Nehru Jetty, lies 12 cables N from N end of Cargo Jetty, and the remaining jetties are within about 11 cables N from it. Paragraph 9.177 including heading Replace by:
1 4
Anchorage number 13 14 15 - 16 17 - 18
Maximum draught 4 50 m 5 00 m 8 00 m 8.00 m
Location E of Victoria Light E of Victoria Light E of le de Romainville Cerf Passage
*Harbour Master allocates berth on receipt of vessel arrival/departure information. During the South-east Trade Wind (10.8), which seldom blows hard, vessels may lie to a single anchor with a short scope of cable, although some swell may be experienced. See 10.166 for conditions during NW monsoon. Heavy swell may be experienced at the outer berths, but the holding ground is reported to be good. Paragraph 10.170
2
line 4 Add:
...outside the Marine Park demarcation zone, After Paragraph 10.170

3
Insert:
Disused cables remain on the sea bed leading NE from Long Pier and leading generally SE from New Port and through Cerf Passage, as charted. One disused cable traverses the S part of Anchorage Berth No 17, however, the Harbour Authority report (2008) that many ships have anchored at that berth without fouling their anchors by strict observance of instructions and charted positions. 239 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.184
1-2
Outer harbour. See 10.170. Seychelles Maritime Safety Administration (SDDs 2008000 092622; 097767) [05/09]
Spare
9.177 Indian Notices 07/10 and 09/10 (SDDs 2010000 056540; 065010; 075927) [25/10]
La Runion - Port Runion Outer anchorages 246 Paragraph 11.42 1 lines 2-4 Replace by: ...entry to Port Ouest is in the regulated area off Cap la Houssaye, in depths over 20 m, see 11.17. 247 Paragraph 11.42 2 lines 8-9 Delete Paragraph 11.42 3 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 11.42
3
NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2008 Edition)

Seychelles Group - Mah - Victoria Anchorages; disused cables 236 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 10.170
Anchorages
1
10.170 There are eighteen numbered anchor berths marked on the charts, with maximum permissible draughts reported (2008) as follows: Anchorage number 1-8 9 - 11 Maximum draught No restriction * To be decided by Harbour Master 8.00 m Location Outer harbour Outer harbour
line 3 For 8 miles Read 7 miles [38/08]
French Notice 32/51/08 (SDD 2008000 069165) le Saint-Paul and le Amsterdam Seamount Paragraph 13.1 289 line 4 For 71 m Read 9 m
12
Outer harbour
French Notice 26/53/08 (HH. 510/430/02)
[32/08]
2 - 102
Index
NP40
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South-south-westwards Depth 50 After Paragraph 2.16 1 line 5 Insert: Caution. A depth of 18 m has been reported (2006) in approximate position 50 38 N 10 05 W, about 49 miles SSW of Fastnet Rock. MV Faouet (SDD 2006000 406109) Ireland East coast Buoyage; clearing mark 53 line 6 Delete [11/07] Paragraph 5.144
1
line 2 Replace by:
South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W) (5.89). Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDDs 2009000 036926; 114324) [39/09]
East coast Saint Georges Channel Codling Lanby 53-54 Paragraph 2.37 2 line 7 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 39/09 Delete Paragraph 2.38 1 line 5 Including existing Section IV Notice Weeks 28/09 and 39/09 Delete Paragraph 2.39 (E cardinal)
1
line 2 For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 2.37
Paragraph 2.40 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy Paragraph 2.40 (E cardinal)
1
Paragraph 2.38 1 lines 2-6 including existing Section IV Notice Week 28/09 Replace by: Tuskar Rock Lighthouse (4.126). SE Blackwater Light Buoy (5.87). South Arklow Light Buoy (5.89). Codling Lanby (5.89). Kish Bank Light (5.86). Hellyhunter Light Buoy (6.93). Paragraph 5.86 150 line 3 Delete
1
1
1
Paragraph 5.87 1 lines 2-5 including existing Section IV Notice Week 28/09 Replace by: Tuskar Rock Lighthouse (52 12 N 6 12 W) (4.126). SE Blackwater Light Buoy (52 25 6N 6 08 4W) (5.87). South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W) (5.89). Codling Lanby (53 03 N 5 41 W) (5.89). Kish Bank Light (53 19 N 5 55 W) (5.86). 151 lines 11-12 Replace by:
line 1 For Lanby Read Light Buoy 150-151
Paragraph 5.84 (E cardinal) Paragraph 5.84 (E cardinal) Paragraph 5.84 (E cardinal)
line 2 For Lanby Read Light Buoy line 5 For Lanby Read Light Buoy line 7 For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 5.89
Paragraph 5.86 2 line 5 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 39/09 Delete Paragraph 5.87 1 line 7 Including existing Section IV Notice Weeks 28/09 and 39/09 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E cardinal) Paragraph 5.89 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy Paragraph 5.89 (E cardinal) Paragraph 5.89 (E cardinal)
1
ESE of South Arklow Light Buoy (S cardinal) (52 40 2N 5 58 9W), moored 2 miles S of Arklow Bank, thence: Paragraph 5.93
1 1
The channel S of Arklow Bank leads W passing S of South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W). Paragraph 5.109 153 line 7 Replace by:
line 3 For Lanby Read Light Buoy line 9 For Lanby Read Light Buoy
1
WNW of South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W), Paragraph 5.109 Paragraph 5.143
2
line 1 For Lanby Read Light Buoy 156
lines 1-3 Delete 156 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 5.143 1 line 6 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 39/09 Delete
2 - 103
Index
NP40
Paragraph 5.144 1 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 39/09 Replace by:
1
Paragraph 2.80
58 line 8-9 Replace by:
Racons: South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W) (5.89). Codling Light Buoy (E cardinal) (53 03 N 5 41 W).
ENE of South Rock Light Buoy (22 miles SW), thence: Paragraphs 2.81 1 lines 23 For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy 174 line 9 Delete
159 Paragraph 5.170

1
Paragraph 6.13
line 7 Delete
Paragraph 5.171 1 line 2 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E cardinal) Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDDs 2010000 069517; 120909) [33/10]
Paragraph 6.14 1 line 4 For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy 195 line 9 Delete
Paragraph 6.162
Ireland East coast Blackwater Bank Buoyage; racon 53 line 2 Add:
208 Paragraph 7.9 1 line 3 For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy Paragraph 7.12 1 lines 23 For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy Paragraph 7.13
1
SE Blackwater Light Buoy (5.87).
line 7-10 Delete
Paragraph 7.14 1 line 1 Replace by: Racon: South Rock Light Buoy (54 24 5N 5 22 0W). Paragraph 7.15 heading For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy Paragraph 7.17 heading For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy Paragraph 7.17 1 line 1 For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy Paragraph 7.15
2
SE Blackwater 6 08 4W).
Paragraph 5.89
151 line 8 For four Read three
Paragraph 5.108
line 10-11 Replace by: Light Buoy
Either side of South Rock (3 miles ENE). 211 line 2 Delete line 2 Replace by:
ESE of South-east Blackwater Light Buoy (E cardinal) (52 25 6N 6 08 4W) which marks the E side of the bank, thence: Commissioners of Irish Lights; MRCC Dublin (SDDs 2008000 092098; 2009000 044822) [28/09] Paragraph 7.36 Paragraph 7.37
2 1
South Rock Light Buoy (54 24 5N 5 22 0W). Ireland East coast South Rock Buoyage 54 Paragraph 2.43 1 line 7-8 Replace by: ...(31 miles WNW), to pass E of South Rock Light Buoy (54 24 N 5 22 W) at the S end of the North... Paragraphs 2.43 2 line 1 For South Rock Light-float Read South Rock Light Buoy Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD2009000 014366) [12/09]
Southwest coast Bantry Bay Firing practice area After Paragraph 3.33 65 Insert:
Firing practice area

2 1
57 line 4 Delete line 5 Replace by:
South Rock Light Buoy (54 24 N 5 22 W).
3.33a The Bear Island Firing Practice Area, shown on Chart 1840, extends 1 mile E from the Rifle Range 1 cables N of Leaherns Point (51 38 N 9 48 W). The extremities of the area are marked by three conical light buoys (special).
2 - 104
Index
NP40
69 After Paragraph 3.63 2 line 2 Add: Bear Island Firing Practice Area (3.33a) covers the approach to Lonehort Harbour. 72 After Paragraph 3.86 2 line 4 Add: Caution. The line of bearing 050 crosses Bear Island Firing Practice Area (3.33a). Irish Ministry of Transport (SDD 2009000 006470) [11/09] South coast Black Horse Rock Light beacon 81 line 5 For beacon Read light line 1 For beacon Read light line 4 For beacon Read light
Paragraph 3.148 beacon Paragraph 3.148 beacon Paragraph 3.148 beacon
Bantry Bay - Castletownbere Perch Rock 70 Paragraph 3.81 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...also intended to dredge the approach. 73 Paragraph 3.93 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: The principal entrance channel leads W of Dinish Island. There is... Paragraph 3.94, including Photograph of Castletownbere from S, Replace by: 3.94 Leading lights for the fairway of the W channel are situated on the N shore of the harbour: Front light (white concrete column red stripe, 3 m in height) (51 39 1N 9 54 4W). Rear light (white rectangle, red stripe, 4 m in height) stands 110 m from the front light. The alignment (010 ) of these lights leads from the fairway of West Entrance (about 1 cables ENE of Drom Point) through the W channel into Castletownbere harbour, passing (with positions given relative to Cametringane Light-beacon (51 38 9N 9 54 4W)): W of the light-buoy (S cardinal) marking Walter Scott Rock (4 cables SSE), thence: E of Doctors Rock (3 cables SSW), thence: Between Frenchmans Point (2 cables SSW) and Carrigaglos (1 cables E of Frenchmans Point), 0 6 m high, which lies on a reef extending from the SW side of Dinish Island, thence: E of Cametringane Light-beacon (red concrete column), thence: As required for the berth. MRCC Dublin (SDD 2006000 381146) Southwest coast Bearhaven and Castletownbere - West entrance Light beacon 71 Paragraph 3.85 3 line 2 For beacon Read light beacon Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDDs 2009000 134725; 139898) [44/09] [01/07]
Commissioners of Irish Lights Notice 8/2009 (SDD 2009000 036905) [31/09] South coast - River Barrow Buoyage 135 Paragraph 4.111 1 line 5 Replace by: ...W side of the river; it is steep-to, well flood-lit, and marked by No 28 Light-buoy (port hand). Paragraph 4.111 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: ...31 Light-buoys (starboard hand). New Ross Harbour Commissioners (SDD 2006000 377653) South-east coast - Saltee Islands Buoyage 136 Paragraph 4.122 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...direction, to pass S of Coningbeg Light Buoy (S cardinal) (52 03 2N 6 38 6W) and thence E, for a further 18 miles, to... Paragraph 4.122 2 line 1, and throughout Chapter 4, For light-float Read light buoy 137 Paragraph 4.126 2 lines 3-5 Delete Paragraph 4.127 1 line 3 Replace by: Coningbeg Light Buoy (52 03 2N 6 38 6W). Paragraph 4.128 1 line 4 Replace by: S of Coningbeg Light Buoy (S cardinal). Paragraph 4.128 2 line 8 Replace by: ...between it and Coningbeg Rock (9 cables N) which is... Paragraph 4.130 1 line 5 Replace by: ...marked by a light buoy (E cardinal) 7 cables SE, thence: 139 After Paragraph 4.140 5 line 8 Add: A light buoy (W cardinal) is moored 1 miles W of the bank. MRCC Dublin RNW 072/07 (SDD 2007000 014962)
[01/07]
[12/07]
2 - 105
Index
NP40
South-east coast - Hook Head Dangerous wreck 137 After Paragraph 4.128 1 line 1 Add: Clear of the dangerous wreck (position approximate) lying about 2 miles SSE of Hook Head, thence: Lloyds List (SDD 2007000 005453) South-east coast Black Rock Buoyage Paragraph 4.150 141 line 6 Delete [49/09]
Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2009000 159318) East coast Dundalk Directions
[13/07]
South-east coast - Little Saltee Beacon 138 Paragraph 4.135 1 lines 10-11 Delete 139 Paragraph 4.140 1 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 4.140 2 line 7 Replace by: ...the SE point of Little Saltee). Paragraph 4.140 2 lines 9-11 Replace by: Jackeen Rock (1 mile NW): the SE extremity of Little Saltee well open of the SW point of the island on a bearing of 104 will lead clear S of the rock. Paragraph 4.140 6 line 9 Replace by: ...the SE point of Little Saltee): 140 Paragraph 4.142 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: ...from 14 to 15 m, 5 cables NE of the SE point of Little Saltee. 141 Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 3-4 Delete Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2007000 042873)
185 Paragraph 6.79 4 lines 9-11 Replace by: The channel is marked by No 2 Light Beacon (port hand) and thereafter by light beacons and light buoys. Paragraph 6.79 5 lines 5-11 Replace by: When 5 cables from Pile Light, and on the alignment of the leading marks, the track alters NW, passing: Close NE of No 2 Light Beacon (port hand) (2 cables S of Pile Light), thence: SW of Pile Light. Thence, following the line of the channel, the track leads between the light beacons and light buoys on either side. Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2008000 064869) East coast - Port Oriel Light 185 Paragraph 6.82 1 lines 4-6 Delete Entry To entrance. Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2006000 406503) [03/07] [13/09]
Entrance to Carlingford Lough Directions; Haulbowline turning light Paragraph 6.92 186 lines 6-7 Replace by:
....of Haulbowline Rocks. The.... [27/07] Paragraph 6.95 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: On passing NE of Haulbowline Light (6.92), the track turns WNW and leads into.... Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDDs 2008000 045845; 060407) [32/08]
South coast - Saint Patricks Bridge; Kilmore Quay Light Buoy 139 After Paragraph 4.141 1 line 5 Insert: Kilmore Quay Safe Water Mark Light Buoy (safe water) is moored on a seasonal basis (April to September) in position 52 09 2N 6 35 3W. 140 Paragraph 4.143 2 line 6 Add: Kilmore Quay Safe Water Mark Light Buoy (safe water) is moored 9 cables S of Crossfarnoge Point on a seasonal basis (April to September). Wexford County Council (SDD 2007000 028839)
Northern Ireland East coast Carlingford Lough Directions; buoy Paragraph 6.95 186 line 1-2 Delete [18/09]
Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2009000 026159)
East coast Kilkeel Approach and entry; limiting conditions 191 Paragraph 6.137 1 line 6 For South Pier and a breakwater. Read South Pier and a breakwater. See 6.138.
[19/07]
2 - 106
Index
NP40
192
1
line 3 Insert:
Local weather and sea state. With winds of force 5 and above from E through S to SW hazardous conditions can be encountered whilst entering or leaving the harbour. Extreme caution should be exercised as these conditions could result in a vessel broaching. Paragraph 6.141 1 line 6 For accordingly. Read accordingly. See 6.138. Northern Ireland Fishery Harbour Authority (SDD 2010000 017815)
Paragraph 7.100 1 Replace by: Vessels should call Belfast Harbour Radio at least 2 hours prior to arrival at the Fairway Light-buoy. Further reports are required as follows: 15 minutes prior to arrival at the Fairway Light-buoy. On passing the Fairway Light-buoy, both on arrival and departure. On passing No 12 Light-beacon, both on arrival and departure. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). Paragraph 7.102 3 line 2 Replace by: ...as possible and not less than 2 hours prior to arrival at the Fairway Light-buoy. Belfast Harbour Commissioners (SDD 2006000 403450) [01/07]
[08/10]
East coast - Strangford Narrows Underwater turbine 198 After Paragraph 6.179 Insert:
Northern Ireland East coast Larne Pilotage 224 Paragraph 7.162

1
...Ballylumford, board in position 54 52 1N 5 47 7W.
Underwater turbine
1
6.179a An underwater turbine (pile, black with red band, isolated danger top mark and light), stands in position 54 22 1N 5 32 7W, 3 cables NW of Rue Point. For further details on Offshore Renewable Energy Installations (OREIs) see Annual Notice to Mariners Number 11.
4
Port of Larne (SDD 2009000 003818) West coast River Shannon Directions; buoyage 281 Paragraph 9.185
4
[10/09]
200 After Paragraph 6.188 3 line 7 Insert: WSW of an underwater turbine, marked as an isolated danger (6.179a) (3 cables NW), and: Marine Current Turbines Limited (SDD 2008000 041107)
ENE of Cock Rock Light Buoy (starboard hand) (9 cables S), marking Cock Rock which is a mass of rock on a gravel bed, lying on the outside of the commencement of the bend rounding Coonagh Point. Paragraph 9.185 5 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 03/10 Replace by:
[23/08]
5
Port of Belfast Traffic Organisation Service 218 Paragraph 7.99 1 Replace by: A 24 hour Traffic Organisation Service is in operation in the harbour area S of No 12 Light-beacon and in the Victoria Channel out to the Fairway Light-buoy. All vessels arriving, departing or moving in the harbour, and vessels crossing the Victoria Channel, are required to obtain clearance from Belfast Port Control (calling Belfast Harbour Radio). Clearances are valid for 15 minutes and are timed when issued. For further details and requirements for arrival and departure reports see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
SW of Tervoe Light Buoy (port hand) (1 cables NNW) marking the W extremity of the Saltings, thence: NNE of Braemar Point Light Beacon, thence: S of Coonagh Point (2 cables ENE), thence: SSE of Courtbrack Light Buoy (3 cables E), thence: NNW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (6 cables ENE), thence: Shannon Foynes Port Company (SDD 2010000 025638) [10/10]
West coast River Shannon Directions; buoyage After Paragraph 9.185 281 line 3 Add:
NE of Cock Rock Light Buoy (starboard hand) (1 cable NW), thence:
2 - 107
Index
NP40
Paragraph 9.185
5
line 5-6 Delete
West coast Killary Harbour Buoyage 321 [03/10] Paragraph 11.80

1
Shannon Foynes Port Company (SDD 2009000 190513)
River Shannon South Channel Buoyage 281 line 8-10 Replace by:
Between Donee Islet and Blackrock Light Buoy (port hand) (2 cables N), which lies on the S side of Black Rocks, thence: Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2009000 152769) [48/09]
Paragraph 9.187
N of Halls Rock which is marked close NW by a buoy (starboard hand), thence: Shannon Foynes Port Company (SDD 2009000 094982)
West coast Annagh Head Buoyage After Paragraph 11.155 330 3 line 2 Add:
[36/09]
WNW of a wave test light buoy (special), (2 miles NW), thence: Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour Directions; Light buoy 307 Paragraph 10.183
2 2
Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDDs 2009000 155487; 159318)
[49/09]
SSE of Mutton Island (10.147). MRCC Dublin (SDD 2008000 073987)
West coast - Blacksod Bay Leading lights; light-beacon 332 Paragraph 11.171 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: E of Carrigeenmore, which extends 4 cables E from Doobeg Point (2 miles S). Carrigeenmore Perch, a light-beacon (E cardinal), stands on the SE edge of Carrigeenmore. Paragraph 11.174 1 line 6 Replace by: ...from Blacksod village (6 cables NNW of the quay). A light is exhibited from the pier. Leading lights. The alignment (180 ) of Blacksod Pier Leading Lights leads to the pier: Front light (orange truncated triangle on white pole). Rear light (orange truncated triangle on white pole) (1 cable from front light). Mayo County Council; Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2006000 384923) [01/07]
[39/08]
West coast Annagh Head Buoyage 312 After Paragraph 11.10

2
line 3 Add:
Clear of a meteorological light buoy (special), (54 17 N 10 17 W), thence:
330 Paragraph 11.155 3 lines 17 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 49/09 Replace by:
1
WNW of Inishglora (1 miles WNW) and of an 8 5 m rocky patch lying 4 cables N of it, thence: WNW of a wave test light buoy (special) (2 miles NW), thence: ESE of a meteorological light buoy (special), (8 miles NW), and: WNW of Edye Rock (2 miles NW), thence: WNW of Annagh Head (2 miles N). At night the white sector (276 212 ) of Black Rock Light, bearing less than 212 , leads outside all the islands and dangers off this coast. Oceanographic Services (SDD 2010000 022215)
West coast Broad Haven Bay Submarine pipeline After Paragraph 11.205 336 2 line 9 Add:
Submarine pipeline
1
11.205a A charted gas submarine pipeline lies across Broad Haven Bay from 1 miles SE of Rinroe Point (54 17 8N 9 50 8W) to Corrib Field (54 20 N 11 04 W). See 1.5. Shell E&P Ireland Limited (SDD 2009000 143818) [49/09]
[10/10]
2 - 108
Index
NP40
Sound of Aran - Burtonport Dredged channel; rocks 368 Paragraph 12.253 2 lines 1-7 Replace by: Dredged channel. The port is entered through a channel leading ENE, dredged to 3 8 m (2003) and indicated by leading lights. Caution. There is a danger, with a depth of 0 1 m over it, about cable SW of the jetty head and underwater rocks, marked by red buoys, lie closer to the jetty. Vessels should proceed with caution. MRCC Dublin; BA Chart 2792; UK Hydrographic Office (SDD 2007000 063172) [38/07] North coast Mulroy Bay Vertical clearance; directions After Paragraph 12.352 379 1 line 9 Add:
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)

Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko Ai Shima Light 76 Paragraph 3.10 2 lines 4-5 Delete After Paragraph 3.11
6
line 7 Add:
Ai Shima Light (white round concrete tower, 11 m in height) (34 31 00N 131 16 57E). Japanese Hydrographic Office (SDD 2009000 182126) [04/10]
Honshu - Northwest Coast - Misumi Ko Towers 88 Paragraph 3.61 4 Delete lines 3 and 4 Japan Notice 25/1003/10 (SDD 2010000 097171) [27/10]
Vertical clearance
1
12.352a The Second Narrows (55 11 37N 7 45 88W) is spanned by Mulroy Bridge with a vertical clearance of 19 m. 381 Paragraph 12.365 2 line 6 including existing Section IV Notice Week 49/07 Replace by: Point) and Paddys Point on the N shore opposite, passing S of Rawros Light Buoy (port hand) (1 cables W of Mulroy Bridge). Paragraph 12.366 1 line 3 For a little S of the centre of the channel Read between the bridge central supports Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDDs 2009000 040153; 153732; 159806) North coast - Mulroy Bay Water quality monitoring buoys 381 Paragraph 12.365 2 Add: Four light buoys (special, water quality monitoring) are moored between Drumnacraig Point (55 11 9N 7 46 6W) and the E end of Second Narrows. Donegal County Council (SDDs 2007000 084990; 077886) Northern Ireland North coast Londonderry Landmarks 398 Paragraph 13.100 2 line 11-12 Replace by: Coolkeeragh Power Station chimney (55 02 63N 7 14 87W). Coolkeeragh ESB (SDD 2009000 113565) [42/09] [49/07] [49/09]
Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana Wreck 89 Paragraph 3.73 2 lines 8-9 Replace by: NNW of Tako Hana (35 36 02N 133 05 19E). A rock with a depth of 9 2 m lies 8 cables N of the point, and a dangerous wreck lies 1 cable N of the rock. Japanese Notice 6/220/10 (SDD 2010000 020414) Honshu - Northwest coast Light 176 Paragraph 6.8 3 lines 4-5 Delete After Paragraph 6.10 1 line 4 Add: Benten Shima Light (black tower, white band, 25 m in height) (41 33 28N 140 54 69E). 184 Paragraph 6.76 1 line 7 Delete After Paragraph 6.77 6 line 4 Add: Useful mark: Benten Shima Light (41 33 28N 140 54 69E) (6.10). 191 Paragraph 6.135 1 line 11 Delete 192 After Paragraph 6.136 3 line 12 Add: Useful mark: Benten Shima Light (41 33 28N 140 54 69E) (6.10). Japanese Notice 03/107/10 (SDD 2010000 007710) [05/10] [08/10]
2 - 109
Index
NP41
Russia - Pacific Coast - Zaliv Aniva Prigorodnoye
3
General information
1
8.211 The port of Prigorodnoye (46 37 72N 142 53 69E) has been built specifically to handle the export of LNG and oil from the fields off the NE coast of Sakhalin. To this end the port is connected directly by a pipeline which runs the length of the island to the new purpose built SPM storage and export terminal in position 46 34 70N 142 55 59E.
Restricted area No 24A lies about 13 miles S of Prigorodnoye; see Appendix I page 359. Offshore Security Zone has been established around Prigorodnoye terminal, bounded by the line joining the following positions: 46 37 20N 142 56 00E 46 35 20N 142 58 00E 46 33 30N 142 58 00E 46 33 30N 142 52 80E 46 36 60N 142 52 80E 46 37 60N 142 53 50E. 357 After Zaliv Aniva - S of Mys Tomari-Aniva line 9 Insert: Chart 4511, Russian Chart 63102
Zaliv Aniva - S of Prigorodnoye

1
Limiting conditions
1
8.211a LNG Berth: Maximum departure draught is 12 m, maximum displacement 105 000 dwt. Crude Oil SPM: Maximum departure draught is approximately 17 5 m, maximum displacement 150 000 dwt. Ice operations: Ice conditions sufficient to require icebreaker assistance may occur between January and April. In such circumstances, icebreaker assistance will be provided by Sakhalin Energy, and ice pilots will be available to assist Masters as required. Ice conditions will be monitored by Sakhalin Energy, and advice will be given on optimum routes for vessels approaching the terminal.
Area No 24A. An area of radius 1 miles centred on position 46 24 50N 142 51 10E. 360 After Zaliv Aniva - Port Korsakov 1 line 8 Insert:
Zaliv Aniva - Prigorodnoye

1
Oil tanker Anchorage (Area 170A) lies in an area bounded by the following: Latitudes 46 31 50N to 46 32 50N. Longitudes 142 55 67N to 142 58 50N. Designated anchorages 3 and 4 are also sited as follows: Anchorage No 3: 46 32 00N 142 56 40E. Anchorage No 4: 46 32 00N 142 57 77E.
Zaliv Aniva - Prigorodnoye

1
Arrival information
1
8.211b Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation for the control of shipping. For more detail, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Notice of ETA required: 72, 48 and 24 hours before arrival. See ALRS Volume 6(6) for further details. Outer Anchorages: Oil tanker anchorage (Area 170A) lies in an area bounded by the following: Latitudes 46 31 50N to 46 32 50N. Longitudes 142 55 67N to 142 58 50N. Designated anchorages 3 and 4 are also sited as follows: Anchorage No 3: 46 32 00N 142 56 40E Anchorage No 4: 46 32 00N 142 57 77E LNG tanker anchorage (Area 170) lies in an area bounded by the following: Latitudes 46 32 50N to 46 34 50N. Longitudes 142 50 50N to 142 52 00N. Designated anchorages 1 and 2 are also sited as follows: Anchorage No 1: 46 34 02N 142 51 25E Anchorage No 2: 46 33 03N 142 51 25E Pilotage and Tugs: Pilotage is compulsory; tugs are available. See ALRS Volume 6(6) for further details.
LNG tanker Anchorage (Area 170) lies in an area bounded by the following: Latitudes 46 32 50N to 46 34 50N. Longitudes 142 50 50N to 142 52 00N. Designated anchorages 1 and 2 are also sited as follows: Anchorage No 1: 46 34 02N 142 51 25E. Anchorage No 2: 46 33 03N 142 51 25E. Russian Notices to Mariners Week 48/10 (SDD 2009000 125393/2009000 123347/ 2010000 190294)
[49/10]
Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko Prohibited anchorage 284 After Paragraph 9.90 1 line 10 Insert:
2
Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of Tomakomai Ko port entrance in an area enclosed by lines joining the following positions: 42 37 0N 141 36 9E 42 36 9N 141 37 4E 42 35 6N 141 36 6E 42 35 8N 141 36 2E. After Paragraph 9.93 1 line 6 Insert: Prohibited anchorage. See 9.90. Japanese Notice 9/343/10 (SDD 2010000 031821) [11/10]
2 - 110
Index
NP42A
NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Honshu - South coast Directions; ramarks; buoyage 99 Paragraph 4.52 including heading Replace by: 72 Paragraph 3.72 2 line 3 Delete Japanese Notice 4/139/10 (SDD 2010000 011397) [06/10]
Spare
4.52 143 line 1 Delete 159 lines 3 to 5 Delete
Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima Directions: wreck 156 Paragraph 6 109 2 line 5 Replace by: ...4 cables WNW of the light. A dangerous wreck lies in position 33 46 2N 132 27 1E. Thence: Japanese Notice 29/1139/10 (SDD 2010000 116361) [34/10]
Paragraph 6.20
Paragraph 7.29
Spare
7.54 Japanese Notices 24/1037/09; 28/1219/09; 28/1222/09; 31/1351/09 (SDDs 2009000 044012; 069737; 069740; 101099) [37/09] Honshu - South coast - Nakayama Suido Directions 134 line 1 For SSE Read NNW [50/10]
NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2008 Edition) Nansei Shoto - Sakishima Gunto Yaeyama Retto - Ishigaki Shima Light
60 Paragraph 2.11 3 line 4 Delete After Paragraph 2.13 1 line 4 Add: Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37). 62 Paragraph 2.29 2 line 6 Delete After Paragraph 2 31 1 line 2 Add: Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37).
Paragraph 5.227
Chart JP1052; UKHO (SDD 2010000 146685)
NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)

Kanmon Kaikyo Directions; light 56 Paragraph 3.14 2 lines 1-3 Delete After Paragraph 3.15 5 line 4 Add: Useful mark: Mutsure Shima Light (white round stone tower, 11 m in height) (33 58 68N 130 52 07E) exhibited from the E extremity of Mutsure Shima (3.68). 57 Paragraph 3.23 1 line 5 Delete After Paragraph 3.24 3 line 8 Add: Useful mark: Mutsure Shima Light (33 58 68N 130 52 07E) (3.15). 69 Paragraph 3.62 3 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 2.32 1 line 9 Delete After Paragraph 2.34 1 line 5 Add: Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37). Paragraph 2.35 1 lines 8-11 Delete Paragraph 2.36 1 line 9 For (2.35) Read (2.37) 63 After Paragraph 2.37 1 line 7 Add: Ogan Saki Light (white round concrete tower, 17 m in height) (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) standing on Ogan Saki (2.36) about 1 mile NW of Yarabu Take (2.35). 64 Paragraph 2.45 1 line 8 Delete After Paragraph 2.47 1 line 6 Add: Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37). Paragraph 2.48 1 line 3 Delete After Paragraph 2.50 1 line 8 Add: Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37).
2 - 111
Index
NP42C
66 Paragraph 2.55 1 lines 3-4 Delete After Paragraph 2.55 2 line 13 Add:
3
Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang Directions; light 86 After Paragraph 2.60

2
line 2 Add:
Useful mark: Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37). Japanese Hydrographic Office (SDD 2010000 018736) Tsushima Directions; light 385 Paragraph 14.10 1 lines 6-8 Delete 386 After Paragraph 14.12 1 line 4 Add: Ko Saki Light (white 8-sided concrete tower, 11 m in height) (34 05 1N 129 12 8E). 388 Paragraph 14.18 2 line 2 Delete After Paragraph 14.19 1 line 14 Add: Useful mark: Ko Saki Light (34 05 1N 129 12 8E) (14.12). Japanese Notice 04/143/10 (SDD 2010000 011408)
Seowipo Hang Oehang Breakwater Light (red round concrete tower, 15 m in height) (33 14 0N 126 34 0E). 87 After Paragraph 2.67
1
[10/10]
line 7 Add:
Seogwipo Hang Oehang Breakwater Light (33 14 0N 126 34 0E) (2.60). Korean Notice 53/816/09 (SDD 2010000 001861) [06/10]
Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman Racons
122
Paragraph 3.42
1
Yeosu Haeman Entrance (A) Light Buoy (34 35 7N 127 56 7E). Paek S (34 38N 128 00 E). Yeosu Haeman Entrance (B) Light Buoy (34 41 7N 127 56 7E). Yeosu Haeman Entrance (C) Light Buoy (34 43 3N 127 50 2E). Korean Notice 28/434/2009 (SDD 2009000 090417) [32/09]
[06/10]
Korea - South coast - Samchnpo Sudo Directions; light 131
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang Anchorages 81 Paragraph 2.31 2 Replace by:
2

2
Insert:
Major Light: Yulpomal Light (white round concrete tower, 5 m in height) (34 53 4N 128 08 0E). 132 Paragraph 3.122 6 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...precipitous point from where a light (3.121) is exhibited. Ponghwasan, 170 m high... Korean Notice 52/800/09 (SDD 2009000 194756) [05/10]
Outer anchorages, which are exposed to all winds except from the S and where the holding ground is bad, may be obtained (with positions from Sanji Light (33 31 3N 126 32 7E)) as follows: Anchor berth A-1 (Quarantine) (1 miles NW) in 40 m. Anchor berth A-2 (1 miles NW) in 40 m. Anchor berth A-3 (Quarantine) (1 miles WNW) in 30 m. Anchor berth A-4 (1 miles WNW) in 20 m. Anchor berth A-5 (1 mile NW) in 20 m, gravel and sand. Korean Chart 244 (SDD 2008000 057780)
Korea - South coast - Masan Hang Light 155 Paragraph 3.291 including heading Replace by:
Principal marks
1
[08/10]
3.291 Landmark: Muhak San (35 12 7N 128 32 2E), a mountain 762 m high, backing the city of Masan to the NW. Major Light: Makkae Do Light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in height) (35 08 3N 128 36 0E).
2 - 112
Index
NP43
156 Paragraph 3.292 4 lines 4-5 For (white round concrete tower, 10 m in height) Read (3.291) Republic of Korea Notice 8/126/2010 (SDD 2010000 033485)
1
175 Paragraph 4.21 Replace by: Spare. Korean Notice 52/744/2008 (SDD 2009000 001235) [05/09]
[11/10] Korea, East Coast - Ulsan Man Major light 178 line 5 Add:
Korea - South coast Chinhae Man Directions; light 157 Paragraph 3.306 Heading and 3.306 1 line 1 Replace by:
Ulsan Man S Breakwater Head Light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in height) (35 26 7N 129 22 7E). 179 Paragraph 4.55 2 line 2 Replace by: ...light (4.51) is... Korean Notice 52/743/2008 (SDD 2009000 001234) [05/09]
Principal Marks
1
3.306 Major Light: Hwangdeok Do Light (white round concrete tower, 7 m in height) (35 00 7N 128 37 3E). Aids to Navigation: Racons: Paragraph 3.307 4 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...Hwangdeok Do (5 miles WSW); a light (3.306) is exhibited from the N... Korean Notice 52/799/09 (SDD 2009000 194755) Korea - East Coast - Pusan Vertical clearance
2
Korea - East coast Pohang Hang New fairway
185
1
line 9 Insert:
[05/10]
A new fairway has been established leading to and from Yng-Il Man New Harbour. The limits of the fairway, and the directions for inbound and outbound traffic, are shown on the relevant chart. Korean Notices 25/395/09; 25/396/09; 28/433/09 (SDDs 2009000 050850; 084915) [36/09] Korea, East Coast - Chinmimal Major light After Paragraph 4.125
2
165
Paragraph 3.350 1 lines 5-7 Replace by A bridge with a vertical clearance of 30 m spans the S approach to the harbour, 3 cables S of the harbour entrance. Korean Notice 30/443/08 (HH. 557/461/09) Korea - East Coast - Pusan Outer Anchorages 190 line 7 Add:
Chinmimal Light (36 54 N 129 25 E) (white round concrete tower, 12 m in height). [35/08] 191 Paragraph 4.128 3 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...where a light (4.125) is exhibited. The small fishing harbour... Korean Notice 52/742/2008 (SDD 2009000 001233) [05/09]
165
Paragraph 3.357 1 line 12 Replace by ...anchorages U1 to U6, and W1 and W2 (see chart 1065). Korean Notice 27/390/08 (HH. 557/461/09)
Korea - East coast - Chumunjin Hang Directions; racon 200 Paragraph 4.195 and heading Replace by:
[35/08]
Korea, East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa Major light 174 line 2 Add:
Spare
4.195 Paragraph 4.197 3 lines 3-5 Delete 201 Paragraph 4.202 1 lines 2-3 Delete Korean Notice 23/310/10 (SDD 2010000 095421) [29/10]
Nasa Light (white round tower, 12 m in height) (35 21 1N 129 20 7E), exhibited from the head of a breakwater 9 cables SW of Kanjl Gap Light.
2 - 113
Index
NP43
Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino Directions; fairways; oil loading terminal 266 After Paragraph 7.73
1
Kozmino Light Beacon (white round metal tower on dolphin, 5 m in height) lies close NW of the oil pier in position 42 43 18N 133 00 38E. BA Chart 3041 (SDD 2010000 038846) [18/10]
line 12 Insert:
Fairway No 2A
1
7.73a Fairway No 2A leads to the port of Kozmino (7.74a). The following light beacons mark the boundary lines of this fairway. Bukhta Kozmina (Fairway 2A) Lights in line: West pair: Front light (green round metal tower, white rectangular panels, 15 m in height) (42 42 75N 133 00 66E). Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (278 m from front light). The alignment (133 ) of the above lights marks the S boundary of Fairway No 2A. East pair: Front light (red round metal tower, white rectangular panels, 15 m in height) (42 42 77N 133 01 27E). Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (180 m from front light). The alignment (133 ) of the above lights marks the N boundary of Fairway No 2A.
Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka Vostochnyy Port Leading lights 267 Paragraph 7.84 2 line 1 Replace by: Fairway No 2 Mys Krasnyy Leading Lights: Front light (white rectangle on red round metal tower, 10 m in height) (42 46 7N 133 01 8E). Rear light (similar structure, 15 m in height) (370 m from front light). The alignment (050 ) of the lights leads NE through Fairway No 2. Fairway No 3 Russian Notice 7/756/2010 (SDD 2010000 026060) [11/10]
Fairway No 2B
1
7.73b Fairway No 2B leads out of the port of Kozmino. Bukhta Kozmina (Fairway 2B) Leading Lights: Front light (black round metal tower, white rectangular panels, 5 m in height) (42 43 32N 133 00 98E). Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (180 m from front light). The alignment (095 ), astern, of the above lights leads through Fairway No 2B.
1
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province - North-west, north and north-east coasts Restricted area 8 After Paragraph 1.61 Insert:
Restricted area
1.61a A restricted area, in which fishing and other activities not connected with innocent passage are forbidden, is established around the NW, N and NE coasts of Sumatera, within a line through the following positions: Pulau Babi (2 05 55N 96 38 01E) 1 55 00N 96 29 00E 2 51 00N 95 13 91E 2 57 00N 95 11 00E 4 48 00N 95 10 00E 5 43 17N 94 46 50E 5 51 00N 94 46 67E 6 13 50N 94 59 50E 6 16 00N 95 10 08E 5 40 42N 96 00 50E 5 29 00N 96 49 42E 5 29 17N 97 33 50E 5 01 00N 98 03 25E Ujung Tamiang (4 33 83N 98 25 92E) These restrictions do not apply to vessels supporting various offshore facilities and other terminals; for further information, mariners should consult local authorities. Indonesian Notice 24/175/03 (HH. 524/055/01) [25/10]
line 8 Insert:
Kozmino General information

1
7.74a Position and function. Kozmino (42 43 07N 133 00 50E) is situated on the S side of Bukhta Kozmina. It is an oil loading terminal. Topography. The bay has high shores. Some trees stand on the S shore; the N shore is overgrown with bushes. Russian Regulated Area No 367 (Appendix II page 400), where navigation is prohibited, lies to the N of Mys Kozmina. Approach and entry. Fairways 2A and 2B (7.73a and 7.73b) lead, respectively, into and away from an oil pier which is situated on the SW side of the entrance to Bukhta Kozmina in position 42 43 07N 133 00 50E. A traffic roundabout area 300 m radius, centred on position 42 43 39N 133 00 08E, lies at the junction of the two fairways.
2 - 114
Index
NP44
Malacca Strait - North-western part Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) Directions; light 69 After Paragraph 2.58 3 line 2 Insert: Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (White round tower on piles, 30 m in height) (3 00 91N 100 51 89E). After Paragraph 2.59 1 line 1 Insert: Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (3 00 91N 100 51 89E) (2.58). Paragraph 2.63 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: SSW of Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (3 00 91N 100 51 89E) (2.58), thence: 71 After Paragraph 2.76 2 line 5 Insert: Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (3 00 91N 100 51 89E) (2.58). After Paragraph 2.77 1 line 5 Insert: Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (3 00 91N 100 51 89E) (2.58). Paragraph 2.78 6 lines 5-6 For marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) Read from the N end of which Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (2.58) is exhibited Malaysian Notice 192/2009 (SDD 2010000 003840) Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan Gosong Pasir Selatan Directions; light buoy 70 Paragraph 2.64 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
3
Malacca Strait Directions; buoyage Paragraph 2.125 (isolated danger),

5
76 lines 4-5 Delete marked To
Peninsular Malaysian Notice 09/2010 (SDD 2010000 035122) Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast Pulau Bunta Light 87 Paragraph 3.92 1 lines 5-7 Delete Paragraph 3.93 1 line 3 Replace by:
[11/10]
...positions from Pulau Bunta Light (white pole, 10 m in height) (5 33 3N 95 09 0E): Paragraph 3.93 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: ...Pulau Bunta. Paragraph 3.94 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: NW of Pulau Bunta, thence: Indonesian Notice 38/10 (SDD 2010000 131662) [37/10]
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas Field Prohibited and restricted areas; directions 107 After Paragraph 4.99 Add:
Traffic regulations
1
[07/10]
NNE of Gosong Selatan Light Buoy (N cardinal) (2 40 37N 101 06 53E). Indonesian Notice 25/242/2010 (SDD 2010000 110725) [30/10]
4.99a Prohibited area. A prohibited area is established with a radius of 500 m around the production platform of the Kambuna Gas Field, centred on 4 15 9N 98 40 5E. Restricted areas. A restricted area is established with a radius of 1750 m around the production platform of the Kambuna Gas Field, centred on 4 15 9N 98 40 5E. A further restricted area exists 1259 m either side of the gas pipeline which has been laid from the production platform in a WSW direction to shore in position 4 04 5N 98 21 0E. 108 Paragraph 4.102 2 line 5 Replace by: Clear of gas production platform WHS-A (21 miles N), at the centre of the Kambuna Gas Field. The field consists of the platform, 2 wellheads and a pipeline laid WSW to shore. Prohibited and restricted areas have been established around the facility (see 4.99a). Thence: Indonesian Navwarn 02/10 (SDD 2010000 003517) Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast Sungai Asahan Directions; light 115 Paragraph 4.180 4 cables
2
Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh Light 76 Paragraph 2.125 2 lines 3-5 Replace by: SW of Tanjung Laboh (24 miles NW), from which Kuala Sungai Ayam Light (red square on white column, pile platform, 12 m in height) (1 44 76N 102 55 67E) is exhibited, and where the routes either side of Permatang Alur Mudah combine into one. Malaysian Notice 04/2010 (SDD 2010000 020391) [09/10]
[04/10]
line 5 For 8 cables Read
2 - 115
Index
NP44
Paragraph 4.181 2 lines 5-8 Replace by: The track then leads SSW, passing: Paragraph 4.181 3 line 3 For , 1 cable SSE. Read (3 01 49N 99 51 63E). Paragraph 4.181 3 lines 4-8 Replace by: The track then leads S passing W of the Rear Light (3 00 90N 99 51 61E) (4.180) into Sungai Asahan. Indonesian Notice 16/10 (SDD 2010000 072249) [21/10]
1
Paragraph 5.115 including heading Replace by: Chart 3941, Thai Charts 308, 340 (see 1.18)
Khlong Si Bo Ya
5.115 Description. Khlong Si Bo Ya passes between Laem Hin (7 55 8N 98 55 3E) and Ko Si Bo Ya (4 cables S), continues E and SE passing N of Ko Si Bo Ya, and NE and E Ko Nok Khuam (7 54 8N 99 00 3E). Thence it continues SW, passing between Ko Nok Khuam and Ko Hang (1 mile S), and S, passing between the S part of Ko Si Bo Ya and Ko Hang, thence between Ko To Lang (7 49 7N 98 59 8E) and Ko Klang (1 miles ESE), and returns to the open sea S of Ko Pu (7 47 3N 98 59 0E). Directions. Khlong Si Bo Ya is best approached from W from seaward through a channel with a least depth of 2 3 m, marked by lateral buoys, the outer end of which is marked by a buoy (safe water), 5 miles WSW of Laem Hin. The alignment (075 ) of leading lights on Ko To Lam leads through the buoyed channel: Front light (white beacon) (7 56 02N 98 59 62E). Rear light (white beacon) (6 cables from front light). At the inward end of the buoyed channel, S of Laem Hin, the S limit of the channel is marked by buoys (N cardinal). Thence it continues E, passing S of Ko To Lam and off the leading line between two pairs of buoys (special). The channel continues SE, passing NE of Ko Nok Khuam, where the deepest water lies in mid-channel, and then S, remaining clear of a rock awash which lies 1 cables NE of the SW shore, and a 2 m patch 2 cables off the E shore. S of Ko Nok Khuam, the channel, which is unmarked, continues SW and S, with a least depth of 2 8 m. It is considerably constrained by drying banks on both sides, passing between the S part of Ko Si Bo Ya and Ko Hang, between Ko To Lang, Ko Cham (7 47 9N 99 00 0E) and other islands E of Ko Pu to W and Ko Klang to E, and thence to the open sea S of Ko Pu, passing, with positions relative to Ko Lola (7 46 6N 98 58 9E): Clear of a 1 2 m patch (1 miles E), thence: Clear of Hin Lola (1 miles SW), a rock awash, thence: Clear of Hin Ba Seng (2 miles SE) (5.109). Note. Mariners are advised that marine farms exist in the vicinity of the S exit to Khlong Si Bo Ya the exact positions of which are not charted and whose positions may change frequently. They may or may not be marked.
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast Selat Rupat - Dumai Oil Terminal 124 Paragraph 4.278
1
line 1 For Caltex Read Chevron
125 Paragraph 4.280 Paragraph 4.281

1 1
line 1 For Caltex Read Chevron line 4 For Caltex Read Chevron
4
126 Paragraph 4.303 1 line 6 Replace by: Chevron Oil Terminal (four berths): Paragraph 4.303
2
line 3 For Caltex Read Chevron [28/10]

5
Indonesian Notice 20/190/2010 (SDD 2010000 100669)
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast Selat Rupat Directions; jetties 126 Paragraph 4.300 1 line 6 Replace by: ...3 cables S. Two jetties are reported (2010) to have been constructed, projecting up to 650 m N and NW from the S shore, 2 miles SE of Tanjung Tegoh. Thence: MV Castor Voyager (SDD 2010 017684) [08/10]
Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya Directions; buoyed channel; leading lights; marine farms 149 Paragraph 5.114 1 lines 3-5 Delete
BA Chart 3941; Thai Charts 308; 340; Thai Notice 23/2553 (SDD 2010000 025887) [09/10]
2 - 116
Index
NP44
Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong Submarine cables 149 Paragraph 5.125 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...beach on its SE side. A submarine power cable is laid across the channel from SE coast of Ko Muk ESE to the mainland. It is buoyed at each end. Hin Khai Muk, a rocky shoal, lies 1 miles S of the island. After Paragraph 5.125 1 line 11 Insert: A submarine power cable is laid from the N point of Ko Talibong NE to the mainland shore. It is buoyed at each end. Thai Notice 25/2533 (SDD 2010000 029150) Peninsular Malaysia - West coast Selat Manjung and Sungai Manjung Directions; buoyage 184 Paragraph 6.73 5 lines 2-4 Replace by: ...and leads into Sungai Manjung, passing between Selat 2G Light Buoy (preferred channel to port) (4 15 02N 100 34 75E) and Selat Light Buoy. Selat 2R Light Buoy has been laid 1 cable NNW of Selat 2G Light Buoy. Peninsular Malaysia Marine Department Notices 15 and 16/2010; Malaysian Notices 57 and 58/03/2010 (SDDs 2010000 056078; 056083; 086205) [25/10] Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang Permatang Angsa Major light 189 Paragraph 6.106 1 line 6 For Buoy Read Beacon 193 Paragraph 6.144 1 line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon After Paragraph 6.149 1 line 7 Add: Angsa Bank Light Beacon 101 00 0E). Paragraph 6.150 1 Replace by:
1
[10/10]
Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast Teluk Ewa Depth 157 lines 5-6 Delete A 2 5 m patch to
Paragraph 5.189 the main jetty.
(3 20 0N
Malaysian Notice 2/43/2010 (SDD 2010000 041880) Peninsular Malaysia - West coast Alur Utara Directions; wreck 183 After Paragraph 6.68
2
[13/10]
From a position S of Kepulauan Sembilan (4 02 N 100 32 E), the coastal route leads SE outside the 20 m depth contour to a position NE of Angsa Bank Light Beacon (6.149) at the N extremity of Permatang Angsa. An obstruction lies 1 mile W of the light beacon. After Paragraph 6.165 195 line 4 Add: (3 20 0N
line 5 Insert:
ENE of a stranded wreck (1 mile ENE), thence: Malaysian Notice 60/03/2010 (SDD 2010000 086205) Peninsular Malaysia - West coast Alur Barat Laut Directions; buoyage; obstruction 183 Paragraph 6.71 2 lines 1-8 Replace by: SW of an obstruction (2 cables NNE). A light buoy (port hand) is laid close ESE, marking the port side of the channel. Thence: NE of Batu Mindi, a reef-fringed rock, from where a light (framework tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited; a dangerous rock lies 1 cable farther ESE. Thence: SW of an obstruction with a depth of 3 3 m (7 cables ESE); A light buoy (port hand) lies close W. Thence: Malaysian Charts 5419; 5425; Malaysian Notice 60/03/2010 (SDD 2010000 086205) [25/10]
Angsa Bank Light Beacon 101 00 0E). Paragraph 6.167 1 line 3 Replace by:
[25/10]
...Light Beacon (3 20 N 101 00 E) (6.149) between the W side... 198 Paragraph 6.200 1 lines 5-6 Replace by: From a position NW of Ansa Bank Light Beacon (3 20 N 101 00 E) (6.149), the route continues generally... Malaysian Notice 82/2008 (SDD 2008000 095318) [05/09]
Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang Selat Klang Selatan Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights 200 Paragraph 6.205
1
line 8 Replace by: in height) (2 54 91N
...base, 18 m 101 16 02E). Paragraph 6.205

1
line 10 Replace by:
...white framework tower, concrete base, 25 m in height) (200 m NNE...
2 - 117
Index
NP44
Photograph after Paragraph 6.205 1 line 11 Delete Marine Department Peninsular Malaysia Notice 19/2010 (SDD 2010000 056086) [19/10]
1
204 Paragraph 6.233 Replace by: Directions. The recommended time of entry is 1 hour before HW. From a position SW of the river estuary, the track leads ENE, passing clear of a light buoy (special) (2 47 55N 101 20 00E) and thence NNW of Kuala Langat Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2 48 04N 101 21 02E). A light buoy (isolated danger) (2 47 15N 101 21 82E) marks the position of a dangerous wreck in the estuary approach. When SE of the E bank of the entrance to Bukit Ayer Hitam (6.232), the heading should be altered gradually to E and then ESE to follow the deepest water. The heading should then be adjusted gradually back to E, passing N of Kuala Langat Light Beacon (green square on a single pile) (2 48 09N 101 24 08E) and Tanjung Tonkah Light (close E), across the bar, and into the entrance to Sungai Langat. Sungai Langat then leads N for 2 miles to Bukit Jugra (6.232). If approaching Kuala Langat from SE, the coastal bank off the prominent village of Kampung Morib (2 45 1N 101 26 8E), which extends 2 miles offshore and is difficult to see, should be given a wide berth. Anchorage may be obtained in Sangai Langat, off Bukit Jugra, but the river bed may be foul. BA Charts 2139, 3946; Marine Peninsular Malaysian Notice 70/2010 (SDD 2010000 145452) Department [40/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang Selatan Directions; buoyage; light beacon 200 Paragraph 6.207 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 2
The track continues NE, passing (with positions from SW end of Star Cruise Terminal jetty (2 59 1N 101 20 0E)): SE of No 25 Light Buoy (port hand) (1 miles WSW). No 25 Light Beacon (red square topmark on single pile) lies 2 cables NW of the buoy and the ruined remains of the former No 25 beacon (red disc on white column) lies 1 cables W of the buoy. Thence: Paragraph 6.207 2 line 5 For 7 cables Read 8 cables BA Chart 2152; Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 70/2010 (SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang Selatan Directions; light beacon 200 Paragraph 6.207 1 lines 1-4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 40/10 Replace by: The track continues NE, passing (with positions from SW end of Star Cruise Terminal jetty (2 59 1N 101 20 0E)): SE of No 25 Light Beacon (red square topmark on single pile (1 6 miles WSW), thence: Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 76/10 and Royal Malaysian Navy (SDD 2010000 166567) [50/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Klang Selatan to Port Dickson - Beting Sepang (Bambek Shoal) Light beacon 204 Paragraph 6.230 3 line 4 For Beting Sepang Read Beting Sepang (Bambek Shoal) Paragraph 6.230 3 line 6 Replace by: SW of Beting Sepang (6.257), marked at its SE end by Bambek Light Beacon (2 32 60N 101 40 70E) (white platform on single pile), thence: Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 70/2010 (SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10] Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat Directions; buoyage; light beacon 204 Existing Section IV Notice Week 40/10 Paragraph 6.233 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: The heading should then be adjusted gradually back to E, passing N of Kuala Langat Light Beacon (green square on a single pile) (2 48 07N 101 24 10E) and Tanjung Tonkah (close E), across the bar and into the entrance to Sungai Langat. Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 70/10 (SDD 2010000163644) [50/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast Kuala Langat Directions; buoyage; light beacon 203 Paragraph 6.228 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: Conspicuous tree (2 46 36N 101 25 80E).
2 - 118
Index
NP44
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast Approaches to Port Dickson Directions; wreck 207 Paragraph 6.260 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 1
After Paragraph 8.210 1 line 5 Insert:
Useful mark
8.210a Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115). 282 line 1 For Major lights: Read
SSE of a wreck, depth unknown (reported 2010) (1 6 miles WSW), thence: SSE of a 4 6 m (15 ft) shoal (1 5 miles WSW), thence: SSE of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (1 2 miles WSW), thence: Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 57/10 (SDD 2010000 127697) [34/10] Singapore Strait and Approaches Submarine cables 223 After Paragraph 7.5 Insert:
Paragraph 8.271 Major light:
Paragraph 8.271 3 line 5 Delete 283 After Paragraph 8.273 3 line 8 Insert:
Useful mark
1
8.273a Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115). 284 Paragraph 8.287 2 line 5 Delete 285 After Paragraph 8.288 2 line 3 Insert: Useful mark: Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115). Paragraph 8.295 2 line 3 Delete After Paragraph 8.296 1 line 8 Insert:
Submarine cables
1
7.5a It has been noticed (2009) that there has been an upsurge in indiscriminate anchoring by vessels in non-designated anchorage areas and subsequent damage to cables in Singapore Strait. The Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (MPA) have stated that they will closely monitor the identities and positions of vessels anchoring in the vicinity of submarine cables in Singapore Strait and, in the event of cable damage, share information with cable owners and other interested parties who may wish to recover compensation from the owners and masters of vessels responsible for damage. Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (SDD 2009000 040997)
Useful mark: Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115). Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (SDD 2010000 014648) Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin Directions; dangerous wreck 240 Paragraph 7.132
2
[08/10]
[27/09]
NW of Karang Selatin (South Ledge) (1 18 N 104 24 E); a dangerous wreck lies at the N end of the ledge. Thence: 244 Paragraph 7.172
2
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore Directions; light 235 Paragraph 7.90 4 line 1 Delete After Paragraph 7.92 4 line 5 Insert: Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115) 238 Paragraph 7.111 4 lines 5-6 Delete After Paragraph 7.115 1 line 6 Insert: Amber Light (round yellow concrete tower) (1 18 N 103 54 E). 274 Paragraph 8.207 2 line4 Delete
Clear of Karang Selatin (7.132). A dangerous wreck lies at the N end of the ledge. Thence: Malaysian Notice 71/04/2010 (SDD 2010000 086207) [25/10]
Singapore - West Jurong Channel Directions; container berth 265 After Paragraph 8.110 2 line 7 Insert: NW of a container berth under construction (7 cables ESE). The seaward limit of the construction is marked by two light buoys (special). Thence: Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Port Marine Notice 79/2010 (SDD 2010000 112092) [30/10]
2 - 119
Index
NP44
Singapore West Coast Ferry Terminal 272 Paragraph 8.181 1 lines 6-8 Delete Paragraph 8.182 including heading Replace by: Singapore Marina Reservoir; Marina South 285 Paragraph 8.289 including headings Replace by:
Spare
8.289 After Paragraph 8.290.1 Insert:
Spare
8.182 292 Paragraph 8.352 1 lines 4-7 Delete Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (SDD 2010000 062011) [19/10]
S Marina Light Beacon (special) (1 16 7N 103 52 4E) and South Kallang Light Beacon (special), 2 cables ENE, flank the approach to Marina Barrage which contains Marina Reservoir. Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (SDD 2009000 013140) [31/09]
Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway General information; harbour for lighters 280 Paragraph 8.252.1 Replace by:
1
Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal Marina Wharves 288 Paragraph 8.308 including heading Replace by:
Pasir Panjang Fairway (1 16 N 103 47 E) is the waterway leading NNE thence SE from the SE end of East Jurong Channel, and provides access to Pasir Panjang Terminal Berths P23-P26 and Pasir Panjang Wharves Berths PW8-PW3. 281 Paragraph 8.254 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.308 Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (SDD 2010000 051571) [17/10]
Singapore - Tuas Power Station Jetty 288 Paragraph 8.313 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...able to handle the largest product tankers. Feedstock Jetty lies close E of the E end of the fuel oil unloading jetty, with a depth alongside of 10 3 m (2010). TS-01 Light Buoy (special) lies 1 cables SE, marking a 10 3 m shoal depth close N. Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Notice DB 15/2010 (SDD 2010000 121472) [33/10] Singapore - East Jurong Channel Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal Berths 289 Paragraph 8.321 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: Longest and deepest berth. No 1 at 183 m with an alongside depth of 14 5 m (1999). Singapore Notices to Mariners 6/10; Singapore Port Information 2010/11 (SDD 2010000 089788) [25/10] Johor Strait - Western part Pulau Merambong Light 298 Paragraph 9.29
1
Spare
8.254 Paragraph 8.258.1 Replace by:
1
Approach and entry. From a position near the W end of West Keppel Fairway the approach track to Pasir Panjang Fairway leads N, keeping W of the reclamation works (8.253), to join Pasir Panjang Fairway SE of Pasir Panjang Terminal Berth P23. The track to the upper berths leads NNE for 6 cables to a position off PW7 berth. The SE leg of the fairway leads towards berths PW3-PW6, but manoeuvrability is limited by reclamation work. Paragraph 8.259 including headings Replace by:
Spare
8.259 Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (SDD 2009000 071127) [31/09]
Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal Marina Wharves 283 Paragraph 8.278 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...yards, and a short open basin on the SW side. It is a major container handling... Paragraph 8.279 2 Delete Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (SDD 2010000 051571) [22/10]
line 4 Replace by:
...circular tower, 12 m in height) is exhibited, the... Peninsular Malaysian Notice 33/2010; BA Chart 4038 (SDD 2010000 090301) [26/10]
2 - 120
Index
NP44
Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach Directions; buoyage 298 After Paragraph 9.30
1
Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast Pulau Nias Major lights 355 Paragraph 11.27 including Section Week 04/10 Replace by:
1
IV Notice
line 12 Insert:
NW of PL1 Light Buoy (special), thence: SE of Puteri Harbour Light Buoy (port hand), thence: NW of Gedong Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence: Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 68/2010 (SDD 2010000 137919) [39/09] Malaysia - Johor Strait - South-eastern part Tanjung Pengelih southward - Malang Berendam Light beacon 314 Paragraph 9.188
1
Landmarks: Maziaya (1 23 N 97 24 E) at the S end of the range of hills (11.25), is the most prominent peak in the N part of Pulau Nias; it resembles a coffin. Simalay, 202 m high, only visible from N, stands 2 miles NW of Maziaya. Major lights: Pulau Goso Baohi (Gosobaohi) Light (white beacon, 30 m in height) (1 26 13N 97 10 10E). Tanjung Mbaa Light (white metal framework tower, 21 m in height) (1 18 67N 97 35 80E). Paragraph 11.29 including Section IV Notice Week 04/10 Delete Paragraph 11.32 1 lines 5-6 including Section IV Notice Week 04/10 Replace by: W of Pulau Goso Baohi Light (1 26 13N 97 10 10E) (11.27), exhibited from the N extremity of Pulau... 360 Paragraph 11.72 1 line 6 Replace by:
line 8 Replace by:
...a small drying reef, marked by a light beacon (white column on platform) (1 21 48N 104 05 35E). Peninsular Malaysian Notice 12/2010 (SDD 2010000 036488)
[12/10]
Malaysia - Sungai Johor Buoyage 317 Paragraph 9.205 2 lines 4-6 Replace by: S of Neville Rock (1 miles SSE), with a least depth of 2 8 m, marked by a light buoy (port hand) , and where the best water lies, thence: Singapore Notice DB 16/41/2010 (SDD 2010000 134503)
Tanjung Mbaa Light (1 18 67N 97 35 80E) (11.27). Paragraph 11.79 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: Tanjung Mbaa Light (1 18 67N 97 35 80E) (11.27). Paragraph 11.81 361 line 6 For (11.79) Read (11.27) [16/10]
[37/10]
Indonesian Notice 06/047/10 (SDD 2010000 050362) Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast Karang Sipakal Buoy 404 Paragraph 12.198 1 line 4 Replace by:
Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel Directions; major light 355 Paragraph 11.27 1 line 1 Replace by:
1
...reef, marked on its NW side by a buoy (isolated danger), thence... Indonesian Notice 03/20/10 (SDD 2010000 017932) Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast Gosong Bintanggor Buoy 408 Paragraph 12.251 2 line 7 Replace by: ...Bintanggor) on which the sea breaks, and which is marked on its E side by a buoy (isolated danger). Gonsong Laut... Indonesian Notice 03/19/10 (SDD 2010000 017931) [07/10] [07/10]
Major light Pulau Gosobaohi (Goso Baohi) Light (white metal framework tower, 12 m in height) (1 26 1N 97 10 1E). Landmarks Paragraph 11.29 1 lines 2-4 Delete Paragraph 11.32
1
W of Gosobaohi Light (11.27), exhibited from the N extremity of Pulau... Indonesian Navwarn 01/10 (SDD 2010000 003517)
[04/10]
2 - 121
Index
NP45
NP45 Mediterranean (2008 Edition) Pilot Volume 1
2
Within the above areas vessels may be taking on stores whilst transiting at low speed. For further details contact Gibraltar Port Authority. Gibraltar Port Authority (SDD 2010000 077241) Spain - Tarragona Anchorage 145 Paragraph 3.162 1 Replace by: [27/10]
Western Mediterranean Sea Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria, Spain Gas pipeline 6 Add:

5
Submarine pipelines. Mariners are advised not to anchor or trawl in the vicinity of pipelines. Gas from a damaged oil or gas pipeline could cause an explosion, loss of buoyancy, or other serious hazard. Pipelines are not always buried and may effectively reduce the charted depth by as much as 2 m. They may also span seabed undulations and cause fishing gear to become irrecoverably snagged, putting a vessel in severe danger. See Annual Notice to Mariners No 24 and The Mariners Handbook. 77 After Paragraph 2.3 Add:
Anchorage can be obtained from to 4 miles E of the head of Dique Rompeolas (41 04 7N 1 12 8E), and from 1 miles ENE to 3 miles SE. Caution. A wreck with a depth of 30 5 m over it is located 2 miles ENE of the mole. Spanish Notice 18 109/2009 (SDD 2009000 035177) Spain - Tarragona Pilotage 145 Paragraph 3.164 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: ....and a white letter P on both sides. Pilots board either in position 41 04 2N 1 14 2E for vessels arriving from the N, or 41 03 7N 1 12 5E for vessels arriving from the S. See also 1.22. Spanish Notice SD 6.2009 (SDD 2009000 012191) [12/09] [22/09]
Submarine pipeline
1
2.3a A gas pipeline is laid in a NNW direction from Baie de Camerata, Algeria (35 21 4N 1 17 1W) to Perdigal, S Spain (6 miles E of Almeria (2.103)). The pipeline crosses the 100 m depth contour 4 miles SSE of Cabo de Gata (2.73) and follows the coast to Perdigal as shown on the chart. For further information on gas pipelines see 1.12. 241 After Paragraph 6.7 Add:
Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada Anchorage 208 Paragraph 4.204 2 lines 14 Delete Paragraph 4.204 3 lines 14 Delete Spanish Notice 21/131/09 (SDD 2009000 040899) Algeria - Baie dAlger wreck 260 Paragraph 6.146 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: Cautions. Two dangerous wrecks lie in Anchorage Area No 2; 36 45 7N 3 07 3E (position approximate) and 36 46 1N 3 07 0E. Navarea III 170/09 (SDD 2009000 030366) Tunisia - Gulf of Gabs Directions; dangerous wreck 318 Paragraph 7.229 5 Line 5 Replace by: ...coastal bank extending SE from Bancs des Sur-Kenis, and noting a dangerous wreck (29 miles S). Paragraph 7.230 1 Line 5 Insert: NNE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate) (18 miles SE), thence: SSW of O Light Buoy (11 miles SE), thence: [21/09] [25/09]
Submarine pipeline
1
6.7a A gas pipeline is laid in a NNW direction from Baie de Camerata, Algeria (35 21 4N 1 17 1W) to Perdigal, S Spain (6 miles E of Almeria (2.103)). For further information on gas pipelines see 1.12. Algerian Notice 4/13/2009; Spanish Notice 132/2009 (SDD 2009000 113399) [37/09] Gibraltar Off-port operations 78 After Paragraph 2.16
1
Insert:
Off-port operations
1
2.16a Off-port operations occur within the following areas in the vicinity of Gibraltar: Area 1: Centred on 36 07 0N 5 15 5W with a radius of 1 mile. Area 2: Centred on 36 02 0N 5 15 0W with a radius of 2 miles.
2 - 122
Index
NP45
319 Paragraph 7.231 1 Lines 1-5 Replace by: From a position SE of O Light Buoy (34 08 N 10 26 E) the track leads 18 miles SW through open water, passing with positions fron Bordj Djilidj Light (33 53 N 10 45 E) (7.259): NW of a stranded wreck lying on the 20 m depth contour line, (7 miles NW), thence: NW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate) (15 miles NW). Navarea III 423/08 (SDD 2008000 083545) Italy - Sicilia - Trapani Arrival information; anchorage 367 Paragraph 9.62 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2
A1 (4 miles NE). A2 (4 miles NE). A3 (1 miles SSE) dangerous goods.
vessels
carrying

3
[50/08]
A1 lies close W of the site of an historic wreck. An outfall extends W from the shore for 1 miles E of A3; its outer end is marked by a light buoy (special). Italian Notices 2.5.2010; 2.30.2010 (SDD 2010000 024325) Sicilia - Gela Wrecks 377 Paragraph 9.128 2 lines 4-5 Replace by: Caution. A dangerous wreck lies near the SE corner of Area C; further wrecks lie in the SW corner of Area B and close N of the central section of Area D, as shown on the chart. Italian Notice 8.9/2009 (SDD 2009000 033697) [22/09] [09/10]
Malta - Marsaxlokk Pilotage, directions 351 After Paragraph 8.137 2 line 8 Add: Caution. An oil rig is laid up close SE of Station 3. See 8.148. 353 Paragraph 8.148 10 line 6 Replace by: ...Oil rigs are laid up 2 miles ESE, and 2 miles SSE from this area; a prohibited area of radius 500 m is centred on the lay up positions. Thence: Maltese Notice No 104.2010 (SDD2010000 185896)
[47/10]
Italy - Stretto di Messina Traffic Separation Scheme; Vessel Traffic Service 421 Paragraph 11.28 1 lines 5-8 Replace by: ...Gioia (11.29) to a position ENE of Capo Peloro (10.120). Paragraph 11.28 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1
Italy - Sicilia - Trapani VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit; fishing 367 Paragraph 9.62 1 Lines 1-4 Replace by: Vessel Traffic Service. A VTS, which operates 24 hours, regulates the movement of vessels within its zone of operation. Participation in the service is mandatory. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Notice of ETA required: 24 hours. Masters of vessels bound for the anchorage areas, see below, must contact the Maritime Authority on VHF for allocation of an anchor berth. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). 368 line 5 Add:
From Porto di Gioia Tauro the inshore route continues SW for 13 miles to a position ENE of Capo Peloro (10.120), to the precautionary area at the N entrance to the Stretto di Messina TSS (12.14). 423 Paragraph 11.37 1 lines 4-6 and 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: NE of Cabo Peloro (10.120). To the vicinity of 38 17 5N 15 40 6E where it joins the precautionary area of the Stretto di Messina TSS (12.14). (Directions continue for Stretto di Messina at 12.17) Paragraph 11.40 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:

8
Two circular Safety Zones, A and B, with radius 5 and 2 cables respectively, are centred on Molo della Colombaia outer breakwater head. All vessels entering or departing, including fishing vessels and pleasure craft, must proceed at a speed not exceeding 12 kn in Safety Zone A. Fishing is prohibited in both Safety Zones. Italian Notices 5.21.08 and 25.21.08 (SDD 2008000 092207; 092238)
From Porto di Gioia Tauro the inshore route continues SW for 13 miles to the precautionary area of the Stretto di Messina TSS, passing (with positions from Capo... 424
[51/08]
Paragraph 11.40 15 40 7E
2 - 123
Index
NP45
428 Delete Chapter 12 Index Diagram Replace by: new diagram at Annex A (see page 2 - 202).
3
Notice of ETA required: 72 hours. See Admiralty List ... Paragraph 13.19 1 line 5 Replace by: ...Levante, clear of the TSS precautionary area.

1
Paragraph 13.19 2 line 1 Replace by: Submarine cables come ashore about 1 miles SSW of ... Paragraph 13.19 3 lines 1-5 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than 500 gt. The pilot boards 1 miles SE of the head of Molo di Levante, at the junction of the precautionary area and the separation zone. See 1.22 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). 449 Paragraph 13.21 3 line 1 Replace by:
A VTS reporting system is in operation and participation is mandatory for the following vessels: All passenger vessels. All merchant vessels over 300 gt. All fishing and recreational vessels over 45 m LOA. The following vessels are exempt: Naval and naval auxiliary vessels. Other state vessels operating a non-commercial public service. For further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
The port is approached via the inbound lane of the TSS, and thence to the pilot boarding area (13.19). Italian Notices 24.10/09; 24.19/09 (SDD 2010000 014567) [06/10]

1
From the vicinity of 38 17 0N 15 40 7E, the track leads SSW for 1 mile then WSW for 4 miles, passing (with positions relative to Capo Peloro (38 16 1N 15 39 2E)): Paragraph 12.19 38 14 3N
8
Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini-Naxos Pilotage 450 Paragraph 13.28 2 line 1 Replace by:
1
line 12 For 38 14 0N Read
IMO 12th June 2009 and Stretto di Messina VTS Manual (SDDs 2009000 052728; 130157) [45/09]
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt; this requirement is periodically reviewed. Military, fishing and local vessels are exempt. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Giardini-Naxos Pilot (SDD 2010000 076564) Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta Restricted area 456 After Paragraph 13.62
1
Italy - Sicilia - Catania Traffic Separation Scheme 448 Paragraph 13.19 1 line 1 Replace by:
1
[22/10]
Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS has been established in the approaches to the port. It comprises inward and outward traffic lanes and a semi-circular precautionary area, radius 1 mile, centred on 37 28 7N 15 05 7E. All vessels over 300 gt and fishing vessels of 24 m or more, are advised to approach the port on a W heading and at a speed of no more than 15 kn. Vessels must keep at least 8 cables from the vessel ahead. Maximum speed in the precautionary area is 9 kn. The scheme is not IMO-adopted. The Italian authorities advise that the principles for the use of the scheme, as defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972), apply.
Line 5 Add:
An area approximately 1 mile square, used by seaplanes engaged in fire-fighting operations, is centred approximately 8 cables SE of Diga Centrale (13.68). Italian Notice 10/15.20 (SDD 2010000 132412 ) Italy - Golfo di Taranto Gallipoli Directions 508 Paragraph 14.202 2 lines 1 to 3 Delete Italian Notice 7.11.09 (SDD 2009000 029933) [19/09] [37/10]
2 - 124
Index
NP46
89 After Paragraph 2.283 3 line 7 Add: Caution. Works are in progress (2007) to establish submerged artificial reefs in the NE part of Rade dEndoume, W and S of Endoume Anchorage and SE of le dIf. A light buoy (special) is moored in the SE corner of the area. Mariners should navigate with extreme caution, giving the area a wide berth. French Notice 44/3(T)/07 (SDD 2007000 084142) [50/07]
France - Gulf of Lions - Canet-Plage Restricted area 58 After Paragraph 2.14 1 Insert:
2
A restricted area containing a wreck, marked by light buoys (special), lies in the approaches to Canet-Plage, centred 4 miles SE of the harbour. The area lies partly within an existing prohibited area marked on the chart and extends about 1 mile NE from its E limit. French Notice 09 01-T-01 (SDD 2009000 000340) France - Palavas-les-Flots Dangerous wreck 71 After paragraph 2.107 1 Line 3 Add: Caution. A wreck with an estimated least depth of 6 m lies approximately 1 2 miles SSE of the seaward end of the outfall. French Notice 10/06/30 (SDD 20100000 27843) [10/10]
1
France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette le Tiboulen Wreck 90 Paragraph 2.284 1 line 5 Replace by: ...4 m in height). A dangerous wreck, the position of which is approximate, lies 1 cables ENE of the light, thence: French Notice 09/26/23 (SDD 2009000 068073) [32/09]
[07/09]
Italy - Gulf of Genoa Vessel traffic service; radio reporting 133 After paragraph 4.6 Insert:
Vessel traffic service

4.6a A mandatory vessel traffic service is in operation for the control of shipping within two areas of Gulf of Genoa, based upon Savona (including Vado Ligure) and La Spezia, as shown on the chart. For details, list of reporting points and procedures to be followed, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). 172 After paragraph 5.10 Insert:
France - Port de Fos and approaches Entrance channel Leading lights 76 After Paragraph 2.161
3 2
line 4 Add:
For entry into Darse 2 and Darse 3, the alignment (275 ) of the leading lights situated on the SE corner of Mle Graveleau leads through the dredged channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to the entrance of each basin. Front leading light (two horizontal orange squares on white pylon) (43 24 1N 4 51 5E). Rear leading light (orange square on blue and white pylon) (340 m from front light). French Notice 10/31/37 (SDD 2010000 128821) France - Approaches to Marseille Rade dEndoume Submerged artificial reefs 88 After Paragraph 2.275 4 Insert: Works are in progress (2007) to establish submerged artificial reefs in NE part of Rade dEndoume, W and S of Endoume Anchorage and SE of le dIf. See 2.283. [35/10]

1
5.10a The SE limit of the area covered by Gulf of Genoa VTS (4.6a), based upon La Spezia, extends 20 miles in a SSW direction from a position on the coast 1 miles ENE of Capo Corvo (5.9), as shown on the chart. Italian Notices 14.1 - 14.22 (SDDs 2009000 100848; 100870) Italy - San Remo Wreck 138 After Paragraph 4.33 5 line 6 Add: Caution. An area into which entry is prohibited, radius 30 m, centred on a stranded wreck, lies about 1 cables NW of Molo Sud Head Light. Italian Notice 13.4/07 (SDD 2007000 051237) [36/07] [42/09]
2 - 125
Index
NP46
Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado Prohibited areas 139 Paragraph 4.44 3 Replace by: Entry is prohibited to a protected marine area established (2008) SSE of Bergeggi (44 14 8N 8 26 5E), bounded by a line joining the following positions: 44 14 7N 8 26 7E 44 14 7N 8 27 4E 44 13 7N 8 27 4E 44 13 7N 8 26 3E 44 14 3N 8 26 3E Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of an outfall extending 8 cables ESE from Capo di Vado (44 15 6N 8 27 4E) Italian Notice 4.27 (SDD 2008000 021990) Italy - Approaches to Genova Routeing measures; recognition zones; prohibited area 148 Paragraph 4.117 4 lines 1-2 Replace by: Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes should proceed to the Tanker Recognition Zone, centred about 5 miles SSW of La Lanterna (44 24 3N 8 54 3E) shown on the chart, to report their arrival to the Port Authority and await instructions. They are permitted to anchor within Area Bravo or one of the lettered... Paragraph 4.117 6 lines 5-10 Replace by: Recognition Zone. On entering the Recognition Zone (shown on the chart), vessels, other than tankers and those carrying dangerous cargoes, should report to the Port Authority to establish arrival times and to request instructions. 149 After Paragraph 4.117 7 Insert: Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area centred about 1 miles SE of Capo Arenzano, radius about 1 cable, containing a wreck with 30 m over it, as shown on the chart. Paragraph 4.123 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: Accesso Voltri-Pr. From a position about 1 miles ESE of Capo Arenzano (44 23 7N 8 41 0E) in the NE-bound lane of the TSS, shown on the chart, the track leads NE passing, with positions relative to Scoglio Nave (44 25 0N 8 43 5E): Paragraph 4.123 4 lines 1-5 Replace by: Accesso Multedo. From a position about 4 miles SE of Capo Arenzano (44 23 7N 8 41 0E), in the NNE-bound lane of the TSS, shown on the chart, the track leads NNE to the pilot boarding place (44 23 5N 8 47 0E), 1 miles SSW of Voltri detached mole elbow, passing: Paragraph 4.123
11
[17/08]
Italy - W coast - Bergeggi Protected marine area; submarine cables; outfall

1
139 Paragraph 4.44 3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by:
3
Entry is prohibited to a protected marine area, (established 2008), centred 3 cables NE of Isola di Bergeggi, as shown on the chart. The protected marine area is divided into zones A, B, and C according to regulations applicable to each. Mariners should consult the local authority for details. Submarine power cables extend generally SW from the vicinity of Punta di Bergeggi, through the marine protected area, as shown on the chart. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of an outfall extending 4 cables ESE then 4 cables E from a position on the coast 3 cables WSW of Capo di Vado (44 15 6N 8 27 4E) as shown on the chart. Italian Notice 14.1/08 (SDDs 2008000 021990; 061201)
151 line 6 For ENE Read WNW
Italian Notice 15.2/2007; BA Chart 356 Edition 2 (SDD 2007000 059680) [10/08] Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno Submarine pipelines 151 Paragraph 4.123 12 line 1 Replace by: S of Punta Vagno Light. A submarine pipeline extends 2 cables SW from a position 1 cable W of Punta Vagno Light as shown on the chart. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the pipeline. Works are in progress (2008) to establish a second submarine pipeline extending about 5 cables generally SSW from the coast in the vicinity of Punta Vagno, crossing the N-bound lane of the TSS. Close approach to the works is prohibited. Thence: Italian Notice D07003/08 (BA Chart 355; SDD 2008000 039201) [22/08]
[33/08]
12
Italy - Arenzano Obstructions 146 After Paragraph 4.95 1 Add: Offshore submerged concrete structures have been established in depths of 15-20 m, 1 mile SW of Arenzano Harbour. Italian Notice D07010/07 (SDD 2007000 083044)
[49/07]
2 - 126
Index
NP46
Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria Marine nature reserve 158 After Paragraph 4.167 3 Insert:
4
Italy - Rada di Portoferraio Unexploded ordnance 231 After Paragraph 8.58 3 line 3 Add: Entry, anchoring and stopping are also prohibited within an area shown on the chart, centred on Punta degli Scarpellini, radius 100 m, which contains unexploded ordnance on the seabed. Italian Notice 13.26/07 (SDD 2007000 051269) Italy - Piombino Restricted areas [36/07]
A marine nature reserve extends from Capo dell Isola (44 01 9N 9 50 8E) to Punta San Pietro (4.169) and includes sea areas off Isola del Tino and W coast of Isola Palmaria, as shown on the chart, in which restrictions and prohibitions apply. Mariners should consult local authorities for details. Italian Notice 16.3/08 (SDD 2008000 069525)
[44/08]
Italy - La Spezia Wreck 172 Paragraph 5.12 1 Replace by: From a position S of Isola del Tino (44 01 6N 9 51 0E), clear of a dangerous wreck lying 5 miles SSE of Isola del Tino and clear of an offshore wave meter buoy (5.11), the coastal route leads SSE passing, with positions relative to Viareggio Outer Breakwater Light (5.11): SW of San Nicola Church (16 miles NW) (5.11), thence: Italian Notice 22.6/08 (SDD 2008000 092659)
240 After Paragraph 8.116 2 line 2 Add: Restricted areas. An area has been established, centred about 2 cables S of Torre del Sale Outer Mole, as shown on the chart, in which swimming, fishing and all underwater activities are prohibited. The Piombino-Isola dElba water pipeline (8.115) extends SW from a position about 7 cables E of the harbour entrance. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity as shown on the chart. Italian Notice 1.2/08 (SDD 2008000 008358) [08/08]
Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini-Edison Anchorage; obstructions; prohibited area 240 Paragraph 8.118 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: Pontile Montecatini-Edison (42 54 1N 10 46 4E), also known as Pontile della Nuova Solmine or Scarlino Wharf, is a private pier used for loading... After paragraph 8.118 2 Add Anchorage area ALFA, radius 4 cables, has been established (2007) 2 miles WSW of the pier head, centred on position 42 53 N 10 44 E, for vessels scheduled to moor at the pier. The anchorage is contained within an area of seabed obstructions as shown on the chart, but is itself reported free of obstructions (2007). Vessels bound for anchorage ALFA must contact Piombino and Tor del Sale Pilot Office prior to arrival, requesting anchoring instructions and advising ETA and arrival information as required. Caution. Mariners should note the dangerous wreck contained within a prohibited area, radius 5 cables, lying 1 miles W of the pier head (8.102). Italian Notices 21.13/07; 13.6/07 (SDDs 2007000 083026; 051241) [49/07]
[01/09]
Corse - Port dAjaccio Dangerous wreck 198 After paragraph 6.114 3 Line 5 Add: Caution. A buoyed wreck with a minimum unsurveyed clearance depth of 6 m lies approximately 2 5 cables NNE of Jete des Capucins. French Notice 09/49/51 (SDD 2009000 181098)
3
[01/10]
Italy - Isola del Giglio Restricted area 228 Add:
Restricted area. A restricted area lies 4 miles W of Isola del Giglio as shown on the chart. Mariners should consult local authorities before entering the area. Italian Notice 6.5/09 (SDD 2009000 027134)
Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari Prohibited area; anchorages 276 Paragraph 9.213 1 lines 18-19 Replace by: Golf 1 4 miles SSE See 9.216 4
[39/09]
2 - 127
Index
NP46
3
After Paragraph 9.216 2 Add: Entry is prohibited to an area extending 2 miles in a NNW/SSE direction, centred 3 miles S of Nuovo Molo di Levante Head Light. Works are in progress (2007) in the area to establish a buoyed fairway. Anchorage Zona Golf has been discontinued and alternative anchorage Golf 1 established, centred 4 miles SSE of Nuovo Molo di Levante Head Light. Mariners should contact the port authority for details and anchoring instructions. Italian Notice H02003/07 (SDD 2007000 075657)
Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio Prohibited areas; wreck 324 After Paragraph 12.18 2 line 6 insert: Prohibited areas. Vessels carrying or having carried liquid or gas dangerous cargoes, including those in ballast but not gasfree, may not anchor in the roadstead except in an emergency. Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 5 cables, centred on a dangerous wreck lying on the W limit of the anchorage area, 5 cables SSW of Molo Innocenziano Head Light. Italian Notice 4.21/2009 (SDD 2009000 017262) [14/09]
[50/07]
Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari Buoyed fairway 276 Paragraph 9.216 3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 50/07 Replace by: A fairway marked by light buoys has been established, extending about 2 miles in a NNW/SSE direction, centred about 4 miles S of Nuovo Molo di Levante Head Light, giving access to the N-bound lane of Porto Canale TSS from SSE. Italian Notice 1.4/08 (SDD 2008000 008360)
Italy - Golfo di Gaeta Restricted area 329 After Paragraph 12.44 2 Insert:
3
Restricted area. A restricted area, centred 8 miles SSW of Monte Orlando Light (12.48), extends 8 miles in a WNW/ESE direction and 3 miles in a NNE/SSW direction, as shown on the chart. Mariners should consult local authorities before entering the area. Italian Notice 6.6/09 (SDD 2009000 027136) [39/09]
[08/08]
Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina Directions; obstructions 329 Paragraph 12.49 2 line 2 After vessels. Add: Groynes extend from the shore in the vicinity. Paragraph 12.49 3 line 6 After breakwaters. Add: Groynes extend from the shore in the vicinity. Italian Notices 21.14, 21.15 (SDDs 2007000 083027; 083028) Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree Protected Marine Area 338 [49/07]
Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia Unexploded ordnance 294 After Paragraph 10.83 4 line 5 Insert: Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area reported (2008) to contain unexploded ordnance, centred 1 mile NNE of Capo Ceraso, lying within the inshore traffic zone S of the E-bound lane of the TSS. Italian Notice F04004/08 (SDD 2008000 057162)
[31/08]
After Paragraph 12.106 Add:
Regno di Nettuno Protected Marine Area

Italy - W coast - Anzio Submarine power cable 324 After Paragraph 12.18 1 line 8 Add: Caution. A submarine power cable extends generally SSW from a position on the coast 3 miles ENE of Capo dAnzio Light, passing close SE of the anchorage area, as shown on the chart. Italian Notice 11.9/08 (SDD 2008000 050345)
1
12.106a A protected marine area has been established in the sea areas off Isole Flegree (comprising Isola dIschia, Isola di Vivaro and Isola di Procida), including an area 2 miles wide, extending 7 miles N from Punta Cornacchia (12.117). The area has been divided into zones according to regulations and restrictions applicable to each. Mariners should consult the local authority for details before approaching the protected area. Italian Notices 11.11/08; 11.12/08; 12.25/08 (SDDs 2008000 050347; 050348; 053209) [35/08]
[31/08]
2 - 128
Index
NP46
Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli Marine parks and reserves 346 Paragraph 12.146 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:
4
Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli Prohibited area
348 Paragraph 12.153 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area 1 cables wide, extending 2 cables NW from Molo Caligoliano Head, in which works are in progress (2008). Regulations concerning entry. There is a speed limit of 4 kn within the harbour. Italian Notice 8.9/08 (SDD 2008000 039179)
Marine parks and reserves. Underwater marine parks lie 4 cables SW from Punta della Gaiola and 8 cables NNE from Fortino Tenaglia (12.150), as shown on the chart. Marine reserves, some marked by light buoys (special), lie close offshore throughout the area, as shown on the charts. Mariners should consult local authorities for details of applicable regulations and restrictions. Italian Notice 15.14/08; BA Charts 908, 914 (SDD 2008000 065082) [35/08]
[22/08]
Italy - Isolotto di Nisida Marine reserve
Italy - Pozzuoli Anchorages 348 Paragraph 12.153 1 lines 4-8 Replace by: Outer Anchorages. In good weather, vessels of more than 50 m in length may obtain anchorage about 4 cables WSW of Molo Caligliano Head; and vessels of less than 50 m in length, about 2 cables NW of Molo Caligoliano Head. However, in strong SW winds it is dangerous to anchor on or N of the line joining Fortino Tenaglia and Molo Caligoliano Head. Italian Notice 1.37/08 (SDD 2008000 008422) [08/08]
349 After Paragraph 12.161 2 line 9 Add: Marine reserve. A marine reserve, into which entry is prohibited, has been established in the sea area surrounding Isolotto di Nisida, bounded by a line joining the following points: 40 48 0N 14 09 8E 40 47 6N 14 10 9E 40 47 4N 14 09 7E 40 47 9N 14 09 3E Italian Notice 1.39/08 (SDD 2008000 008430)
[09/08]
Italy - Torre del Greco Sewage outfall
Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli Anchorages 348 Paragraph 12.153 1 lines 4-8 including Section IV Notice Week 8/08 Replace by: Outer anchorages have been established as follows: A B C D 40 49 4N 14 06 2E 40 48 8N 14 06 0E 40 48 9N 14 08 2E 40 48 5N 14 07 9E Vessels up to 100 m in length Pilot compulsory Vessels up to 200 m in length Pilot compulsory Vessels up to 100 m in length All vessels
2 2
349 After paragraph 12.164 1 Insert: Caution. A sewage outfall extends about 6 cables SW from a position on the coast about 4 cables SE of the harbour entrance. Italian Notice 1.12/08 (SDD 2008000 008368)
[08/08]
Italy - Vico Equense Coastal erosion
All are shown on the chart. In strong S winds it is considered dangerous to anchor N of a line joining Fortino Tenaglia and Molo Caligoliano Head. Italian Notices 11.14/08, 12.26/08 (SDDs 2008000; 050350; 053210) [29/08]
353 After Paragraph 12.192 1 Insert: Caution. Coastal erosion is causing landslips in the vicinity of Vico Equense. Mariners should give the area a wide berth, keeping at least 200 m offshore. Italian Notice 1.42/08 (SDD 2008000 008444)
[08/08]
2 - 129
Index
NP46
Italy - Rada di Napoli Anchorages; wreck 355 Paragraph 12.206 2 - 3 Replace by: Revised anchorage areas have been established (2008) within Rada di Napoli as shown on the chart. Prior to arrival, mariners bound for anchorages for which pilotage is compulsory must advise the Harbour Masters Operations Centre and the pilot station of their ETA and port entry channel. Berth X3, X4 A1, A2, A3 A4 A5 B1, B2, B3 Remarks Nuclear powered naval vessels only. Vessels not carrying dangerous goods. Pilotage compulsory. Vessels carrying dangerous goods. Pilotage compulsory. Vessels carrying dangerous goods. Pilotage not compulsory. Tankers carrying, or that have carried dangerous liquid products including flammable liquids, liquefied gases and toxic liquids. Pilotage not compulsory. C1 Vessels not carrying dangerous goods. Pilotage compulsory. C2 Vessels carrying dangerous goods, excluding tankers. Pilotage compulsory. C3 Vessels carrying dangerous goods, including tankers. Pilotage not compulsory. D
3 3 2
367 After Paragraph 13.53 1 Insert: Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast between Salerno (40 40 N 14 47 E) and Fiume Sele (40 29 N 14 56 E). Various items of measuring equipment have been deployed in the coastal sea area between Salerno and Fiume Sele. Close approach to such equipment is also prohibited. Italian Notice 5.35/08 (SDD 2008000 027451) Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno Prohibited area 367 After Paragraph 13.53 2 line 7 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 19/08 Add: Entry is prohibited to an area radius 6 cables, centred on a dangerous wreck lying 2 miles SSW from the mouth of Fiume Forni (40 38 1N 14 49 8) as shown on the chart. Italian Portolano P4 (SDD 2008000 032303) [24/08] [19/08]
NP47 Mediterranean (2008 Edition)
Pilot
Volume
Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north-eastwards FPSO; restricted area 68 Paragraph 2.32 2 Delete Paragraph 2.33 and heading Replace by:
Spare
2.33 69 Paragraph 2.42 2 Delete Paragraph 2.43 and heading Replace by:
Leisure craft.
If no anchorage is available in Areas A or B, vessels will be directed to use Area C. Caution. A dangerous wreck lies close S of Molo San Vincenzo, 1 cables N of anchorages A1 and A2. Italian Notices 8.10/08; 9.16/08, 9.18/08; 9.30/08 (SDDs 2008000 039180; 041963; 041965; 041971) [28/08] Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele Prohibited areas 362 After Paragraph 13.13 1 Insert: Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast between Positano (40 38 N 14 29 E) and Salerno (40 40 N 14 47 E). Various items of measuring equipment have been deployed in the coastal sea area between Positano and Salerno. Close approach to such equipment is also prohibited.
Spare
2.43 Paragraph 2.44 1 lines 4 - 5 Replace by: SW of an area, radius 2 miles, centred on position 40 55 2N 18 19 6E, in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited due to the presence of residual obstructions. Thence: Italian Notice 21.7/08 (SDD 2008000 092209) Approaches to Gulf of Venice Production platforms 70 After Paragraph 2.55 4 line 7 Add: Isabela South production platform (44 57 5N 13 08 8E) from which a light is exhibited. Isabela North production platform (44 58 8N 13 07 5E) from which a light is exhibited. BA NM 5846/10 (SDD 2010000181262) [50/10] [01/09]
2 - 130
Index
NP47
Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph Paragraph 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59
1 1 2 2
line line line line
8 For NE Read SW 12 For NE Read SW 1 For NE Read SW 3 For NE Read SW [50/10]
Greece - Nsos Kefallina Rock 112 Paragraph 3.235 2 line 6 Replace by: ...extremity of Chersnisos Assou (3.232). A below-water rock considered dangerous to navigation is reported (2008) to lie 1 miles NNE of kra Pra Ponta. Thence: BA Chart 203 (SDD 2008000 084970) Albania - Durres Directions; light 178 [07/09] Paragraph 6.36
1
BA Charts 220 and 204
Greece - rmos Navarnou - Plos Seaplane operations area After Paragraph 3.67 81 line 7 Add:
[01/09]
Seaplanes. A seaplane operations area lies 5 cables NNW of Plos Harbour entrance. Greek Notice 228/08 (SDD 2009000 006679) Greece - Zkinthos Seaplane operations areas
Paragraph 6.39 After Paragraph 3.97

2
1 3 3 1
line 6 Delete Light line 3 For 4 Read 4 line 6 For 1 miles Read 9 cables line 1 Delete Light
85 line 11 Add:
Seaplanes. Seaplane operations areas, aligned NNW and ENE, lie 6 cables E and 5 cables SE respectively from Zkinthos Harbour entrance. Greek Notice 229/08 (SDD 2009000 006680) [07/09]
Paragraph 6.40 1 line 3 For 1 miles SE Read 1 mile ESE Paragraph 6.40
2 2
line 1 For 1 Read 1 line 4 For 6 cables ESE Read 6 line 5 For 4 Read 6 line 2 Delete [21/10]
Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Sten Kastu Anchorage 100 After paragraph 3.170 2 Insert:
3
Paragraph 6.40 cables E Paragraph 6.40 Paragraph 6.49
2 1
An anchorage 1 miles wide has been established (2009), centred 2 miles WNW of kra Tourkovgla, extending 3 miles in a WSW/ENE direction. The anchorage is to accommodate vessels calling at Astaks, vessels in transit and vessels requiring off port limits (OPL) services. Mariners intending to transit the anchorage area must seek permission from Platiyilios Harbour Authority at least 24 hours before entry. 105 After paragraph 3.199 1 line 10 Add: Mariners should note the anchorage established (2009) W of kra Tourkovgla (3.170) Greek Notices 109/09; 123/09 (SDDs 2009000 045659; 045676) Greece - Nsos Klamos Shoal 104 Paragraph 3.197 2 lines 2 - 5 Replace by: ...tower, 5m in height) is exhibited. A shoal with a depth of 20 m over it lies 1 mile SSE of the islet. faloi Formkoula consisting of two... Greek Notice 9/174/08 (SDD 2008000 085931; 088877) [01/09] [28/09]
Italian Notice 8.21 - 21-IV-2010 (SDD 2010000 071971) Albania - Shngjin Wreck
182 After Paragraph 6.65 3 line 4 Add: Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 8 cables W of the harbour entrance. Italian Notice 19.12/08 (SDD 2008000 082730) Montenegro - Rt Otra Light 191 lines 1 to 5 Delete line 5 Delete ...a light (6.148)... 194 lines 1-2 Delete [01/09]
2 3
Paragraph 6 171
Paragraph 7.18
Montenegrin Notice 1-1/10 (SDD 2010000 088941)
2 - 131
Index
NP47
Croatia - Rt Otra Light 191 After Paragraph 6.148
2 1
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta Dangerous wreck 497 After paragraph 11.185 1 Line 11 Add: Caution. A dangerous wreck is reported (2009) to lie within the tanker anchorage, close to the NE limit. Italian Notices P37002/09; 14.66/09 (SDDs 2009000 048958; 100924) [34/09]
line 7 Add:
Major light: Rt Otra Light (red tower on house, 2 m in height) situated on a signal station (black and white bands with flagstaff) on Rt Otra (42 24 N 18 32 E) (6.149). Paragraph 6.149 3 line 5 after ...a fort, Insert ...a light (6.148)... 194 After Paragraph 6.171
1
Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia Obstructions 499 After Paragraph 11.205 1 line 8 Insert: These shellfish beds are contained within an area 2 miles wide and 6 miles in length, aligned NNW/SSE with the coastline, centred on position 41 32 0N 15 57 5E, in which submerged concrete structures have been established to discourage illegal trawling. Italian Notice 22.15/08 (SDD 2008000 092697) [01/09]
line 6 Add:
Major light: Rt Otra Light (42 24 N 18 32 E) (6.148). 206 After Paragraph 7.18 4 line 1 Add: Rt Otra Light (42 24 N 18 32 E) (6.148). Hrvatski Hidrografski Institut of Croatia (SDD 2010000 111448)
[33/10]
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia Anchorages; pilot boarding position 500 Paragraph 11.223 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: A4 (2 miles SE) A5 (4 miles SE) Paragraph 11.224 1 Line 5 Replace by: Pilots board 2 miles SE of Molo di Levante Head. Italian Notice 16.11/09 (SDD 2009000 110494) [39/09]
Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste Seaplane operations areas 465 After Paragraph 10.155 4 Insert: Caution: A firefighting seaplane splashdown area lies 1 mile W of Punta Sottile, close S of Canale Sud, as shown on the chart. 470 After Paragraph 10.199 Insert:
Seaplane operations areas

1
Italy - East coast - Ortona Prohibited area After Paragraph 11.304 509 1 line 6 Add:
10.199a Firefighting seaplanes operate in splashdown areas centred on: 45 44 8N 13 37 6E 45 42 5N 13 40 9E as shown on the chart. Italian Notice 24.13/08 (SDD 2008000 100800)
Within an area, radius 1 mile, centred on an above-water wellhead in position 42 19 3N 14 32 1E. Italian Notice 22.17/08 (SDD 2008000 092706) Italy - Ortona Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 509 Paragraph 11.307 2 lines 1 - 10 Replace by: NE of a restricted area (6 miles SE) to which entry is prohibited, as shown on the chart, thence: NE of an area of fish havens (centred 4 miles ESE) 5 cables wide, extending 5 miles in a NW/SE direction. A submerged rubble barrier [07/09]
[07/09]
Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste Wreck 467 Paragraph 10.176.1 line 12 Replace by: ... height) is exhibited. A dangerous wreck lies 5 cables NW of the N head of Diga Nord. Thence: Italian Chart 237 (SDD 2009000 011505)
[16/09]
2 - 132
Index
NP47
Italy - Ancona Wreck South Aegean - Sten Antiprou Dangerous wreck 203 Paragraph 7.221 2 line 6 Replace by: ...of Nisda Remmatonsi) (7.220); noting a dangerous wreck 1 cable SW. Greek Notice 240/10/10 (SDD2010000196293) [49/10]
526 Paragraph 12.93 2 lines 4 - 6 Replace by: Four dangerous wrecks lie in positions 5 miles N; 5 miles NE; 1 mile ENE and 6 miles ENE from API Refinery pierhead (43 38 8N 13 23 6E) (12.96). Italian Notice 17.16/08; Chart BA 1444 (SDD 2008000 076079)
[01/09]
Nsos Pros - rmos Plastra Obstruction 213 After Paragraph 7.294

1
Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante Directions
line 7 Insert:
545-546 Paragraph 12.263 2, 3 lines 1 - 4 Replace by:

2
Caution. An obstruction with a depth 1 m lies close SW. Greek ENC GR5MAS03 (SDD 2010000 110463) [41/10]
Caution. Mariners should report either to the district Harbour Master at Porto Levante or to the pilot station at Chioggia before using the approach channel, which is subject to frequent silting in bad weather. Directions. From a position 1 mile NW of the buoyant light beacon marking the gas terminal (12.261), the track leads SSW between two light buoys (lateral) marking the seaward end of the approach channel; thence between two breakwaters extending 4 cables NNE from the shore, each exhibiting a light from its seaward end as shown on the chart; thence into Fiume Po di Levante. Italian Notice 10.47/09 (SDD 2009000 041266)
North Aegean - Thessalonki Light 365 Paragraph 10.322 1 Replace by: Direct route. From the vicinity of 40 31 0N 22 48 5E the track leads NE for 6 miles, passing (with positions given from Thessalonki Light (white metal framework tower on building)): Greek Notice (SDD2009000109392) [41/09]
[28/09]
Turkey - zmir Buoyage 432 After Paragraph 12.246 1 line 4 Insert: S of a light buoy (S cardinal) (38 25 6N 26 54 8E) marking the edge of the coastal bank S of ilazmak Burnu, thence: 434 Paragraph 12.268 1 line 4-6 Replace by: ...castle, passing (with positions from the point): S of a light buoy (port hand) (1 mile WNW), thence: N of a light buoy (starboard hand) ( cable NE); and:
2
NP48 Mediterranean (2009 Edition)
Pilot
Volume
Greece - Saroniks Klpos rmos Keratsinou Directions; dangerous wreck
156 Paragraph 6.162

2
SSW of two dangerous wrecks, lying close S and 2 cables E of Pier No 2; the former is marked by a buoy (isolated danger), and: Greek Notice 73/10 (SDD2010000062676)
Paragraph 12.268 2 line 1 Replace by: S of two light buoys (port hand) (3 cables NNW and 3 5 cables NNE, respectively). Thence: N of a light buoy (starboard hand) (7 cables E), thence: S of a light buoy (port hand) (1 mile ENE). Turkish Notice 200/09 (SDD2009000127597) [41/09]
[20/10]
2 - 133
Index
NP49
1
Outer anchorage
2.104a The designated anchorage is within a 1 mile radius of 32 42 2N 14 19 1E, clear of the submarine cables.
Libya Al Khums 69 Paragraphs 2.102 to 2.108 including headings Replace by:

1
Pilots
2.104b Pilotage, which is based in the port, is compulsory and is available until midnight. The pilot boards in the vicinity of 32 41 2N 14 18 0E.
AL KHUMS
1
Tugs
2.104c Three tugs are available; one is compulsory.
General information
Chart 3347
Regulations
1
Position
1
2.102 The port of Al Khums (also known as Homs or Khoms) (32 41 N 14 15 E), an artificial harbour, is situated 1 mile NE of Ras al Misann Light. The town of Al Khums lies 1 miles SE, close within Ras al Wazf.
2.104d Movement of vessels is restricted to daylight hours.
Harbour General layout

1
Function
1
2.102a The port handles motor vehicles, containers and cruise liners. The port is also a naval base.
Port limits
1
2.102b The port limits comprise the waters from the headland 5 cables NW of Ras al Misann Light, E for 4 miles, then S for 2 miles, to a position on the coast 5 cables SSE of Ras al Wazf Light (2.106).
2.105 The harbour consists of a W and E basin separated by a T-shaped jetty, enclosed on its NE side by a breakwater and on its SE side by a mole. A spur extends SW from the breakwater opposite the head of the mole. The harbour entrance, between the mole and the spur, is 150 m wide. A naval base is located in the NW part of the harbour.
Development
1
Traffic
1
2.102c In 2007 there were 65 ship calls with a total of 585 482 dwt.
1
2.105a Works are in progress throughout the harbour (2009) and the port authority should be consulted for the latest information. Three drydocks are to be constructed outside the harbour and to seaward of the direction light.
Climate information
2.105b See 1.184 and 1.186.
Port Authority
1
2.102d Socialist Ports Co., Al Khums.
Directions Principal mark

1
Limiting conditions Depths

1
2.106 Major light: Ras al Misann Light (32 41 40N 14 13 50E).
2.103 Least charted depth in the approach is 13 9 m.

1
Approaches
2.106a From the pilot boarding position (2.104b) the track leads SW in the white sector of a direction light, then NW towards the harbour entrance, passing: SE of a light buoy (starboard hand), thence: SW of the breakwater head, and through the harbour entrance between the head of the mole and the spur. Caution. It is reported that the direction light is obscured by buildings (2009). Useful marks: Breakwater light (32 40 90N 14 15 78E). Ras al Wazf Light (32 39 N 14 16 E) (2.100). Minaret (2 miles SE of the light).
Maximum size of vessel handled

1
2.103a 14 500 dwt, draught 12 m.
Arrival information Notice of ETA required

1
2.104 Vessels should advise ETA on departure from previous port and 24 hours prior to arrival, confirming when 12 miles from the port. For further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
2 - 134
Index
NP49
Berths East basin
1

1
2.107 There are eight berths with alongside depths of between 9 5 and 11 7 m. Total berthing length 1795 m.
Port services Repairs

1
2.108 Small repairs can be effected.
2.155c The harbour, which opens ENE, is protected from the N by a main breakwater 880 m long and a secondary breakwater extending 200 m N, from a position on the shore 500 m SSW from the head of the main breakwater. The harbour basin, dredged to 9 5 m, is almost square with a jetty 150 m long extending E from the NW corner. A small craft basin and berths for marine service vessels are located close W and S of the jetty, respectively. A turning circle of radius 140 m, is centred 200 m W from the head of the secondary breakwater.
Other facilities
1
2.108a Garbage disposal via road vehicle, arranged by agent; oily water disposal not available.
Development
1
2.155d Works are in progress (2010) on future berths on the E (general cargo), S (containers) and W (RoRo) shores of the harbour basin.
Supplies
1
2.108b Fuel and fresh water by road vehicle, arranged by agent. BA Chart 3347 (HH. 049/209/01)
Climate information
1
2.155e See 1.184 and 1.187.
Directions Principal marks

[39/10]
1
Libya - Surt 74
2
Paragraph 2.155 1-4 including heading Replace by:
2.155f Landmarks (positioned from Surt Light (31 12 5N 16 35 6E)): Minaret (2 miles W). El-Camusk (35 m in height) (2 miles SSW). Radio tower (2 miles S). Tuila (45 m in height) (2 miles SSE). Major light: Surt Light (31 12 5N 16 35 6E) (2.144).
Approach and entry SURT General information Position

1 1
2.155g A channel 150 m wide and dredged to 10 5 m runs SW from the open sea, then WSW between the breakwater heads.
Berths Harbour
1
2.155 Surt (Sirt or Sirte) (31 13 0N 16 35 0E), which lies in the SW part of the Gulf of Sirte, was probably the ancient port of Aspis.
2.155h Two berths either side of the jetty dredged to 8 m. Libyan Ports and Maritime Transport Authority (SDD 2010000 150317) [41/10] Egypt - Mn Dumy Waiting area 122 Paragraph 3.192 1 line 4 For 31 42 2N 31 38 1E Read 31 40 0N 31 54 4E. Egyptian Notice 271/2010 (SDD 2010000 179488) [46/10]
Function
1
2.155a The modern harbour, which part opened in 2010, will accommodate container, general and RoRo cargoes; and will be connected to the new railway system which is currently under construction (2010).
Arrival information Anchorage

1
Turkey - Fethiye Dangerous wreck 158 After Paragraph 5.64 3 line 4 Insert: Clear of a dangerous wreck (8 cables E), thence: Turkish Notice 45.270.2010 (SDD 2010000 189939) [48/10]
2.155b A designated anchorage to serve the new port is within 1 mile radius of 31 15 8N 16 40 9E (see also 1.41).
2 - 135
Index
NP49
Israel - adera Regulations 244 line 2 For Anchoring Read Entry Newfoundland - Clarenville Submarine pipeline 260 Paragraph 7.153 1 line 10 Add: Another pipeline extends ENE 130 m from the shore close S of Red Point. Canadian Eastern Notice 11/4852/06 (HH. 603/400/04) [50/06]
Paragraph 7.265
Israeli Notice 3/09 (SDD 2009000 011698)
[42/09]
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot (2006 Edition)

Newfoundland Placentia Bay Long Harbour Pilotage 114 Paragraph 3.47 3 line 1 Replace by: Pilotage. Compulsory for foreign registered vessels and Canadian vessels over 1500 gt. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). Pilot... Atlantic Pilotage Authority (SDD 2009000 000375) Newfoundland - Placentia Bay Long Harbour Wreck 115 Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 6-7 Delete: Canada East Notices 2/10 ATL102 (SDD 2010000 029169)
3
Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour Buoyage 271 After Paragraph 8.20 2 line 8 Add: A shoal patch with depths less than 10 m extends 1 cables WSW of the island, the extremity of which is marked by JB3 and JB7 Light-buoys (port hand). Paragraph 8.20 3 lines 1-4 Replace by: NNW of Canaille Point (6 cables SE), from which rocks extend 1 cables NNE. Paragraph 8.20 3 line 8 Replace by: ...breakwater. Buoy JB6 (starboard hand) marks the... Canadian Eastern Notices 9/4849/06, 9/4854/06 (HH. 603/460/03) [43/06] Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay Buoy removed 273 Paragraph 8.26 2 lines 5-8 Replace by: The track then leads to a position about 1 miles W of Western Rock (3 miles SSW). Western Rock is small, pointed and dries 0 6 m (2 ft). Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4854/06 (HH. 603/460/03) [38/06]
[44/09]
[15/10]
Newfoundland Grand Bank Harbour Directions; sector light 160 Paragraph 4.95 1 line 4 Replace by: ...(18 ft), leading on Grand Bank sector light (framework tower, 7 m in height) (47 06 N 55 45 W) passing N of VG1 Light Buoy (port hand) moored... Canadian Eastern Notice 10/4832/08 (SDD 2008000 088999) Newfoundland - Burnt Island Anchorage deleted 198 Paragraph 5.107 9 lines 1-6 Replace by: Caution. A submarine pipeline extends from the water tank 5 cables NE of Stickland Point to the shore about 3 cables NW; local knowledge is required. Canadian Eastern Notice 5/4823/06 (HH. 603/430/04)
1 1
Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island Leading lights replaced 300 Paragraph 8.184 3 lines 7-9 Replace by: The track then leads to a position about 8 cables NE of the N extremity of Duck Island (3 miles NW). Paragraph 8.185 1 Replace by: From a position about 8 cables NE of the N extremity of Duck Island (49 39 1N 54 30 6W) the white sector (298 -299 ) of Bacalhao sector light (49 41 2N 54 33 3W) (square framework tower, 4 m in height) leads NW, passing (with positions relative to the sector light): Paragraph 8.186 1 Replace by: From a position about 8 cables NE of the N extremity of Duck Island the track initially leads along the white sector (298 -299 ) of Bacalhao sector light (8.185) for about 7 cables and thence N, passing (with positions relative to Bacalhao Island sector light (49 41 2N 54 33 3W)): Canadian Eastern Notice 01/4862/07 (HH. 603/465/04) [07/07]
[49/08]
[37/06]
2 - 136
Index
NP50
Newfoundland Bacalhao Island Directions; sector light 300 Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 8.184 3 lines 7-9 Replace by: The track then leads on Bacalhao Island sector light, to a position about 8 cables NE of the N extremity of Duck Island (3 miles NW). Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 8.185 1 line 3 For (298 -299 ) Read (297 -299 ) Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 8.186 1 line 3 For (298 -299 ) Read (297 -299 ) Canadian Eastern Notice 10/4862/08 (SDD 2008000 089004)
4
324 After Paragraph 9.72 7 line 7 Add: NW of a patch, least depth 6 6 m (22 ft) (3 miles SW), extending 3 cables W from the N extremity of Shoal Pt, which is marked close SW by DLW3 Light-buoy (port hand). Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4865/06 (HH. 603/465/04) Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits Govers Point Light 331 Paragraph 9.126 4 lines 1-2 Replace by: E of Govers Point (4 miles N): islets and rocks extend about 2 cables N from the point. A light (square framework tower, 4 m in height) is exhibited from an islet 1 cables N of Govers Point. Thence: Canadian Eastern Notice 11/4596/06 (HH. 603/465/04) [50/06] [38/06]
[49/08]
Newfoundland Rogers Point to Hare Bay Head Directions; depths 304 Paragraph 8.208 4 line 8 For 5 3 m (17 ft) Read 4 9 m (16 ft) Paragraph 8.208 3 8 m (12 ft)
5
Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal Buoy 382 Paragraph 10.117 4 line 2 Replace by: ...on its S side by KQG Light-buoy (S cardinal). Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4020/06 (HH. 603/470/03) [05/07]
lines 1-2 For 4 2 m (14 ft) Read
Canadian Eastern Notice 4820/08/2010 (SDD 2010000 140044) Newfoundland Fogo Harbour Limiting conditions 308
[38/10]
Labrador - Hamilton Inlet Camp Islands to Spear Point Buoyage Paragraph 12.19 403 line 4 For NR8 Read NUC2 [43/06]
Paragraph 8.224 1 line 3 For 7 0 m (23 ft) Read 6 4 m (21 ft) Paragraph 8.224 2 line 1 For 6 1 m (20 ft) Read 4 6 m (15 ft) Canadian Eastern Notice 4529/08/2010 (SDD 2010000 140044) Newfoundland Fogo Harbour Directions; depth 309 Paragraph 8.227 1 line 5 For 7 0 m (23 ft) Read 6 4 m (21 ft) Canadian Eastern Notice 4529/08/2010 (SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10] [38/10]
Canadian Eastern Notice 7/5031/06 (HH. 603/500/03)
Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock Buoyage changed 406 Paragraph 12.24 3 line 2 For NS9 Read NS1 Paragraph 12.24 3 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...patch is marked at its S extremity by NS2 Light-buoy (starboard hand). Paragraph 12.26 3 line 7 For NS3 Read NMS1 Canadian Eastern Notice 8/5031/06 (HH. 603/500/03) [38/06]
Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits South part of East Arm Buoyage changed 323 line 6 For DBE7 Read DLW1
Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels Buoyage 409 Paragraph 12.41 2 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...SE), a group of shallow patches marked by NA Light-buoy (N cardinal). Flat Island, a black rock... Canadian Eastern Notice 9/5179/06 (HH. 603/500/03) [43/06]
Paragraph 9.72
Paragraph 9.72 3 line 7 Replace by: ...from Jobs Island, and is marked at its S extremity by DLW2 Light-buoy (starboard hand), thence:
2 - 137
Index
NP50
Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches Buoyage 411 Paragraph 12.50 4 line 6 Replace by: ...N. NGM Light-buoy (W cardinal) lies 2 cables SW of Gull Rock. Gull Island, which lies midway along this part... 414 line 6 For NL3 read NL1 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock Buoyage 422 Paragraph 12.103 3 line 6 For NTK2, NTK5 and NTK6 Read N12, N14 and N15 Canadian Eastern Notice 9/4703/06 (HH. 603/500/03) [43/06]
Paragraph 12.61
Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet Inner part of Sandwich Bay Buoyage changed 430 Paragraph 12.138.2 line 8 For NS4 Read NCH2 Paragraph 12.138 4 lines 6-9 Replace by: ...mouth, needs to be negotiated before closing the N shore again. Canadian Eastern Notice 8/5138/06 (HH. 603/505/03) Labrador - Hamilton Inlet South-west of George Island Buoyage changed Paragraph 12.182 438 line 5 For HD3 Read HD1 [39/06] [38/06]
[46/06]
Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head Buoyage changed 412

2
Paragraph 12.53 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: S of Mad Moll (1 miles N), a steep-to underwater rock marked close S by NM2 Light-buoy (starboard hand), thence: Paragraph 12.53 2 line 5 For NL4 Light-buoy Read NM4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) 415 line 8 For NDP Read NE line 7 For ND3 Read NE3 line 8 For ND4 Read NE2
4 1 1
Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik Buoyage Paragraph 13.29 451 line 4 For NT5 Read NQ3 452 line 12 For NH5 Read NQ1
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5032/06, 9/5033/06 (HH. 603/500/03) [43/06] Labrador St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay Buoyage 412 Paragraph 12.53 2 lines 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 43/06 Replace by: S of Mad Moll (1 miles N), a steep-to underwater rock marked 2 cables S by NM2 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence: 414 Paragraph 12.61 3 line 6 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 46/06 For NL1 read NE1 Canadian Eastern Notices 12/5032/06; 03/4702/07 (HH. 603/500/03) [16/07] Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head Buoyage 415 line 2 For NPP Read NLP
Paragraph 13.34
453 Paragraph 13.38 2 lines 3-4 For NM 3 5 Light-buoy (port hand) Read NQB Light-buoy (W cardinal) 459 line 2 For NK1 Read NY1
Paragraph 13.69
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5045/06, 9/5046/06 (HH. 601/400/09) [43/06] Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour Buoyage Paragraph 13.75 Paragraph 13.75 460 line 4 For NH3 Read NH1 line 5 For NH4 Read NH2 [43/06]
3 3
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5047/06 (HH. 601/400/09)
Labrador - Winter Tickle Buoyage Paragraph 12.73

2
Paragraph 13.87
462 line 9 For NW2 Read NVW2 [43/06]
[43/06]
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5048/06 (HH. 601/400/09)
2 - 138
Index
NP50
Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait Buoyage 466 line 5 For NPU2 Read NV2 467 line 6 For NP9 Read NT1 line 7 For NP8 Read NT2 line 4 For NT2/2 Read NT4 line 5 For NT1 Read NT5 line 3 For NP1 Read NT7 Appendix III Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 507 Left column lines 1-19 Replace by: The following are extracts from the Canadian Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations: The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007, requires that, 34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to suspect that (a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the conveyance could cause the spreading of a communicable disease listed in the schedule; (b) a person aboard the conveyance has died; or (c) any prescribed circumstances exist. (4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be informed before the conveyances arrival at its destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so on the conveyances arrival at that destination. The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the Quarantine Act, require that, Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07 (HH. 602/006/03) [39/07]
Paragraph 13.110
Paragraph 13.117 Paragraph 13.117 Paragraph 13.117 Paragraph 13.117 Paragraph 13.117
2 2 5 5 7
[43/06]
Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain Buoyage changed 468 line 4 For NP4 Read NNB2 line 7 For NP5 Read NNB3 line 8 For NJ3 Read NNB5
5 5 2
[39/06]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)

Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run Buoyage changed 473 line 5 For NVR Read NN 474 line 4 For NS6 Read NNS2 line 3 For NS7 Read NNS3 New Zealand - North Island - Doubtful Sound Directions; buoyage 147 Paragraph 5.158 2 line 2 Replace by: NE of Tarapunga Rock (1 mile ESE), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), whence the... New Zealand Notice 21/181(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 170547) [51/10]
Paragraph 13.143
2 6
New Zealand - North Island - Breaksea Sound Directions; buoyage 149 Paragraph 5.171 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: SW of a rock (3 cables SSE) with a depth of 5 1 m, marked by Rocky Point Buoy (isolated danger), thence: New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
[39/06]
Labrador Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak Helga River Wreck 492 Paragraph 13.243 1 lines 7-10 Replace by: ...Miriam Lake a short distance inland. Thence: Canadian Eastern Notice 4771/04/09 (SDD 2009000 031563)
New Zealand - North Island - Dusky Sound Directions; beacon 151 Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 7-8 Replace by: ...WSW of East Point; a rock, drying 0 7 m and marked by Paget Passage Beacon (W cardinal), 3 cables ENE of the same point. New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
[44/09]
2 - 139
Index
NP51
New Zealand - North Island Cascade Cove Beacon 152 Paragraph 5.191 1 lines 9-11 Replace by: ...9 3 m bank on which is a rock drying 1 5 m marked by Cascade Cove Beacon (isolated danger); shallow patches extend cable, both NE and SSE, from Heron Island. New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 189600) New Zealand - North Island Whangarei Harbour Anchorages 204 Paragraph 7.135 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have been esablished: Anchorage area Position 35 52 40S 174 34 50E Area A 35 52 40S 174 36 10E 35 53 40S 174 36 10E 35 53 40S 174 34 50E 35 55 80S 174 32 30E Area B 35 55 80S 174 33 90E 35 57 80S 174 33 90E New Zealand Notice 24/206(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 197929)
2
Wick - Harbour and approaches Depths 92 Paragraph 4.23 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
1
[51/10]
Controlling depths: The approach channel is dredged to 4 0 m (2008) but is subject to silting; see also caution at 4.34. Depths within River Harbour vary from 0 3 m to 4 8 m. Inner Harbour is dredged to 2 0 m (2008) and depths in Outer Harbour vary from 1 8 m to 2 3 m. The Harbour Authority should always be consulted prior to arrival for the latest information concerning depths and permissible draughts. 93 Paragraph 4.34 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Caution. A shoal with a depth of 2 6 m was reported (2010) to lie cable E of South River Pier head. Wick Harbour Master (SDDs 2009000 103763. 2010000 018375) Moray Firth - Portsoy Directions; leading lights 116 Paragraph 4.136 2 Lines 1-4 Replace by: Directions. Leading lights: Front light (metal post on concrete block) (57 41 1N 2 41 4W). Rear light (red triangle apex uppermost on black and white metal post) (close S of front mark). Paragraph 4.136 (173 )
3
[08/10]
[51/10]
Line 1 For: (about 160 ) Read:
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)

Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll Directions; mooring buoy 64 Paragraph 3.38 3 lines 1-4 Replace by:
3
Aberdeenshire Council (SDD 2009000 004015)
[22/09]
Scotland - North-east coast - Cromarty Firth Invergordon; berth 139 Top view Inverness - Admiralty Pier from ESE (4.234) For Inverness Read Invergordon UKHO (HH052/200/01) [22/09]
ESE of Eilean Dubh (1 miles WSW), thence: WNW of Ard Neackie (1 miles SSW) (3.32). 65 Paragraph 3.43 2 lines 5-8 Replace by: ...(1 mile WNW), but it is necessary to avoid the swamped mooring ground tackle centred on position 58 29 6N 4 42 0W, and the area of marine farms surrounding Eilean Choraidh. HMS Enterprise and MSIBT Portsmouth (SDDs 2009000 039817; 042449)
Scotland - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness Firth Directions; depth 142 After Paragraph 4.250
3
line 8 Insert:
NW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 0 5 m, reported 2010, (1 miles NNE of W extremity of Fort George), thence: Inverness Harbour Master (SDD 2010000 043048) [14/10]
[26/09]
2 - 140
Index
NP52
Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth Approaches to Inverness Firth - Riff Bank Directions; buoyage 142 Paragraph 4.250 3 line 4 to 4 line 3 including Section IV Notice Week 14/10 Replace by: Close NW of Riff Bank North Light Buoy (port hand) (2 miles NNE of W extremity of Fort George), noting that to do so it is necessary to deviate slightly to the NW of the leading bearing, thence: NW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 0 5 m, reported 2010, (1 miles NNE of W extremity of Fort George), thence: NW of Riff Bank Northwest Light Buoy (port hand) (1 miles NNE of W extremity of Fort George), thence: Paragraph 4.250 7 cables N
4 1
Orkney Islands - Pilotage 162 Paragraph 5.18 1 lines 1-7 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory within the Orkney Harbour Authority Area described at 5.12 for the following types of vessel: Passenger vessels over 65 m LOA. Other vessels over 80 m LOA. Vessels under tow where the combined overall length of the towing vessel and the vessel being towed is over 65 m. Vessels over 300 gt carrying persistent oils in bulk. Pilot boarding positions are indicated on the chart; additional details are given in descriptions of individual entry channels. The pilot launch is on station only when a ship is expected. Pilots board in the following positions: Scapa Flow West (58 45 7N 3 07 8W). Scapa Flow East (58 45 8N 3 01 7W). Pilots disembark in the following positions: Scapa Flow West (58 45 7N 3 07 8W) and (58 50 0N 3 03 3W). Scapa Flow East (58 45 8N 3 01 7W) and (58 50 0N 3 03 3W). 177 Paragraph 5.91 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1
lines 4-5 For 9 cables NNE Read
Northern Lighthouse Board Notices 17 and 18/2010 (SDDs 2010000 101070; 102544; 104510) [29/10] Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and prohibited anchorage areas 162 line 2 Insert:
See 5.18. The pilot boards in position 58 56 6N 3 21 8W. 231 Paragraph 5.331 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
Anchorages
1
5.17a Within Scapa Flow there are designated anchoring areas to the NE of Flotta Marine Terminal (5.134) for specific vessels and vessel activity, as follows: Berths STS1 to STS4 are for LNG and crude oil tankers engaged in ship-to-ship cargo transfer operations. Berths STS1, STS2, STS3, No 9 and No 10 are designated for use by VLCCs and other deep-draughted vessels. Berth No 1 isfor tankers awaiting an alongside berth at Flotta Marine Terminal. Berths No 2 to No 8 and No 11 are general purpose anchorages.
Pilotage is compulsory within the Orkney Harbour Authority Area (5.12) for the following types of vessel: Passenger vessels over 65 m LOA. Other vessels over 80 m LOA. Vessels under tow where the combined overall length of the towing vessel and the vessel being towed is over 65 m. Vessels over 300 gt carrying persistent oils in bulk. Paragraph 5.331 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: Pilots board in position 57 00 4N 2 48 8W. Pilots disembark in positions 59 00 8N 2 53 2W or 57 00 4N 2 48 8W. Orkney Islands Council Marine Services Department (SDD 2010000 121413) [33/10] Shetland Islands - North Channel and Whiteness Voe Depths 254 Paragraph 6.44 2 line 4 Replace by: ...it of 5 0 m, thence: 256 Paragraph 6.48 2 lines 67 For an isolated 8 5 m shoal (2 cables SE) Read a 6 7 m shoal (3 cables SSE); a 6 8 m shoal lies 1 cable N. Thence: SV Triad (SDD 2010000 032006) [11/10]
Prohibited anchorages
1
5.17b Anchoring is prohibited in the following areas: Within 2 cables of the submarine oil pipeline running from position 58 50 3N 2 54 8W in Water Sound, thence across Sound of Hoxa, to position 58 50 0N 3 06 6W in Curries Firth. Within 2 cables of the submarine oil pipelines running from position 58 51 0N 3 07 1W, close N of Flotta Marine Terminal, to SPM 1 (58 52 2N 3 07 4W) and SPM 2 (58 52 3N 3 05 9W). Orkney Harbours Department (SDD 2009000 013850 and 015083)
[22/09]
2 - 141
Index
NP52
Froyar - Kollafjrur Berths 345 Paragraph 7.203 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2
England - East coast - Humber Approaches Pilotage; anchorages 169 Paragraph 7.3 1 line 8 Replace by: ...bulk when proceeding to and from the inner anchorages (7.10a, 7.66 and 7.109) for the purpose of anchoring. Vessels which are exempt from compulsory pilotage,... 170 After Paragraph 7.10
2
Alongside berths. At Langasandur there is a quay, total length 560 m, with four berths, and depths from 5 8 to 11 8 m. On the S side of the fjord oppposite Langasandur there is a quay with RoRo facilities, depth 11 8 m length 150 m. MV Ark Forwarder (SDD 2009000 184918) [03/10]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)

England - East coast - Blyth Pilotage 136 Paragraph 5.138 1 lines 1-11 Replace by:
1 1
line 11 Insert:
Inner anchorages
7.10a Paragraph 7.10 3 line 1 Replace by: Bull Anchorage. 1 miles SW of Spurn Head (53 34 N... Paragraph 7.10 4 line 1 Replace by:
2
Pilotage iscompulsory for vessels over 50 m in length, and for vessels towing other vessels or objects when the combined length of tow exceeds 50 m. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). Harbour Master, Port of Blyth (SDD 2010000 034195) [12/10]
Haile Anchorage, inset within the SW limit of Bull... Paragraph 7.10 5 line 1 Replace by:
England - East coast - River Tees Breakwaters 154 Photograph (6.93) caption Replace by:
South Gare Breakwater North Gare Breakwater
Hawke Anchorage, 3 miles WNW of Spurn Head is a... Harbour Master, Humber (SDD 2009000 190382)
[12/10]
England - East coast Wind farms; firing practice area 193 Paragraph 8.8 Replace by:
1
Entrance to River Tees from NE (6.93)

(Original dated 2000) (Photograph - Air Images)
MV Oriana (SDD 2010 000092633) England - East coast - Teesport Outer anchorage; pipelines 155 Paragraph 6.103 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1
[25/10]
Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm, comprising 27 wind turbines, is centred on 53 11 5N 0 26 8E within a submarine cable area that extends about 3 miles N/S and 1 miles E/W. Seven wind turbines marking the outer limits of the wind farm are lit, as shown on the chart. Sites under development. Several offshore wind farms are being developed in the approaches to The Wash. These include: Wind farm Lynn Race Bank Docking Shoal Wind farm Sheringham Shoal Meteorological mast site 53 08 1N 0 27 0E 53 18 8N 0 44 9E 53 09 5N 0 38 9E Centred on 53 08 1N 1 08 7E
Vessels may anchor to E or SE of Tees Fairway Light Buoy (54 40 9N 1 06 5W). Vessels are likely to drag anchor in wind speeds above Force 8 from any direction, in wind speeds above Force 6 from NNW through N to SE, and where the swell exceeds 4 m. In such conditions vessels are advised not to anchor. If conditions dictate, Masters of anchored vessels will be advised to weigh by Tees VTS or HM Coastguard if serious risk of damage to submarine pipelines exists. Teesport Harbour Master (SDD 2010000 045051) [15/10]
Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area marked by light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on 53 08 2N 0 27 6E and extends about 2 miles N/S and 2 miles E/W.
2 - 142
Index
NP54
Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm. A development area marked by light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on 53 08 1N 1 08 7E and extends about 3 miles N/S and 3 miles E/W. While these wind farms are being constructed, partially built structures may exist within the area marked by light buoys. The structures may be submerged or partially submerged and will not be individually marked. 194 Paragraph 8.14 4 line 9 Replace by: 220 ...extremity of the shoal, thence: ENE of Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm (53 08 1N 1 08 7E) (8.8). 199 Paragraph 8.40 1 lines 1-7 Delete Paragraph 8.40 2 lines 1-9 Delete
1

1
From the vicinity of Holm Approach Light Buoy (E cardinal) (52 30 9N 1 50 2E), the route leads 4 miles NW through... Trinity House Notice 30/10 (SDDs 2010000 150483; 171440) [44/10]
England - East coast - Great Yarmouth Outer Harbour Directions
Paragraph 9.74 1 lines 1-6 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.74 221 After Paragraph 9.82
1
line 6 Insert:
Paragraph 8.40 3 line 1 Replace by: Holbeach Firing Practice Area fronts the SW coast... MT Hjgaard a/s; WAF-OC; Centrica (SDDs 2009000 154764; 2010000 026348; 029077) [12/10] England - East coast - Winterton-on-Sea Racon 213 Paragraph 9.22 1 line 3 Delete 215 Paragraph 9.34 1 line 2 Delete 217 Paragraph 9.46 1 line 2 Delete Trinity House Notice 28/10 (SDD 2010000 139300)
Outer Harbour
1
9.82a The Outer Harbour (9.78) is entered between two breakwaters with lights at the breakwater heads. The chart is sufficient guide. Great Yarmouth Harbour Master (SDDs 2010000 028917; 030682) [11/10]
England - East coast - Great Yarmouth Traffic signals 221 Paragraph 9.79 Replace by:
1
[39/10]
England - East Coast - Approaches to Great Yarmouth Directions; buoyage 216 Paragraph 9.36 7 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1
Outer Harbour. Signals Nos 1, 2 and 5 of the International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from the root of the north breakwater. River Port. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5 of the International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from the E end of Gorleston Pier. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5 are also exhibited on the S side of Brush Bend for vessels proceeding down river. When signal No 2 is exhibited vessels should not approach Brush Bend. For further details see The Mariners Handbook. Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd (SDD 2010000 139267) England - East coast - Lowestoft Directions; Kirkley Light Paragraph 9.118 226 lines 2-3 Replace by: [38/10]
W of the W extremity of Corton Sand. 218
Paragraph 9.47 Approach
line 6 For Corton Read Holm

1
Depths are subject to change and the Port Authority should be consulted for the latest information.
....the line of bearing (227 ) of Kirkley Light (column, 4 m in height) (52 27 7N 1 44 5E), or at night the narrow white sector (225 - 229 ) of the light, leads to a position.... ABP Lowestoft Local Notice 16/2009 (SDDs 2009000 040439; 155106) [01/10]
2 - 143
Index
NP55
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Norway NOR VTS 11 The Netherlands - Zeegat Van Texel Pilotage 97 Paragraph 4.26 1 lines 5-7 Delete Vessels To 4 30 E. Netherlands Notice 41/488/2010 (SDD 2010000 171335) After Paragraph 1.69
1
Insert:

1
[48/10]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
1.69a The area covered by this volume from Lindesnes (57 58 8N 7 03 3E) to the Swedish border lies within the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Kystverket Norway (SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]
Sweden - West coast - Strmstad Vessel reporting 3 line 4 Delete VTS Strmstad, 197
1
Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad Inner Passage Lights Paragraph 3.24 Paragraph 3.24 84 Delete Replace by:
Paragraph 1.19
1 2

1
Part of the N area of this chapter lies within VTS Oslofjorden, which is operated by the Traffic Centre at Horten. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). 199 After Paragraph 7.25 Insert:
From a position 9 cables NE of Reierskjer Light the white sector (041 -042 ) of Homborsundsleia Light (58 15 7N 8 29 5E) leads NE, passing (with reference to the light): NW of Skjoldben Light (starboard hand) (9 cables SW) marking a shoal area with rocks awash. Skjolden, two above-water rocks, lie close NE. Thence: SE of lesyben Light (port hand) (6 cables SW) which marks a patch of above-water rocks close to the track. Paragraph 3.24
3
line 1 Replace by:
Vessel reporting procedure

1
When the light is 2 cables distant, the... Norwegian Notices 14/671/09; 14/672/09; 14/673/09 (SDDs 2009000 103201; 103202; 103203) [36/09] Norway - Brevikstrmmen Directions; leading lights 109 Paragraph 3.206
5
7.25a A recommended vessel reporting procedure is established in the W approaches to Strmstad. Reporting is made by a general call on VHF at position 58 56 3N 11 03 9E, 1 miles W of Flatskr (7.80). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). 204 After Paragraph 7.72 and sub-section heading (Arrival information) Insert:
5
Replace by:
Vessel reporting procedure

1
7.72a A recommended vessel reporting procedure is established in the W approaches to Strmstad. See 7.25a. Swedish Notices 240/5352/09; 248/5472/09 (SDDs 2009000 004724; 018692) [14/09]
S of a rock awash (3 cables ENE) which lies close SW of Flauodden Light and is marked by an iron perch Omborg Leading Lights: Front light (red lantern) (59 03 0N 09 39 9E). Rear light (red lantern) ( cable SSE). From a position 1 cables E of Midtfjordskjr Light, the alignment (148 6 ) (astern) of these lights leads NW for 6 cables, passing (with positions relative to Midtfjordskr Light): Norwegian Notice 22/1067/09 (SDD 2009000 177314) [52/09]
2 - 144
Index
NP56
Norway - Approach to Tnsberg Sandsundsleia Light 130 Paragraph 4.126
2
Norway - Oslofjorden - Sndre Kaholmen Depth Paragraph 5.150

2
156 line 2 For 8 m Read 7 7 m [32/09]
line 4 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 13/615/09 (SDD 2009000 083571) Norway - Oslofjorden Depths 160 Paragraph 5.174 [36/09]
1
...1 miles N, both of which lie in the channel. Mefjra is marked by a light (starboard hand) and Kringlene is... Norwegian Notice 14/668/09 (SDD 2009000 103198) Norway - Oslofjorden Lights 153 Paragraph 5.134 3 lines 1-2 Delete: (lantern on column, 14 m in height) 162 lines 5-7 Replace by:
Southern channel (5.171) has a least depth of 14 m in Bleikysundet, close NE of Bleikya and 10 m in Springeren, mid-channel between Lindya and Hovedya. Norwegian Notice 03/26324/10 (SDD 2010000 026324) [09/10]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2008 Edition)

Pilotage regulations Baseline 6 Paragraph 1.33
2
Paragraph 5.192
...shoal which is marked by stre Tangeflua Light (floodit). Norwegian Notices 01/43/09; 01/44/09 (SDDs 2009000 004323; 004324) Norway - Oslofjorden Light 154 Paragraph 5.139 4 line 5 Replace by: ...Digerud Sndre Light (5.134) and Digerud Nordre Light (floodlit) (59 43 3N 10 35 1E). The W side of the sector... Norwegian Notice 5/199/09 (SDD 2009000 019496) Norway - Oslofjorden Lights 154 line 3-4 Replace by:
line 3 After ...coast. Add:
[12/09]
See diagram 1.33, which shows the baseline and territorial limits. See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). After Paragraph 1.33 Insert: Diagram 1.33 at Annex B (see page 2 - 202). Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004) (HH. 078/360/02) NOR VTS 7 After Paragraph 1.45
1
[44/08]
Insert:
[14/09]
1

1.45a The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Kystverket Norway (SDD 2010000 036503) Rosfjorden approaches Ullerysundet Lights Paragraph 3.36
5
Paragraph 5.138
...fringing bank, and is marked by an iron perch. Husvikodden Light (floodlit) stands cable SW. Thence: After Paragraph 5.139
3
[14/10]
line 3 Insert:
WSW of Revjeodden Light (floodlit) (5 cables NNE), and: 156 After Paragraph 5.149 3 line 2 Insert: WSW of Askholmflaket (7 cables NNW), a rocky shoal marked by a light (floodlit), thence: Norwegian Notices 10/459/09; 10/461/09; 10/464/09 (SDDs 2009000 041459; 041461; 041464) [26/09]
...which is marked by a light (starboard hand) (58 03 2N 6 54 4E); a rocky patch,... Paragraph 3.36
6
line 6 Replace by:
...in height) is exhibited from Boltodden. Thence: NNE of Ullery NE Light (starboard hand) (58 02 9N 6 55 5E). Norwegian Notices 14/674/09; 15/733/09 (SDDs 2009000 103204; 109955) [36/09]
2 - 145
Index
NP57A
Halsodden to Jrens Rev - Jssingfjord Pipeline; anchorage 107 Paragraph 3.138
3
Paragraph 4.54 2 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...rocks; Geitungen Light (tower, 11 m in height) is exhibited from the S islet. Kryssgrunnen, a patch, lies 5 cables ESE of... 135 Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1
Submarine pipeline. A submarine pipeline is laid from Holmen (58 19 1N 6 20 7E) to a position near the head of the fjord, along the 10 m contour on the E side. 108 Paragraph 3.140 Paragraph 3.140
2 1 2
Main channel. From a position about 1 mile SSE of... 204 Paragraph 6.11 2 lines 1-2 Delete Norwegian Hydrographic Service (SDD 2009000 185325) [03/10]
Delete line 1-2 Replace by:
Vessels are allocated an anchorage in the middle of the fjord, clear of the submarine pipeline (3.138), by a pilot, or by... Norwegian Notice 3/110 & 111/09 (SDD 2009000 011758 & 011759) [10/09]
Stavanger - Directions Ulsnesgrunnen 142 Paragraph 4.117 3 lines 1-3 Replace by: SW of Ulsnesgrunnen (4 cables NNW), marked by Ulsnesgrunnen vestre Light; the shoal is covered... Norwegian Notice 24/1360/08 (SDD 2008000 101766) [04/09]
Halsodden to Jrens Rev - Jssingfjord Pipelines and cables; anchorage 107 Paragraph 3.138 3 lines 2-5 including existing Section IV Notice Week 10/09 Replace by: Submarine cables and pipelines. Two submarine cables are laid out into the fjord from the vicinity of Holmen (58 19 1N 6 20 7E). Submarine pipelines are also laid along the E side of the fjord from the Titania AS quay (3.141), near the head of the fjord, to Holmen and thence out to sea. 108 Paragraph 3.140 2 line 1-2 including existing Section IV Notice Week 10/09 Replace by:
2
Talgjefjorden - Kingestad anchorage 181 Paragraph 5.135 2 Delete Norwegian Notice 09/27342/10 (SDD 2010000 079493) Utsira Racon 204 Paragraph 6.12
1
[22/10]
line 3 Delete 213
Vessels are allocated an anchorage in the middle of the fjord, clear of the submarine cables and pipelines (3.138), by a pilot, or by... Norwegian Hydrographic Service (SDD 2009000 183415) Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane Geitungen Light 124 line 1 Replace by:
1
Paragraph 6.79 and heading Replace by:
Spare
6.79 [03/10] Kystverket Norway (SDD 2008000 051718) [27/08]
Bmlafjorden - South-east coast of Moster Anchorages 235 Paragraph 7.36 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Notlandsvgen (59 41 7N 5 22 3E) is situated close SW of Mosterhamn. There are two... Paragraph 7.37 3 lines 6-9 Replace by: ...Mosterhamn Light bearing 103 , but S winds send in a swell. Norwegian Notices 12/767 & 768/08 (SDDs 2008000 055815; 055816) [29/08]
Paragraph 4.10
1
Major light: Paragraph 4.10 2 lines 1-2 Delete 132 line 5 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.50 Major light:
Paragraph 4.50 3 line 2 Delete
2 - 146
Index
NP57A
Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund Light; shoal 255 Paragraph 7.159 5 line 1-4 Replace by: E of a light (triangular topmark on post, floodlit), marking the SE extent of Vikanesflu, a shoal area (1 miles NNW) having least depths of less than 1 m. An iron perch stands on the shallowest part of the shoal, cable NNW of the light. These dangers are covered by the red... Norwegian Chart 22 (SDD 2009000 014157) [14/09] Norwegian Notice 17/961/08 (SDD 2008000 076336) Rongesundet - Kjpmannsvgen Anchorage 334 Paragraph 9.120 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...is narrow, having a width of 20 m. Norwegian Notice 24/1362/08 (SDD 2008000 101769) [04/09] [40/08]
Fedje - Fedjefjorden pilot boarding points 353 - 354
Western coast of Bmlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen Anchorages 281 Paragraph 8.45 and heading Replace by:
1
Paragraph 10.6 Replace by: Pilotage is arranged through Safe Sea Net, or alternatively through the Kvitsy Pilot Booking Centre, and is available throughout 24 hours. The pilot boarding points for the area covered by this chapter are as follows: Korsfjorden (Korskfjorden on Chart 288). In the entrance to Korsfjorden (60 08 6N 5 01 0E), 7 cables N of Store Marstein. West Fedje. In position 60 46 0N 4 27 9E for vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous or polluting cargo. Fedjeosen No 2. In position 60 44 1N 4 44 0E, 1 2 miles SSE of Hellisy Light. Fedjefjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position 60 45 7N 04 46 1E, 1 1 miles SE of Fedje Light. West Holmengr. In position 60 51 0N 4 25 9E for vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous or polluting cargo. Holmengr No 2. In position 60 54 1N 04 39 0E, 8 cables N of Holmengr Light. Fensfjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position 60 51 4N 4 45 2E, 5 cables N of Grimeskjeret Light. For categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory and for other details see Admiralty Radio Signals Volume 6(2) and 1.33. 417 Paragraph 11.3 Replace by:
1
Spare
8.45 282 Paragraph 8.46 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: Description. Melandsvgen (59 46 0N 5 10 4E) is a village on the W side of the inlet... Norwegian Notices 12/746 & 747/08 (SDDs 2008000 055793; 055794) [29/08]
Bmlo - Melingsvgen Anchorage

3
282 Paragraph 8.49 1 lines 2-4 Delete from ..., the best position to both shores Norwegian Notice 23/1319/08 (SDD 2008000 099260) [02/09]
4
Bmlo - Stokksundet Anchorages 288 line 1 For: 5 09 2E read: 5 19 2E
Paragraph 8.79
Paragraph 8.79 1 lines 5-6 Delete Paragraph 8.81 1 line 3 Replace by: ...small vessels, clear of submarine pipelines which have been laid in the W and N parts of the inlet. The inlet is entered SSW of Osparya (8.74)... 289 lines 1-5 Delete [29/08]
Paragraph 8.81
Norwegian Notices 12/764 & 766/08 (SDDs 2008000 055812; 055814) Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet Vertical clearance
Pilotage is arranged through Safe Sea Net, or alternatively through the Kvitsy Pilot Booking Centre, and is available throughout 24 hours. The pilot boarding points for the area covered by this chapter are as follows: West Holmengr. In position 60 51 0N 4 25 9E for vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous or polluting cargo. Holmengr No 2. In position 60 54 1N 04 39 0E, 8 cables N of Holmengr Light. Fensfjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position 60 51 4N 4 45 2E, 5 cables N of Grimeskjeret Light. Norwegian Notice 9/27365/10 (SDD 2010000 079493) [22/10]
Paragraph 8.180
308 line 2 For 25 m Read 18 m
2 - 147
Index
NP57A
Fedje - Fedjefjorden pilot boarding points 353 - 354 Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/10 paragraph 10.6 3 line 4 Replace by: Holmengr No 2. 04 39 0E, In position 60 51 4N
4
417 Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/10 paragraph 11.3 2 line 1 Replace by: Holmengr No 2. In position 60 51 4N Norwegian Notice 9/27365/10 (SDD 2010000 079493) Straumane - South part Vertical clearances 397 Paragraph 10.316 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:...Alverstraumen. Paragraph 10.316 2 line 6 For 42 m Read 36 m Norwegian Notices 18/1032/08; 18/1033/08 (SDDs 2008000 080957; 080959) [43/08] Nordhordlandsfjordene Hille South-eastwards - lenappflua and Iverholmane Directions; lights 424 line 8-9 Replace by: [25/10]
(starboard hand, floodlit) (3 cables ESE)is exhibited from the NW point of Skorpa; Bryna Beacon stands on the NE extremity of Bryna. Thence: Between the NE point of Stora Kvernyna (6 cables NW), on which stands a light (port hand) and Steinsyna. Thence: WSW of Ytre Einebrholmen Light (starboard hand, floodlit) (8 cables NNW); foul ground extends 2 cables NNW from Einebrholmen. Thence: ENE of an area of below-water rocks and a drying patch fringing the E end of Litle Kvernyna (1 mile NW). Kvernyflu Light (port hand, floodlit) is exhibited from an above-water rock close E of the island; the N-most rock on this foul ground, with a depth of 1 0 m, is marked by an iron perch. Thence: After Paragraph 11.45
5
Insert:
WSW of a light (starboard, floodlit) (1 miles NNW) standing on an islet close SW of Klauvholmen, thence: Paragraph 11.45
6 6
Replace by:
Paragraph 11.44
...lenappflua, marked by a light (iron pole), lies on the E side of this group. Thence: ENE of Iverholmane Nord Light (starboard hand) (1 miles NNW), exhibited from a group of small islets at the S entrance to Hillesundet, thence: Norwegian Notices 13/632/09; 13/633/09 (SDDs 2009000 083598; 083599) [32/09]
Through Stallsundet (2 miles NNW), a narrow channel marked by light beacons (lateral, floodlit). The sound is bordered on its W side by a chain of islets extending 1 mile NNW to Rossyna (2 miles NNW), from the NW rock of which Rossy Light (11.18) is exhibited, and on its E side by Hille. A light (port hand, floodlit) stands on the NE point of Rossykalven, close NE of Rossyna. The channel is free of dangers except for an above-water rock lying on the W side of the fairway close off Horryna (60 58 7N 4 48 6E). Norwegian Notices 13/617-623/09; 630-631/09; 636-640/09 (SDDs 2009000 083576-083582; 083596-083597; 083602-083606) West coast - Bradangersundet Underwater rock 427 Paragraph 11.65 7 line 3-8 Replace by: The track then leads WNW between the N sides of Strholmen and Sandyna and the S end of Langholmen (1 8 miles NNW), passing: NNE of Hakeneset, the N extremity of Sandyna, thence: SSW of an isolated rock with a depth of 4 6 m (2 miles NNW) lying in the middle of the channel between Guleskjer (2 1 miles NNW) and Kvigesundholmane. Guleskjer is marked on its NE side by an iron perch. The track then leads NW between Store Bjoryna (11.74) and Guleskjer to a position 3 cables S of Klauvholmen (1 miles NNW) (11.74). Norwegian Notice 7/326/09 (SDD 2009000 028143) [21/09] 628/09; 083593; [32/09]
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjmnesundet to Sognejen - Horsholmsundet and Bryosen Directions; lights 424 Paragraph 11.45
3 3-4
Replace by:
Through Horsholmsundet (1 miles SSE), the passage between the NE side of Byrknesyna and the two islets of Horsholmen, which is marked by light beacons (lateral, floodlit), thence: ENE of Keipeneset Light (port hand, floodlit) (1 mile SSE), exhibited from the NE point of Byrknesyna, and Slottet Light (port hand) (7 cables SSE), exhibited from the SE point of Koksyna. These lights mark the entrance to Nordre Grimesundet. Thence: Through Brysen (5 cables SE), bordered on its W side by Koksyna and Bryna and on its E side by Skorpa and Lauvyna. A light
2 - 148
Index
NP57A
Bjoryosen Rock 428 Paragraph 11.74 2 line 2 Replace by: ...Geiteneset, the SE point of Vassyna. A rock, with a depth of 13 5 m, lies 1 cable SW of Geiteneset. Thence: Norwegian Notice 7/326/09 (SDD 2009000 028143) Vassyna East Lights 428 Paragraph 11.74 2 line 2 including existing Section IV Notice Week 18/09 replace by: ...Geiteneset, the SE point of Vassyna. A rock, with a depth of 13 5 m, lies cable S of Vassyna, 1 cable SW of Geiteneset. A light (port hand, floodlit) is exhibited from the point. Thence: Paragraph 11.74 3 lines 1-6 and 4 line 1 Replace by:
3
Paragraph 12.346
513 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
...normally boards in position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For further information see 12.3 and... 516 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
[18/09] Paragraph 12.365

1
...normally boards in position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For further information see 12.3 and... 521 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.387
E of Klauvholmen (5 cables SSW), a small islet, from which a light (port hand, floodlit) is exhibited. Thence: E of Fureholmen Light (port hand, floodlit) (3 cables SSW), standing on a group of above-water rocks, thence: W of Kjeyna (3 cables SSE). A light (starboard hand, floodlit) is exhibited from its NW point. Thence: Through Kiparsundet, the narrow channel, marked by light beacons (lateral), between... Norwegian Notices 11/508/09 - 11/514/09 (SDDs 2009000 045047-045053) [28/09]
...normally boards in position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For further information see 12.3 and... 525 lines 3-5 Replace by:
Paragraph 13.3
...boarding positions for the area covered by this chapter are: Kvannhovden: 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light. Kvannhovden West: 61 43 0N 4 23 5E; to be used by vessels more than 30 000 gt or with a freeboard greater than 8 m. Pilots may board by helicopter. Frysjen: 61 45 0N 4 56 6E, for use in adverse weather. 535 line 2 Replace by:
Sleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden Submarine pipeline 444 Paragraph 11.160 2 line 4 Add: A pipeline has been laid from Munken (61 12 7N 6 32 1E) to the head of the fjord, close to the 10 m depth contour on the S side. Norwegian Notices 12/772/08 (SDD 2008000 055820) Approaches to Kvannhovden Flor pilot station Paragraph 12.3 459 lines 4 and 5 Replace by: [29/08]
Paragraph 13.67
...E within the charted fairway limits on the line of bearing 090 of Skorekinna, the summit of... 538 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
Paragraph 13.80
...normally boards in position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For further information see 13.3 and... 567 lines 2-5 Replace by:
Paragraph 13.261
Kvannhovden. In position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light. Kvannhovden West. In position 61 43 0N 4 23 5E; to be used by vessels more than 30 000 gt or with a freeboard greater than 8 m. Pilots may board by helicopter. Hellefjorden. In position 61 39 1N 4 51 2E, for use in adverse weather.
...either boards in position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light, or in Breidsundet (Norway Pilot Volume IIB) at 62 27 0N 5 59 0E. Alternative boarding stations are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For further information see 13.3 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Norwegian Notice 4/292/08 (SDD 2008000 021679) [27/08]
2 - 149
Index
NP57A
Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden pilot boarding points 459 Paragraph 12.3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 27/08 Replace by:
1 2
Pilotage is arranged through Safe Sea Net, or alternatively through the Kvitsy Pilot Booking Centre, and is available throughout 24 hours. The pilot boarding points for the area covered by this chapter are as follows: West Holmengr. In position 60 51 0N 4 25 9E for vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous or polluting cargo. Holmengr No 2. In position 60 54 1N 04 39 0E, 8 cables N of Holmengr Light. Fensfjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position 60 51 4N 4 45 2E, 5 cables N of Grimeskjeret Light. Kvannhovden. In position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E, 2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light. Kvannhovden West. In position 61 43 0N 4 23 5E; to be used by vessels more than 30 000 gt or with a freeboard greater than 8 m. Pilots may board by helicopter. Hellefjorden. In position 61 39 1N 4 51 2E, for use in adverse weather. For categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory and for other details see Admiralty Radio Signals Volume 6(2) and 1.33. Norwegian Notices 4/292/08; 9/27365/10 (SDDs 2008000 021679; 2010000 079493)
[22/10]
Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden pilot boarding points 459 Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/10 paragraph 12.3 2 line 1 Replace by: Holmengr No 2. In position 60 51 4N Norwegian Notice 9/27365/10 (SDD 2010000 079493) Buefjorden Bulandet 473-474 Paragraph 12.90 Replace by:
[25/10]
Directions. The channel lying W of Steinsy is approached from Buefjorden on the alignment (008 ) of Singskjrlen Leading Lights (posts) (61 17 0N 4 38 1E). The track leads N and NNE, passing (with positions relative to the front leading light): E of Storeben (9 cables SSW) (12.81), thence: Between Singsskjeret (4 cables S) and Skaldreskjeret (4 cables SSW), thence: WNW of Singskjrene (2 cables S), from which a light (post, 8 m in height) is exhibited, thence: ESE of a drying patch (2 cables SSW), marked by an iron perch, thence: ESE of rebrotet (1 cables SSW), from which a light (post, 4 m in height) is exhibited, thence: ESE of an iron perch (1 cables S), marking the S end of drying ground. The track then leads N between the islets fronting the E side of Nikkjyna to which they are joined by a causeway and the W side of Steinsy. Myrebrskjeret, a rock, with a depth of 0 7 m, lies close off the NW side of Steinsy; it is marked by an iron perch. The channel E of Steinsy is entered close WSW of Hovden Light (61 16 9N 4 38 7E) (12.88). A light (post, 6 m in height) is exhibited from the edge of drying ground off the NE side of Steinsy at the N end of this channel. Anchorage. It is not advisable to anchor in the area around Nikkjyna as there are several unmarked overhead cables along with submarine pipelines and cables. Berths. The harbour of Bulandet contains several quays arranged along the E side of Nikkjyna, N of the causeway, and on the islet, joined to Nikkjyna by the causeway, to the E. The largest quay is situated on the E side of the latter islet, with a length of 64 m and depths from 8 6 to 19 6 m alongside. Supplies. Fresh water and fuel are obtainable. Communications. A ferry service connects Bulandet with Nyb, on the E side of Vry, with Fure (12.179) in Dalsfjorden, and with Askvoll (61 20 9N 5 04 2E) (12.211). Calls are also made by a district boat. Norwegian Chart 25 (HH. 57A/200/02) [21/10]
Flor - Kylleren - Msholmsundet Directions Paragraph 12.344 513 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Bulandet
1
12.90 Description. The principal harbour and settlement in the Bulandet group is called Bulandet and is situated on Nikkjyna (61 17 1N 4 37 9E) and its surrounding islets. There is a church, a shop and a fish depot at the settlement. The harbour is best approached from the S through channels which lead either side of Steinsy (61 16 9N 4 38 4E).
...made from the W, passing along a dredged channel through Msholmsundet. An alternative approach is made through Hskjerfora, thence entering Kylleren between Msholmen (61 35 3N 4 59 3E) and...
line 1 Add:
Msholmsundet. Dredged to 9.6 m. Paragraph 12.345

1
line 3 For 12 0 Read 8 3
2 - 150
Index
NP57A
After Paragraph 12.346 Insert:
7
Paragraph 12.347
Directions for main Msholmsundet

1
approach through
12.346a Gunhildvgen Leading Lights: Front light (61 35 0N 5 00 7E). Rear light (90 m ESE of front light) From a position about 6 cables NNE of Nekkyosen Light (61 34 9N 4 56 9E) the alignment (108 ) of these lights leads ESE through Msholmsundet, passing (with positions relative to Perholmflu Light (61 35 2N 4 59 0E)): NNE of the shore bank surrounding Frykalven. The N edge is marked by a light (7 cables W) (12.342). Thence: NNE of the E end (5 cables W) of Frykalven, from which a light (12.347) is exhibited, thence: SSW of Hskjera (12.347), the W edge of which is marked by a light. Thence: NNE of Perholmflu Light (post), exhibited from the shore bank close N of the W end of Perholmen, thence: Through the dredged channel, marked with lightbeacons (floodlit), between Msholmen and Perholmen. The track then leads into the W end of Kylleren and the berths. An isolated rock (61 35 2N 4 59 7E), with a depth of 8 7 m, is located N of the track. Paragraph 12.347 Heading Replace by:
ENE of the shore bank surrounding Msholmen (3 cables SSE) marked by Msholmen Light (61 35 3N 4 59 5E) and Msholmsundet NE Light (61 35 2N 4 59 4E). Thence: Norwegian Notices 04/165/09; 05/211/09; 05/214/09; 05/218/09; 05/219/09; 05/221/09 (SDDs 2009000 015282; 019560; 019579; 019603; 019609; 019622) [14/09] Flor - Kylleren Depths 514 Paragraph 12.347 8 line 2 Replace by: ...passing NE of Perholmen (4 cables SSE), noting isolated rocks with depths over them of 10 m ( cable S) and 8 7 m ( cable SE) which lie in the approaches to the berths. Norwegian Notice 01/46/09 (SDD 2009000 004326) [06/09]
Approaches to Flro - Rotasundet Lights Paragraph 12.370 517 line 7 Replace by:
...by a buoy (spar, starboard hand. Thence: S of Rotaflu Light (floodlit) (61 36 3N 5 01 1E), standing on Austre Rotaflua bank, off the SW point of Rota. Paragraph 12.371
1
line 7 Replace by:
Directions for approach through Hskjerfora

Norwegian Notices 5/209/09; 8/373/09 (SDD 2009000 019546; 032852)
...marked by an iron perch and Sandvret stre Light (61 36 7N 5 00 4E). Thence: Paragraph 12.371
2
[22/09]
Flor - Kylleren Directions 514 Paragraph 12.347

4
...light (lantern on post, 7 m in height, floodlit, private) is exhibited from the W side of the fairway. Rotasundet stre light (floodlit) (61 36 5N 5 00 7E)is exhibited from the E side. Thence: Paragraph 12.371 3 line 6 After perch Insert:and Rotaflu Light (12.370) Norwegian Notices 6/273/09; 6/274/09; 6/275/09; 6/276/09 (SDDs 2009000 024497; 024498; 024499; 024500) [17/09] Hellefjorden - Aralden Directions; racon; light 527 After Paragraph 13.18 Insert:
NNE of Hskjera, an area of islets and rocks extending 1 miles WNW from Msholmen. A rock (1 cables SSW), with a depth of 2 3 m, is marked by an iron perch. The SW extent is marked by Hskjera Light (61 35 4N 4 58 8E). Thence: Paragraph 12.347
5
line 1 For 3 5 m Read 7 m

Paragraph 12.347
5
line 4 Replace by:
...is marked by an iron perch. Another...
13.18a Racon: Aralden Light (61 40 6N 4 46 4E).
2 - 151
Index
NP57A
528 Paragraph 13.23 2 line 6 Replace by: ...surrounding the islet of Aralden; Aralden Light is exhibited from the islet. Thence: Nordfjord - Hyen Anchorage 559 line 1 For Anchorages. Read
Paragraph 13.209 Anchorage. 530 After Paragraph 13.40 Insert: Paragraph 13.209

13.40a Racon: Aralden Light (61 40 6N 4 46 4E).
Norwegian Notice 14/862/08 (SDD 2008000 065228)
West side of Vgsy - Stavsdjupet Directions; Nord Vgsy Light 531 Paragraph 13.42 5 line 5 Replace by: ...Aralden, a small islet; Aralden Light is exhibited from the islet. 564 Paragraph 13.237
2
...position 2 miles SW of Krkenes Light (62 02 1N 4 59 2E). Thence the route leads, for a further 7 miles, NE... Paragraph 13.241
1 1-5

13.66a Racon: Aralden Light (61 40 6N 4 46 4E). After Paragraph 13.67
4
Replace by:
line 3 Insert:
Useful mark: Aralden Light (61 40 6N 4 46 4E). Norwegian Notice 20/983/09 (SDD 2009000 158475) [48/09]
2
Frysjen - Gulenfjordene Depths 536 Paragraph 13.75 3 lines 2-6 including existing Section IV Notice Week 36/09 Replace by: ...(post, 14 m in height, floodlit) is exhibited, thence: NNW of a rock (1 2 miles ESE), with a depth of 9 5 m, marked by a buoy (starboard hand). The track then leads NE, and at night within the white sector (053 -063 ) of Holmane Light (61 45 9N 5 09 9E), for a short distance to the following leading lines, passing close SE of a 13 m shoal (1 2 miles ESE) marked by a buoy (port hand); this shoal lies within the white sector of Holmane Light. Paragraph 13.75 5 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...Leading Lights leads NNE, passing (with positions relative to Holmane Light (61 45 9N 5 09 9E)): ESE of a patch (4 cables W), with a depth of 14 0 m, marked on its SE side by a buoy (port hand), thence: WNW of a patch (1 cables W), with a depth of 11 0 m, marked by a buoy (starboard hand). Norwegian Notice 14/677/09 (SDDs 2009000 103207, 117565) [41/09]
From a position about 7 cables WNW of Bsundskjret Light (61 56 2N 5 00 5E) (13.151) the track leads initially NNW, passing (with positions relative to Hendanes Light (61 57 9N 5 02 2E)): ENE of Jokkeflua (2 miles SW) (13.151), thence: WSW of Tykjeneset (7 cables SW), from the N end of which Hendanes Light is exhibited, thence: WSW of Palleflu (2 miles NW), consisting of two rocks fringing Palleneset, 2 cables SSE of Einevarden; Lortboen, a rocky patch, lies 3 cables NW of Einevarden. Thence: WSW of Ytsteflu (3 miles NW), the SW-most danger of Einevardfluene. The track then leads NE through Stavsdjupet on the alignment (034 ) of Krkenes (62 02 1N 4 59 2E) with Furestaven, 6 miles farther NE, and at night within the green sector (028 -042 ) of Krkenes Light, passing (with positions relative to Krkenes Light): NW of a buoy (spar, starboard hand) (2 miles SSW) marking the W side of Einevardfluene, and: SE of Trnet (2 miles SW), a prominent above-water rock; between Trnet and Steinen, another prominent above-water rock 1 miles farther NW, there are many shoals. The track then leads to a position SE of Nipeflu (1 miles SW), a patch marked on its E side by a buoy (spar, port hand). Paragraph 13.242
1
...the track leads initially NNW passing (with positions relative to... Norwegian Notice 04/166/09 (SDD 2009000 015283) [12/09]
2 - 152
Index
NP57B
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (1979 Edition) Supplement 11-2004
Charts 2 R 64 Insert: A detailed review of the charting of Norwegian waters has been conducted between the Norwegian Hydrographic Service and the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (UKHO). This notification, which describes the changes resulting from the review, is to provide mariners with advanced notice ahead of the formal announcement of changes by Notices to Mariners as they are implemented. In broad summary the changes are as follows: South of Mongstad (60 48 5N 5 01 6E). The UKHO will, over a 12-18 month period, progressively enhance its existing chart coverage of southern Norway through the adoption of additional Norwegian 1:50 000 and larger scale charts and will also update the existing 1:200 000 series of charts. North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict its chart coverage to a scale of 1:200 000 to enable coastal navigation and allow passage planning. These charts will be updated and amended to include reference to all relevant larger scale Norwegian charts. A programme of consequential withdrawal of existing larger scale Admiralty charts (without replacement) will coincide with the scheduled publication of the updated 1:200 000 series charts. For further information see Admiralty Notices to Mariners Weekly Edition 32/04. United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (HH. 310/970/02) Norwegian charts Accuracy 3 L 14-20 Replace by: 1.17 In the area covered by this volume there are still charts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old. The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegian charts give an indication of the accuracy mariners can expect from them. In particular, surveys completed before about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, and there may well be shoals which are not shown. Navigation in such areas should therefore be conducted with great care, and passages outside the recommended channels shown on charts should not be attempted. In digital charts the data quality is given in the Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used, based on the following classifications: ENCs with source data from older soundings (before around 1960) are given ZOC value C, while ENCs with more recent source data are given ZOC value B. The border for the different zones will be added to the chart data so [44/04] that it is possible to see on screen which zone one is in use at all times. Mariners should take great care when using DGPS and electronic charts with old soundings data since the accuracy and completeness of the depth measurements do not correspond with modern standards. Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation takes place at all times with good margins and in line with responsible navigation practice. For additional information see The Mariners Handbook. Norwegian Notice 10/623/06 (HH. 308/400/02) NOR VTS 3 R 50 Insert: [33/06]
NOR Vessel Traffic Service

1
1.26a The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Kystverket Norway (SDD 2010000 036503) Pilotage 4 R 28-70 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph 1.43 Pilotage Exemption Certificate (PEC) Add: Vessels to which PECs apply are required to notify the appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or the nearest VTS, when entering and leaving compulsory pilotage waters. For details of Pilot Booking Centres/VTS see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest (HH. 308/130/04) [22/04] [14/10]
Pilotage - General regulations Baseline 4 Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.41 line 7 After ...entire Norwegian coast. Add: See diagram 1.41, which shows the baseline, territorial limits and the area within the baseline which is exempt from compulsory pilotage. Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.41 Insert: Diagram 1.41 which is printed at Annex C (see page 2 - 203). Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004) (HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
2 - 153
Index
NP57B
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 208 R 10 Insert: 14.2a On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between 65 N, in the vicinity of Rrvik, and the border with Russia. All tankers, vessels over 5000 grt, and sea-going tugs are requested to report to Vard VTS Centre upon entering these waters. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Vard Vessel Traffic Service (SDD 2006000 407084) Norway - Approach to Nyhamma Vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk 31 R 7 Insert: Regulations are given at Appendix III concerning vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk entering Breidsunddjupet, bound for the facilities at Nyhamma (62 51 N 6 57 E). 57 L 11 Insert: Regulations are given at Appendix III concerning vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk entering Breidsundet, bound for the facilities at Nyhamma (62 51 N 6 57 E). 82 R 2 Insert: Regulations are given at Appendix III concerning vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk entering Buadjpet, bound for the facilities at Nyhamma (62 51 N 6 57 E). 245 After Appendix II Insert: Appendix III which is printed at Annex D (see page 2 - 204). Norwegian Notice 20/1222(P)/07 (SDD 2007000 079237) Vard vessel traffic service Eiksundet Vertical clearance 36 26 L 12 Insert: 2.1a On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between 65 N, in the vicinity of Rrvik, and the border with Russia. All tankers, vessels over 5000 grt, and sea-going tugs are requested to report to Vard VTS Centre upon entering these waters. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). After L 56 Insert: A bridge, vertical clearance 16 m, spans the E part of Eiksundet between Eikya and Hareidlandet. Norwegian Notice 22/1124/05 (HH. 310/485/06) Ulsteinfjorden Buoyage 37 Existing Supplement amendment Line R42: For (isolated danger) Read (E cardinal) Norwegian Chart 30 (SDD 2009000 013358) [29/09] [52/05] [49/07] [04/07]
5 R 19 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods 1.48a Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and the completion of a check list for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries other than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing from Norway, irrespective of destination, must make a departure report. These regulations apply to vessels of at least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size, carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk or packaged form, as defined by the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations do not apply to: Warships and official ships used for non-commercial purposes. Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in length. Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and equipment for use on board vessels. The regulations, forms and check lists are available from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration as follows: E-mail Telephone Fax Website nnca@kystverket.no +47 33034800 +47 33034680 www.kystverket.no
Users of the website require a password. Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic Centre on +47 35572610.
Norwegian Notice 12/651/05 (HH. 308/006/03)
[30/05]
2 - 154
Index
NP57B
Runde - Rundehavn Spar buoy 40 L 61 Replace by: ...E of it, and by an iron perch (pointed topmark, red reflector) marking a 3 m (9 ft) patch... Norwegian Notice 3/165(P)/05 (HH. 310/480/04) Hemnskjeldet Bridge Light 145 R 19-32 Including existing Supplement amendments Replace by: ...Trondheimsleia into Hemnefjorden. The waterway is spanned by Hemnskjeldet Bridge (63 29 8N 9 10 1E), with a vertical clearance of 8 m. The fairway under the bridge has a depth of 6 m and a width of 20 m. Hemnskjeldet Bridge Light is exhibited from a tripod under the bridge, from which the positions of the following features are given: Lille Skogya lies 2 cables N. Ystholmen lies 1 mile NNE. Meholmen lies 6 cables NNE. Store Skogya lies 5 cables NE. Meholmgrunnen a 3 5 m patch marked by a spar buoy lies 5 cables NNW. R 61-67 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: 10.127 Submarine cables and a submarine pipeline have been laid across Hemnskjelsundet (10.124). Two overhead cables span the sound SW of Hemnskjeldet Bridge, both with a vertical clearance of 18 m. United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (HH. 310/500/05) Smla - Dyrnesvgen Light 169 R 34-43 Replace by: 12.13 Dyrnesvgen is a cove on the NW side of Smla. Berths. Dyrnesvgen is protected from NW by a breakwater which extends 160 m SW from Kvalya and has the following alongside berths on its NE side, from NW to SE: Norwegian Notice 22/1047/04 (HH. 310/500/06) [44/04] Smla - Dyrnesvgen Light Trondheimsleia - Magerysundet Fish haven; anchorage 141 L 11 Replace by: ...Magerysundet. A fish haven lies in the fairway 1 cable W of the light. L 17-21 Replace by: 10.81 Small vessels may find anchorage on the W side of the sound in a small bay on the E coast of Magerya about 3 cables NW of Magery Light. Mooring rings are placed on both sides of the sound. Norwegian Chart 18 (HH. 310/500/05) 169 R 34-43 Existing Supplement amendment andSection IV Notice Week 01/05 Replace by: 12.13 Directions. Dyrnes Light (white lantern, 4 m in height) (63 25 66N 7 50 53E) stands at the N entrance point of Dyrnesvgen, a cove standing on the NW side of Smla; the white sector of this light (110 -115 ) leads towards the cove from the vicinity of Store Kalvya (12.12). Berths. Dyrnesvgen is protected from NW by a breakwater which extends 160 m SW from Kalvya, 1 cables NW of Dyrnes Light, and has the following alongside berths on its NE side, from NW to SE: Norwegian Notice 4/210/05 (HH. 310/495/08) [11/05] [01/05] [14/04]
[10/05]
Romsdalfsjorden - Tresfjorden Light 89 R 54-55 Including existing Supplement amendment For 350 and 000 Read 000 and 008 Norwegian Notice 12/660/05 (HH. 310/490/05)
[29/05]
Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden Light 89 R 54-55 Including existing Supplement amendment and Section IV Notice Week 29/05 For 000 and 008 Read 353 and 000 . ADLL L0964 (HH. 310/490/02)
[23/08]
Trondheimsleia - Ramsygalten Light 134 R 52 Replace by: 10.27 A light (lantern on cairn) stands on Ramsygalten, on... Norwegian Notice 18/851/04 (HH. 310/505/05)
[16/04]
2 - 155
Index
NP57B
Ramsyfjorden - Breiflua Light 172 L 43 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Breiflua, a 3 5 m patch marked by a light (lantern on tripod), lies 8 cables E. Norwegian Notice 18/852/04; BA Chart 3395 (HH. 310/505/05) [44/04]
3
SSE of a rock (2 cables ESE) with a depth of 4 9 m, thence: Between the shore of Nesya, to the S, marked by Jovikgrunnen Light (floodlit) (3 cables ESE), and a line of rocks and drying patches (2 cables E to 6 cables ENE), to the N, marked by lights and iron perches. Norwegian Notice 8/27235/10 (SDD 2010000 070894) [21/10]
Melyfjorden - Kjerkholmen Light
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)

NOR VTS 9 Paragraph 1.46 Replace by:
1
235 Paragraph 5.181 3 line 7 Replace by: ...from which a light is exhibited, lying W of Laksbuneset, thence: Norwegian Notice 06/26709/10 (SDD 2010000063005) Melyvr - Kubakkflua Light 238
2
[50/10]
The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Kystverket Norway (SDD 2010000 036503) Radio navigational warnings 9 Paragraph 1.49 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.211 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: W of Kubakkflua (2 miles SSE), marked by an iron perch and from which a light (S cardinal) is exhibited. Kubakkflua is the SW-most danger of several lying off... Norwegian Notice 20/31296/10 (SDD 2010000189949) Eiet and Mesyfjorden Lights 240 [50/10]
[16/10]
Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this volume are available via the international NAVTEX service from Bod and Vard Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREA warnings and METAREA warnings for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available via the international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(1) and Volume 5, and the Mariners Handbook for details. United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] Nesya - Jovika Directions; leading lights 210 Paragraph 5 40 2 line 1 to 3 line 7 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.224 3 lines 1-6 Replace by: E of a point (1 miles N) on the E side of Mesya, fronted by a rock awash. Raudsetodden Light is exhibited from the rock and there are depths of 10 m, 1 cable SE and 2 cables NNE of the point. And: W of Skjholmen (1 miles NNE), an islet lying close off the mainland coast, from the W side of which a light is exhibited. A rock with a depth of 3 7 m, fronts the NW side of Skjholmen. Thence: Norwegian Notices 21/31294/10, 20/30779/10 (SDD 2010000189948 and 2010000179949) [50/10]
Paragraph 5.225 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: SE of Grytya (1 miles NE) and Risya (2 miles NE). A light is exhibited from the E point of Risya. Thence: Norwegian Notice 20/30779/10 (SDD 2010000179948) Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen Skarberget Buoyage 334 Paragraph 9.64 2 lines 4-8 Replace by: ESE of Skarberget Indre Light (starboard hand, floodlit) ( cable N). Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10 (SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10] [50/10]
Directions. From a position about 3 cables S of Lille Svenningen Light (66 34 2N 12 35 7E), the track leads ENE into Jovika, passing (with positions relative to Lille Svenningen Light): SSE of a rock (2 cables SE) with a depth of 4 0 m, thence:
2 - 156
Index
NP58A
Tysfjorden - Haukygrunnen and Storlysbotn Buoyage 336 Paragraph 9.73 1 Replace by: General remarks. There are no specific directions for Haukyfjorden, the chart being sufficient guide. However, attention is drawn to Haukygrunnen (68 10 3N 16 15 7E), consisting of a group of dangerous below-water rocks lying in the middle of the entrance to the fjord. Paragraph 9.79 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: Storlysbotn (5 cables W), which is unmarked. Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10 (SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10] SW of a rock (67 38 9N 12 43 5E) (1 cables NE), with a depth of 3 7 m, marked by an iron perch, thence: NE of a rock (67 38 9N 12 43 3N) ( cable NNE), with a depth of 3 2 m, thence: NE of an above-water rock (67 38 9N 12 43 2E) ( cable N) surrounded by drying ground, thence: SW of Rstnesvgen S Light (floodlit) (67 39 0N 12 43 4E) (1 cables NNE); a rock, with a depth of 1 9 m, lies close NW of the light. 4 The track then leads NNW, passing close ENE of the head of the mole from which Vry Molo Leading Lights (67 39 0N 12 43 2N) are exhibited, and thence through a channel, marked on both sides by lights and iron perches, into Rstnesvgen. 371 Port plan for Srlandsvgen (10.73) Replace by: New port plan at Annex E (see page 2 - 207). Norwegian Notices 3/26326/10; 3/26329/10; 6/26855/10; 6/26893/10; 6/26895/10 (SDDs 2010000 025063; 026160; 059101) [19/10] Lofoten south-east side - Srvagen Anchorage [18/10] 380 Paragraph 11.26 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1
Ofotfjorden - Bogen Directions; light 349 Paragraph 9.162 4 lines 4-5 Delete Paragraph 9.163 4 lines 1-4 Replace by:
4
The track then leads NW, passing (with positions relative to stervik Light): Norwegian Notice 6/26909/10 (SDD 2010000 059101) Srlandsvgen - Rssnesvgen Lights; Directions 367 Paragraph 10.57 2 line 1 Delete 368 Paragraph 10.62 4 lines 3-10 Replace by: ESE of the entrances to Srlandsvgen (67 39 4N 12 42 6E) (3 miles SSW) (10.67) and Rssnesvgen, which are marked by several lights, thence: 369 Paragraph 10.71 5 lines 3-6 Replace by: W of a reef, marked by an iron perch, fringing the W side of the head of Vry Molo (67 39 0N 12 43 2N) (1 miles N).
3
Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in the harbour of Moskenes in depths of about 10 m, sand. Mooring rings are available. Norwegian Notice 20/31154/10 (SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvr Directions 422 Paragraph 12.80 1 line 3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 For Osan Light Read Kleppfiskholmen Light 424 Paragraph 12.96 3 line 4 to 6 line 6 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Replace by: The track then leads generally N, and at night within the white sector (008 -013 ) of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68 13 6N 14 32 6E), passing (with positions relative to Stretarneset Light (68 13 2N 14 32 3E)): E of the point from which Stretarneset Light is exhibited, thence: W of Stretarholmen (68 13 2N 14 32 6E) ( cable ENE), from the W side of which a light (metal column, floodlit) is exhibited, thence: Between the mainland shore and Nedre Steinvikholmen (68 13 3N 14 32 6E) (1 cables NE), thence:

1
Rssnesvgen. Vry Molo Leading Lights: Front light (post, floodlit) (67 39 0N 12 43 2E). Rear light (post) ( cable NW). From a position about 5 cables SE of Vry Molo Front Light the track initially leads NW on the alignment (320 ) of these lights, passing (with positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken Light (67 38 8N 12 43 3E)): Close NE of a patch (67 38 9N 12 43 4E) ( cable ENE), with a depth of 4 9 m, thence:
2 - 157
Index
NP58A
5
W of vre Steinvikholmen Light (68 13 48N 14 32 69E) (2 9 cables NNE) exhibited from a small islet, thence: W of Salttnna (68 13 5N 14 32 7E) (3 cables NNE), thence: E of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68 13 6N 14 32 6E) (3 cables NNE) (3 cables NNE). The track then leads into Osanpollen, passing W of Osan Havn Light (68 13 70N 14 32 89E) (5 cables NNE), marking a rock. Attention is drawn to a sunken wreck (68 13 9N 14 32 5E) (7 cables N) lying on the NW side of Osanpollen, with a depth of 1 0 m, which is marked by a buoy (S cardinal). Norwegian Notices 19/30494/10; 19/30487/10; 19/30636/10 (SDDs 2010000 171528) 19/30496/10; [45/10]
Andya - Nordmela Depth; Directions 506 Paragraph 14.255 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2
Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth of 5 0 m in the entrance to the harbour, cable SSE of Nordmela Mole Head Light (69 08 6N 15 40 5E). Paragraph 14.255 7 lines 5-6 Delete 507 Paragraph 14.255 9 lines 1-2 Replace by:
N of Leisteinen Light (iron pole) (69 08 6N 15 39 9E) (3 cables NNW), thence: Norwegian Notices 24/1190/09; 4/26414/10 (SDDs 2010000 000150; 034428) [16/10]
North side of Vestfjorden Svolvr Directions 424 Paragraph 12.96 1 line 3 to 3 line 3 Replace by: ...SW of Rdholmskallen (68 12 8N 14 33 1E), which is covered by the red sector (319 -341 ) of Stretarneset Light (68 13 2N 14 32 3E). Thence the track leads NNW, passing (with positions relative to Stretarneset Light): ENE of Tennholman (68 12 9N 14 32 0E) (3 cables SSW), and: WSW of an islet (68 13 1N 14 32 8E) (2 cables SE), lying off the W side of Rdholman, from which Rdholmen Light (12.60) is exhibited, thence: ENE of a rock (68 13 1N 14 32 2E) (1 cables SSW), with a depth of 9 3 m, lying close off the S side of Stretarneset. Norwegian Notice 20/31099/10 (SDD 2010000 179948)
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) Supplement 9-2004

Norway, north coast - Vard to Rst Routeing system 2 L 38 After existing Supplement amendment Insert:
Traffic separation schemes

1.7a A routeing system comprising a series of TSS at salient points off the Norwegian coast, linked by recommended routes, is established off the N and W coasts of Norway, as shown on the charts. The system is IMO-adopted, and applies to tankers of all sizes and other cargo ships of 5000 gt and above, engaged on international voyages. Vessels on international voyages to or from ports in Norway between Vard and Rst should follow the routeing system until a clear course towards the port can be set. International Maritime Organization (SDD 2006000 406837) [20/07]
[47/10]
Lofoten west side - Ramberg Anchorage 447 Paragraph 13.32 5 lines 1-5 Delete Norwegian Notice 20/31100/10 (SDD 2010000 179948)
Norwegian charts Accuracy 3 [47/10] R 65-70 Replace by: In the area covered by this volume there are still charts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old. The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegian charts give an indication of the accuracy mariners can expect from them. In particular, surveys completed before about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, and there may well be shoals which are not shown. Navigation in such areas should therefore be conducted with great care, and passages outside the recommended channels shown on the charts should not be attempted. (See 1.7).
Vesterlen - Langya Northwestwards Jennegga 492 Paragraph 14.175 and heading Replace by:
Spare
14.175 Norwegian Notice 2/26132/10 (SDD 2010000 017977)
[16/10]
2 - 158
Index
NP58B
In digital charts the data quality is given in the Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used, based on the following classifications: ENCs with source data from older soundings (before around 1960) are given ZOC value C, while ENCs with more recent source data are given ZOC value B. The border for the different zones will be added to the chart data so that it is possible to see on screen which zone one is in use at all times. Mariners should take great care when using DGPS and electronic charts with old soundings data since the accuracy and completeness of the depth measurements do not correspond with modern standards. Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation takes place at all times with good margins and in line with responsible navigation practice. For additional information see The Mariners Handbook. 4 L 1-2 Delete Norwegian Notice 10/623/06 (HH. 308/400/02)
1
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(1) and Volume 5, and the Mariners Handbook for details. 47 R68-70 Replace by: Rocket firings take place occasionally from Andya rocket range (69 17 6N 16 01 3E), as announced through NAVTEX and the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX. See also 1.55. United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] NOR VTS 6 Existing Section IV Notice Week 04/07 L64 Paragraph 1.55a Replace by:
NOR Vessel Traffic Service

1.55a The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are requested to report. In addition NOR VTS covers the the approaches to Melkya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest (70 40 N 23 36 E). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Kystverket Norway (SDD 2010000 036503) Military prohibited areas 6 [14/10]
[33/06]
Pilotage - General regulations Baseline

2
5 Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.38 Add: See diagram 1.38, which shows territorial limits, and areas within which are exempt from compulsory also Admiralty List of Radio Signals the baseline, the baseline pilotage. See Volume 6(2).
Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.38 Insert: Diagram 1.38 which is printed at Annex F (see page 2 - 208). Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004) (HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
R 7-21 Harstad Navy Defence District; Troms Sea Defence Area Existing Supplement amendments Delete: Sandsya (3.157). Gibostadsundet (6.86). Norwegian Notices 17/877/05; 17/881/05 (HH. 309/410/05; HH 309/420/05) [45/05]
Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas 6 L47-64 Paragraph 1.55 Replace by:
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 6 R 46 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods. Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and the completion of a check list for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries other than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing from Norway, irrespective of destination, must make a departure report. These regulations apply to vessels of at least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size, carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk or packaged form, as defined by the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations do not apply to:
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service

1.55
1
Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this volume are available via the international NAVTEX service from Bod, Vard and Murmansk Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREA warnings and METAREA warnings for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available via the international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011.
2 - 159
Index
NP58B
Warships and official ships used for non-commercial purposes. Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in length. Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and equipment for use on board vessels. The regulations, forms and check lists are available from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration as follows: E-mail Telephone Fax nnca@kystverket.no +47 33034800 +47 33034680 L 49 Insert: 226 R 17 Insert:

11.65a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details. 228

11.78a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details. Vard Vessel Traffic Service (SDD 2006000 407084)
Website www.kystverket.no Users of the website require a password. Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic Centre on +47 35572610. 327 Existing Supplement amendment Delete Appendix III in its entirety. Norwegian Notice 12/651/05 (HH. 308/006/03) Vard vessel traffic service 6 L 64 Insert: [30/05]
[04/07]
Andfjorden - Andenes Directions; light 51 Paragraph 3.39 R46 Replace by: NNE of the head (floodlit) (1 6 cables W) of the E mole of the inner harbour. The track then leads W for a short distance into the inner harbour, passing S of a drying patch (2 1 cables WNW), marked by iron perches. Norwegian Notice 6/26870/10 (SDD 2010000 059101) Andefjorden - Saurabogen Leading lights; directions 52 R 69-70 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Directions: From seaward the track into the harbour leads WNW through a channel marked by dolphins. 53 L 1-2 Delete Norwegian Notice 16/840/05 (HH. 309/420/05)
Vard vessel traffic service

1.55a On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between 65 N, in the vicinity of Rrvik (Norway Pilot Volume IIB), and the border with Russia. All tankers, vessels over 5000 grt, and sea-going tugs are requested to report to Vard VTS Centre upon entering these waters. In addition Vard VTS covers the approaches to Melkya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest (70 40 N 23 40 E) (11.59). For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). 209 R 11 Insert:
[18/10]

10.96a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details. 220 R 46 Insert:
[40/05]
Sandsya Military prohibited area 60 R 55-56 Existing Supplement amendment Delete Norwegian Notice 17/877/05 (HH. 309/410/05)

11.7a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details.
[41/05]
2 - 160
Index
NP58B
Andfjorden - Nergrdsvika Anchorage R 5-9 including existing Supplement correction Replace by: NNW of Nordygrunnen Light (1 88 miles SW, thence: SSE of Stornesgrunnen Nordre Light (1 45 miles WSW), marking a patch, with a depth of 7 0 m over it, near Stornesgrunnen. R 14-23 replace by: NW of Stornesgrunnen Sre Light (6 cables NE), exhibited from the NW side of a shoal, with a depth of 5 5 m over it, thence: SE of the coastal bank on which stands Remma Light (1 mile NE), thence: NW of Remma Sre Light (1 1 miles NE), marking shoal water on the E side of the fairway; two rocks, with a depth of 7 0 m over them, lie and cables NE of Remma Sre Light. Thence: NW of Sandtorghella Light (1 4 miles NE) marking the NW part of shoals surrounding Hellevoren. Norwegian Notices 20/1179-1188/07 (SDD 2007000 080498) Vgsfjorden - South-eastern part Tovikskjeret Light buoy 85 R 58-59 Delete Norwegian Notice 19/1069/08 (SDD 2008000 084127) [45/08] [47/07]
63-64 R69-70, L1-5 Replace by: Anchorage. Small vessels may anchor SW of Svinya and secure to the shore; the anchorage is especially suitable when NE winds raise a sea in Nergrdsvika. A mooring buoy is available, moored between Kleppholmen and the shore W. Norwegian Notices 22/31876/10 (SDD 2010000 199675)
[51/10]
Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen Directions
74 R 14-18 Replace by: S of Balstadgrunnen Light (8 cables W), thence: S of Balstadskallen (7 cables W), an unmarked rock on the N side of the fairway, thence: N of Sandskjeret (6 cables WSW). The sector limit 275 of Staksvollholmen Light between white and red sectors, astern, passes close S of Balstadskallen. Norwegian Notice 20/1186/07 (SDD 2007000 080510)
Mefjorden - Mefjordbotn Anchorage [47/07] 98 R22-27 Replace by:
Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen Directions
Spare
5.61 Norwegian Notices 22/31834/10 (SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
76 L 28-35 Replace by: Close SE of a spar buoy (7 5 cables NE), thence: Through the shallowest part of the channel (for depth see 4.28), close NW of Ramstadgrunnen Light Buoy (8 9 cables ENE) and thence: NW of a spar buoy (1 05 miles ENE) marking the NW side of Ramstadgrunnen, and: SE of Holsflua stre Light (1 05 miles NE), marking the E extremity of Holsflua, thence: SE of Steinsgrunnen Light (1 25 miles ENE). L 47-52 Replace by: N of Holsflua Nordre Light (8 cables WNW), which marks the N side of Holsflua; it lies just within the white sector limit. Thence: N of Holsflua stre Light (5 cables W), marking the E extremity of Holsflua, thence: Close S of Steinsgrunnen Light (4 cables WNW). L 67 For Light-buoy Read Light
Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet Lysgrunnen Directions; buoyage 106 R 32 After NNW) Insert: marked by a spar buoy (E cardinal) Norwegian Notice 24/1193/09 (SDD 2010000 000153) Kvalya - Ersfjorden Directions; marine farm 107 R38 After given from the light): Insert: S of Skamtind (2 miles E), and a marine farm which lies 5 cables farther E with mooring chains which extend S and SW into the channel indicated by the white sector. Thence: Norwegian Notice 16/942/08 (SDD 2008000 072124) [38/08] [03/10]
2 - 161
Index
NP58B
Tranyfjorden and Solbergfjorden Marine farms 119 After L 3 Insert: Southern part of Sandyfjorden Approaches to Skagysundet Depth 146 R 28 Add: There is a least depth of 8 0 m in this channel, 3 cables SE of Nyflua. Norwegian Notice 22/1369/06 (SDD 2006000 402023) Vannya - Torsvg Marine farm 158 R 16 After SW mole. Insert: A marine farm and associated ground tackle lies inside the harbour, 100 m NNW of the light. Norwegian Notice 23/1155/09 (SDD 2009000 190035) [04/10] [01/07]
Marine farms
6.8a Marine farms have been established on the W side of Tranyfjorden in position 69 02 12N 17 15 37E and on the N side of Solbergfjorden in position 69 08 80N 17 38 85E. Ground tackle extends up to 7 cables into the fairway from these farms. L 48 Replace by: ...Dyrya, and: E of a marine farm (3 9 miles SW) (6.8a). After R 19 Insert: S of a marine farm (6 9 miles WSW) (6.8a), thence: Norwegian Notices 15/736/09; 15/737/09 (SDDs 2009000 109960; 109961) [36/09]
Fuglysveet - Burya Marine farm 168 After L 13 Insert: Marine farm has been established in the white sector of Burynakken Light in position 70 14 1N 19 55 8E, as shown on the chart. Norwegian Notice 22/1064/04 (HH. 308/210/11) [10/05]
Solbergfjorden - Indreleia Dyrya Light 119 L 45 Including existing Supplement amendment For 024 -041 Read 026 -041 L 49 Including existing Supplement amendment For 064 -073 Read 064 -074 L 54 Including existing Supplement amendment For 100 -216 Read 100 -209 Norwegian Notice 4/220/05 (HH. 309/410/05) Gibostad Military prohibited area 126 L 44-47 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Military prohibited areas exist in the vicinity of Rdbergsodden (6.89) and Skorliodden (the NW entrance point to Gisundet) (see 1.57). Norwegian Notice 17/881/05 (HH. 309/420/05) [41/05] [11/05]
East side of Vannya - Valavgen Valabotn anchorage 171 L19-22 Delete Norwegian Notice 15/928/07 (SDD 2007000 059550) South side of Arnya - Akkarvik Anchorage 177 L 16-17 Replace by: ...ground of shells and sand. Care is needed to avoid a submarine cable laid from Slettnes (70 03 8N 20 29 6E), on the W side of the bay, in a SE direction out into Langfjorden; a marine farm also lies 2 cables NNW of this anchorage. Norwegian Notice 15/926/07 (SDD 2007000 059548) Kvnangenfjorden - Lauksundet Marine farm 177 L 53 Delete ...is free from dangers in the fairway and... Existing Supplement amendment L55 Replace by: Marine farms are established along both sides of Lauksundet, generally within 1 cable of the shore. [36/07] [36/07]
Troms - Tromsysundet Anchorage 142 L 59-60 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Anchorage (220 , 1 mile) depth 14 m, coral. Two recommended anchorage areas (014 , 1 miles and 012 , 1 miles) are situated ESE and SE of Breidvika as shown on the chart. Attention is drawn to the submarine cable and pipelines (025 , 2 3 miles) which cross Tromsysundet between Nygrd and Kroken. Norwegian Notice 20/958/04; BA Chart 3751 (HH. 309/430/04) [50/04]
2 - 162
Index
NP58B
R 25 Replace by: ...of the sound, passing close WNW of a large marine farm and its associated ground tackle 2 miles NNE of the light, and clear of the coastal banks abreast... Norwegian Notice 650/13/09 (SDD 2009000 083625) Srysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkya Directions; LNG Terminal 210 L56-57 For Directions for the entrance to Indreleia, NE of Srya Read Directions for the entrance to Indreleia and the north-west approach to Hammerfest and the Melkya LNG Terminal L60 Delete ...from NW L67-70, R1-10 Replace by: From a position about 20 miles W of Fruholmen Light (71 06 N 24 00 E) (10.101), the pilot boarding position (helicopter) for large vessels bound for the Melkya LNG Terminal (11.83a), the track leads SE for 23 miles, passing (with positions relative to Tarhalsen Light (70 52 N 23 19 E)): SW of Ytre Tuboen (8 miles N), Nordre Tuboen, 1 miles farther SE and Tubofallet, 2 miles farther SSE, thence: SW of vre Tuboen (6 miles N), thence: NE of Rolvsyskolten (2 miles N), thence: NE of Tarhalsfallet (2 miles NNE), thence: NE of Tarhalsen, the N tip of the island of Srya, from which Tarhalsen Light (10.88) is exhibited, thence: SW of Skipsholmen (8 miles ENE), and Yttergrunnen, 2 miles farther SW, thence; SW of Revsholmen (7 miles E), thence; NE of Litlenringen Light (column) (6 miles SE). To approximate position 70 49 N 23 46 E. Useful mark: Mylingen Light (70 45 N 23 42 E) (11.69). (Directions continue for Indreleia in Rolvsysundet at 10.106 and for the approaches to Hammerfest at 11.69) R 13-25 Replace by:
[32/09]
Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen Marine farm 191 After L6 Insert: SE of a large marine farm and its associated ground tackle (3 3 miles NE), thence: L43 After (56 ft). Insert: A large marine farm (9.95) lies in the SE approach to the anchorage; the ground tackle extends NW to within 2 cables of the charted anchorage position. Norwegian Notice 14/714/09 (SDD 2009000 103252)
[34/09]
Maursundet - Jekthamna Anchorage removed 191 L 26-37 Replace by:
Spare
Spare
[07/07] 10.104-10.105 224 L12 For Fuglenes Read Fugleneset 226 L1 For HAMMERFEST Read HAMMERFEST AND APPROACHES L16-17 Replace by: Approach from north. From approximate position 70 49 N 23 46 E in Indreleia, Hammerfest is approached through the NE part of Srysundet, passing E of Hja and S of the Melkya LNG Terminal (11.83a). R45 Replace by:
Breivik Jetty 203 R 15-16 Delete Norwegian Notice 18/943/05 (HH. 309/450/04)
[42/05]
Sandyfjorden - Hnsebyfjorden Spar buoy 207 R 60-66 Replace by: Directions. Hnsebyfjorden (70 44 N 23 10 E) is entered by passing E of Hnsebygrunnen, a 3 m (10 ft) patch; a bar, 3 cables within the entrance, has a least depth of 4 m (13 ft) in mid-channel. Norwegian Notice 23/1118/04 (HH. 309/450/04)
Directions for entry from north

(continued from 10.103) R47 Insert: From approximate position 70 49 N 23 46 E, the track leads WSW for 5 miles into the N part of Srysundet towards the pilot boarding position for vessels bound for Hammerfest and smaller vessels bound for the Melkya LNG Terminal, which lies 1 miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90). Thence, the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Mylingen Light (70 45 N 23 42 E)):
[02/05]
2 - 163
Index
NP58B
E of Srya (5 miles W), which forms the W side of Srysundet, thence: W of Mylingen Light (white lantern on base), thence: W of Fluengrunnen (1 mile SW), thence: W of Melkya (4 miles SSW). To a position about 1 miles NE of Hja Light (column) (70 39 3N 23 27 8E). (Directions continue for Melkya LNG Terminal at 11.83e) Thence the track leads ESE for 3 miles, passing (with positions relative to Fugleneset Light (70 40 N 23 40 E)): SSW of the Melkya LNG Terminal (1 miles NW), thence: NNE of a patch containing 6 dangerous wrecks (6 cables SSW), and Molvikben, 3 cables farther SW, marked by a lit iron perch, thence: SSW of Fugleneset Light (11.39), thence: NNE of a rocky patch (5 cables SSW), with a least depth of 4 5 m over it. Into the harbour.
Arrival information
11.83c Port operations: Melkya LNG Terminal operates on a 24 hr basis. Maximum berthing speeds are under kn for vessels over 8000 displacement tonnes, and under kn for vessels less than 8000 tonnes. The maximum approach angle is 6 . Wind speeds and wave heights restrict berthing as follows: Vessel size (up to, m#) 15 000 30 000 60 000 160 000 Max wind speed (kn) 35 31 29 24 Max wave height (m) 10 10 15 no restriction
Directions for entry from south-west

11.69a
228 R 50-51 Replace by: ...Mylingen Light (70 45 N 23 42 E) (11.69) shows over mainly clear water off the NW... R61 Insert:
Melkya LNG Terminal
General information
11.83a Position. Melkya LNG Terminal occupies the whole of the island of Melkya (70 41 3N 23 35 9E), 2 miles NW of Hammerfest (11.59). Function. The terminal receives LNG via a 165 km pipeline from the 3 gas fields (Snohvit, Albatross and Askeladd) of the Barents Sea. It is then processed to remove its CO2 content and exported by sea. Operating Authority. Statoil ASA.
Limiting conditions
11.83b Under keel clearance. The minimum permissable under keel clearance is 1 5 m. Deepest and longest berth. Product Jetty (11.83f). Maximum size of vessel handled: LNG. 300 m in length/160 000 m# capacity. LPG. 180 m in length/38 000 m# capacity. Condensate. 180 m in length/50 000 dwt.
Vessels will not be allowed to approach the terminal if the visibility is less than 1 mile. Vessels will not be permitted to sail if the wind is in excess of 29 kn. One tug will remain on standby throughout for vessels when loading. Notice of ETA required. For all vessels, ETA is to be reported 96 hrs, 48 hrs, 24 hrs and 5 hrs in advance of arrival. Additionally, for LNG carriers, a report is required 8 days in advance. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Pilotage is compulsory. For vessels over 20 000 gt, the pilot will board by helicopter in position 71 05 N 22 57 E, 20 miles W of Fruholmen Light (71 06 N 24 00 E) (10.101). For vessels less than 20 000 gt, the pilot will board by boat in position 70 47 N 23 32 E, 1 miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90). Pilots should be ordered 24 hours in advance. Changes to ETA/ETD should be reported directly to the pilot booking centre. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Tugs. There are 3 tugs available at Melkya, based at Rypefjorden, 1 miles S of Hammerfest. Two are of 70 tonnes bollard pull and are used for berthing and unberthing. The third, of 90 tonnes bollard pull/150 tonnes steering force, is used for both escorting and berthing. Traffic regulations. A Safety Zone has been estasblished around Melkya inside a line joining the following positions: 70 41 93N 23 37 38E. 70 41 87N 23 35 83E. 70 40 89N 23 34 35E. 70 40 62N 23 35 39E. 70 40 85N 23 38 19E. There is no public access to the area within the Safety Zone.
2 - 164
Index
NP58B
Regulations concerning entry and departure. The minimum tug requirement for berthing/unberthing is as follows: Vessel size (up to, m#) (ballast and loaded) 15 000 30 000 60 000 160 000 No of tugs 1 2 3 3 Trollsundet - south-east of Ingya Depths 212 L 20 Replace by: N of a shoal (1 8 miles ESE), with a depth of 2 5 m (8 ft) over it, thence: N of a shoal (2 3 miles ESE), with a depth of 4 4 m (14 ft) over it, and: S of a pair of 6 m (19 ft) patches (2 1 miles E), thence: Clear of a patch (2 2 miles ESE), with a depth of 6 2 m (20 ft) over it, thence: S of a shoal (2 3 miles E), with a depth of 4 5 m (14 ft) over it, thence: Clear of a patch (2 6 miles ESE), with a depth of 8 4 m (27 ft) over it. Norwegian Notices 11/653/06 and 16/914/06 (SEP 000380655) [40/06] North-east of Ingya Depths 214 L 32 Replace by: W of Litlegrunnen (5 cables N); a rock, with a depth of 9 0 m over it, lies 2 cables W of Litlegrunnen on the E edge of the white sector. L 41 Replace by:
Note. All LNG and LPG vessels over 30 000 m# will take 3 tugs on arrival and departure. Use of an escorting tug is mandatory for vessels over 500 gt carrying dangerous cargo in bulk, and for vessels over 3000 gt carrying polluting cargo in bulk when approaching or departing from Melkya.
Harbour
11.83d The berthing area is on the SE side of the island.
Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 11.69) 11.83e Entrance. From a position 1 miles NE of Hja Light (70 39 3N 23 27 8E) (11.69), the track leads ENE for 2 miles to the vicinity of the berths.
Berths
11.83f Product Jetty. Concrete, 125 m in length, with a least depth alongside of 16 2 m, faced with 7 Sumitomo rubber fenders, each 8 m by 4 m. The jetty is orientated 228 /048 . Construction Jetty. At the S end of the island, with a safe berthing depth of 10 m, for the handling of dry cargo. Vessels over 120 m LOA will not be allowed to remain alongside the Construction Jetty while LNG is being loaded at Product Jetty.
341 -348 astern
W of Stein; a rock,with a depth of 5 3 m over it, lies 3 cables WNW of Stein on the W edge of the white sector. Thence: E of a rock (9 cables S), with a depth of 5 4 m over it, lying 2 cables E of Likholmgrunnan, thence:
R 10 Add:A rock, with a depth of 7 0 m over it, and a rock, with a depth of 5 0 m over it, lie, respectively, 2 cables SE and 2 cables SW of the SW point of Store Gasy. Norwegian Notice 12/702/06 (SEP 000369581) [33/06]
Port services
11.83g Facilities. Garbage disposal. Supplies. Fresh water. Gjesvr - Entrance channel and anchorage Submarine cable 218 R6 After ...close SW. Insert: A submarine cable has been laid through the harbour entrance channel, coming ashore at Springneset (71 06 1N 25 22 8E), on the N side of theanchorage (10.176). R69 After ...holding ground Insert: , taking care to remain clear of the submarine cable on the N side of the basin (10.170). Norwegian Notice 21/1209/08 (SDD 2008000 091903) [49/08]
229 R 14-25 including Supplement amendment Delete
Statoil ASA; Norwegian Notice 16/980/07; BA Chart 2315; Norwegian Charts 101, 493 (SDDs 2007000 062402; 2008000 048828) [29/08]
2 - 165
Index
NP58B
North-west side of Magerya Gjesvr Depths 219 L 6 Add: Caution. There is a least depth of 0 9 m in the approach to the anchorages in Leirpollen and Vasslia. Norwegian Notice 15/851/06 (SEP 2006000 376424) Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes Leading lights 260 R 32 For 124 5 Read 126 Norwegian Notice 19/952/09 (SDD 2009000 144325) [45/09]
[36/06]
North side of Magerya - Lille Skarsvg Depth 265 L 18 Add: There is a least depth of 6 0 m in this channel 1 cables SW of the NE entrance point of Lille Skarsvg. Norwegian Notice 15/852/06 (SEP2006000376425) [36/06]
Srysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest Obstruction 228 After L 69 Insert: NE of an obstruction (70 39 6N 23 34 3E) (1 6 miles WSW), thence: Norwegian Notice 4/223/05 (HH. 309/460/04) Myrfjorden Anchorage removed 231 R 47-51 Replace by:
Kamyfjorden - South-west and west of Stora Kamy Light sectors and depths 265 R 18 Including existing supplement amendment For 225 -234 and 291 -304 Read 223 -234 and 289 -302 R 22 Add: A patch, with a depth of 3 3 m over it, lies in the SE approach, within the white sector (289 -302 ) of Kamyfjord Light, 5 cables from the light. Norwegian Notice 21/1260/06 (SDD 2006000 398020) [49/06]
[13/05]
Spare
[15/07]
Kamyfjorden - Kamyvr eastwards Anchorage; submarine cable 265 R33 After mooring rings Insert: , noting the presence of a submarine power cable which is laid 1 cable off, and parallel to, the SW shore. Norwegian Notice 17/992/08 (SDD 2008000 076365) [40/08] North-east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden Anchorages 275 R55-57 Delete 276 L16-18 Delete Norwegian Notice 04/270/08 (SDD 2008000 021660)
Havysundet Havysund Light deleted 232 L 51-55 Including existing Supplement correction Replace by: Useful mark: Light (70 59 6N 24 40 8E) exhibited from the head of a former ferry jetty. Norwegian Notice 5/355/07 (SDD 2007000 021064)
[15/07]
South side of Magerya - Kobbholet Bridge 237 L 54 Add: A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 10 m, spans the entrance to Kobbholet. Norwegian Chart 103 (07/05) (SEP 000376425)
[19/08]
Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila Anchorage 285 L21-28 Replace by: Description. Finnkongkeila, a narrow and deep bay, is entered by passing S of Ytre Finnkongkeilnringen Light (70 54 N, 28 30 E). The bay does not afford anchorage as a submarine cable is laid within it. Considerable seas are raised in the inlet by E winds. Norwegian Notice 04/272/08 (SDD 2008000 021662) [19/08]
[36/06]
Kvalya - Forsl - Sandbukta Anchorages 259 L 39-43 Delete Norwegian Notice 21/1206/08 (SDD 2008000 091900) [49/08]
2 - 166
Index
NP58B
Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden Hopseidet Anchorage 286 R21-25 Delete Norwegian Notice 04/273/08 (SDD 2008000 021663) Paragraph 3.70 3 line 9 Delete Canadian Eastern Notice 4227/04/09 (SDD 2009000 031546) [44/09]
[19/08]
Saint John Harbour and approaches Limiting conditions Deepest and longest berths 173 Paragraph 8.32 1 line 1 Replace by:
1
Makkaur to Vard - Hamningberg Anchorage 295 Paragraph 14.78 Replace by:
Tankers. Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal (8.62); Canaport LNG facility (8.62a). Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Spare
14.78 Norwegian Notice 05/355/08 (SDD 2008000 025281) [19/08]
1
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information Anchorages 174 Paragraph 8.41 Replace by: Designated anchorage areas A, B and D are established within the port limits in the approach to the harbour, as shown on the chart. Anchorage A, in the SW approaches, centred on 45 12 5N 66 04 7W. Anchorage B, adjoining the S boundary of A, centred on 45 10 0N 66 07 0W. An obstruction has been reported (1997) in approximate position 45 10 5N 66 05 6W. Anchorage D, centred on 45 09 1N 66 01 7W. Pilotage is compulsory in Anchorage A, and in the N parts of Anchorages B and D. Ships at anchor should remain in a state of readiness to proceed or manoeuvre at short notice and maintain continuous listening watch on VHF Radio. Caution. Herring purse seine fishing is carried out in area A between 1st November and 1st of April annually; care is necessary to avoid fouling nets. Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Varangerfjorden - Vadsya Light 302 L43 For 27 44 E Read 29 44 E Kystverket Troms og Finnmark (SDD 2009000 073131) Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 313 Paragraph 14.269 Replace by: [31/09]
Spare
14.269 Norwegian Notice 17/848/09 (SDD 2009000127787) [41/09]
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot (2008 Edition)

Larrys River Light 67 Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: ...and covers at HW, and by Ram Island. The small settlement of Larrys... Canadian Eastern Notice 4233/04/09 (SDD 2009000 031547) Isaacs Harbour Directions; light 70 Paragraph 3.70 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1
Saint John Harbour and approaches Arrival information Pilots and tugs 174 Paragraph 8.43 1 line 5 Replace by: ...chart. A pilot boarding position for tankers and LNG carriers is located on a line bearing 295 from position 45 08 80N 66 03 65W to position 45 09 50N 66 05 80W. The pilot vessel (black hull with white band and... Atlantic Pilotage Authority (SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09]
[44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches Harbour Canaport LNG facility 174 Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 3-5 Replace by: Canaport LNG jetty is located 6 cables NNE of Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal SBM. For details see 8.62a.
From a position abeam Country Harbour Head, the track leads NNW to the harbour entrance passing, (positioned from Bear Trap Head (45 10 N 61 40 W)):
2 - 167
Index
NP59
177 Paragraph 8.55 2 line 3 Replace by: ...conspicuous white oil and LNG storage tanks is... Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015)
NP60 Pacific (2007 Edition)
Islands
Pilot
Volume
Solomon Islands - Manning Strait Malaghara Island Shoal Directions; light beacon After Paragraph 2.496
6
[44/09]
125 Insert:
Saint John Harbour and approaches Berths Canaport LNG facility
Useful mark: Malaghara Island Shoal Light Beacon (white column, 10 m in height) (7 20 8S 158 01 2E). EU MIP Project, Solomon Islands (SDD 2010000 000144) [04/10]
180 After Paragraph 8.62 Add: Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island Hathorn Sound Lights 158 Paragraph 4.80 3 lines 4-8 Replace by: The track then continues SW to a position 2 miles NNW of Tunguivili Point (21 miles SW), from where a light (white column, 11 m in height) (8 11 4S 157 12 9E) (see Chart 1735) is exhibited, on the alignment (190 ) of the leading lights for Hathorn Sound (4.92). 159 Paragraph 4.92 1 lines 2-5 Replace by: Front light (white column, 9 m in height) (8 15 3S 157 11 4E). Rear light (similar structure, 11 m in height) (200 m from front light). Nawae Construction Ltd (SDD 2010000 000144) [12/10]
Canaport LNG facility

1
8.62a Canaport LNG facility is located at the end of a trestle which extends 300 m from the shore 2 cables ENE of Mispec Point. The facility consists of an unloading platform with four mooring dolphins on each side. Three conspicuous LNG tanks have been constructed to the NE of the unloading platform. A flare tower is situated adjacent to the E most tank, close to the shoreline. The unloading platform and dolphins, linked by catwalks, is 425 m in length overall. The unloading platform itself has a length of 65 m, with a depth alongside of 29 m. The mooring dolphins adjacent to the platform are in line with it, giving an effective berth length of 115 m. Lights (round masts 7 5 m in height) are exhibited from these and the outermost dolphins. Lesser depths of between 23 8 and 25 6 m are reported to be in the vicinity of the mooring dolphins. Sector lights have been established on Mispec Point, Connoly Head and in the vicinity of Cape Spencer for the sole purpose of aiding pilotage to and from the facility. They are operated when needed for berthing and unberthing. Adverse weather may cause vessels to be required to leave the berth and go to anchor. Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015)
Papua New Guinea - Bonvouloir Islands East Island Charts; position 209 Paragraph 5.162 Chart heading For Aus Charts 382, 381 Read Aus Charts 509, 510, 512 Paragraph 5.165 2 lines 1-2 Delete reported To position Australian Chart 512 (SDD 2009000 031590) [50/10]
[44/09]
Papua New Guinea - Louisade Archipelago Deboyne Lagoon Directions Cape Spencer to Martin Head Directions; buoy Paragraph 5.181 211 line 6 Delete
229 Paragraph 9.77

4
line 4 For Q Read KW
Canadian Eastern Notice 4010/08/2010 (SDD 2010000 140044)
[38/10]
211 - 212 Paragraph 5.181 2 Replace by: From a position 10 51 00S 152 31 00E the track leads NW passing: Clear of a patch (10 50 86S 152 30 55E) lying in the middle of the channel, with a depth of 9 6 m (31 ft).
2 - 168
Index
NP60
212 Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...is easily navigable with care. Republic of Palau - Tobi Island Charts; position 440 Paragraph 11.206 1 line 1 For (3 00 N 131 11E) Read (3 00 13N 131 07 02E) Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Plan of Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763 Paragraph 11.207 lines 1-4 Replace by: Description. Tobi Island (3 00 13N 131 07 02E), is covered with coconut palms and is fringed by... BA Chart 763 [51/10] Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago New Britain - Vitu Islands Charts; position 354 Paragraph 9.119 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395, 386, 387 Read Aus Charts 386, 387, 678 355 lines 3-4 Delete reported To
Paragraph 9.122 position
Australian chart 678 (SDD 2010000 175837)
[45/10]
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago Islands Positions 358 Paragraph 9.136 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395, 386 Read Aus Chart 386 Paragraph 9.136
1
Papua New Guinea - Nuakata Passage Directions; depth 235 Paragraph 5.330 2 line 8 For 5 5 m (18 ft) Read 4 7 m (14 ft) Australian Chart 628 (SDD2010000 199568) Papua New Guinea - North Coast Manam Island Rock 324 After Paragraph 8.147 1 line 5 Add: SW of a rock (4 07 7S 145 16 2E) which covers and uncovers, thence: Australian Notice 1/49/2009 (HH. 532/535/02) [06/09]
1 1
Narage Island (4 32 73S 149 06 69E) is a conical-shaped island surrounded by a reef. The.. 359
[50/10]
Paragraph 9.148 Chart heading For Aus Chart 576 (see 1.24) Read Aus Chart 391 Paragraph 9.148
1-2
Replace by:
Purdy Islands (2 53 00S 146 20 00E) consisting of Bat, Rat, Mouse and Mole Islands and Lalent Reef are not permanently inhabited but are occasionally visited. Bat Islands the W-most, consist of two flat islands and an islet, covered with coconut palms and encircled by reef. 368 Paragraph 9.210 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read Aus Chart 392 Paragraph 9.210
1
Papua New Guinea - North-East coast Lapar Point to Cape Concordia Directions; light 334 After Paragraph 8.248
2 1 1
line 5 Add: structure) (2 36 4S
Major light: Oinake Light (white 141 00 1E).
Description. Tingwon Group (2 37 00S 149 40 00E) consists of Tingwon, Kolenusa and Beligila, three wooded islands extending in a NE/SW direction. 393
Indonesian Notice 19/187/2010 (SDDs 2010000 100663; 106523)
[29/10]
Paragraph 10.50 Chart heading For Aus Charts 461, 462 Read Aus Chart 392, 393, 462, 4622 Paragraph 10.53
1
Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead Wreck 351 Paragraph 9.83 1 line 4 Replace by: ...the roadstead. A wreck, depth 20 m, lies about 1 mile N of Kimbe Wharf (5 32 9S 150 09 2E). Australian Notice 1/46/2009 (HH. 532/525/04) [06/09]
NNE of Tench (Enus) Island (1 38 85S 150 40 43E), the E-most of the Saint Matthias group. Tench Island is wooded on its W side, with reefs extending about 1 cables from its coasts except at one place on the SW side where landing may be effected near the village of Tench. Thence: Paragraph 10.54 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read Aus Chart 392
2 - 169
Index
NP60
Paragraph 10.57
1
1
Description. Emirau Island (1 39 60S 149 57 40E) is undulating and densely wooded; from NW it appears saddle-shaped towards its N end and flattened towards the S end. There are several disused air strips, one of which is maintained for domestic use, on the N side of the island, and a coconut plantation on the SW end. Paragraph 10.58
1
NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 (2006 Edition)
Nouvelle-Caldonie and les Loyaut Restricted areas around submarine cables 7 Add:
Replace by:
Description. Mussau Island (1 25 00S 149 37 00E) is the largest of Saint Matthias Group and lies within an unsurveyed area. From W it appears wedge-shaped, the steepest side of the wedge being to the S. Australian charts 386, 391 and 392 (HH. 060/200/01) [44/10]
Fibre-optic submarine cables

1
Micronesia - Caroline Islands Senyavin Islands Pohnpei Island Marine farms 419 After Paragraph 11.40 Insert:
Marine Farms
11.40a Marine farms around the island are marked by buoys. Their positions are as follows: Payao No 1, 6 52 1N 158 03 9E Payao No 2, 7 07 4N 158 18 2E Payao No 3, 7 04 4N 158 02 8E Payao No 4, 6 56 4N 158 27 6E Payao No 5, 6 45 4N 158 26 0E Payao No 6, 6 40 0N 158 13 1E Payao No 7, 6 39 9N 158 03 2E
1.55a In order to avoid damage to fibre-optic submarine cables owned by the Post Office, the government of Nouvelle-Caldonie has decreed (2008) that anchoring and dredging is prohibited within 200 m of the following cables: Between Passe du Sud (2.108) and Presqule de Oumo (16 miles NNE), as shown on Chart 2907; see 2.109. Between Passe du Cap Bayes (4.153) and Poindimi, 14 miles W, as shown on Charts 935 and 936; see 4.170. Across Baie de Santal (5.62), on the W side of le Lifou, coming ashore at Chpnh; see 5.65. In the approach to Passe du Cotlogon on the S side of Atoll dOuva; see 5.84. Any vessel which, due to circumstances beyond her control, is forced to anchor within these prohibited zones must fit the cable with an buoy and immediately inform Nouma MRCC/Port Control on VHF Channel 16 or by telephone.
420 Paragraph 11.44 4 lines 57 Replace by: Marine Farms. See 11.40a. US Chart 81435 (SDD 2009000 002211) [31/09]
Republic of Palau - Tobi Island Charts; position 440 Paragraph 11.206 1 line 1 For (3 00 N 131 11E) Read (3 00 13N 131 07 02E) Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Plan of Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763 Paragraph 11.207 lines 1-4 Replace by: Description. Tobi Island (3 00 13N 131 07 02E), is covered with coconut palms and is fringed by... BA Chart 763 [51/10]
80 - 81 Paragraph 2.109 1 lines 6-10 Replace by: A restricted area, within which anchoring and dredging are forbidden, is established within 200 m ofa fibre-optic submarine cable (2.109a). See also 1.55a. A restricted area around a submarine power cable and a water pipeline (2.109a), the limits of which are shown on Chart 2907, within which anchoring is prohibited, is established between lot Matre (22 20 2S 166 24 4E) and Pointe Bagay, 2 miles NE.
Submarine cables and pipeline

1
2.109a A fibre-optic submarine cable is laid from Passes du Boulari (22 32 7S 166 25 6E) through Passe du Sud (2.108), thence generally NE, N and NW to Presqule de Oumo (22 17 0S 166 28 4E) as shown on Chart 2907. A submarine power cable and a water pipeline are laid across the channel between lot Matre and Pointe Bagay (2.109).
2 - 170
Index
NP61
137 Paragraph 4.170 1 line 8 and 4.170 2 line 1 Including Section IV Notice Week 51/07 Replace by:
2
Nouvelle-Caldonie - Baie du Prony Mooring buoys 76 Paragraph 2.74 4 lines 4-7 Replace by: Mooring buoys are positioned in Rade du Nord-Est, the N part of Grande Rade, and in Baie de la Somme, as shown on Chart 2925. Additional mooring buoys, painted white, have been laid in the NW part of Rade du Nord and in Rade de lOest for use during tropical storms. French Notice 08/43/58; K10 0843/w1.1.1.6 (HH. 585/440/04; HH. 078/638/02) amendment [01/09]
...(beacon), is situated 2 miles E. A restricted area has been established within 200 m of a fibre-optic submarine cable laid through Passe du Cap Bayes (20 58 0S 165 32 0E) and thence NW and SE around Cap Bayes, coming ashore close W of Poindimi, 12 miles W, as shown on Charts 935 and 936. Anchoring and dredging are prohibited within this restricted area. See also 1.55a. Anchorage may be obtained in depths from 15 to 25 m, ...
161 Paragraph 5.65 1 line 8 and 5.65 2 line 1 Including Section IV Notice Week 46/07 Replace by:
2
Nouvelle Caldonie - Passe de Dumba Racon 82 Insert:
...and NE shores of the bay respectively. A restricted area has been established within 200 m of a fibre-optic submarine cable laid in deep water across Baie du Santal (5.62) and which comes ashore at Chpnh (20 47 0S 167 09 2E). Anchoring and dredging are prohibited within this restricted area. See also 1.55a. Local knowledge is advisable when it is required to anchor at night, due to the proximity of the drying reefs SW of Rocher la Tour. Landmarks (positioned from Pointe de Eacho):

1
2.122a Racon: Passe de Dumba Light Beacon (22 21 1S 166 14 7E). For further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. French Notice 48/60/07 (HH. 585/570/05)
[05/08]
164 Paragraph 5.84 1 line 4 and Existing Section IV Notice Week 46/07 Paragraph 5.84a Replace by:
2
...passage is 1 cables wide. A restricted area has been established within 200 m of a fibre-optic submarine cable laid in deep water from Poindimi (20 56 0S 165 19 3E) (4.170) N to Atoll dOuva, and which comes ashore on the E side of Passe du Cotlogon at Pointe de Mouly (20 43 1S 166 23 2E). Anchoring and dredging are prohibited within this restricted area. See also 1.55a. French Notice 08.40.40; K10 amendments 0826/w1.2.0.5, w2.0.4, w3.2.4.0, w6.9 (HH. 585/400/04; HH. 585/410/04, HH. 585/440/04; HH. 585/570/06; HH. 585/490/03 HH. 078/638/02 ) [ 02/09]
Nouvelle-Caldonie - Passe de Dumba Leading lights 82 After Paragraph 2.123 2 line 6 Insert: Leading lights. By night, the alignment (049 ) of the following lights leads from SW towards the entrance to the pass: Front light: No 3 Light Beacon (2.124) (22 19 5S 166 17 5E). Rear light: Ile Nou NW Point Light (2.125) (about 6 miles from front light). French Notice 24/46/07 (HH. 585/580/04)
[31/07]
Nouvelle-Caldonie - Port Bois Directions Paragraph 2.66 Paragraph 2.67 Paragraph 2.67 75 line 2 For 302 Read 301 line 5 For 057 Read 054 line 7 For 302 Read 301 [13/08]
Nouvelle Caldonie - Nouma Grande Rade Wreck 86 After Paragraph 2.162 2 Add: SSW of dangerous wreck (7 cables W), position approximate, thence: French Notice 50/36/07 (HH. 585/570/05)
2 1 1
French Notice 08/59/08 (HH. 585/440/04)
[05/08]
2 - 171
Index
NP61
Nouvelle-Caldonie - Nouma - Petite Passe and Petite Rade Wrecks; obstructions Nouvelle Caldonie - Passe de la Gazelle Grand Rcif de Poum Wrecks 102 line 7-8 Replace by:
86 Paragraph 2.164 2 lines 5-11, 3 and 4 line 1 Replace by: ...positions from Pointe Denouel (22 17 1S 166 25 4E)): SE of a wreck (3 cables SW) with 15 4 m over it, thence: NW of an obstruction (2 cables SSW) with 13 1 m over it, thence: NW of a buoyant light-beacon (starboard hand) (2 cables S), marking the edge of the channel, thence: SE of an obstruction ( cable S) with 11 m over it, thence: SE of a buoyant light-beacon (port hand) ( cable ESE), marking rocks close SE of the point. The track continues NE to a position 1 cables W of Pointe de lArtillerie (3 cables E), from whence it turns N to lead into Petite Rade, passing: W of a buoyant light-beacon (starboard hand) (2 cables ENE) marking the channel, thence: E of an obstruction (1 cables ENE) with 10.9 m over it, thence: W of NMR 3 light-buoy (special) (3 cables ENE), thence: E of an obstruction (1 cables NE) with 6.8 m over it, thence: W of NMR 2 light buoy (special) (4 cables ENE), thence: W of a wreck (3 cables NE), with 8 9 m over it, thence: W of Banc de lInfernal, marked on its SW limit by a buoyant light-beacon (special) (4 cables NE), and on its NW limit by a buoyant light-beacon (starboard hand) (5 cables NE). The track then leads to the berths as required. Cautions.
Paragraph 3.106
SE of the abrupt SE end (6 cables W) of Grand Rcif de Poum. Two wrecks are stranded on the the SE tip. Thence: French Notice 08/25/46 (HH. 585/510/03) [31/08]
Nouvelle Caldonie - Passe du Baron Directions, buoyage 106 lines 3-4 and line 8 Delete [49/07]
Paragraph 3.131
French Notice 07/44 SD K10 2007 (SDD 2007000 084163)
Nouvelle-Caldonie Grand Passage 111 Paragraph 3.158 1 lines 8-11 Replace by: Grand Passage is deep, wide, clear of dangers and in regular use by day. There are no aids to navigation for night passage. MV Pacific Star; French K10 (HH. 585/400/04) [42/07]
Nouvelle Caldonie - Baie de Canala Leading lights 129 Paragraph 4.100 3-5 Replace by: Directions. From a position at the intersection of the recommended tracks leading 277 and 315 (4.92), the track leads SSE keeping to mid fairway of Baie de Canala, passing (with positions from Pic des Morts (21 30 0S 165 57 9E)): WSW of the N entrance point (2 miles N) to Baie dAmata, thence: ENE of the N entrance point (2 miles NNW) to Baie Ouango, thence: WSW of the N entrance point (2 miles N) to Port Mackau. Thence to a position W of Les Trois Frres (1 miles N), where the track leads 125 to the anchorage in Port dUrville. French Notice 07/44 SD K10 2007 (SDD 2007000 084163) [49/07]
French Notice 08.36.20 (HH. 585/570/06)
[03/09]
Nouvelle-Caldonie - Passe du Duroc Wreck
Nouvelle Caldonie - Anse de Poindimi Submarine cable 100 Paragraph 3.89 1 line 5 After Gatope. Insert: A wreck lies on the SE end of Grand Rcif de Gatope. French Notices 08/31 K10 1.6.1; 08/31/52 (SDD 2008000 067891; HH. 585/540/03) 137 After Paragraph 4.170 1 line 8 Add: Submarine cable lies generally NNE, E and SE from 20 56 0S 165 19 2E. French Notice 43/66/07 (HH. 585/500/03) [51/07]
[36/08]
2 - 172
Index
NP61
Nouvelle Caldonie, le Lifou Baie de Chpnh Submarine cable; anchorage 161 After Paragraph 5.65 1 line 8 Insert: Submarine cable. A cable is laid SW from Pte de dbarquement (20 47 0S 167 09 2E) to 20 47 3S 167 08 9E. Local knowledge is advisable when it is required to anchor at night, due to the proximity of the drying reefs SW of Rocher la Tour. Paragraph 5.65 5 Replace by: Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in Baie de Chpnh but clear of drying reefs and a submarine cable which lie within 4 cables SW and 5 cables SSW, respectively, of Rocher la Tour. An anchorage is situated in a depth of 25 m, sand and coral, with the war memorial bearing 015 , distant 5 cables, taking note of the submarine cable which lies about 1 cables NW. French Notice 41/52/07 (HH. 585/410/03) [46/07] Fiji - Viti Levu south-eastern part Suva Harbour Wrecks 263 line 3 After chart. Add:
Paragraph 8.184
On the N side of the harbour, the use of the SE mooring buoys, closest to Tamavua Beacon (8.171), may be precluded by a dangerous wreck which lies 1 cable WNW of the beacon. On the S side of the harbour, use of the W mooring buoy may be precluded by a dangerous wreck close SE, 1 1 miles WSW of the hospital flagstaff (8.169). Fijian Coastal Navigation Warning 21/08 (HH. 586/580/04) [33/08]
American Samoa - Tutuila south-eastwards buoy 419 line 7 Delete [34/08]
Paragraph 13.131
US Notice 30/83484/08 (HH. 588/470/03)
Nouvelle Caldonie - le Lifou Directions; leading lights Paragraph 5.74 162 line 1 For (197 ) Read (195 ) [10/08]
South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu Niulakita Depth 436 After Paragraph 15.14 2 line 14 Insert: 15 m 10 54 5S 179 45 5EDepth (2008). MV Cape Lambert (HH. 589/400/03)
French Notice 50/38/07 (HH. 585/410/03)
[17/08]
Nouvelle Caldonie, Atoll dOuva Passe du Cotlogon Submarine cable 164 After Paragraph 5.84 Insert: Tarawa - Betio northwards Wreck 451 Paragraph 16.79 3 line 3 Replace by: ...(16.75), and a 4 m (13 ft) wreck in the SW corner, is bounded by a line joining the following positions... Ministry of Communication, Transport and Tourism Development, Betio (HH. 593/410/03) [10/07]
Submarine cable
1
5.84a A submarine cable is laid generally NNW, from 20 43 1S 166 23 4E to 20 42 9S 166 23 2E. This cable extends 1 cables across the W entrance of Passe du Cotlogon. French Notice 41/51/07 (HH. 585/410/03) [46/07]
Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South-eastern part Suva Harbour Directions; light Paragraph 8.170 262 lines 6-7 Replace by:
NP62 Pacific (2010 Edition)
Islands
Pilot
Volume
Pitcairn Islands - National limits 17 Paragraph 1.120 1 line 1 For 12 mile Read 3 mile. NP247(1) Annual Notice 12/10 (HH. 062/200/01) [33/10]
W of a light beacon (green tower on green hexagonal base, 11 m in height) (7 cables... Fijian Coastal Navigational Warning 32/2008 (HH. 586/520/05) [40/08]
2 - 173
Index
NP62
Republic of Kiribati - Southern Line Group Vostock Island Charts; position 238 Paragraph 9.16 Chart heading Add:4653, 4654 After Paragraph 9.16 1 Insert: Caution. Vostock Island was reported (1985) to lie 4 miles ENE from its charted position. BA Chart 979 [50/10] Ras ol Mof Light Float to Soroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al Kafka Directions; dangerous wreck 58 Paragraph 2.27 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
5
SW of a dangerous wreck (29 12 N 49 20 E) (position approximate), thence: US Notice 42/62032/08 (SDD 2008000 084096) Bandar-e Shahd Bhonar; Bandar-e Shahd Raj South-eastern approach Directions; major light; racon After Paragraph 5.6 111 line 10 Insert: Light (26 53 2N [05/09]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)

Navigation and regulations Navigational dangers and hazards Terrorism 2 After Paragraph 1.10 Add:
Terrorism
1
Jazreh-ye Lrak North 56 21 2E). Paragraph 5.7 1 line 3 Delete
1.10a In a Maritime Advisory (MARAD) issued by the US Maritime Administration in November 2010, Government and industry sources have confirmed that the claim by a terrorist group of an attack on a tanker transiting Strait of Hormuz in July 2010, is valid. The group remains active and can conduct further attacks on vessels in areas in the Strait of Hormuz, southern Persian Gulf and western Gulf of Oman. It is recommended that all vessels transiting the above waters exercise increased vigilance and caution, particularly during night, with increased monitoring of small craft activity. MARLO, Bahrain (SDD 2010000 195794)
Paragraph 5.8 1 lines 2-3 For Jazreh-ye Lrak Light (26 51 8N 56 21 6E) Read Jazreh-ye Lrak North Light (26 53 2N 56 21 2E) Paragraph 5.8 1 lines 5-6 Delete (metal to height) Paragraph 5.8 Paragraph 5.8 Paragraph 5.8
1 2 2
line 7 For 10 miles Read 9 miles line 1 For 6 miles Read 5 miles line 4 For 13 miles Read 11 miles [05/09]
Iranian Notice 17/2008 (SDD 2009000 000081)
Fateh Oil Terminals - Arrival information Outer anchorage 163 Paragraph 7.173 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
[50/10]
Iran - Jazreh-ye Lrak Major light 54 line 11 Insert: North Light (26 53 2N
...the tanker waiting anchorage, centred on 25 36 50N 54 31 50E in a depth of about 48 m; the... Port Captain, Fateh (SDD 2010000 098424) [31/10]
Jazreh-ye Lrak 56 21 2E). Iranian Notice 17/2008 (SDD 2009000 000081)
[05/09]
Abu Dhabi - Arrival information Outer anchorages; submarine cables Paragraph 7.229 Replace by: 168 lines 1-2 including heading
Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform Racon 54 Paragraph 2.11 1 line 7 Replace by: West Bukha 55 59 E). Oilfield Platform (26 23 N
1
Outer anchorages
7.229 There are three designated anchorages: a general anchorage lying 5 miles NNW of Abu Dhabi Light Buoy (7.218), and T1 and T2 for deep-draught vessels, lying 12 miles N and 6 miles NW respectively. All are shown on the chart.
Omani Notice 17/2008 (SDD 2008000 082670)
[05/09]
2 - 174
Index
NP63
1
line 4 Add:
Cable Bank to Ras Laffn Directions; AIS 194 Paragraph 7.468 25 54 9N Paragraph 7.468
1 1
Submarine cables are laid from Mn Zyid (7.234), one extending generally SW around the coast to the W part of lat al Barn (7.308) and another extending generally WNW to the Central Production Complex (7.241) in Umm Ad Dalkh Oilfield. Abu Dhabi Ports Company; e-marine Dubai (SDDs 2009000 031691; 034634) [27/09]
line 4 For 25 55 0N Read
line 6 Replace by:
United Arab Emirates - Abu Dhabi Outer anchorages 168
AIS: Ras Laffn Fairway Light Buoy (25 54 9N 51 42 0E). For further information see the Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
195 Existing Section IV Notice Week 27/09 Paragraph 7.229 1 lines 3-4 For for deep-draught vessels, Read anchorages, used exclusively for STS cargo operations, Abu Dhabi Terminals (SDD 2010000 046408) [17/10] Paragraph 7.469 5 line 4 - Paragraph 469 6 line 5 Replace by: SE of WH-8 production platform (26 14 6N 52 01 0E) (lit), thence: SE of WH-9 production platform (26 13 6N 51 56 3E) (lit) noting a 13 1 m shoal and a wellhead, depth 15 2 m, lying 3 miles further W. Thence: Between two wells (26 10 2N 52 01 1E and 26 09 7N 51 56 6E), thence: NW of Pearl-2 platform (26 04 3N 51 59 5E) (lit), noting CALM-1 and CALM-2 SPMs moored 5 miles and 6 miles SE. Thence: Paragraph 7.469 7 lines 7-9 Replace by: SE of an obstruction (25 58 6N 51 44 1E) with a safe clearance of 17 9 m, thence: Through to the Ras Laffn pilot boarding position and the vicinity of Fairway Light Buoy (25 54 9N 51 42 0E). BA Chart 2523 (SDD 2010000 000423) 195 Paragraph 7.469 2 lines 3-6 Replace by: ...it. A beacon from where a light (7.362) is exhibited stands near its centre; a wreck, with a least depth over it of 14 1 m, lies S of the beacon. Thence: Iranian Notice 14/2008 (SDDs 2008000 100232; 2009000 000364) [05/09]
1
Shah Allum Shoal Light beacon After Paragraph 7.362 184 line 1 Add:
6
Shah Allum Shoal Light (black beacon, red band, isolated danger topmark, 31 m in height) (26 25 4N 52 29 9E). 194 After Paragraph 7.467 1 line 1 Add: Shah Allum Shoal Light (26 25 4N 52 29 9E) (7.362).
[07/10]
Qatar - Ras Laffn Limiting conditions; arrival information; anchorages; harbour; directions; AIS; leading lights; basins and berths; port facilities 196 Paragraph 7.481
1
Replace by:
Shah Allum Shoal to Doha Directions; wreck 185 Paragraph 7.365 4 lines 3-4 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (25 18 1N 51 52 3E), lying ESE of Anchorage A, thence: US Hydropac 2241/08 (SDD 2008000 091538) [05/09]
The entrance channels are dredged to 15 m; the E part of the four docks within the harbour is dredged to 13 5 m. Paragraph 7.482
1
Replace by:
All operational berths in the outer harbour of Al Khor Dock are dredged to 13 5 m. The Container Terminal between Wakra and Rayyan Docks is about 1 km in length. After Paragraph 7.485
1
line 3 Add:
SPMs can handle tankers up to 320 000 dwt.
2 - 175
Index
NP63
Paragraph 7.488 1 including Section IV Notice Week 17/09 Replace by:
1 2
Anchorage may be obtained in depths from 10 to 20 m in an area defined by: 25 55 N 51 45 E 25 55 N 51 48 E 25 48 N 51 45 E 25 48 N 51 48 E. The anchorage area is sub-divided into 21 anchor berths for allocation by the port authority. A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMs (7.498) lies about 7 miles E of CALM-2 (26 00 7N 52 04 9E). 197 Paragraph 7.492 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.492 Paragraph 7.493
1 1
Ras Laffn Harbour lies within two large outer breakwaters, extending 5 miles ENE from the coast, and a shorter detached breakwater about 4 cables long which separates the N and S entrance channels. The harbour has berths for handling LNG, liquid products, containers, general cargo, aggregates and RoRo traffic. Paragraph 7.494
1
Replace by:
Works in progress (2010) include construction of additional LNG and liquid products berths, container terminal, dry dock, reclamation and development of inner harbour areas. The port authority should be contacted for the latest information. Paragraph 7.496
1
From the vicinity of Ras Laffn Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (25 54 9N 51 42 0E) the alignment (279 ) of the above lights leads about 4 miles W through North Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), and between the outer breakwater heads from which lights (lateral) are exhibited. Ras Laffn North Channel inner leading lights: Front Light FLE (orange triangle apex up on white beacon, 11 m in height) (25 55 8N 51 36 0E). Rear Light RLE (orange triangle apex down on white beacon, 22 m in height) (900 m from front light). From a position N of Ras Laffn Detached Breakwater Light RB2 (25 55 3N 51 39 2E) the alignment (278 ) of these lights leads about 2 miles W to Al Khor Dock. Ras Laffn South Channel leading line: Front Light FL2 (25 55 0N 51 36 9E). Rear Light RL2 (735 m from front light). From a position about 6 cables SSW of Ras Laffn Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (25 54 9N 51 42 0E) the alignment (279 ) of these lights leads about 3 miles W through South Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), and between the outer breakwater heads from which lights (lateral) are exhibited, to Wakra Dock. Useful marks: SB2 Light (25 55 8N 51 38 4E) exhibited from a short spur breakwater extending SSW from N Breakwater. The port control tower (25 55 7N 51 36 1E) standing on the N corner of the central quay in Al Khor Dock. RB6 Light (25 54 0N 51 39 6E) exhibited from the elbow of S Breakwater. Paragraph 7.498 including headings and Section IV Notice Week 17/09 Replace by:
line 4 Replace by:
AIS: Ras Laffn Fairway Light Buoy (25 54 9N 51 42 0E). RLN1 Light Buoy (25 55 3N 51 40 6E). RLN2 Light Buoy (25 55 1N 51 40 5E). IHDY1 Light Buoy (25 55 7 N 51 38 8E). RLS1 Light Buoy (25 54 5N 51 41 4E). RLS2 Light Buoy (25 54 3N 51 41 3E). For further information see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 7.497 Replace by:
SPMs, basins and berths SPMs

1
7.498 CALM-1 (26 00 7N 52 03 7E). CALM-2 (1 mile further E). Tankers of up to 320 000 dwt can moor to these SPMs to load condensate.
Basins and berths

1
Caution. Areas within the port where development of facilities is in progress have depths shoaler than 13 5 m. These areas, shown on the chart, are enclosed within dashed lines and are generally marked by light buoys fitted with AIS. Ras Laffn North Channel outer leading lights: Front Light FL1 (25 55 9N 51 35 8E) standing close WSW of LNG Berth No 1. Rear Light RL1 (870 m from front light) standing on Main Breakwater.
7.498a Doha Dock. The N basin has LNG Berth No 5 with LNG Berth No 6 under construction (2010) further NW. Coastguard mooring buoys lie either side of N Breakwaters inner spur. Al Khor Dock lies WSW of Doha Dock within inner breakwaters. Four LNG berths lie off the N inner breakwater and six liquid products berths are either side of three piers which extend NNW from S inner breakwater. Three cargo berths are situated on the NE side of the central quay. Four cargo berths are situated on the inner side of the central quay; Berth Nos 104 and 107 are used for RoRo cargo. Laffan 1 Aggregate Berth lies 5 cables SW of Berth No 105 and is used for importing aggregate.
2 - 176
Index
NP63
3
Service Berths 206 to 212 lie on an extension of the main central quay which extends SE into the inner basin; Service Berths 218 to 221 and a slip are situated in the NW part of the basin; Service Berths 200 to 205 are close SW. Wakra Dock, consisting of inner and outer basins separated by breakwaters, is situated SE of Al Khor Dock and has a number of Liquid Products berths under construction (2010) in its outer basin. Rayyan Dock the S most basin has a container terminal and dry dock where works are in progress (2010). Paragraph 7.499
1
Mariners should consult Temporary and Preliminary Notices and contact the local authorities for the latest information. The charted recommended track is primarily intended for... Paragraph 8.38
1
line 9 For 35 miles Read 31 miles
Paragraph 8.38 4 lines 3-6 Delete Paragraph 8.38 4 line 8 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).
204 Paragraph 8.40 4 lines 6-7 Delete Paragraph 8.40 5 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraphs 8.40 5 line 4 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).
Replace by:
There is a slipway. A dry dock is under construction (2010). BA Chart 3781; Ras Laffn Port Authority (SDDs 2010000 005488; 017753) [07/10]
Ras Laffn Arrival information; SPMs After Paragraph 7.488 196 line 5 Insert:
205 Paragraph 8.53 1 line 4 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).
A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMs lies about 7 miles E of CALM-2 (26 00 7N 52 04 9E). 197 Paragraph 7.490 1 line 6 For pilot Read harbour pilot Paragraph 7.490
1
206 Paragraph 8.58 1 Replace by: Khalifa Bin Salman Port; see 8.81. Paragraph 8.64 1 line 1 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E). Paragraph 8.65
3 3
line 7 Replace by:
...Buoy. The pilot for the SPMs boards about 2 miles SE of CALM-1 (26 00 7N 52 03 7E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Paragraph 7.498 1 line 1 Replace by:
1
SPMs. CALM-1 (26 00 7N 52 03 7E) and CALM-2 lying 1 mile further E. Outer Basin. Three LNG berths lie off the Main... Head of Port Operations Ras Laffan (SDD 2009000 015173) [17/09]
Sitrah Anchorage lies in the approaches to ASRY (8.83) as shown on the chart; the shipyard and Mn Salmn Approach Light Buoy (26 10 2N 50 40 8E) mark its N and SW limits. Anchoring is only permitted on instruction of the Port Authority; any vessel using the anchorage is under 1 hours notice of movement. Paragraph 8.65
4
...open roadstead SW of Sitrah Light Buoy (26 10 4N 50 43 3E); within Khawr al Qulayah anchorage is... Paragraph 8.67 1 line 3 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).
Bahrain - Mn Salmn and the Port of Sitrah Directions; Sitrah Light Buoy 202 Paragraphs 8.28 1 line 13 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E). 203 Paragraph8.36 1 line 3 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E). Paragraph 8.38 1 line 1 Replace by:
1
207 Paragraph 8.75 1 line 2 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E). Paragraph 8.76 1 line 2 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E) Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E). Paragraph 8.76
1
Caution. The channel described below is being dredged to a depth of 15 m. The work is expected to complete by the end of 2009.
N of No 18 Light Buoy (lateral) (3 miles E), thence: S of Sitrah Light Buoy (S cardinal) (3 miles E), thence: N of an obstruction (3 miles ESE) with a depth of 11 7 m, noting Seistan Wreck Light Buoy (N cardinal) lying 6 cables SSE. Thence:
2 - 177
Index
NP63
208 Paragraph 8.81
1 1 5
Replace by:
The port, also known as Bahrain Gateway, has been constructed to handle conventional, RoRo, cruise and the largest container vessels. The quay is 1800 m in length, of which 900 m is allocated for container vessels, with alongside depths of 15.0 m. The dredged area is marked by light buoys (lateral and special). Paragraph 8.82
1
E of No 27 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (26 17 07N 50 46 25E), marking the E limit of the coastal bank, thence: E of No 29 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (26 16 00N 50 46 10E), moored close SE of a 9 3 m shoal, thence: W of Vidal Light Buoy (port hand) (26 14 19N 50 47 23E) (8.40), thence: E then S of No 37 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (26 10 75N 50 45 49E), thence: To the pilot boarding position (26 10 40N 50 44 44E). Paragraph 8.40 including existing section IV Replace by:
line 2 For 300 m Read 850 m.
Paragraph 8.82 1 lines 10-13 Replace by: ...the W for the export of iron ore pellets. Light buoys (starboard hand) mark the dredged area in the approach to... Paragraph 8.82 2 line 10 For Sitrah Anchorage (8.65) Read the recommended track GOP Bahrain; BA Chart 3734 Edition 1/2009 (SDDs 2008000 093990; 2009000 015788) [14/09]
2 1
Bahrain Directions; recommended route for deep-draught vessels; route for other vessels 203-204
Paragraph 8.38 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 14/09 Replace by:
2
The recommended track is intended for use by deep-draught vessels. A channel with a width of 260 m is dredged along the track. In the bends the dredging is extended, especially around Bahrain Approach Light Buoy (26 21 75N 50 46 63E). It should not be used by vessels with a draught of less than 9 1 m; such vessels should use the NE approach (8.37) instead. From the vicinity of Bahrain Light Buoy (26 33 00N 51 03 58E) the recommended track, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads initially SW, then generally S, for about 32 miles, passing: SE of PIN Light Buoy (S cardinal) (26 28 31N 50 57 40E), moored S of dangerous obstructions, thence: NW of Caisson Wreck Light Buoy (S cardinal) (26 24 37N 50 52 48E) and SE of the obstruction, 1 miles NNW, least depth 12 8 m, lying close NE of No 11 Light Buoy. Thence: NW of Bahrain Approach Light Buoy (W cardinal) (26 21 75N 50 46 63E), thence: E of No 21 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (26 21 39N 50 46 26E), thence: W of Sitrah Inward Light Buoy (W cardinal) (26 21 15N 50 49 72E), moored about 1 mile W of a 9 8 m shoal patch, thence:
The route for vessels not authorised to use the recommended route (8.38) leads from the vicinity of Bahrain Light Buoy (safe water) (26 33 00N 51 03 58E) for about 30 miles keeping SE and E of the deep-draught recommended track, passing: SE of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (26 29 62N 50 59 60E), thence: NW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate) (reported 1977) (26 24 73N 50 56 86E), thence: SE of Caisson Wreck Light Buoy (S cardinal) (26 24 37N 50 52 48E), thence: NW of a dangerous wreck (26 22 40N 50 53 50E), thence: N then W of Sitrah Inward Light Buoy (26 21 15N 50 49 72E) (8.38), thence: W of Vidal Light Buoy (port hand) (26 14 19N 50 47 23E), moored W of numerous shoal patches, thence: E then S of No 37 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (26 10 75N 50 45 49E), thence: To the pilot boarding position (26 10 40N 50 44 44E). Useful marks: See 8.39. (Directions continue at 8.74) Bahrain Marine Notice 1/2010; BA Charts 3734, 3737, 3738 (SDD 2010000 064762) [43/10]
NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot (2009 Edition)
Saudi Arabia - Jeddah Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 259 Paragraph 9.246 1 line 2 Replace by: ...coastal reefs. Red Sea Gateway Terminal (21 29 2N 39 09 1E) and the main commercial sector of the port form... Paragraph 9.247 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.247
2 - 178
Index
NP64
261 Paragraph 9.257 including heading Replace by: After Berths Insert: 264
Northern entrance to Red Sea Gateway Terminal and main commercial port
1
Red Sea Gateway Terminal

1
9.257 General remarks. Al arq (21 28 N 39 07 E), Bawbat al Mamarral Wus (Middle Gateway) (1 mile E) and Bawbat al Mamarr ad Dkhilyah (Inner Gateway) (2 miles E) form the principal channel through the off-lying reefs for entry into the main commercial port of Jeddah. A channel dredged to 16 5 m (2009) leads from Al arq to Red Sea Gateway Terminal (2 miles NE). Paragraph 9.258 1 lines 1- 2 Replace by:
9.272a The terminal (21 29 3N 39 09 2E) is the N cargo handling facility of the port. It consists of three numbered berths, R1 to R3, length 735 m with depths alongside of 16 5 m, used for cargo operations. Berth R4, length 300 m with a depth alongside of 15 m, is used by service craft. Red Sea Gateway Terminal; BA2577 (SDD 2010000 070893) Yemen Balf LNG Terminal 317 Paragraph 12.83 1 line 10 For Ras al Uaydah Read Balf Paragraph 12.83 1 line 12 For Ras al Uaydah Read Balf Light 319 Paragraph 12.89 including heading Replace by: [31/10]
Northern entrance to Al arq

1
9.258 Directions (continued from 9.253 and 9.255). The channel leads about 1 mile E, passing (with positions... Paragraph 9.258 3 Replace by:
S of A Light Buoy (port hand) (7 cables WNW) which marks the W extremity of the entrance to the channel leading to Red Sea Gateway Terminal. (Directions for the commercial port continue at 9.259) After Paragraph 9.258 Insert:
7
Balf LNG Terminal

Chart 6, plan Balf LNG Terminal
General information
12.89 Position and function. Balf LNG Terminal (13 58 8N 48 10 1E) lies on the E side of Ghubbat al Ayn (12.113), close W of Balf Light (12.83). The terminal exports LNG. Port authority. Yemen LNG Company Ltd, PO Box 15347, Sanaa, Republic of Yemen. Website: www.yemenlng.com
Al arq to Red Sea Gateway Terminal

1
9.258a Directions. (continued from 9.258) The channel leads generally NE for about 2 miles, passing (with positions from Shib Jahn Light (21 28 5N 39 07 2E) (9.250)): Between A Light Buoy (port hand) (3 cables S) and B Light Buoy (E cardinal) (5 cables SE), thence; SE of Shib Jahn Light (9.250), standing on the S part of the W side of Shib Jahn, a partially drying reef which extends about 8 cables in a N/S direction, thence: NW of North Gateway (7 cables ESE) (9.260), thence: The track continues NE between paired lightbuoys (lateral) to a turning circle, radius 300 m, charted close off the berths. Paragraph 9.259 by:
1
Limiting conditions
1
line 1 including heading Replace
Al arq to main commercial port

1
9.259 Directions. (continued from 9.258) The channel continues E, passing (with positions from Bawbat al Mamarral Wus (Middle Gateway) North Light Beacon (21 28 0N 39 07 9E)): S of B Light Buoy (W cardinal) (3 cables W), which marks the E extremity of the entrance to the channel leading to Red Sea Gateway Terminal. Thence:
12.89a Limiting depth - LNG Jetty. Four light buoys (cardinal), moored in a SE/NW line mark the 12 m isobath passing close NE off the T-head and turning circle. Tidal levels. Mean maximum range at Balf about 1 5 m; mean minimum range about 0 4 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3. Maximum size of vessel handled: LNG jetty; vessels up to 205 000 m3. Local weather and sea state. The LNG Jetty is fully exposed to sea and swell during the SW monsoon (June to September). Wave heights may increase at a rate of 0 5 m per hour, with maximum wave height experienced during the afternoon. The SW monsoon wind tends to push vessels moored alongside the MOF Wharf off the berth. Due to the presence of a sensitive coral area in the vicinity, the port requires vessels to ensure they remain moored safely alongside. In the above circumstances, it is recommended that moorings are closely monitored.
2 - 179
Index
NP64
Arrival information
1 2
10
11
12.89b Notice of ETA should be sent on departure from previous port with updates 48, 24 and 6 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for further information. Anchoring is not allowed within terminal limits except in an emergency. Emergency anchorage, radius 500 m, charted as DW (deep water) anchorage, lies 1 miles NW of LNG Jetty. Submarine pipeline. A sea water intake pipe for the LNG plant, charted as an outfall, lies between MOF Wharf breakwater head and the trestle; buoys (special) mark its seaward end. Pilotage and tugs. Compulsory. Pilot boards seaward of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (13 59 0N 48 08 8E). LNG vessels generally berth during daylight hours. Vessels using MOF Wharf are generally berthed one hour either side of LW. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for further information. Restricted area. Restrictions apply in the approaches to the Marine Exclusion Zone (see below); see charted note. Marine Exclusion Zone. The terminal and DW anchorage lie within an exclusion zone, the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special); only vessels bound for the LNG Jetty or MOF Wharf with pilot on board and tugs secured are permitted to enter. Fish aggregating devices (FADs). See 12.113. Fishing. Extensive fishing is carried out in the vicinity mainly from poorly lit wooden craft which are difficult to detect by radar. It is recommended that vessels using the terminal keep a sharp lookout and give them a wide berth.
Berthing: LNG Jetty. From the vicinity of the fairway light buoy (13 59 0N 48 08 8E) the track leads E to the turning circle, diameter 750 m, situated close NW of the T-head. Vessels berth port side alongside LNG Jetty, bows SW. MOF Wharf leading lights: Front light (13 58 6N 48 10 7E); Rear light (160 m from front). From the vicinity of the fairway light buoy the alignment (093 8 ) of these lights leads to the turning circle, diameter 300 m, close W of the breakwater. Caution. The above lead clears the SW mooring dolphin (lit) of the LNG Jetty by less than 100 m.
Berths
1
12.89e LNG Jetty consists of a SW/NE orientated T-head, flanked on either side by mooring dolphins, connected to the shore by a 600 m trestle. The MOF Wharf is used by cargo vessels of up to 5000 dwt to offload supplies for the gas pipeline and plant.
Port services
1
12.89f Services. None available except general medical facilities at the plant clinic. Yemen LNG Company (SDD 2009000 150611) [51/09]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)

Havre de Mingan Limiting conditions; depths 92
Harbour
1
Paragraph 4.101
line 3 For 7 6 m Read 6 9 m [38/10]
12.89c Layout. The harbour consists of a T-headed (lit) LNG jetty and, about 4 cables SE, a marine offloading (MOF) wharf on the lee side of a short breakwater extending NW from the shore. The breakwater head lies about 300 m S of the trestle. Currents in the vicinity of Balf are influenced by the monsoons but are generally weak in nature with rates of less than 0 5 kn. Generally, currents run parallel to the coastline but can have a wind generated component following prolonged periods of wind from the same direction.
Canadian Eastern Notice 4432/08/2010 (SDD 2010000 140044)
Pointe des Ponts to Pointe Michel Directions; beacons 109 Paragraph 5.109 Replace by: 5.109
Useful mark
1
Directions
1
Godbout Wharf Light (square framework tower, 8 m in height) (49 19 3N 67 35 5W). (Directions continue for Baie des Anglais at 5.131, and for coastal passage at 5.143) Canada Eastern Notice 10/09 (SDD2009000 155185) [47/09]
12.89d Principal marks: Landmarks: Radio Tower (red and white bands) (13 58 5N 48 10 8E). White tank (S) (13 58 8N 48 10 7E). Major light: Balf Light (13 58 9N 48 11 2E). Other aid to navigation: Racon: Balf Light - as above. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 for details.
Pointe de LEst to le dEntre Wreck 130 Paragraph 6.32 2 lines 3-5 Delete Canada Eastern Notice 01/10 (SDD 2010000 017603) [07/10]
2 - 180
Index
NP65
Port of Sorel and Rivire Richelieu Basins and berths; anchorage 208 Paragraph 10.51 Replace by:
1
Campbeltown Loch Pilotage; depths 110 Paragraph 4.41 Replace by:

1
There are a number of designated anchorage berths located off the Route le de Grce in the vicinity of the entrance to Rivire Richelieu, in 9 to 10 m. These anchor berths are indicated on the plan of Port de Sorel. Canada Eastern Notice 10/09 (SDD 2009000 155188)
[47/09]
NP66 West Coast (2008 Edition)
of
Scotland
Pilot
Firth of Clyde Loch Striven Anchorages 52 line 9 Add:
Licensed pilots are available at Campbeltown. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels within the harbour limits. Exempted are vessels of less than 80 m in length and fishing vessels which are carrying marine harvests that they have caught themselves, unless the vessel is carrying dangerous or polluting substances in bulk (as defined in the Dangerous Substances in Harbour Area Regulations 1987) and excepting all vessels which are not gas free. Masters and First Mates of vessels holding a current PEC will be exempt from pilotage. Pilot boards 5 cables NE of Island Davaar Light (55 26 N 5 32 W), but vessels classed as large, LOA 125 m or over and/or a draught of 8 m, may be boarded 1 miles ENE of Island Davaar Light. For further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). 111 Paragraph 4.44 1 line 5-6 For has dredged depths (1983) of 4 m in the entrance. Read has dredged depths (2010) of 7 m in the entrance. Campbeltown Pilots (RSDRA 2010000 073137) Firth of Clyde Skipness Directions; useful mark Paragraph 4.74 115 line 2-5 Replace by: [21/10]

3
Lay-up anchorages are available in Loch Striven out of the main Clyde shipping routes. For details regarding lay-up and anchorage/rafting positions Clyde Port Harbour Master should be contacted well in advance. See also 3.322. 86 line 2 Add:
A designated lay-up anchorage exists within Loch Striven, S of Ardbeg Point (55 57 7N 5 06 3W) and N of the Experimental Area off Brackley Point (55 55 2N 5 03 4W). Large vessels normally anchor or raft together up to six abeast, with ships anchors marked by unlit surface buoys. Mariners transiting the lay-up area should proceed with due caution and where possible close the W side of Loch Striven during the transit. Clydeport Notice to Mariners 37/09 (SDD 2009000 054230)
Radio masts, 1 miles NNE of Skipness Point. 117 line 2-3 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.102
Radio masts, 1 miles NNE of Skipness Point. 118 line 4 Delete [51/09]
Paragraph 4.117
Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 2009000 169654)
[34/09]
Hebrides Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag Vertical clearances Paragraph 6.214 Paragraph 6.215 165 line 7 For 2 6 m Read 1 8 m line 11 For 3 8 m Read 3 0 m [14/09]
Firth of Clyde Helensburgh Prohibited activities 92 After Paragraph 3.366

2 1
1 1
line 10 Add:
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (HH. 066/200/03) Firth of Lorn Buoyage Paragraph 8.70 217 line 4-5 Replace by:
An area in which fishing and anchoring are prohibited fronts Helensburgh Pier (3.382) and extends 1 cables SSW from the pier. HMNB Clyde (SDD 2010000 029112)
[11/10]
...together, marked on their SW side by Bono Rock Light Buoy (W cardinal) and covered by a red...
2 - 181
Index
NP66
Paragraph 8.70
5
line 7 Replace by: Paragraph 9.186 Paragraph 9.186

4 5
Bogha Ghair is marked on the NE side by Bogha Ghair Light Buoy (port hand) and is covered by a red sector... Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 20090000 023773) The Small Isles Sea state 284 Paragraph 9.128
1 1
295 line 2 For 18 m Read 14 2 m line 8 Replace by:
...Promontory (9.179), thence: [16/09] After Paragraph 9.186

5
line 8 Add:
SW of a detached shoal with a least depth of 14 4 m (6 miles NW). 296 line 2 For 17 8 m Read 13 6 m line 1 For 13 5 m Read 11 5 m 297 line 2 Add:
line 1-3 Replace by: Paragraph 9.192 Paragraph 9.192

2 5
In areas of shallow water, wind combined with strong tidal streams can cause very heavy seas. It has been reported that exceptionally large waves can sometimes form in relatively calm seas in the vicinity of Maxwell Bank (56 51 N 6 06 W) and Bo Faskadale (56 48 N 6 06 W). Marine Accident Investigation Branch (SDD 2010000 016235) [08/10]
SE of a detached shoal with a depth of 17 6 m (4 miles SW), thence: Paragraph 9.197

3
Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards Depth Paragraph 9.130 285 line 1 For 16 6 m Read 12 5 m [33/09]
MV Seabeam (SDD 2009000 100135)
299 Paragraph 9.214 1 line 1 For 57 09 2N 6 00 6W Read 57 09 0N 6 01 0W After Paragraph 9.214

1
line 5 Add:
Outer Hebrides South Uist - Loch Boisdale Light beacon Paragraph 11.130 patches. 366 lines 4-6 Delete Gasay Light To
SSE of a detached shoal of 18 0 m (2 miles WSW), thence: Paragraph 9.215 1 line 1 For 57 09 2N 6 00 6W Read 57 09 0N 6 01 0W After Paragraph 9.215
1
Paragraph 11.130 7 lines 2-6 Delete The alignment To cables. Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 26/09 (SDD 2009000 109009) [36/09]
line 3 Add:
W of a detached shoal of 18 0 m (2 miles WSW), thence: 310 line 7 Add:
Hebrides Sound of Harris Passage Paragraph 12.235 BA Chart 2802 (HH. 066/200/03) 398 line 4-5 Delete along To chart [11/09]
SW of a detached shoal with two heads of 19 6 m (3 miles SSW), thence: BA Charts 1796; 2207; 2208 (HH.066/200/03)
[48/09]
The Small Isles Directions; depths Paragraph 9.130 285 line 1 For 17 8 m Read 17 9 m 286 line 2 For 14 7 m Read 12 8 m line 1 For 17 8 m Read 17 5 m line 1 For 15 2 m Read 11 3 m Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhes Marine nature reserve 8 line 1 Delete
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot (2008 Edition)
8 3 4
Paragraph 9.133 4 line 4-5 Delete These To charted. Paragraph 9.133

5
Paragraph 1.57
2 - 182
Index
NP67
155 After Paragraph 5.176 1 Insert: 5.176a Marine nature reserve. The Berlengas Nature Reserve has been established in the waters surrounding Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhes as shown on the chart Restrictions apply regarding navigation and anchoring within the designated area and the following activities are prohibited: Dumping of waste and spoil, particularly hazardous or toxic material. Carrying out any activity that might have a detrimental effect on any aspect of the nature reserve. Any underwater activity unless specifically authorised. For further information see 1.56 The area is inadequetely surveyed and mariners should exercise caution if navigating in the vicinity. 156 Delete Paragraph 5.4
1 1
129 Replace by:
For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel traffic services see 2.28. 186 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.9
1
For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel traffic services see 2.28. Portuguese Notice 3/171/2009 (SDDs 2009000 009606; 019449) [23/09]
Spain - North-west coast - Ra de Arousa Ensenada de Vilagarcia Directions; major light; buoyage 105 Paragraph 4.84
1 1
Paragraph 5.177
Paragraph 5.180 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.180 Portuguese Notice 3/172/2009 (SDD 2009000 029231) Portugal - Vessel traffic service Mandatory reporting system 61 Replace by:
4
Major Light: Vilagarcia de Arousa Light (42 36 41N 8 46 07W) (round tower, 9 m in height). From the vicinity of 42 35 2N 8 50 8W, a position in the main channel between Bajo Fanequeira (4.76) and Bajo El Seijo (4.76), the track leads ENE in the white sector (070 -071 ) of Vilagarcia de Arousa Light, to the entrance to the bay passing (with positions from Islote Gorma (42 35 1N 8 48 4W)): After Paragraph 4.84
3
[21/09]
line 5 Add:
NNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (9 cables NNE), 6 cables WSW of the head of Dique de Ferrazo (42 36 03N 8 47 14W). The buoy marks the W extremity of the 9 m dredged channel (2000). Thence: Paragraph 4.84
4
Paragraph 2.28
1
A voluntary traffic service operates off the Portuguese coast up to a limit of approximately 50 miles. A mandatory vessel reporting system (COPREP), operated from Roca Control, has been established in accordance with SOLAS Regulation V/11. COPREP is incorporated within the voluntary traffic service limits and includes TSS schemes off Cabo da Roca and Cabo de So Vicente. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). 62 Replace by:
NNW of Dique de Ferrazo to the allocated berth. Spanish Notice 16/124/10 (SDD 2010000 067322) [20/10]
Portugal - Leixes - Outer approaches Depth 136 After Paragraph 5.45

5 4
Insert:
Paragraph 2.40
1
Clear of (according to draught) a depth of 18 6 m (3 miles SW), which lies 8 cables NW of the charted pilot boarding position for Leixes. 139 Paragraph 5.71
1
For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel traffic services see 2.28. 63 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.50
1
...(41 09 N 8 41 W (5.97) passes S of an 18 6 m depth (5.45) and leads to a position S of Canal Exterior and generally S of vessels anchored off the port. Portuguese Notice 344/09 (SDD 2010000 009505) [07/10]
For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel traffic services see 2.28.
2 - 183
Index
NP67
Portugal - Leixes Outer anchorage 138 Paragraph 5.61
1 1
Portugal - Porto da Figueira da Foz Directions; leading lights 149 Paragraph 5.156
2 2
Outer anchorage. An anchorage area with depths between 27 and 39 m has been established bounded by the following positions: 41 06 N 8 49 W 41 06 N 8 45 W 41 11 N 8 45 W 41 11 N 8 49 W. However strong W winds may make this anchorage impractible. 139 Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Paragraph 5.71 1 lines 7 to 9 Replace by: ...(41 09 N 8 41 W) (5.97) passes through the outer anchorage (5.61), S of an 18 6 m depth (5.45), and then leads to a position S of Canal Exterior. Portuguese Notice 201/10 (SDD 2010000 071964)
Entry. From the vicinity of 40 07 5N 8 54 0W, the alignment (046 ) of leading lights, positioned 3 cables NNE of Molhe S head, leads between... Portuguese Notice 259/10 (SDD 2010000 110964) Portugal - Porto de Lisboa Vessel traffic service 162 Paragraph 5.230 Replace by: [30/10]
[21/10]
A mandatory VTS system is in operation for the control of navigation within the port limits. It provides information and advice to vessels navigating inside the Tagus river estuary and the seaward approaches up to a line joining Cabo Espichel Light (38 24 9N 9 13 0W) (5.207) and Cabo Raso Light, 21 miles NW. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Lisbon Port Authority (SDD 2009000 151106) Spain - Ro Guadalquivir Pilot boarding positions 205 [48/09]
Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions Leading lights 142 Paragraph 5.99

3 3
lines 1 to 4 Replace by: Paragraph 6.134

2
Entry leading lights. Front light (red column, white stripes on wall, 6 m in height) (41 08 85N 8 40 30W), situated on the wall near the river. Rear light (red structure, white stripes on church tower, 1 m in height) (about 1 cables NE of front light). The alignment (059 ) of these lights leads NE between the breakwaters, Molhe Norte and Molhe Sul, from which lights (white columns, lateral markings) are exhibited. Portuguese Notice 142/10 (SDD 2010000 036907)
Pilot stations are located at Chipiona (36 44 91N 6 25 73W) and Sevilla (37 20 07N 5 59 65W). The Chipiona pilot boards 1 miles NNW of Punta del Perro (36 44 27N 6 26 54W) in the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (safe water). Spanish Notice 7/39/2010 (SDDs 2010000 029181; 029187) Spain - Puerto de Cdiz Vessel traffic service 215 Paragraph 6.226 Including heading Replace by: [11/10]
[13/10]
Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal Directions: light

1

6.226 A mandatory VTS system (Cdiz Trfico) is in operation for the approaches and port of Cdiz. The boundaries of the Cdiz VTS area are the same as those for the port limits of Cdiz described at 6.215. For further details, including mandatory reporting requirements, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Spanish Notices Week 41(SD)/2008 (SDD 2008000 082496) [03/09]
Paragraph 5.140
6
147 lines 1 to 4 Replace by:
Thence the track, marked by light buoys (lateral), continues SE in mid-channel to the following alignment. Portuguese Notice 241/09 (SDD 2009000 068385)
[33/09]
2 - 184
Index
NP67
Gibraltar Off-port operations 235 After Paragraph 7.68
1
Morocco Tanger-Mditerrane 237 Paragraphs 7.77 to 7.80 Including headings and existing Section IV Notice Week 25/10 Replace by:
Insert:
Off-port operations
1
7.68a Off-port operations may be carried out in designated areas to the E and SE of Europa Point. See 7.133a.
TANGER-MDITERRANE General information

Chart 1912
Position and function

2 1
Insert:
Off-port operations
1
7.133a Off-port operations occur within the following areas: Area 1: Centred on 36 07 0N 5 15 5W with a radius of 1 mile. Area 2: Centred on 36 02 0N 5 15 0W with a radius of 2 miles. Within the above areas vessels may be taking on stores whilst transiting at low speed. For further details contact Gibraltar Port Authority. Gibraltar Port Authority (SDD 2010000 077241) [27/10]
7.77 Tanger-Mditerrane (35 54 0N 5 29 5W) (also known as Tanger-Med) is a modern deepwater port, recently opened (2007), on the N coast of Morocco. The port has facilities for container traffic; RoRo; passenger; bulk cargo, particularly grain; and hydrocarbons.
Port Authority
7.78 E-mail: info.ptm@tmsa.ma Website: www.tmsa.ma
Arrival information Vessel traffic service

1
7.79 Vessel traffic service, GIBREP, is in operation for the regulation of shipping. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
Gibraltar Directions; exclusion zone Paragraph 7.74

11
Notice of ETA required

1
11
236 Replace by:
SSE of the exclusion zone (7.146) surrounding Europa Point Light (7.71). Los Picos Light Buoy (S cardinal) lies 7 cables SE of the point and is fitted with a racon. Thence the route leads E into the Mediterranean Sea.
7.80 Vessels should advise ETA directly or via agent 24 hours prior to arrival, or upon departure last port if less than 24 hours distant.
Anchorages
1
248 Paragraph 7.146 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 21/09 Replace by:
1
Prohibited areas. The Gibraltar Port Authority has declared an exclusion zone (EZ) of 1 mile radius centred on Europa Point Light (7.71) within the white sector (197 -042 ) of the light. Entry into the EZ is limited to vessels of less than 24 m in length. An EZ also exists on the eastern side of Gibraltar for a distance of 2 cables to seaward of the end of the airport runway. Gibraltar Notice 12/2009 (SDD 2009000 186734) [04/10]
7.80a Two anchorage areas have been established in the Strait of Gibraltar to the west of Tanger-Mditerrane and are shown on the chart. Anse Grande anchorage is situated 1 mile NE of Hejar Lesfar. This anchorage only has the capacity to accommodate one large vessel. A larger anchorage area is situated 1 miles NNW of Ksar es Srhir. Both the above anchorages are defined as temporary holding areas, due to poor holding ground and severe weather conditions that may prevail. Vessels use these anchorages for stays less than 24 hours. An additional anchorage area for large vessels to the S of the Ceuta peninsula centred on 35 49 0N 5 19 4W is shown on the chart.
Prohibited area
1
7.80b An area where entry is prohibited is established around the construction of Tanger-Mditerrane 2 (7.80d).
2 - 185
Index
NP67
Pilotage
1 2
7.80c For entry into Tanger-Mditerrane port, two pilot boarding positions have been established: Tanger-Mditerrane 1: The pilot boards in position 35 56 2N 5 27 5W. Tanger-Mditerrane (Passenger and RoRo Port): The pilot boards at 35 54 8N 5 32 2W.
Useful marks Main jetty head light (green pylon, 6 m in height) (35 53 1N 5 31 3W). Secondary jetty head light (red pylon, 6 m in height) (35 52 9N 5 31 1W).
Basins and berths Tanger-Mditerrane 1

1

1
7.80d Tanger-Mditerrane deep water port is a multipurpose port consisting of three large basins. Tanger-Mditerrane 1: the eastern basin used by container, bulk and RoRo vessels. Tanger-Mditerrane (Passenger and RoRo Port): located 1 miles SW of Tanger-Mditerrane 1. Tanger-Mditerrane 2: under construction (2010); immediately SW of the Passenger and RoRo Port. It will be used by container vessels.
7.80i The port comprises a basin protected from the NW by a breakwater extending 1 mile NE, the end of which is marked by a light (7.80f). An inner breakwater, marked by a light, extends from the NE corner in a SW direction and an entrance between the breakwaters facing NE is 300 m in width. There are 1600 m of quays and the maximum depth is 16 m.
Tanger-Mditerrane (Passenger and RoRo Port)

1
Directions for entering harbour Principal marks

1
7.80e Major lights Pointe Ciris Light (35 54 4N 5 28 9W) (7.74).
7.80j The port is protected from the W by a 1250 m breakwater extending NW then N. An inner breakwater extends W from the NE corner of the port, leaving an entrance of 250 m. The depth in the entrance is 15 3 m. There are 5 piers extending perpendicularly from the shoreline varying in length from 160 m to 200 m. These provide 8 berths. Spanish Notice 30/SD/2010 (SDD 2010000 122420) [35/10]

1
7.80f Racon: Beacon (N cardinal) (35 54 8N 5 28 9W) situated 2 cables N of Ras Ciress. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. AIS: TM1 Light Buoy (35 54 3N 5 29 2W). For information see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Lnea Anchorages 241 Paragraph 7.110

2 2-5
Replace by:
Entry into Tanger-Mditerrane 1

1
7.80g From the pilot boarding position (7.80b) the track leads SW for approximately 2 miles until within the white sector (152 -188 ) of the Inner Breakwater Root light (35 53 9N 5 29 2W). Approach to the basin is made in the white sector, as far as the alignment (210 ) of the following leading lights, which gives passage between the breakwaters; lights (lateral) are exhibited from the heads of the breakwaters. Front light (column, 5 m in height) (35 52 2N 5 30 8W). Rear light (similar construction) (140 m further SW).
Entry into Tanger-Mditerrane (Passenger and RoRo Port)

1
7.80h From the pilot boarding position (7.80b) the track leads SSE for 1 miles to the entrance of the basin. The chart is then sufficient guide.
Four anchorage areas have been established, and are shown on the chart as follows: Area A, situated in the N part of Gibraltar Bay, extending 5 cables S of CEPSA Oil Terminal refinery pier (36 10 7N 5 23 8W) and 5 cables SW of Crinavis Shipyard (36 10 7N 5 22 8W) in depths of between 22 m and 100 m. Area B, situated between the prohibited anchorage (7.111) around the SBM and the NE entrance to Puerto de Algeciras, in depths of between 10 m and 100 m. Area C, situated E of detached mole under construction (2006), which lies 8 cables E of Isla Verde, in depths of between 39 m and 137 m. Area D, situated NE of Punta Carnero in depths of between 25 m and 74 m. Caution. Depths decrease rapidly as the shores are approached and regular soundings should be made before dropping anchor. Spanish Notice 20/SD/2010 (SDD 20100000 080514) [26/10]
2 - 186
Index
NP67
Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Lnea Pilot boarding positions 241-242 Replace by: Paragraph 7.143 4 line 7 Add: For details of exclusion zone see 7.146 After Paragraph 7.146 1 Insert: Prohibited areas. A permanent exclusion zone (EZ) exists within a 1 mile radius of Europa Point (7.71). An EZ also exists on the eastern side of Gibraltar for a distance of 2 cables seaward of the end of the airport runway. Gibraltar Port Authority (SDDs 2009000 012541; 014094; 028701; 029753; 032373; ALRS Vol 6(2)) [21/09] Gibraltar Anchorage east of the Rock 248 Paragraph 7.143 1 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 21/09 Replace by:
1
Paragraph 7.112
Pilotage and tugs

1
7.112 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 tonnes in the Algeciras-La Lnea port area and is available 24 hours. There are two pilot boarding positions: 2 miles E of Punta de San Garca (7.97), for vessels bound for Puerto Algeciras and Isla Verde. 1 miles ESE of the head of Dique de Abrigo (Ingeniero Castor R. del Valle) (36 08 5N 5 25 7W), for vessels bound for Puerto Acerinox and other terminals in the N of Gibraltar Bay. The pilot launch is white with the letter P in black on each bow. In E gales the pilot launch awaits vessels under the lee of the head of Dique de Abrigo (Ingeniero Castor R. del Valle). Tugs are available. Spanish Notice 49/337/2009 (SDDs 2009000 184995; 188486) Gibraltar Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 247 Insert:
Large vessels, many awaiting orders, anchor on the E side of Gibraltar. The charted anchorage lies between 5 cables and 2 miles offshore, clear of exclusion zones around Europa Point and the airport runway (7.146). Anchoring within 5 cables of the shore is prohibited. Gibraltar Port Authority (SDD 2009000 038072) Arquiplago dos Aores - Terceira Praia da Vitria Light 274 Paragraph 8.106
1
[04/10]
[24/09]

1
7.139a A VTS provides a traffic control and information service within the territorial waters of Gibraltar and for vessels proceeding to the anchorage E of Gibraltar. The system is mandatory for all vessels over 8 m LOA. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Paragraph 7.141 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Anchorage may be obtained W of the North, Detached and South Moles but clear of the exclusion zone surrounding Europa Point (7.146) and the prohibited area described below. The anchorage is exposed to SW winds... Paragraph 7.142 1 line 3 Replace by: ...extending 1 cables W from the the extremity of Gibraltar... 248 Paragraph 7.143 1 Replace by: Large vessels, many awaiting orders, anchor on the E side of Gibraltar. During W winds good anchorage can be obtained up to 5 miles offshore. Anchoring within 1 miles of the coast is prohibited.
Entrance directional light. The harbour is entered in the white sector (260 -270 ) of Praia da Victria Entrance Light (post, 7 m in height) (38 43 36N 27 03 84W). Portuguese Notice 2/143/10 (SDD 2010000 036908) [16/10]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Casco Bay and Portland Harbor Recommended routes 99 After Paragraph 3.131 Insert:
Recommended routes
1
3.131a Recommended two-way routes have been established through Hussey Sound (3.162) to Cousins Island (3.166), Broad Sound (3.137) to the berth (3.143) at Harpswell Neck, and the approaches to Portland Harbor. Deep-draught vessels, tugs and barges are requested to follow the designated routes.
2 - 187
Index
NP68
2
The routes were designed to reduce the potential for conflict with pleasure craft, fishing gear and other small craft, and to reduce the potential for grounding or collision. Vessels are responsible for their own safety and are not required to remain inside the routes nor are fishermen required to keep fishing gear outside the routes. Other vessels, while not excluded from these routes, should exercise caution in and around these areas and should monitor VHF channels for information concerning deep-draught commercial vessels, tugs and barges transiting these routes.
Vineyard Sound - South-west approaches Directions; wreck 155 Paragraph 5.109 (5.102). US Chart 13218 (SDD 2009000 179678) [10/10]
2
Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches - Woods Hole Directions; buoy 157 Paragraph 5.115
3
Recommended route
1
3.173a See 3.131a. US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3 (HH 078/550/11) [37/10]
WSW of Great Ledge (3 cables S), marked by No 4 Buoy (starboard hand), thence: US Notice 50/13235/09 (SDD 2009000 185313) [10/10]
Portland Harbor Pilotage 103 Paragraph 3.174

1 1
Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor Limiting conditions Depths 168 Paragraph 5.225
1 1
Replace by:
See 3.201.
106 Paragraph 3.201

1
Project depths in the entrance channel, basin and inner harbour anchorage area are 4 6 m (15 ft). US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 6 (SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10]
line 4 Replace by:
Pilots embark within a 2 mile radius of P Light Buoy (43 32 N... US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3 (HH 078/550/11) [37/10]
Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions Depths 182
Salem Sound and adjacent waters Directions; light buoy 125 Paragraph 4.35
2 1
Paragraph 6.24
Project depth in the entrance channel is 5 5 m (18 ft). US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 6 (SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10]
US Notice 51/13267/09 (SDD 2009000 189337)
Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals Directions; ODAS buoy Paragraph 5.8 145 line 1 Delete [35/10]
Long Island Sound - Plum Gut Dangerous wreck 187 Paragraph 6.87
1
US Notice 32/13203/10 (SDD 2010000 124632)
US Notice 10/12358/10 (SDD 2010000 035239)
2 - 188
Index
NP68
Port Chester Harbor Depths 202 Paragraph 6.243
1 2
Approaches to Boston Harbor Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports 252 Paragraph 165.117 including heading Replace by:
Project depths are 3 7 m (12 ft) in the anchorage area and entrance channel, thence 3 0 m (10 ft) to the turning basin, thence 0 9 m (3 ft) to the head of the project. US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 2 (SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10]
165.117 Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports, First Coast Guard District.
(a) Location. (1) Regulated navigation areas. All waters within a 1000 meter radius of the geographical positions set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are designated as regulated navigation areas. (2) Safety and security zones. All waters within a 500 meter radius of the geographic positions set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are designated as safety and security zones. (3) Coordinates. (i) The geographic coordinates forming the loci for the regulated navigation areas, safety and security zones for the Northeast Gateway Deepwater Port are: 42 23 38 N., 070 35 31 W.; and 42 23 56 N., 070 37 00 W. (NAD 83). (ii) The geographic coordinates forming the loci for the regulated navigation areas, safety and security zones for the Neptune Deepwater Port are: 42 29 12 3 N., 070 36 29 7 W.; and 42 27 20 5 N., 070 36 07 3 W. (b) Definitions. As used in this section Authorized representative means a Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer assisting the Captain of the Port (COTP) Boston. Deepwater port means any facility or structure meeting the definition of deepwater port 33 CFR 148.5. Dredge means fishing gear consisting of a mouth frame attached to a holding bag constructed of metal rings or mesh. Support vessel means any vessel meeting the definition of support vessel in 33 CFR 148.5. Trap means a portable, enclosed device with one or more gates or entrances and one or more lines attached to surface floats used for fishing. Also called a pot. (c) Applicability. This section applies to all vessels operating in the regulated navigation areas set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, except (1) Those vessels conducting cargo transfer operations with the deepwater ports whose coordinates are provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. (2) Support vessels operating in conjunction therewith, and (3) Coast Guard vessels or other law enforcement vessels operated by or under the direction of an authorized representative of the COTP Boston.
New York Harbor and adjacent waters Entrance channels and Lower Bay Racons 216 Paragraph 7.73
1
line 2 Replace by:
A Light Buoy (40 27 N 73 50 W). S Light Buoy (40 27 N 73 55 W). US Light List Corrections Week 46/09 (SDD 2009000 164502)
[10/10]
Kill Van Kull Depths 226 Paragraph 7.129 10 7 m (35 ft)

1
line 3 For 12 5 m (41 ft) Read
US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 2 (SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10]
South Brother Island Channel Depths 231 Paragraph 7.165 1 and 7.165 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1
South Brother Island Channel, project depth 10 7 m (35 ft), leads from deep water E of North Brother Island (40 48 N 73 54 W), and along the W side of Rikers Island to a turning basin on the W side of Bowery Bay. The channel is marked by buoys and light buoys. Vessel Mast Heights. Vessels using South Brother Island Channel and the turning basin at its S end should ballast... US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 4 (SDD 2009000 194556) [10/10]
2 - 189
Index
NP68
(d) Regulations. (1) No vessel may anchor, engage in diving operations, or commercial fishing using nets, dredges, traps (pots), or use of remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) in the regulated navigation areas set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (2) In accordance with the general regulations in 165.23 and 165.33 of this part, entry into or movement within the safety and security zones designated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is prohibited unless authorized by the COTP Boston, or his/her authorized representative. (3) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of this section, tankers and support vessels, as defined in 33 CFR 148.5, operating in the vicinity of NEGDWP are authorized to enter and move within such zones in the normal course of their operations following the requirements set forth in 33 CFR 150.340 and 150.345, respectively. (4) All vessels operating within the safety and security zones described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section must comply with the instructions of the COTP or his/her authorized representative. US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 8 (HH 078/550/11) [39/10]
1 6
Southeast US Seasonal Management Area. From 15th November to 15th April a US Southeast Seasonal Management Area, has been established and bounded as follows: To the N by latitude 31 27 00 N. To the S by latitude 29 45 00 N. To the E by longitude 80 51 36 W. Mandatory Speed Restrictions. All vessels of 19 8 m (65 ft) or more LOA, and subject to the jurisdiction of, or entering or departing a port or place within the US must reduce speed to 10 kn or less in the Seasonal Management Areas. Vessels may operate at a speed greater than 10 kn only if necessary to maintain a safe manoeuvring speed in an area where conditions severely restrict vessel manoeuvrability as determined by the pilot or master. If a deviation from the 10 kn speed restriction is necessary, the following information must be entered into the logbook: Reasons for deviation. Speed at which vessel is operated Latitude and longitude at time of deviation. Time and duration of deviation. Master of the vessel shall sign and date the logbook entry. 65 After Paragraph 3.55 3 line 6 Insert: 3.55a North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 66 After Paragraph 3.62 2 line 4 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 101 After Paragraph 4.4 5 line 2 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 104 After Paragraph 4.22 1 line 6 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 185 After Paragraph 7.47 2 line 6 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 189 After Paragraph 7.70 3 line 7 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 192 line 3 Insert:
NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
North Atlantic right whale US Seasonal Management Areas; mandatory speed restrictions 7 After Paragraph 1.54 3 line 3 Add: Mid-Atlantic US Seasonal Management Areas. From 1st November to 30th April, Mid-Atlantic US Seasonal Management Areas in the entrances to Delaware Bay (3.45), Chesapeake Bay (4.1), Morehead City and Beaufort Inlet (7.83), and between Wilmington (7.169) and Brunswick (8.191) have been established as follows: Within a 20 mile radius from position 38 52 27 4 N 75 01 32 1 W. Within a 20 mile radius from position 37 00 36 9 N 75 57 50 5 W. Within a 20 mile radius from position 34 41 32 0 N 76 40 08 3 W. Within 20 miles from the shore bounded by the following positions: 34 10 30 N 77 49 12 W. 33 56 42 N 77 31 30 W. 33 36 30 N 77 47 06 W. 33 28 24 N 78 32 30 W. 32 59 06 N 78 50 18 W. 31 50 00 N 80 33 12 W. 31 27 00 N 80 51 36 W and due W back to the shore.
Traffic regulations
1
7.100a North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 195 After Paragraph 7.125 4 line 6 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 197 After Paragraph 7.139 1 line 4 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
2 - 190
Index
NP69
201 After Paragraph 7.186 1 line 3 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 203 After Paragraph 7.203 1 line 2 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 209 Paragraph 8.6 2 line 3 Replace by: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54 and 8.117. 210 After Paragraph 8.16 1 line 7 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. After Paragraph 8.18
1 3
248 After Paragraph 9.94 2 line 8 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 254 After Paragraph 9.134 2 line 7 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. US Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries Service (HH. 069/200/01) [01/09] Philadelphia Directions; lights Paragraph 3.277
3
line 5 Insert:
89-90 line 7 Replace by:
Traffic regulations
1
...Directional Light (3.279). Paragraph 3.279 including heading Replace by:
8.18a North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 215 After Paragraph 8.48 8 line 2 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. After Paragraph 8.97
1
Horseshoe Bend Directional Light

1
221 line 5 Insert:
Traffic regulations
1
8.97a North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 224 Paragraph 8.117 1 line 3 Replace by: A mandatory ship reporting system and mandatory speed restrictions have been established... 226 After Paragraph 8.142 4 line 6 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 231 Paragraph 8.180 2 line 1 Replace by: North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speed restrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two-Way Whale Avoidance Routes... 234 After Paragraph 8.213 2 line 4 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 240 Paragraph 9.18 1 line 1 Replace by: North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speed restrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two-Way Whale Avoidance Routes have... 241 After Paragraph 9.26 3 line 8 Insert: North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54. 244 Paragraph 9.63 3 line 1 Replace by: North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speed restrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two-Way Whale Avoidance Routes have...
2
3.279 Directional Light (green square on multi-pile structure) (39 53 2N 75 08 1W). The line of bearing 061 of this light leads through Horseshoe Bend, a dredged channel marked by light buoys and buoys (lateral). Thence the track alters onto the Horseshoe Range Leading Lights. US Notice 24/12313/09 (SDD 2009000 043511) Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point Directions; wrecks 97 Paragraph 3.353 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: ESE of Isle of Wight Shoal (9 miles ENE), thence: Paragraph 3.353 5 lines 1-2 Replace by: [27/09]
Clear of a wreck (24 miles SSE), with a depth of 16 7 m (55 ft) over it, thence: US Notice 48/12211/09 (SDD 2009000 174349) [51/09]
Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay Directions; wreck Paragraph 4.30

3
US Notice 35/12208/08 (SDD 2008000 071668)
James River - Upper part Directions 121 Paragraph 4.159 3 lines 4-7 Replace by: ...artificial channel cut through its base. US Notice 10/12252/09 (SDD 2009000 015826) [14/09]
2 - 191
Index
NP69
Mattaponi River Vertical clearances Paragraph 4.248 131 lines 2-6 Replace by: Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point Directions; obstruction After Paragraph 5.19 134 line 5 Insert:
Lord Delaware Bridge (37 32 N 76 48 W), a fixed bridge with a vertical clearance of 16 7 m (55 ft), spans the river 5 cables NE of West Point (4.244). US Notice 20/12243/09 (SDD 2009000 036332)
WSW of an obstruction (9 miles SSE), with a depth of 4 5 m (15 ft) over it, thence: US Notice 47/12228/09 (SDD 2009000 169813) [50/09]
[25/09] Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point Directions; obstruction 134-135 Paragraph 5.19 4 lines 3-5 Replace by: ... off Smith Point. An obstruction with 17 m (56 ft) over it lies 1 miles SE of SP Light Buoy. A further obstruction (reported, position approximate), with 19 2 m (63 ft) over it, lies 8 cables SE of the light buoy. Three wrecks lie between 1 and... US Notice 48/12228/09 (SDD 2009000 174817) [51/09]
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point Directions; buoyage; wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish haven 134 Paragraph 5.19 2-3 Including Section IV Notice Week 50/09 Replace by:
2
Clear of RP Light Buoy (safe water) (11 miles SSE), thence: WSW of a 10 9 m (36 ft) shoal (11 miles SSE, thence: Clear of a wreck (reported) with 22 8 m (75 ft) over it (10 miles SSE), thence: Clear of a wreck with 14 9 m (49 ft) over it (10 miles SSE), thence: WSW of an obstruction with 4 5 m (15 ft) over it (9 miles SSE), thence: Clear of a wreck with 24.9 m (82 ft) over it (8 miles SSE), thence: To a position W of No 62 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (7 miles SSE) and two obstructions which lie 3 and 8 cables NE of it with least depths of 12 1 m (40 ft) and 7 3 m (24 ft) respectively. The track then leads NNE for 5 miles to Smith Point TSS (5.14), passing (with postions relative to Smith Point): Clear of a wreck with 20 7 m (68 ft) over it (7 miles SSE), thence: ESE of IGW Light Buoy (port hand) (6 miles SSE), thence: ESE of an obstruction (position approximate) (reported 1977) (5 miles SSE), thence: WNW of a fish haven (7 miles SE), thence: ESE of an obstruction with 10 m (33 ft) over it (3 miles SE), thence: ESE of No 63A Buoy (port hand) (3 miles SE), thence: To a position at the beginning of the Smith Point TSS. Thence the track continues NNE through the TSS, passing (with positions relative to Smith Point): US Notice 49/12228/09 (SDD 2009000 180131)
Choptank River Light Paragraph 5.184 Paragraph 5.186 152 line 1 Delete Light lines 5-6 Replace by:
1 1
...positions relative to the disused lighthouse (38 38 3N 76 22 5W) on Sharps Island): Paragraph 5.186 2 line 5 For Sharps Island Light Read the disused lighthouse US Coast Pilot 3 42nd Edition 2009 Change No 10 (SDD 2009000 108814) [38/09] Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet Directions; tower Paragraph 7.24
6
183 lines 9-10 Delete [49/08]
USCG District 5 LNM 20/12200/08 (HH. 614/600/03) Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras Directions; tower After Paragraph 7.25
2
183 line 9 Insert:
E of Tower C (yellow framework tower) (16 miles SE), thence: USCG District 5 LNM 20/12200/08 (HH. 614/600/03) [49/08]
[01/10]
2 - 192
Index
NP69
Cape Fear River Vertical clearance 197 Paragraph 7.141 1 Replace by: An overhead power cable, with a safe vertical clearance of 45 4 m (149 ft) over the main channel, spans Cape Fear River 5 miles below Wilmington. US Notice 12/11537/09 (SDD 2009000 020404) Charleston - Fort Sumter Range Directions 211 Paragraph 8.29 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel Paragraph 8.33 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel 214 Paragraph 8.44 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel 215 Paragraph 8.48 3 line 4 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 5-6 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel Paragraph 8.54 2 lines 3-4 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel 216 Paragraph 8.56 1 lines 1-2 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel Paragraph 8.57 2 line 4 For Fort Sumter Range Read Entrance Channel US Notice 39/11523/09 (SDD 2009000 139171) Port Royal Sound Approach and entry 222 Paragraph 8.107
3 3
[14/09]
Approach and entry. Port Royal Sound is approached through a dredged channel across a bar, marked by light buoys (lateral), and entered between Bay Point (32 15 41N 80 38 16W), and Hilton Head, the E extremity of Hilton Head Island, 2 miles SSW. US Notice 22/11516/10 (SDD 2010000 084722) [24/10]
Savannah Directions; leading lights 229 Paragraph 8.158 4 lines 1-3 Delete US Coastguard Local Notice 48/09 District 7 Section VIII (SDD 2009000 179447) [31/10] Savannah Directions; lights Paragraph 8.158
4
229 lines 6-8 Delete [14/09]
US Notice 10/11514/09 (SDD 2009000 015812)
Brunswick Harbor Project depths 233 Paragraph 8.200 1 line 5 For 9 1 m (30 ft) Read 10 9 m (35 ft) Paragraph 8.200 11 2 m (37 ft)
1
lines 6-7 For 9 1 m (30 ft) Read
US Notice 46/11506/09 (SDD 2009000 164402)
[49/09]
Brunswick Regulations concerning entry [44/09] Paragraph 8.214 Charleston Harbor Directions; tower Paragraph 8.58
2 1
234 line 2 Replace by: ...Georgia Ports Authority... Paragraph 8.214 3-6 including title Replace by:
3
216 lines 1-3 Delete
US Notice 30/11523/08 (SDD 2008000 062478)
[49/08]
The advice and recommendations of the Brunswick Bar Pilots should be followed by mariners intending to transit the Sidney Lanier Bridge. US Coast Pilot 4 40th Edition 2008 Changes 14 and 19 (SDDs 2009000 036987; 102897) [38/09] Saint Marys Entrance Directions; lights Paragraph 9.31
3
Charleston Harbor - South Channel Directions; dangerous wreck 217 Paragraph 8.66
3
lines 1-2 Delete
241 Delete [14/09]
US Notice 45/11518/09 (SDD 2009000 158992)
[48/09]
US Notice 11/11503/09 (SDD 2009000 018563)
2 - 193
Index
NP69A
NP69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel Vertical clearance 175 Paragraph 7.74 1 line 9 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 48/09 Replace by: ...a safe vertical clearance of 59 4 m (195 ft). US Notice 31/11311/10 (SDD 2010000 121317) [33/10]
Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz Pilotage; tugs 153 Paragraph 6.236 Replace by:
1
Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The pilot boards from a boat marked with the pilot flag on the bows. The embarkation place is reported (2009) to be in the vicinity of the fairway light buoy SSE of Isla Verde (19 12 N 96 04 W), or farther out on request. Anchoring within the reefs and inside the harbour must be carried out with the assistance of a pilot. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7). Paragraph 6.237 Replace by:
1
Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula Security zone 273 Paragraph 10.155 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Speed limit. Vessels should not exceed a speed of 5 kn between the entrance to Arlington Channel (10.138) and the head of Chickasaw Creek. Security zone. A 500 yard security zone is established around any escorted vessel within the COTP Zone, Mobile. For further details see Appendix V. 300 After 165.814 Insert: 165.836 Security Zone; Escorted Vessels, Mobile, Alabama, Captain of the Port. (a) Definitions. The following definitions apply to this section: COTP means Captain of the Port Mobile, AL. Designated representatives means Coast Guard Patrol Commanders, includingCoast Guard coxswains, petty officers and other officers operating Coast Guard vessels, and Federal, State, and local officers designated by or assisting the COTP, in the enforcement of the security zone. Escorted vessel means a vessel, other than a large U.S. naval as defined in 33 CFR 165.2015, that is accompanied by one or more Coast Guard assets or other Federal, State, or local law enforcement agency assets clearly identifiable by flashing lights, vessel markings, or with agency insignia as follows: Coast Guard surface or air asset displaying the Coast Guard insignia. State and/or local law enforcement asset displaying the applicable agency markings and/or equipment associated with the agency. Escorted vessel also means a moored or anchored vessel that was escorted by Coast Guard assets or other Federal, State, and local law enforcement agency assets to its present location and is identifiable by the use of day boards or other visual indications such as lights or buoys when law enforcement assets are no longer on-scene.
Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for berthing and unberthing. MV Vossborg (SDD 2009000 155099) [47/09]
Mexico - Tuxpan Directions; racon 158 Paragraph 6.272 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Racon: Mexican Ministry of Transportation (SDD 2010000 111452) Communications and [31/10]
Mexico - La Pesca to Rio Grande Directions; light 166 Paragraph 6.360

2
...round concrete tower, 16 m in height) (25 44 00N 97 10 02W). Mexican ENC MX300711 (SDD 2010000 147716) [40/10]
United States of America - Port Mansfield Directions; buoyage 173 Paragraph 7.65 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: ...keeping clear of charted dangerous wrecks. Thence: US Notice 19/11301/10 (SDD 2010000 072526) [23/10]
2 - 194
Index
NP69A
Minimum safe speed for navigation means the speed at which a vessel proceeds when it is fully off plane, completely settled in the water and not creating excessive wake or surge. Due to the different speeds at which vessels of different sizes and configurations may travel while in compliance with this definition, no specific speed is assigned to minimum safe speed for navigation. In no instance should minimum safe speed be interpreted as speed less than required for a particular vessel to maintain steerageway. A vessel is not proceeding at minimum safe speed if it is: (1) On a plane; (2) In the process of coming up onto or coming off a plane; or (3) Creating an excessive wake or surge. (b) Regulated area. All navigable waters, as defined in 33 CFR 2.36, within the Captain of the Port Zone, Mobile, Alabama, as described in 33 CFR 3.40-10. (c) Security zone. A 500-yard security zone is established around each escorted vessel within the regulated area described in paragraph (b) of this section. This is a moving security zone when the escorted vessel is in transit and becomes a fixed zone when the escorted vessel is anchored or moored. A security zone will not extend beyond the boundary of the regulated area in this section. (d) Regulations. (1) The general regulations for security zones contained in 165.33 applies to this section. (2) A vessel may request the permission of the COTP Mobile or a designated representative to enter the security zone described in paragraph (c) of this section. If permitted to enter the security zone, a vessel must proceed at a minimum safe speed and must comply with the orders of the COTP or a designated representative. (e) Notice of security zone. The COTP will inform the public of the existence or status of security zones around escorted vessels in the regulated area by broadcast notices to mariners, normally issued at approximately 30-minute intervals while the security zones remains in effect. Escorted vessels will be identified by the presence of Coast Guard assets or other Federal, State, and local law enforcement agency assets, or the use of day boards or other visual indications such as lights or buoys when the vessels are moored or anchored and law enforcement assets are no longer on-scene, as specified in the definition of escorted vessels in paragraph (a) of this section. (f) Contact information. The COTP Mobile may be reached via phone at (251) 441-6211. Any on scene Coast Guard or designated representative assets may be reached via VHF-FM channel 16. US 33 CFR165.836 (SDD 2009000 055373)
[38/09]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)

Bermuda Berths; landmarks; depths 66 Paragraph 2.40
1 1
Replace by:
Haywards Wharf (2.58). 67 Paragraph 2.54

1
Radio mast (obstruction lights) on Fort George, (Pilot station) (32 22 8 N 64 40 9W). Paragraph 2.58
1
line 3 For 8 8 Read 8 1 68
Paragraph 2.66
1
line 1 Replace by:
Least depth is 8 1 m (2008). The channel is... Paragraph 2.68

1
Radio mast (obstruction lights) on Fort George, (Pilot station) (32 22 8 N 64 40 9W). 70 Paragraph 2.85
1 1
Replace by:
Heritage Wharf Cruise Ship Berth, Grassy Bay (2.100). 72 Paragraph 2.100 1 Including Section IV Notice Week 49/08 Replace by:
Grassy Bay. Heritage Wharf Cruise Ship Berth extends 120 m NNE from the North Breakwater of the North Basin with linked mooring dolphins extending a further 120 m NNE. Least depth alongside 10 1 m. Kings Wharf Heritage Cruise Ship Berth is on the ESE side of the North Breakwater of North Basin. Length of berth 90 m with linked mooring dolphins at 30 m from the NNE and SSW ends of the berth. Least depth alongside 9 8 m. South Basin. Admiralty Berthing Area is situated at the SW end of the NW wall, about 305 m long, with 3 berths. 73 Paragraph 2.122
1
BA Charts 322, 1315 and 1073 (HH. 070/209/01)
2 - 195
Index
NP70
Bermuda - North Channel Directions Paragraph 2.78
2
Paragraph 8.234
line 5 Replace by:
...the cathedral (ruin) (18 32 95 N 72 20 33W). Vessels must wait in the... Paragraph 8.235 Paragraph 8.238
1 1 1
...E of Commissioners Point and into Grassy Bay, noting the obstructions, reported (2007), lying SE of Commissioners Point. Bermudan Government Contract Surveys (SDD 2008000 073367) [49/08]
line 2 For 1 mile Read 1 miles Replace by:
Bermuda - Freeport Obstructions; berths Paragraph 2.99

1
Extensive reclamation had taken place in Port-au-Prince but much of the port is now seriously damaged. Mariners should navigate with caution and consult the port authority for the latest information. Paragraph 8.241
1
...Grassy Bay, depths 11 to 15 m, marl, clear of the obstructions, reported (2007), (2.78). During N gales, a... Paragraph 2.100 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...further 30 m NE and SW, least depth alongside 9 8 m. A wreck, with a depth of 9 3 m over it, lies 1 cables NE of the NE dolphin. Bermudan Government Contract Surveys (SDD 2008000 073367) Bahamas - Nassau Pilotage 105 Paragraph 4.163 1 line 2 For 30 minutes Read 2 hours Paragraph 4.165 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...board 2 miles N of the harbour entrance. Port of Nassau (SDD 2009000 009188) Haiti Port-Au-Prince 212 Paragraph 8.224 1 line 1 For (18 33 N 72 20 W) Read (18 33 36N 72 21 20W) Paragraph 8.225
1 1 3 2 1
Cathedral (18 32 95 N 72 20 33W), white stone ruin. 213-214 Paragraphs 8.242 to 8.246 including headings Replace by:
Approach and entry

8.242 Leading mark: Monument (cream, blue and red, 27 m in height) (18 33 N 72 21 W ) (position approximate). Recommended approach: Due to the 2010 earthquake and results of subsequent survey, the recommended approach, as shown on the chart, leads generally E for 2 miles from a position 8 cables NNE of Pointe Lamentin Light (8.241). Alternative approach: From a position about 9 cables NNW of Pointe Lamentin Light (8.241) with the Monument bearing 104 , the track leads through a channel, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral), into the harbour, passing (with positions relative to the cathedral (ruin) (18 32 95 N 72 20 33W)): SSW of Rcif Bolivar (4 miles NW), marked by No 1 Beacon, thence: NNE of No 2 Light Beacon (4 miles W), off Pointe Lamentin, thence: NNE of No 4 Beacon (3 miles W) off Pointe Tor, thence: SSW of Banc de llet de Sable (3 miles NW), a drying reef, marked by beacons, and into the quarantine anchorage (8.234) thence: Between No 5 Light Buoy and No 6 Light Buoy (port and starboard hand, respectively) (2 miles WNW), thence: Between No 9 Light Buoy and No 10 Buoy (port and starboard hand, respectively) (1 miles WNW).
[49/08]
[09/09]
Replace by:
4
Port-au-Prince is the capital and principal port of Republic of Hati and in 2007 had a population of about 762 000. Much of the port infrastructure was seriously damaged and the city devastated by the 2010 earthquake which caused a death toll of 230 000. The port handles dry bulk, RoRo, POL, container and cruise vessels but in 2010 it is concentrating on the delivery of emergency relief supplies. Principal exports are coffee and fruit whilst imports are mainly grain, soya and building materials. Paragraph 8.228
1
Replace by:
1
Useful marks
8.243 Positions are relative to the cathedral (ruin) (18 32 95N 72 20 33W): Chimney (1 mile NNE). Large, buff-coloured, with black top, occasional obstruction light. Radio station (obstruction lights) (4 cables ENE). Two masts.
Least charted depth on the recommended approach is 12 5 m. Paragraph 8.229 1 line 1 For Container Read Varreux 213 Paragraph 8.233
1
line 3 For 6(5) Read 6(7)
2 - 196
Index
NP70
2
Palace (ruin) (about 3 cables S). Large, white, with a collapsed dome. Fort National (ruin) (4 cables ESE), also known as Fort Alexander, identified by its white walls and the zig-zag road that leads to it. Conspicuous cross (1 miles SSE). White, 6 m high. Fort Bizoton (ruin) (2 miles WSW), reported to make a good landmark, with a power house nearby. 8.244 Caution. The best time for picking up landmarks is 2 to 3 hours after sunrise, or after midday. In the early morning, owing to smoke and mist, landmarks are difficult to distinguish at times. In 1984, although the cathedral was easily seen from 5 miles distant, Fort National could not be seen at all. Owing to the difficulty in distinguishing navigational lights from the many red airport lights near and N of Fort National, mariners may find difficulty in entering after dark. Aids to navigation are reported to be unreliable and may be missing, unlit or out of position.
214 Photograph caption For Varreaux Read Varreux BA Chart 466 Edition No3 11/03/2010 andGIC Analysis of post earthquake Satellite Imagery 21/01/2010 (SDD 2010000 026158) [10/10] Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay Depths Paragraph 10.55
1
...length of 274 m with a least depth alongside of 11 1 m. This... Paragraph 10.55

1
...berths. No 1 berth is 222 m in length with a least depth alongside of 9 3 m. No 2 berth is 274 m in length with a least depth alongside of 8 9 m. US Navy & Jamaica National Land Agency (SDD 2008000 084538) Jamaica - Montego Bay Depths Paragraph 10.103
1
[49/08]
Basins and berths Anchorages

1
8.245 Quarantine anchorage. See 8.234. Designated anchorages lie N of and near the recommended approach, as shown on the chart. The port authority should be contacted for further details.
...of 427 m with a least depth alongside of 9 4 m. Three cargo berths; No 2 berth is 183 m in length with a least depth alongside of 9 6 m. US Navy & Jamaica National Land Agency (SDD 2008000 084538) [49/08]
Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour Wreck Reef Directions; light Paragraph 10.139
1
Berths
1
8.246 Jetty with berths on both sides, (close S of Fort Ilet (18 33 32N 72 21 09W). The dolphin extension jetty is destroyed but the trot of four partially interconnected dolphins is serviceable. Container terminal quayside (1 cables ENE of Fort Ilet), 425 m in length is destroyed and has foul ground alongside. Two RoRo berths situated close E and SE of the container terminal ruin are unserviceable. Caution. It is reported (2005) that depths less than those charted, exist in the area between Fort Ilet and the shore. Varreux Terminal, off Hasco, (1 miles NNW of the cathedral (ruin) (18 32 95 N 72 20 33W)), with a depth alongside of 9 m, handling petroleum products and general cargo. Shell (Thor) terminal (2 miles W of the cathedral (ruin)), with depths of 10 to 18 m, handling petroleum products. Vessels secure to head and stern mooring buoys, with starboard anchor in the water, heading NNW about 35 m off the jetty. Cement terminal (2 miles W of the cathedral (ruin)), 120 m in length with a depth alongside of 12 m, handling bulk cargoes. Caution. See 8.238.
...NE, passing SE of Wreck Reef (17 50 N 76 55 W) and Wreck Reef Light (white pole, red bands, 5 m in height), standing on a rock off the W extremity of the reef. Jamaican Notice 2/08 (SDD 2008000 079176) [49/08]
Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay Directions; light 268 Paragraph 10.254
1
lines 6 and 7 Delete 269
Paragraph 10.255
line 2 Replace by:
...and Hastings Rock, off South West Point... 270 Paragraph 10.262
3
line 4 Delete
Senior Harbour Patrol Officer Cayman Islands (SDD 2010000 102664) [29/10]
2 - 197
Index
NP71
NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Paragraph 5.187 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound Directions; buoyage 103 Paragraph 3.242 3 lines 2-8 Replace by: SW of a dangerous wreck (1 miles SE), the position of which is approximate, marked by No 2 Light Buoy; Moravian Point, the extremity of a narrow headland lies 2 cables NE. Mingo Rock, on which the sea breaks, stands on a rocky spit extending 2 cables SW from Moravian Point. Thence: US Notice 26/25647/09 (SDD 2009000 050247) [29/09]
1 1
Marine nature reserve. See 5.163a. Quarantine. Mariners must report on any communicable disease which may have occurred on board, prior to arrival. Pratique will normally be granted when the pilot boards. Paragraph 5.189
1
line 4 For three Read four

1
After Paragraph 5.189 D: 1 mile S.
line 9 Insert:
Netherlands Notice 342/09 (SDD 2009000 078348)
[32/09]
Martinique - Cul-de-Sac du Marin Pilotage 272 Paragraph 7.83 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2
U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted Anchorages 120 Paragraph 3.381 2-3 Delete US Notice 52/25644/08 (SDD 2008000 100990) [06/09]
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo irrespective of LOA, and all vessels over 50 m LOA bound for the port or anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot must... Prefecture de La Region Martinique, s.v. Stad Amsterdam (HH. 071/200/01) [07/09]
Sint Maarten - Simson Baai Anchorage; mooring buoys Martinique - Havre de la Trinit Directions 190 275 Paragraph 5.66 3 lines 2-3 Delete ... clear of two mooring buoys, ...
4
Netherlands Chart NL2716E (SDD 2009000 138815)
[44/09]
Paragraph 7.101 4 lines 1-4 Replace by: WSW of a bank (1 miles N) with least charted depth of 6 2 m; a depth of 9 4 m lies about 2 cables SSW. French Notice 09/37/99 (SDD 2009000 129471) [42/09]
Sint Eustatius Marine nature reserve; anchorages 201 After Paragraph 5.163
5
Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay Pilotage 284 Paragraph 7.178 2 lines 5-6 Replace by: Pilots board 3 miles NW of Bananes Point (the S entrance point). It is reported that, after boarding the pilot, the recommended track for approach and entry to the bay is 118 . SLASPA (SDD 2009000 114413) [47/09]
line 5 Insert:
Marine nature reserve

1
5.163a The waters around Sint Eustatius between the high-waterline and the 30 m depth contour have been designated as a nature reserve, the Statia National Marine Park. With the exception of the designated anchorage areas, anchoring is only allowed with written permission from the local authorities. For further information see www.statiapark.org
2 - 198
Index
NP72
NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot (2010 Edition)
Radio Navigation Warnings 6 63 Paragraph 1.31 Replace by: Paragraph 4.17 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...almost identical to the 21 NAVAREAs (4.7) within the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service (WWNWS). The service in METAREAs XVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected to become fully operational in 2011. Each... United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] MARPOL 73/78 Special Areas 209 MARPOL 73/78 Special Areas 209 Existing Section IV Week 41/10 Paragraph 10.7 Table Column 1 The Wider Caribbean Region Replace by: The Wider Caribbean Region, as defined in article 2, paragraph 1 of the Convention for the Protection and Development of the Marine Environment of the Wider Caribbean Region (Cartagena de Indias, 1983), means the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea proper including the bays and seas therein and that portion of the Atlantic Ocean within the boundary constituted by the 30 N parallel from Florida eastward to 77 30W meridian, thence a rhumb line to the intersection of 20 N parallel and 59 W meridian, thence a rhumb line to the intersection of 7 20 N parallel and 50 W meridian, thence a rhumb line drawn south-westerly to the eastern boundary of French Guiana. MARPOL 73/78 Annex V Regulation 5(1)h; Roman Dumala (SDD 2010000 151016, 200597) [50/10] MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II Categorisation of Noxious Liquid Substances 210 Paragraph 10.15 2-6 Replace by: Category X. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations, are deemed to present a major hazard to either marine resources or human health and, therefore, justify the prohibition of the discharge into the marine environment. 3 Category Y. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations, are deemed to present a hazard to either marine resources or human health or cause harm to amenities or other legitimate uses of the sea and therefore justify a limitation on the quality and quantity of the discharge into the marine environment. 61 Diagram 4.7 Caption line 3 Replace by: The service in NAVAREAS XVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected to become fully operational in 2011
Radio navigational warnings and weather messages

1
1.31 Navigational warnings and weather bulletins for Barents Sea and Beloye More are issued by NAVAREA/METAREA XX. They are broadcast in English on the NAVTEX service by Murmansk and Arkhangelsk Coast Radio Stations, and on the SafetyNET service. The latter is currently on trial, and enters full operational capability on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3(1) and 5 and The Mariners Handbook for details. Paragraph 1.32 Replace by:
Spare
1.32 United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
NP100 The Mariners Handbook (2009 Edition)

Navigational Warnings Different types 60 Paragraph 4.6 5 lines 4-6 Delete Navigational to local warnings. UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) NAVAREAS/METAREAS 60 - 62 Paragraph 4.7 Replace by: For the purposes of WWNWS, the world is divided into 21 geographical sea areas, termed NAVAREAs, each identified by the roman numerals I - XXI, and one sub-area (the Baltic Sea). The authority charged with coordinating and promulgating long range navigational warnings within a NAVAREA is called the NAVAREA (or Sub-Area) Coordinator. The Coordinators are listed in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 and 5 and are shown in diagram 4.7. The service in NAVAREAs XVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected to become fully operational in 2011.
[10/10]
2 - 199
Index
NP100
4
Category Z. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations, are deemed to present a minor hazard to either marine resources or human health and therefore justify less stringent restrictions on the quality and quantity of the discharge into the marine environment. Other Substances. Substances which have been evaluated and found to fall outside Category X, Y or Z because they are considered to present no harm to marine resources, human health, amenities or other legitimate uses of the sea when discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations. The discharge of bilge or ballast water or other residues or mixtures containing these substances are not subject to any requirements of MARPOL Annex II. MARPOL 73/78 Annex II as amended; MT Magda (HH. 073/200/06) [03/10] Loran-C Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 220 After Paragraph 11.20 1 line 5 Insert: Note. The transmission of the US Loran-C signal ceased with effect from 8 February 2010 and is permanently discontinued. This does not affect US participation in the Russian-American or Canadian chains. It has also been announced that the Canadian signal is to be discontinued from 1 October 2010. This should be considered when using volumes of Sailing Directions which cover the withdrawn chains. Paragraph 11.20 4 lines 5-7 Delete However, on US Charts to this effect is shown. NAVAREA IV 40/10 (SDD 2010000 013752)
IALA Maritime Buoyage System Lateral Marks - Region B Preferred channels characteristics of buoys 315 Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERRED CHANNELS After...a preferred channel is indicated by: Left Column Replace by: Preferred channel to starboard Colour: Green with one broad red band. Shape: Conical, pillar or spar. Topmark (when fitted): Single green can. Retroflector: Green band or triangle. Right Column Replace by: Preferred channel to port Colour: Red with one broad green band. Shape: Conical, pillar or spar. Topmark (when fitted): Single red cone point upward. Retroflector: Red band or square. UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) [07/10]
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B - Preferred channels characteristics of buoys 315 Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERRED CHANNELS Left column Preferred channel to starboard line 2 Replace by: Shape: Can, pillar or spar.
[07/10]
UKHO; MY Queen K (HH. 073/200/06)
[10/10]
NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) Gaps in coverage 224 After Paragraph 11.39 2 line 10 Insert: Persian Gulf (Bahrain) - Approaches to Mn' Salmn. HMS Pembroke (SDD 2010000 020481)
NP136 Ocean Passages for the World (2004 Edition)

Singapore Hong Kong Routes Low-powered vessels; distance 168 line 4 For 1460 Read 1925 [26/04]
Paragraph 7.88
[08/10]
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (HH. 074/200/01)
2 - 200
Annex A (NP45) (See page 2 - 124)

Chapter 12 - Italy and Sicilia - Stretto di Messina
20 20
Index
1530
40
50 20
Chapter 10
r te ap Ch
C Peloro
Insh ore Tr
af
fi c
eA Zon
12.
14
e ffi Tra cZ one D
I Punta Pezzo
or nsh
Scilla 12.40
992
Porto Villa di Giovanni 12.26
Porto di Messina 12.48
P San Raineri
992
10
ho r Zo e Tra ne f B fic
11
C one ic Z Inshore Traff
12.14
r1 te ap Ch
2 201
310708
10
Ins
992
Reggio di Calabria 12.33

Punta Calamizzi
917
Capo Scaletta
r1 te ap Ch
Punta di Pllaro
38
20
38 Longitude 1530 East from Greenwich

40 50
Index
Annex B (NP57A) (See page 2 - 145)

NP57B NORWAY PILOT VOL IIB
lesund
Baseline Territorial limit
Bergen
NP57A NORWAY PILOT VOL IIA
Stavanger
Arendal
Kristiansand
NP56 NORWAY PILOT VOL I
Norway Pilot Vol IIA
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline (1.33)
NP 57A
2 202
Index
Annex C (NP57B) (See page 2 - 153)
Baseline Territorial limit Area exempted from compulsory pilotage
Sandnessjen
NP58A NORWAY PILOT VOL IIIA
NP57B NORWAY PILOT VOL IIB
Trondheim SW EDE N Kristiansund
N lesund
NP57A NORWAY PILOT VOL IIA
Norway Pilot Vol IIB
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline and area exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.41)
NP 57B
2 203
Index
ANNEX D (NP57B (See page 2 - 154)

APPENDIX III
(See Laws and Regulations appertaining to navigation on page 1)
REGULATIONS FOR COASTAL WATERS IN MRE OG ROMSDAL

This is an extract from changes, dated 2007, to the Norwegian directive on sea traffic in specified coastal waters (The Sea Traffic Directive) Laid down by the Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal Affairs on 8 October 2007 based on the Act of 8 June 1984 No 51 on harbours and coastal waters etc. 6 second section. In the Directive of 11 December 1998 No 1273 on sea traffic in specified coastal waters (The Sea Traffic Directive), the following changes are made: With the exception of 6-4, 6-6 and 6-10, these regulations apply only to vessels in categories 1 and 2 (vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk).
6-2 Relationship to chapter 2 of the Sea Traffic Directive

The regulations in chapter 2 apply correspondingly for Kystverket Midt-Norge where appropriate.
6-3 Requirement for permission to use coastal waters

Vessels in categories 1 or 2 calling at or leaving from Nyhamna must obtain permission from Kystverket Midt-Norge to use the coastal waters as decreed in 2-3 and 2-4.
6-4 Requirement to give warning and to listen in on radio

Vessels in categories 1 or 2 calling at Nyhamna must give due warning of their name, call signal and the planned sailing routes to and from Nyhamna via VHF channels 16 and 14. This shall be done as follows: 30 minutes before arrival to the cautionary area decreed in 6-6. 15 minutes before arrival and departure from Nyhamna. When leaving the cautionary area decreed in 6-6. Upon arrival and departure at the anchorage decreed in 6-11. Vessels that are en route in the coastal waters or lying at anchor in the cautionary area decreed in 6-6 must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channels 14 and 16. This listening requirement applies to all vessels that are equipped with VHF radio telephone. For vessels that are not equipped with VHF channel 14, the listening requirement is restricted to VHF channel 16.
6-1 Area of application

The regulations apply to all coastal waters within the areas bounded by the coastline and straight lines between the following points: N E The base line, at 62 30 00 05 36 10 Kvitneset Eltraneset Tuneset Kvervodden SW Bjrnya Harhaugneset Neset N of Hellandhamn Baraldsneset NW of Tenny N of Sandeneset Storkerneset Furneset Vevarneset Dvergsnes E of Bolsy Torhusneset N of Moldeholmen Kringstadvorpa N of Erga 62 62 62 62 62 25 20 28 29 33 30 10 20 50 10 06 06 06 06 06 00 03 05 09 13 00 20 40 80 20
62 36 80 62 36 90 N 62 37 20 62 37 80 62 39 40 62 38 30 62 39 20 62 41 70 62 44 20 62 44 00 62 43 80 62 43 70 62 43 80 62 63 63 63 62 62 54 00 00 57 52 30 60 00 00 00 00 00
06 26 45 06 27 80 E 06 33 80 06 35 40 06 46 40 06 54 50 07 05 00 07 20 70 07 21 70 07 20 60 07 15 80 07 10 90 07 03 80 06 06 06 06 06 05 54 50 34 24 24 36 00 00 00 60 60 10
6-5 Requirement to use the safest fairway A Definition of fairways

1. The fairway between the pilot boarding point N of Ona (62 56 00N 06 27 00E) and Nyhamna is defined as the safest route between the pilot boarding point and to the N of Klakken, further to the main fairway No 1131 that runs over Buajupet, along parts of this fairway W of Oddane, E of Bjrnsund, E of Skjerlingan W of Harydden and Nyhamna. 2. The fairway between Breidsundet and Nyhamna via Saltsteinsleia is defined as the main fairways or parts of the fairways Nos 1123, 1536, 1537, 1538 and 1131, that run between a straight line drawn between positions 62 29 50N 05 35 00E and 62 33 40N 05 42 90E of the pilot boarding point S of Gody (62 27 00N 05 58 80E), S of Valdery, W of Kjeholmen, E of Vigra, N of Lepsya, W
The base line, at The base line, at
2 - 204
Index

APPENDIX III
of Haramsya, N of Hildreneset, W of Raudholmane, W of Fjrtoft, W of Orta, E of Sandy, W of Flatflesa, N of Bjrnsund, E of Skjerlingan, W of Haryodden and Nyhamna. 3. The fairway between Breidsundet and Nyhamna via Midfjorden is defined as the main fairways or parts of the main fairways Nos 1123, 1536, 1537, 1129 and 1131 that run between a straight line drawn between position 62 29 50N 05 35 00E and 62 33 40N 05 02 90E of the pilot boarding point S of Gody (62 27 00N 05 58 80E), S of Valdery, W of Kjeholmen, E of Vigra, N of Lepsya, W of Haramsya, N of Hildreneset, S of Raudholmane, S of Dryna, through Midfjorden, N of Tautra, W of Julneset, E of Kua, E of Hognes, W of Tornes and Nyhamna. 4. The fairway between Nyhamna and the anchorage in Karlsyfjorden is defined as part of the main fairway No 1131 that runs W of Tornes, E of Hognes, E of Kua, W of Julneset and the safest fairway from there to the anchorage in Karlsyfjorden. 5. The fairway between Nyhamna and the anchorage in Midfjorden, S of Tautra, is defined as parts of main fairway No 1131 that runs W of Tornes, E of Hognes, E of Kua, W of Julneset and the safest fairway from there E of Tautra to the anchorage S of Tautra.
N 62 53 70 62 52 67 62 52 30 62 51 71 62 51 14 62 50 35 62 50 05 62 49 96 62 49 52 62 48 84 62 47 45 62 44 13 62 43 39 62 41 85 62 41 81 62 43 06 62 43 75 62 42 54 62 40 85 62 39 67 62 39 26 62 38 68 62 39 80 62 40 52 62 41 19 62 40 33 62 41 00 62 41 95 62 42 43 62 45 94 62 48 03 62 49 55 62 50 32 62 50 98 62 51 04 62 51 21 62 51 66 62 53 24 62 53 71 62 54 02 62 54 19 62 53 77 62 52 00 62 46 50
E 06 54 41 06 56 17 06 58 16 06 59 18 06 59 82 06 58 88 06 59 08 07 00 12 07 00 15 06 59 33 06 57 91 06 57 91 06 58 55 07 02 32 07 10 30 07 17 35 07 22 33 07 22 33 07 12 71 06 59 33 06 56 45 06 52 96 06 52 05 06 56 15 06 56 15 06 51 84 06 51 16 06 55 67 06 56 72 06 56 67 06 56 67 06 57 89 06 57 80 06 58 13 06 57 37 06 56 55 06 56 85 06 53 73 06 52 28 06 50 86 06 48 74 06 46 37 06 42 70 06 35 60
B. Requirement to use the safest fairway

1. Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are above 25 000 grt and have a maximum draught of more than 9 m must use the fairway as described in A1 above. 2. Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are less than 25 000 grt and have a maximum draught of less than 9 m can use the fairway as described in A2 or A3 above.
6-6 Cautionary area

All vessels must show due care and attention to vessels carrying day and night signals as described in 6-8 within a cautionary area, covering parts of Saltsteinsleia, Buadjpet, Julsundet, Storfjorden and Karlsyfjorden and which is bounded by straight lines between the following points: N 62 46 50 62 46 50 62 53 50 62 54 89 62 55 78 62 56 88 62 57 60 62 55 40 62 54 26 E 06 35 60 06 33 80 06 42 60 06 44 71 06 44 31 06 43 23 06 50 64 06 51 34 06 51 69
2 - 205
Index

APPENDIX III
6-7 Visibility limitations

When visibility is less than 1 mile, vessels above 18 000 grt in categories 1 or 2 arriving at or departing from Nyhamna must not use the coastal waters within the cautionary area stated in 6-6.
6-8 Signals and lights

Within the cautionary area stated in 6-6 vessels above 18 000 grt in categories 1 or 2, must carry day and night signals where they can be best seen on the vessel as follows: When it is dark, three all-round lanterns with red lights located directly above each. When it is daylight, a cylinder should be carried. When vessels in categories 1 and 2 arrive at or leave from Nyhamna, a suitable vessel should warn of this using a rapidly flashing blue light from a position where this can best be seen by other vessels in the fairway.
until they have passed Hogsten (Hoggsteinen) Light (62 27 8N 06 02 0E). 5. The anchorages in Karlsyfjorden and Midfjorden. Vessels that are en route to the anchorages, must use an escort vessel before they leave Nyhamna and until they are anchored. Vessels that are to leave the anchorages must use an escort vessel before they raise anchor until they are at the quay in Nyhamna.
B. Tugs
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are to arrive at or depart from the quay in Nyhamna must use a tug in addition to the escort vessel. The regulations in the Sea Traffic Directive 1-6, on tugs, apply correspondingly.
6-10 Ban on using the coastal waters - Safety field

No navigation must take place without permission from the terminal at Nyhamna within a safety field bounded by straight lines between the following points: N 62 51 50 62 51 20 62 51 05 E 06 56 73 (Selsneset) 06 58 00 06 57 96 (Steinneset)
6-9 Escort vessels and tugs A. Escort vessels

An escort vessel is defined as a vessel that can carry out a service that requires that it is in a position to control the steering and speed reduction of the vessel that is being escorted. Vessels in categories 1 or 2 arriving at or departing from Nyhamna must use escort vessels as follows: 1. Ona. Vessels that are to take a pilot on board N of Ona must use an escort vessel NE for Klakken before they pass the line drawn between 62 56 88N 06 43 23E and 62 57 60N 06 50 64E until they are at the quay in Nyhamna. All vessels in categories 1 and 2 must use escort vessels before leaving the quay at Nyhamna until they have passed the line described in the first point. 2. Orta. Vessels that take a pilot on board at Breidsundet and that come up Saltsteinsleia, must use an escort vessel W of Orta before they pass the line drawn between 62 46 50N 06 35 60E and 62 46 50N 06 33 80E until they are at the quay in Nyhamna. All vessels in categories 1 or 2 must use escort vessels before leaving the quay at Nyhamna until they have passed the line described in the first point. 3. Midfjorden. Vessels that take a pilot on board at Breidsundet and that come into Midfjorden and are to sail up Julsundet, shall use an escort vessel before they pass the line drawn between positions 62 40 33N 06 51 84E and 62 41 00N 06 51 16E until they are at the quay at Nyhamna. All vessels in categories 1 and 2 must use escort vessels before leaving the quay at Nyhamna until they have passed the line described in the first point. 4. Briedsundet. Vessels that are carrying gas condensates and that satisfy 6-5 B2, can leave the pilot at Breidsundet. These vessels must have escort vessels before leaving the quay at Nyhamna until they are beyond the cautionary area, see 6-6. Beyond the cautionary area they shall use an escort vessel as a following boat
Tugs and mooring vessels assisting with arrival and departures from Nyhamna are exempt from the ban in the first section.
6-11 Anchoring
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that need to anchor must use the following anchorages: A. In Karlsyfjorden within an area bounded by straight lines between the following points: N 62 42 61 62 41 95 62 42 96 62 43 66 E 07 22 26 07 17 40 07 17 40 07 22 26
B. In Midfjorden, S of Tautra, within an area bounded by straight lines between the following points: N 62 39 41 62 38 83 62 39 60 62 39 82 E 06 56 82 06 53 54 06 53 20 06 55 62
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 intending to sail between Nyhamna and the defined anchorages must use the fairways as described in 6-4 A4 and A5. For reasons of safety, Kystverket Midt-Norge can require vessels in categories 1 or 2 arriving at or leaving from Nyhamna to go to an assigned anchorage. Kystverket Midt-Norge can also require vessels to leave the anchorage.
2 - 206
Index
Annex E (NP58A) (See page 2 - 157)
To accompany Section IV Notice for NP58A 7th Edition
Key The circled numbers relate to the same symbols inserted in the adjacent text
Shipyard
Municipal quay
Olsen/Michaelson
M Michaelson
Tjuvneset
Kr Fagertun
5
Concrete quay
Rssn esvge n
2
N
r Fer
W
W
Kvalneset
Srlandsvgen (10.73)
2 207
32 0 25
Index
Annex F (NP58B) (See page 2 - 159)
Baseline Territorial limit Areas exempted from compulsory pilotage
NP 58B NORWAY PILOT VOL IIIB

Nordkapp
Honningsvg
Hammerfest Srya
2 208
Poluostrov Rybachiy Troms N O R W A Y Kirkenes Andenes Senja R U S S I A Ldingen Narvik
Norway Pilot Vol IIIB
S W E D E N
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline and areas exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.38)
NP 58B

Amends To SDs 2011

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amends To SDs 2011

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Index

NP247(2) ANNUAL SUMMARY OF ADMIRALTY NOTICES TO MARINERS AMENDMENTS TO SAILING DIRECTIONS

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS AND THEIR LATEST SUPPLEMENTS

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS PART 1

AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS PART 2

52 . . . 54 . . . 55 . . . 56 . . . 57A . 57B . 58A . 58B . 59 . . . 60 . . . 61 . . . 62 . . . 63 . . . 64 . . . 65 . . . 66 . . . 67 . . . 68 . . . 69 . . . 69A . 70 . . . 71 . . . 72 . . . 100 . . . 136 . . .

lines 1-4 Replace by:

West African Gas Pipeline Buoyage Paragraph 10.4

313 line 8 Replace by:

A depth of 13 9 m lies 6 cables N of Las Bajas. Paragraph 3.59

lines 1-2 Replace by:

lines 1-3 Replace by:

line 1 For The alignment (150 )

French Notice 50/37/09 (SDD 2009000 186455)

lines 3-4 Replace by:

lines 4-6 Replace by:

lines 1-4 Replace by:

Nigeria - Lagos Directions; buoyage 344 Paragraph 11.140

lines 8-10 Replace by:

lines 5 to 8 Replace by:

NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2007 Edition)

line 10 After 3 30 W). Add:

Paragraph 5.20 1 lines 1-2 Replace by From the pilot boarding...

144 line 4 For light buoy Read buoy

lines 5-6 Delete

Paragraph 5.64 moored

Terminal Authority: Murphy West Africa Ltd. E-mail: oim.azurite@prosafeproduction.com

6.14e The chart is sufficient guide.

Republic of Congo - Offshore terminals Azurite Terminal 171 Paragraph 6.8

6.14f Export tankers moor in tandem with the FDPSO.

Azurite Terminal General information

7.24e The chart is sufficient guide.

195 Paragraph 7.27 Paragraph 7.27

lines 7 and 8 Delete lines 9 to 11 Replace by:

206 lines 4-5 Delete [14/08]

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (SDD 2008000 023682)

Namibia - Fria Cove Racon After Paragraph 8.10

Other aid to navigation

After Paragraph 7.38

South Africa - Simons Town Directions for entering harbour

NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)

Angola - Porto de Luanda Directions 204 lines 5-6 Delete

NP4 South-East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) Supplement 4-2006

Oceanographic buoyage Ocean Data Acquisition System (ODAS)

291 Paragraph 8.92 5 lines 3-8 Replace by: ...about 15 m.

390 Index Left column Delete: Masasani Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.92

46080 46082 46083 46084 46085 46184

Deep-ocean and Reporting of Tsunamis System (DART)

US Notice 16013/20/08; BA Charts 1499, 4050 (HH. 612/003/05) [23/08]

[51/10] Homeland Security Advisory System

Kenya - Mombasa Pilotage; buoyage After L 27 Insert: 331 Paragraph 10.30

lines 1 to 5 Replace by:

334 Paragraph 10.37

lines 6 to 7 Delete [41/10]

Marine Safety Information Kenya (SDD 2010000 082530)

NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)

After Paragraph 1.42

123 line 7 For 1 07 S Read 1 10 S [35/08]

Ballast water management

137 line 3 Replace by:

line 4 Delete [34/09]